Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / Ion Geophysical Corp

Ion Geophysical Corp

io · NYSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker io
Exchange NYSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Ion Geophysical Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
CONTENTS

CEO Letter to Shareholders 

About ION 

Financial Highlights

Notice of 2014 Annual Meeting 

Proxy Statement 

Around the globe, ION pushes 

the limits of geophysics to help 

oil & gas companies locate and 

produce hydrocarbons safely 

(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:192)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:79)(cid:92)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:43)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)

expertise and drive of some of the 

brightest minds in the industry, 

we solve imaging and operational 

challenges throughout the E&P 

(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:92)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)

the environment, the more 

complex the geology, the more 

(cid:90)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:17)

Form 10-K Report       

Learn more at iongeo.com

QUICK FACTS

→(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:74)(cid:92)(cid:16)(cid:71)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:76)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)
        global E&P
→(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)
         o  Solutions
(cid:3)

(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:42)(cid:72)(cid:82)(cid:57)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)®(cid:3)(cid:21)(cid:39)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:22)(cid:39)(cid:3)(cid:80)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:16)(cid:70)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)
   and proprietary programs
(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:42)(cid:59)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:74)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:71)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:74)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:3)
   interpretation services

(cid:3)

         o  Software
(cid:3)

(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:38)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:54)(cid:92)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:87)(cid:90)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:3)
    services

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

          o  Systems
(cid:3)

(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:90)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
   streamer seismic data acquisition
(cid:16)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:54)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:75)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:86)

(cid:3)
→(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:55)(cid:90)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:77)(cid:82)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:88)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:86)
(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:3) (cid:50)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:42)(cid:72)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:87)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:86)(cid:72)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:80)(cid:76)(cid:70)(cid:3)(cid:3)

(cid:3)

acquisition
(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:3)
(cid:44)(cid:49)(cid:50)(cid:57)(cid:36)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:70)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:75)(cid:81)(cid:82)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:74)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:86)
→     ~1,100 employees operating in 21 cities on six            
         continents
→     2013 revenues of $549 million

2D BasinSPAN library contains ~400,000 km basin-scale data across virtually 
all major basins around the world, generating $1.5 billion in revenues

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
Letter to
SHAREHOLDERS

R. Brian Hanson
President and Chief Executive Officer

Dear Fellow Shareholders,

2013 was a year of modest growth and transition for ION. Our full-

making East Africa our top region for data sales in 2013. In addition, 

year revenues were $549 million, up 4% from 2012. Our Solutions 

we saw strong library sales in the Gulf of Mexico, validation of the 

segment  revenues  increased  10%  to  $387  million,  while  our 

longevity and sustainability of our GulfSPAN™ programs.  And we 

So(cid:2)ware  segment  revenues  decreased  by  9%,  and  our  Systems 

generated  significant  revenues  from  sales  of  our  India  and  West 

segment revenues were down 7%. We ended the year strong, with 

Africa  programs,  in  anticipation  of  upcoming  licensing  rounds  in 

record quarterly revenues, income from operations and data library 

those two regions.

sales in the fourth quarter.

During  the  year,  we  saw  a  change  in  our  marine  multi-client 

Despite  a  strong  finish,  the  first  nine  months  of  the  year  were 

customer base, specifically an expansion from our traditional multi- 

challenging.  Our  2013  reported  net  income  was  a  loss  of  $252 

client customers, predominantly IOCs, to NOCs and independents. We 

million,  or  $(1.59)  per  share,  impacted  by  several  significant 

have noted that our traditional IOC customers are taking a spending 

restructuring and predominantly non-cash special items. Excluding 

pause acquiring exploration data sets as they focus on production 

these items*, our 2013 net income was $19 million, or 12 cents per 

and optimizing cash flow and return to investors, while the NOCs and 

diluted share.

independents are positioning themselves to take advantage of this 

pause and capitalize on asset sales and licensing rounds.

SOLUTIONS SEGMENT:  SOLID PERFORMANCE

We  now  have  about  400,000  km  of  2D  multi-client  data  in  our 

2013  was,  overall,  a  good  year  for  our  Solutions  segment,  which 

BasinSPAN  library,  covering  virtually  all  major  basins  around  the 

includes  our  GeoVentures  multi-client  and  GX  Technology  data 

world. Our library, which has generated $1.5 billion in revenues to 

processing businesses.  

date, has tremendous long-term value. In fourth quarter 2013, $59 

million,  or  about  three  quarters  of  our  $76  million  in  total  library 

Our full-year multi-client revenues were $267 million, up 13% from 

sales,  were  from  programs  that  are  fully  amortized.  These  high 

2012. Our results were driven by exceptionally strong fourth quarter 

margin  sales  are  either  from  older  programs  or  new  programs 

data library sales, which were more than twice our fourth quarter 

that  have  been  fully  amortized  because  underwriting  and  library 

2012 data library sales.

revenues came in sooner than we modeled.

A  true  hotspot  for  us  in  2013  was  East  Africa,  where  we  assisted 

Our new venture revenues were up 5%. However, as a result of the 

the  Tanzania  Petroleum  Development  Corporation  with  managing 

aforementioned so(cid:2)ening in new venture activity and underwriting, 

their licensing round announced in October. Our involvement allowed 

we  delayed  investments  in  new  programs  in  2013  and  sanctioned 

us  to  fully  leverage  over  20,000  km  of  relevant  BasinSPAN  data, 

programs only when we saw sufficient underwriting levels.  Among 

2

   
the  more  significant  new  programs  we  acquired  during  the  year 

However, our So(cid:2)ware group finished the year with a record fourth 

were  WestraliaSPAN™,  an  11,500  km  2D  survey  on  Australia’s 

quarter  and  their  second  highest  quarter  in  terms  of  revenue 

North  West  Shelf  being  processed  using  our  WiBand  broadband 

and  operating  income,  driven  by  increased  Orca®  so(cid:2)ware  and 

processing  technology,  UruguaySPAN™,  which  links  with  our 

hardware sales. During the fourth quarter, we signed a four-year 

existing  ArgentineSPAN™  and  BrasilSPAN™  programs  to  provide 

Orca contract renewal with a major marine contractor, reinforcing 

the first true regional framework of the Punta del Este Basin, and 

our  leadership  in  core  command  and  control  so(cid:2)ware.  We  also 

LabradorSPAN™,  a  6,500  km  survey  off  the  Canadian  coast  of 

saw record annual revenue for Concept Systems 4D optimization 

Labrador.

services, tripling our services client base during the year.

Also of note, in 2013, we formed a multi-year strategic alliance with 

At  the  Society  of  Exploration  Geophysicists  (SEG)  convention  in 

seismic contractor Polarcus to jointly develop, execute and market 

September,  we  introduced  Narwhal  for  Ice  Management,  the 

3D multi-client seismic programs globally. This alliance provides us 

first fully integrated system designed to reduce risk and improve 

access to a world-class seismic fleet and will allow us to naturally 

efficiency in seismic data acquisition and drilling operations in or 

leverage our 2D BasinSPAN library -- and the intimate knowledge it 

near  ice,  such  as  in  the  Arctic.  We  also  announced  our  first  two 

provides us of regional geologies -- to create a new growth segment 

commercial Narwhal projects, in the Canadian Northwest Passage 

for ourselves in the lucrative 3D multi-client market.

and offshore Baffin Island. In December, we were awarded a patent 

supporting our technology, providing further differentiation in this 

In  our  data  processing  business,  we  generated  record  revenues 

emerging segment.  And in February 2014, Narwhal received one 

in  2013,  up  4%  over  2012.  During  the  year,  we  were  awarded  and 

of three 2014 ‘Spotlight on Arctic Technology’ awards for innovation 

performed  a  substantial  amount  of  data  processing  work  for  a 

at the Arctic Technology Conference in Houston.

national oil company, work for which we were not able to recognize 

revenues during 2013, as the customer contract was not executed 

In the face of consolidation in the market for traditional command 

until February 2014.

and control so(cid:2)ware, we are increasing our investment in so(cid:2)ware 

research  &  development  to  develop  new  oil  company  so(cid:2)ware 

To ensure capacity for our clients’ growing demand, we opened new 

solutions, such as Narwhal. We anticipate our 2014 R&D spend to 

data processing centers in Oklahoma City and Perth, Australia, and 

reach 15% of So(cid:2)ware segment sales, approaching the range that 

significantly  upgraded  our  Houston  high  performance  computing 

is typical of so(cid:2)ware companies.

hub,  moving  to  a  new  state-of-the-art  facility  that  increased 

throughput capacity by 50%. Throughout the year, we saw continued 

customer uptake of our WiBand broadband processing technology, 

SYSTEMS SEGMENT:  RESTRUCTURED FOR LONG(cid:3)TERM 

and we now have 50 WiBand projects either complete or in progress 

PROFITABLITY

around the world. We continue to invest R&D in our data processing 

Systems segment revenues were down 7% year over year, primarily 

to better position our technology for longer-term growth.

due  to  a  decline  in  revenues  associated  with  new  positioning  and 

streamer system sales, which was partially offset by an increase in 

sales of repair and replacement products. In 2013, we restructured 

SOFTWARE SEGMENT:  CONTINUED INVESTMENT 

our  Systems  business,  making  necessary  adjustments  for  long-

IN E&P SOLUTIONS

term competitiveness and profitability. We introduced refurbishment 

Our  so(cid:2)ware  revenues  were  down  9%  from  2012  due  to 

programs  targeting  our  installed  base  of  legacy  towed  streamer 

consolidation  and  weakness  in  the  seismic  contractor  market. 

products to help expand margins. We reduced the cost structure of 

3

our legacy towed streamer product line, shi(cid:2)ing our focus, including 

The OBS market has become one of the fastest, if not the fastest, 

a significant amount of our R&D efforts, to the ocean bottom seismic 

growing  segments  in  the  seismic  business.  We  see  this  trend 

(OBS) market, where we see the greatest opportunity for ION. We 

continuing  as  oil  &  gas  companies  seek  higher  quality  seismic  to 

also  streamlined  the  cost  structure  of  our  land  Sensor  geophone 

better  locate  wells  and  manage  their  reservoirs.  We  believe  we 

business to allow us to be more competitive in the price-sensitive 

are entering the market at the right time, and with the right mix of 

geophone market.    

industry leading technology, expertise, so(cid:2)ware and services, in an 

Overall,  we  reduced  our  Systems  division  headcount  by  about  a 

third and reduced our annualized operating costs by approximately 

$12 million.  The results of this restructuring began to show up in 

2014 OUTLOOK

integrated model.

our  fourth  quarter,  where  we  improved  operating  margins  in  our 

Despite a strong finish in 2013, we are taking a cautious view of 2014.  

Systems segment by approximately 13 percentage points.

E&P spending, which has been growing between 10 - 12% per year, 

is predicted to slow to mid-single digits. Based on commodity prices, 

During  the  year,  we  consolidated  all  of  our  U.S.-based  Marine 

we anticipate oil companies will still be reserved in their exploration 

Systems personnel and operations from four buildings in Harahan, 

spending. We believe that spending will largely be delayed until at 

Louisiana, into one state-of-the-art facility containing about 120,000 

least  the  second  half  of  the  year.  As  a  result,  we  expect  our  new 

square  feet  of  office  and  manufacturing  space.  We  believe  this 

venture programs to be lighter in the first half of the year, similar to 

segment  is  now  well  positioned  –  and  equipped  –  for  profitability 

2013.

moving forward.

In  closing,  with  the  restructuring  we  undertook  in  2013,  a  sharp 

focus on managing expenses and generating positive free cash flow, 

OCEANGEO:  STRATEGIC ENTRY INTO OBS MARKET

and a pragmatic approach to our investments, we are heading into 

2013  was  also  a  year  of  further  transition  of  our  strategy  of 

2014 ready to face any headwinds and to take advantage of the best 

leveraging  our  innovative  technologies  to  provide  integrated 

market opportunities around the globe.

solutions to oil & gas companies.  A key milestone was our entry 

into  the  rapidly  growing  OBS  market  through  our  acquisition 

We thank you for your continued confidence in ION.

of  30%  ownership  of  GeoRXT  (later  rebranded  OceanGeo)  in 

February. Our partner in the OceanGeo joint venture is Georadar, a 

Regards,

Brazilian company specializing in providing services for geophysical 

surveying,  environmental  diagnosis  and  geotechnical  data 

collection.  In December, OceanGeo was awarded and commenced 

work on a 510 square km ocean bottom 3D survey offshore Trinidad 

for  Petrotrin.    In  January  2014,  we  increased  our  ownership  of 

OceanGeo to 70%.  Through OceanGeo we intend to put our Calypso 

OBS  acquisition  system  to  work  in  a  higher-value  service  model. 

OceanGeo also leverages our entire infrastructure and enables us to 

provide an integrated, full-scope OBS solution, from survey planning 

and design, to data acquisition, processing and interpretation.

R. Brian Hanson
President and Chief Executive Officer

*A reconciliation of these special items can be found in the tables to our 2013 Year-end Results press release issued February 12, 2014.

4

ABOUT ION

ION Geophysical Corporation is a leading provider of geophysical technology, services 

and solutions for the global oil & gas industry.  We leverage our innovative technologies 

to provide our oil & gas company clients with integrated solutions that help them locate 

hydrocarbons  safely  and  efficiently  and  maximize  their  assets,  throughout  the  E&P 

lifecycle.  

Our offerings are grouped into three Reporting Segments and two Joint Ventures:

SOLUTIONS SEGMENT

GEOVENTURES INTEGRATED GEOPHYSICAL PROGRAMS

ION’s GeoVentures group develops and manages full-scope 2D and 3D multi-client and proprietary 

programs,  including  survey  design  and  planning,  data  acquisition,  project  management,  advanced 

processing services, reservoir characterization services, final image rendering and interpretation.

GEOVENTURES SEISMIC DATA LIBRARIES 

Our  global  2D  BasinSPAN  library  consists  of  nearly  400,000  km  of  seismic  data  covering  virtually 

all  major  offshore  petroleum  provinces.    Our  3D  ResSCAN™  land  programs  are  designed  to  help 

operators  in  unconventional  reservoirs  make  better  drilling  and  completion  engineering  decisions, 

reducing development risk and cost.

GX TECHNOLOGY DATA PROCESSING AND INTERPRETATION SERVICES

Operating from processing service centers around the world, our GX Technology (GXT) group is one of 

the most technologically advanced seismic imaging teams in the industry. GXT undertakes complex 

land and marine imaging projects, applying advanced imaging techniques, including data conditioning, 

pre-stack  depth  migration  (PreSDM),  reverse  time  migration  (RTM),  tomographic  and  azimuthal 

velocity model building, and reservoir fracture detection.

5

SOFTWARE SEGMENT

SYSTEMS SEGMENT

OUR JOINT VENTURES

6

CONCEPT SYSTEMS SURVEY DESIGN AND OPTIMIZATION

ION’s  Concept  Systems  so(cid:2)ware  products  and  advisory  services  help  our  customers  design  their 

seismic surveys and make the tradeoffs between subsurface image quality and cost. Our Concepts 

Systems  group  specializes  in  designing  surveys  for  the  most  challenging  imaging  applications, 

including challenging environments such as the Arctic, and time-lapse (4D) programs. 

MARINE SEISMIC DATA ACQUISITION EQUIPMENT 

ION develops seismic imaging systems and so(cid:2)ware for both towed streamer and ocean bottom 

seismic acquisition. Our offerings include streamer positioning and control systems, sources and 

source  control  systems,  streamer  acquisition  systems,  ocean  bottom  cable  acquisition  systems, 

including  industry-leading  Calypso  and  VSO  systems,  marine  acquisition  so(cid:2)ware  and  data 

integration and quality-assurance services. 

OCEANGEO

With  the  addition  of  our  joint  venture  company  OceanGeo,  a  geophysical  company  specializing  in 

multicomponent ocean bottom seismic acquisition, ION provides a full suite of ocean bottom seismic 

services, including survey design, planning and optimization, data acquisition, and geophysical QC.  As 

of January 2014, ION owns 70% of OceanGeo, while Georadar owns 30%.

INOVA

Since our founding as a land seismic equipment company, ION has been at the forefront of technological 

innovation in land seismic equipment. In 2010, ION and BGP (subsidiary of China National Petroleum 

Corporation) joined forces to form an independent land seismic equipment company, INOVA, whose 

product portfolio includes systems, sources, and sensors for onshore seismic data acquisition.  ION 

owns 49% of INOVA, while BGP owns 51%.

ANNUAL REVENUES

Solutions
Systems

So(cid:4)ware
Legacy Land Systems (INOVA)

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Consolidated 
Revenues

419.8

444.3

454.6

526.0

549.2

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600

$ Millions

SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

ION Geophysical Corporation
S&P 500

Dow Jones U.S. Oil Equipment & Services

$450

$400

$350

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

100
100
100

 173
 126
 165

 247                            179
149
 146     
184
 210 

 190
 172
 185

2013

  96
228
   237

This  graph  compares  our  cumulative 

total 

stockholder  return  on  our  common  stock  for  the 

five  years  ending  December  31,  2013,  assuming 

reinvestment  of  dividends,  with  (i)  the  S&P  500 

Index  and  (ii)  the  Dow  Jones  U.S.  Oil  Equipment 

and Services Index, an index of companies that we 

believe  are  comparable  in  terms  of  industry  and 

their lines of business. 

The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our 

common  stock  and  the  above  indices  on  January 

1,  2008.    We  have  not  paid  any  dividends  on  our 

common  stock  during 

the  applicable  period.  

Historic stock price performance is not necessarily 

indicative of future stock price performance.

7

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

                                                                    years ended December 31

        2013 

         2012   

        2011

                                                                                              (in thousands, except per share data)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

Net revenues  

Gross profit  

$ 549,167 

 $ 526,317   

$ 454,621       

   159,313 

                        215,801   

   173,445        

Income from operations  

     16,396 

       74,527   

      66,795    

Net income (loss) applicable to common shares 

 (251,874)   

      61,963   

      23,422                     

Net income (loss) per basic share  

Net income (loss) per diluted share 

     $ (1.59)    

        $ 0.40   

        $ 0.15        

     $ (1.59)    

        $ 0.39   

        $ 0.15        

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  

   158,506 

     155,801         

     154,811       

Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding  

   158,506    

     162,765  

    156,090      

Balance Sheet Data (end of year)

Working capital  

Total assets  

Notes payable and long-term debt  

Total equity  

Other Data

Investment in multi-client library   

Capital expenditures 

Depreciation and amortization (other than multi-client library)  

Amortization of multi-client library  

$ 248,857 

 $ 164,693      

 $ 163,677   

   864,671    

    820,583         

    674,058      

   220,152 

   257,885 

    105,328         

    105,112      

    499,019         

    425,812      

$ 114,582 

     16,914 

     18,158 

     86,716 

 $ 145,627       

 $ 143,782     

      16,650         

      11,060          

      16,202   

      13,917        

      89,080   

      77,317   

The selected consolidated financial data set forth above with respect to our consolidated statements of operations for 2013, 2012 and 2011, and with respect to our consolidated 

balance sheets at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.  Our results of operations and financial condition 

have been affected by restructuring activities, legal contingencies and settlements, and impairments and write-downs of assets during the periods presented, which affect 

the comparability of the financial information shown.  For a detailed discussion of these items impacting the comparability of the financial information, please see Item 6. 

“Selected Financial Data” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.   Also, this information should not be considered as being indicative of 

future operations, and should be read in conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated 

financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
       
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
29APR201300073885

ION  GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
2105 CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042-2839
(281) 933-3339

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF  STOCKHOLDERS
To Be Held May 21,  2014

To ION’s Stockholders:

The 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of ION  Geophysical Corporation will  be  held in the
office of the company located at 2105  CityWest Boulevard, Houston, Texas, on Wednesday, May 21,
2014, at 10:30 a.m., local time, for the  following purposes:

1. Elect the two directors named in the attached  proxy statement to our Board of  Directors,

each  to serve for a three-year term;

2. Advisory (non-binding) vote to approve  the compensation of our named  executive

officers;

3. Ratify the appointment of Grant Thornton LLC as our independent registered public

accounting firm (independent auditors)  for 2014; and

4. Consider any other business that may properly come before the  annual meeting,  or any

postponement or adjournment of the  meeting.

ION’s Board of Directors has set April 1,  2014, as  the record date for the meeting. This means

that owners of ION common stock at the  close  of  business  on that date  are entitled to receive this
notice of meeting and vote at the meeting  and any adjournments  or  postponements of the meeting.

Your vote is very important, and your prompt cooperation  in voting  your proxy is greatly

appreciated. Whether or not you plan  to  attend the meeting,  please  sign, date and return your  enclosed
proxy card as soon as possible so that  your  shares can be voted at the meeting.

By Authorization of the Board of Directors,

21MAR200512475797

David L. Roland
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

April 15, 2014
Houston, Texas

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of  Proxy Materials
For the Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held on May 21, 2014

The  proxy statement, proxy card and  our 2013 annual report  to stockholders
are available at www.iongeo.com under  ‘‘Investor  Relations — Investor Materials —
Annual Report & Proxy Statement.’’

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders  of ION Geophysical Corporation will be held  on May 21,

2014, at the offices of the company located at 2105  CityWest Boulevard, Houston,  Texas,  beginning  at
10:30 a.m., local time.

The matters intended to be acted upon are:

1. Elect the two directors named in  the attached  proxy statement to our Board of  Directors,

each to serve for a three-year term;

2. Advisory (non-binding) vote to approve  the compensation of our named executive

officers;

3. Ratify the appointment of Grant Thornton LLC as  our independent registered public

accounting firm (independent auditors)  for 2014; and

4. Consider any other business that may properly come before the  annual meeting,  or any

postponement or adjournment of the meeting.

The Board of Directors recommends voting in favor of the nominees  listed in the proxy statement,

the compensation of our named executive officers and the ratification of the appointment of Grant
Thornton LLC.

The following proxy materials are being made available at the website location  specified above:

1. The proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the 2013 annual

report to stockholders; and

2. The form of proxy card being distributed to stockholders in connection with the 2014

Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Directions to the annual meeting are also provided  in the accompanying proxy statement under

‘‘About the Meeting — Where will the  Annual Meeting be held?’’

29APR201300073885

ION  GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION
2105 CityWest Boulevard, Suite  400
Houston,  Texas 77042-2839
(281) 933-3339

PROXY STATEMENT
FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
To Be Held May 21, 2014

April 15, 2014

Our Board of Directors is furnishing you this proxy statement to solicit proxies on its  behalf to be

voted at the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  of ION Geophysical  Corporation (‘‘ION’’). The
meeting  will be held at 2105 CityWest Boulevard,  Houston, Texas, on  May  21, 2014, at 10:30  a.m., local
time. The proxies also may be voted at  any  adjournments  or postponements of the meeting.

The mailing address of our principal  executive offices is 2105 CityWest  Boulevard,  Suite 400,
Houston, Texas 77042-2839. We are mailing  the proxy materials to our stockholders beginning on or
about April 15, 2014. All properly completed and returned  proxies for the annual meeting will be voted
at the meeting in accordance with the directions given in the proxy, unless the  proxy is  revoked before
the meeting.

Only owners of record of our outstanding shares of common stock  on April  1, 2014 are entitled  to

vote at the meeting, or at adjournments or postponements of the  meeting. Each owner of common
stock on the record date is entitled to  one vote for  each share  of common stock held. On  April 1,  2014,
there were 165,286,432 shares of common stock issued  and outstanding.

When used in this proxy statement, ‘‘ION  Geophysical,’’ ‘‘ION,’’ ‘‘Company,’’ ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our,’’ ‘‘ours’’

and ‘‘us’’ refer to ION Geophysical Corporation and  its  consolidated subsidiaries, except where the
context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2014 PROXY STATEMENT HIGHLIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ABOUT THE MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM  1 — ELECTION OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OWNERSHIP OF EQUITY SECURITIES OF ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND  ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2013 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION  OR CHANGE OF CONTROL . . . . . . . . . .

2013 PENSION BENEFITS AND NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION . . . . . . . .

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM  2 — ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE TO  APPROVE EXECUTIVE

COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM  3 — RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS . . . . . . . . .

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PRINCIPAL AUDITOR FEES AND SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

5

9

13

25

26

28

28

45

46

48

49

51

52

53

60

61

62

64

64

66

67

2

2014 PROXY STATEMENT HIGHLIGHTS

This  summary highlights information contained elsewhere in our proxy statement. This summary does

not contain all of the information that you should consider. You  should read the  entire proxy statement
carefully before voting.

Board Nominees

Name

Michael  C. Jennings . . .

Age

48

Director
Since

2010

John N. Seitz . . . . . . .

62

2003

Executive Compensation Highlights

Occupation

President,  CEO  and
Chairman of the Board
of Directors,
HollyFrontier
Corporation

Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of
GulfSlope Energy, Inc.

Committee Memberships

Independent
(cid:1)

Audit
(cid:1)

Comp Gov

Fin
(cid:1)

(cid:1)

(cid:1) (cid:1)

ION is committed to paying for performance.  We  provide the majority of compensation through

programs in which the amounts ultimately received  vary  to  reflect our  performance. Our executive
compensation programs evolve and are  adjusted  over time to support our business goals and  to
promote both near-term and long-term profitable company growth.

The majority of cash compensation is paid  through base salary and under our annual  incentive
cash plan based on company performance  relative to financial goals and on individual performance.
Under our incentive plan, cash compensation  reflects near-term (annual) business performance.

Equity awards, consisting of stock options  and  restricted stock and restricted stock units, are used

to align compensation with the long-term  interests of our stockholders by focusing our executive
officers on total stockholder return. Equity awards generally become fully  vested in either three  or four
years after the grant date, so that compensation realized under the awards reflects  the long-term
performance of the company’s stock.

In setting executive officer compensation,  the Compensation Committee evaluates individual
performance reviews of the executive officers  and  compensation of a ‘‘peer’’ group consisting of
companies participating in various relevant  compensation  surveys, including Frost’s 2013 Oilfield
Manufacturing and Services Industry Executive Compensation Survey.

Total compensation for each executive  officer varies  with ION’s performance in achieving financial
objectives and with individual performance.  Each executive officer’s compensation is  designed to reward
his contribution to ION’s results. Our  executive officers’ 2013 compensation also reflects adjustments
arising from our normal annual process  of  assessing pay  competitiveness.

3

The following table shows the total direct compensation granted by the Compensation  Committee
to our 2013 named executive officers  in 2013 and 2012 (except  for Mr.  Hulme,  who did not become a
named executive officer until 2013):

Name  and Principal Position

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . .

President, CEO and
Director

Christopher T. Usher . . . . .

Executive Vice
President and COO,
GeoScience
Division

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . .

Executive Vice
President and COO,
GeoVentures
Division

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . .

Senior Vice
President and CFO

Salary
($)

Bonus
($)

Stock
Awards
($)

Option
Awards
($)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

490,000
450,000

— 214,800
— 279,900

235,000
260,100

395,000
450,000

Total  Direct
Compensation
($)

1,334,800
1,440,000

Year

2013
2012

2013
2012

350,000
21,538

— 71,600
311,000

125,000

141,000
173,400

300,000
—

862,600
630,938

2013
2012

358,000
340,000

— 71,600
— 93,300

141,000
173,408

215,000
300,000

785,600
906,708

2013
2012

312,000
300,000

— 53,700
— 31,100

94,000
86,700

160,000
150,000

619,700
567,800

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . .

2013

312,000

— 53,700

117,500

187,200

670,400

Senior Vice
President, Ocean
Bottom Services

For 2013, our financial performance  exceeded the  threshold financial  performance criteria under

our  annual incentive plan but did not meet our  plan target criteria.  As a result, the cash bonus awards
paid to employees under the plan were  generally lower than in  2012, when  our  financial performance
exceeded  the target criteria. Year-over-year  changes in salaries and equity award levels  also reflect
promotions, individual performance and competitive market adjustments.

4

What is a proxy and proxy statement?

ABOUT THE MEETING

A proxy is your legal designation of another person  to  vote the stock you  own on  your behalf. That

other person is referred to as a ‘‘proxy.’’  Our Board of Directors has designated R. Brian Hanson and
James M. Lapeyre, Jr. as proxies for  the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  By completing and
submitting the enclosed proxy card, you  are giving Mr. Hanson and Mr. Lapeyre the authority to vote
your shares in the manner you indicate  on your proxy  card. A proxy statement is  a document that the
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) require  us to give  you when we  ask
you to sign a proxy card designating individuals as  proxies to vote on your behalf.

Who is  soliciting my proxy?

Our Board of Directors is soliciting proxies on  its  behalf to be voted at the 2014 Annual  Meeting.
All costs of soliciting the proxies will  be  paid by ION. Copies of solicitation materials will be furnished
to banks, brokers, nominees and other  fiduciaries and custodians  to  forward to beneficial owners of
ION’s common stock held by such persons. ION will reimburse such  persons for their reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses in forwarding solicitation materials. In addition to solicitations by mail, some of
ION’s directors, officers and other employees, without extra compensation, might supplement this
solicitation by telephone, personal interview or  other communication. ION has also retained
Georgeson Inc. to assist with the solicitation of proxies from  banks,  brokers, nominees and other
holders, for a fee not to exceed $10,500  plus reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses. We may also
ask our proxy solicitor to solicit proxies on our  behalf by telephone for a  fixed fee of $6 per phone call
and $3.50 per telephone vote, plus reimbursement for expenses.

What is the difference between a ‘‘stockholder of record’’  and a stockholder who holds  stock in  ‘‘street
name’’?

If your shares are registered directly  in your  name, you  are a stockholder of record.  If your shares

are registered in the name of your broker, bank or  similar organization,  then you  are the beneficial
owner of shares held in street name.

Where will the Annual Meeting be held?

ION’s 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held  on the 4th Floor of 2105 CityWest

Boulevard in Houston, Texas.

Directions: The site for the meeting is located on CityWest Boulevard  off of Beltway 8, near the

intersection of Beltway 8 and Briar Forest Drive. Traveling south on the  Beltway 8 feeder  road after
Briar Forest Drive, turn right on Del Monte Drive. Enter Garage  Entrance 3  on your  immediate  left.
Advise the guard that you are attending the ION Annual Meeting. You  may be required to show your
driver’s license or other photo identification. The guard will then  direct you where to park in the
visitors  section of the parking garage. The guard  can also direct you  to  2105 CityWest Boulevard, which
is directly south of the garage. Once in  the building, check in with  the security desk  and then  take the
elevators to the 4th floor.

What is the effect of not voting?

It depends on how ownership of your  shares is registered. If  you are  a  stockholder  of record, your

unvoted shares will not be represented at the meeting  and will not count toward the quorum
requirement. Assuming a quorum is obtained, your unvoted shares will not be treated as a  vote  for or
against a proposal. Depending on the  circumstances, if  you  own your shares in street name, your
broker or bank may represent your shares at the  meeting for purposes of obtaining a  quorum.  As

5

described in the answer to the question  immediately following, in the  absence  of  your voting
instruction, your broker may or may not vote your  shares.

If I don’t vote, will my broker vote for me?

If you own your shares in street name and  you do  not  vote, your broker may  vote  your shares  in
its  discretion on proposals determined  to  be ‘‘routine matters’’  under the rules  of  the New  York  Stock
Exchange (‘‘NYSE’’). With respect to ‘‘non-routine matters,’’ however, your broker may not vote your
shares for you. Where a broker cannot vote your  shares on non-routine matters  because he has not
received any instructions from you regarding how to vote, the number of  unvoted shares on those
matters is reported as ‘‘broker non-votes.’’ These ‘‘broker non-vote’’ shares  are counted toward the
quorum requirement, but, generally speaking, they  do  not  affect the  determination of  whether  a matter
is approved. See ‘‘ — How are abstentions and broker non-votes counted?’’ below. The election of
directors and the advisory vote on executive compensation are  not  considered to be routine matters
under current NYSE rules, so your broker  will  not  have discretionary authority to vote your  shares held
in street name on those matters. The  proposal to ratify the appointment  of Grant Thornton LLC
(‘‘Grant Thornton’’) as our independent  registered public accounting firm is  considered to be a  routine
matter on which brokers will be permitted to vote your shares without instructions from you.

What is the record date and what does it mean?

The record date for the 2014 Annual  Meeting of Stockholders is April  1, 2014. The record  date  is

established by the Board of Directors  as required by  Delaware law (the state in which we  are
incorporated). Holders of common stock at  the close of business on the record date are entitled to
receive notice of the meeting and vote  at the  meeting and  any adjournments or postponements of the
meeting.

How  can I revoke a proxy?

A stockholder can revoke a proxy prior to the  vote  at the  Annual Meeting by (a) giving written

notice to the Corporate Secretary of  ION, (b) delivering a later-dated  proxy or (c) voting in person  at
the meeting. If you hold shares through a bank  or broker,  you must contact that bank or broker in
order to revoke any prior voting instructions.

What constitutes a quorum?

The presence, in person or by proxy,  of the holders of  a majority of the outstanding shares of

common stock constitutes a quorum. We  need a quorum of  stockholders to  hold  a validly convened
Annual Meeting. If you have submitted  your proxy, your shares will be counted toward  the quorum. If
a quorum is not present, the chairman  may  adjourn the meeting,  without notice other than by
announcement  at  the  meeting,  until  the  required  quorum  is  present.  As  of  the  record  date,  165,286,432
shares of common stock were outstanding. Thus, the presence of the holders of common  stock
representing at least 82,643,217 shares  will  be  required to establish  a  quorum.

What are my voting choices when voting for director nominees, and what  vote is needed to  elect
directors?

In voting on the election of two director nominees to serve until the  2017 Annual Meeting  of

Stockholders, stockholders may vote  in  one of the following ways:

(a) in favor of both nominees,

(b) withhold votes as to both nominees or

(c) withhold votes as to a specific nominee.

6

Directors will be elected by a plurality  of the votes of  the shares of  common stock present or
represented by proxy at the meeting.  This means that director nominees receiving the highest number
of ‘‘for’’ votes will be elected as directors. Votes ‘‘for’’ and  ‘‘withheld’’ are  counted  in determining
whether a plurality has been cast in favor of a director. Under  ION’s Corporate  Governance
Guidelines, any director nominee who receives  a greater number of votes ‘‘withheld’’  from his election
than votes ‘‘for’’ such election shall promptly tender  to  the Board  of  Directors his  resignation following
certification of the results of the stockholder vote. For a more  complete explanation of this
requirement and process, please see  ‘‘Item 1 — Election of Directors — Board  of Directors  and
Corporate Governance — Majority Voting Procedure  for Directors’’ below.

You may not abstain from voting for purposes  of the election of directors. Stockholders are not

permitted to cumulate their votes in  the  election of directors.

The Board recommends a vote ‘‘FOR’’ all of the nominees.

What are my voting choices when casting  an advisory vote  to  approve  the compensation of our  named
executive officers?

In casting an advisory vote to approve the compensation of our named executive officers,

stockholders may vote in one of the following ways:

(a) in favor of the advisory vote to approve our executive compensation,

(b) against the advisory vote to approve our  executive  compensation  or

(c) abstain from voting.

The advisory vote  to approve the compensation of  our named executive officers will be approved if

the number of votes cast in favor of  the  proposal exceeds  the number of votes cast against it.

The Board recommends a vote ‘‘FOR’’ this proposal.

What are my voting choices when voting on  the ratification of the appointment of Grant Thornton as
our independent registered public accounting firm  — or  independent auditors  — and what vote  is
needed to ratify their appointment?

In voting to ratify  the appointment of Grant  Thornton as independent auditors  for 2014,

stockholders may vote in one of the following ways:

(a) in favor of ratification,

(b) against ratification or

(c) abstain from voting on ratification.

The proposal to ratify the appointment of Grant  Thornton will  require the affirmative vote of a

majority of the votes cast on the proposal  by holders of  common  stock in person  or represented by
proxy at the meeting.

The Board recommends a vote ‘‘FOR’’ this proposal.

Will any other business be transacted  at the meeting?  If so,  how will my proxy be voted?

We  do not know of any business to be transacted at the Annual Meeting other than those matters
described in this proxy statement. We  believe that the  periods specified  in ION’s Bylaws for submitting
proposals to be considered at the meeting  have passed and no  proposals were submitted. However,
should any other matters properly come  before  the meeting, and any  adjournments  or postponements
of the meeting, shares with respect to  which  voting authority has  been granted  to  the proxies will be
voted by the proxies in accordance with  their judgment.

7

What if a stockholder does not specify  a choice for a matter when  submitting  their  proxy?

Stockholders should specify their choice for each matter on their proxy. If no instructions are
given, proxies that are properly submitted will be voted ‘‘FOR’’ the election of all director nominees,
‘‘FOR’’ the non-binding advisory vote to approve  our company’s executive compensation  and ‘‘FOR’’
the proposal to ratify the appointment  of Grant Thornton  as independent auditors for  2014.

How  are abstentions and broker non-votes  counted?

Abstentions are counted for purposes  of determining whether a quorum  is present at the Annual
Meeting. A properly submitted proxy marked ‘‘withhold’’ with respect  to the  election of one or more
directors will not be voted with respect  to  the  director or  directors indicated, although  it will be
counted  for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum.

With respect to (i) the proposal regarding the advisory vote on executive  compensation and (ii) the

proposal to ratify the appointment of  the independent auditors,  an abstention from voting on either
such proposal will be counted as present  in determining whether a quorum is present but will not be
counted  in determining the total votes  cast  on such proposal. Thus, abstentions will have no effect on
the outcome of the vote on these proposals.

Broker non-votes will have no effect on the outcome of the  vote on any of the  proposals.

What is the deadline for submitting proposals to be  considered for inclusion in the  2015 proxy
statement and for submitting a nomination for director of ION for consideration  at  the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders in 2015?

Stockholder proposals requested to be included  in ION’s 2015 proxy statement must be received by

ION not later than December 16, 2014. A proper director nomination may be considered at  ION’s
2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  only  if  the proposal for nomination is received by ION not later
than December 16, 2014. Proposals and  nominations should be directed to David  L. Roland, Senior
Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ION  Geophysical Corporation,  2105
CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839.

Will I have electronic access to the proxy materials and  Annual Report?

The notice of Annual Meeting, proxy  statement  and 2013  Annual Report  to  Stockholders are

posted on ION’s Internet website in the  Investor  Relations  section at www.iongeo.com.

How  can I obtain a copy of ION’s Annual  Report on Form 10-K?

A copy of our 2013 Annual Report on Form  10-K (without schedules or exhibits) forms a part of
our  2013 Annual Report to Stockholders, which is enclosed with our  proxy statement. You may obtain
an additional copy of our 2013 Form  10-K at  no charge by sending a written request to David  L.
Roland, Senior Vice President, General  Counsel and Corporate Secretary, ION Geophysical
Corporation, 2105 CityWest Boulevard, Suite  400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839.  Our Form 10-K  is also
available (i) through the Investor Relations section of our website  at www.iongeo.com and (ii) with
exhibits on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Please note that the contents of these  and any other websites  referenced  in this proxy statement

are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our  references to the URLs for these and other  websites
listed in this proxy statement are intended  to  be  inactive textual references only.

8

ITEM 1 — ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Our Board of Directors consists of eight members. The Board is divided into three classes.
Members of each class are elected for  three-year  terms and until their respective successors are duly
elected and qualified, unless the director  dies, resigns, retires, is disqualified  or is removed. Our
stockholders elect the directors in a designated class  annually. Directors in Class  III,  which is  the class
of directors to be elected at this meeting, will serve on  the Board  until  our  Annual Meeting in  2017.

The current Class  III directors are Michael C. Jennings and  John N. Seitz, and their terms will

expire when their successors are elected and qualified at  the 2014 Annual Meeting. At its meeting on
February 11, 2014, the Board approved the recommendation  of  the Governance Committee that
Messrs. Jennings and Seitz be nominated to stand  for reelection at the Annual  Meeting to hold office
until our 2017 Annual Meeting and until their successors are elected and  qualified.

We  have no reason to believe that either of the nominees will be unable or unwilling  to  serve if
elected. However, if any nominee should  become unable or unwilling to serve  for any reason, proxies
may be voted for another person nominated as  a substitute  by the  Board  of Directors,  or the Board  of
Directors may reduce the number of  Directors.

The Board of Directors recommends a  vote ‘‘FOR’’ the election  of Michael C. Jennings  and John  N.
Seitz.

The biographies of each of the nominees and continuing directors below  contains information
regarding the person’s service as a director, business experience, education, director positions and  the
experiences, qualifications, attributes or  skills that  caused the Governance  Committee  and the  Board to
determine that the person should serve as a director for the Company:

Class III Director Nominees For Re-Election  for Term Expiring In 2017

MICHAEL C. JENNINGS

Director  since 2010

Mr. Jennings, age 48, is the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman  of the Board  of

Directors of HollyFrontier Corporation, a NYSE-listed independent oil  refining  and marketing
company. Prior to  joining HollyFrontier,  Mr. Jennings  was  the President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Frontier Oil  Corporation, an independent oil refining and marketing
company. Mr. Jennings joined HollyFrontier in July  2011 when  Frontier Oil merged with Holly
Corporation to form HollyFrontier. Prior  to  his appointment to President  and Chief Executive  Officer
of Frontier in January 2009, Mr. Jennings served  as Frontier’s Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer. From 2000 until joining Frontier  in 2005,  Mr.  Jennings was employed  by  Cameron
International Corporation as Vice President and Treasurer. From 1998 until 2000, he  was Vice
President Finance & Corporate Development of Unimin Corporation, a producer  of  industrial
minerals. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Jennings was  employed by Cameron International Corporation  as
Director, Acquisitions and Corporate  Finance. Mr. Jennings also serves as Chief Executive Officer and
on the Board of Directors of Holly Energy Partners, a NYSE-listed  master limited partnership  partially
owned by HollyFrontier Corporation.  Mr. Jennings  is a  member  of the Audit and  Finance Committees
of our Board of Directors. He holds a  Bachelor of Arts degree in economics  and government from
Dartmouth College and a Master of  Business  Administration degree in  finance and accounting from
the University of Chicago.

Mr. Jennings’ experience in the global oil  refining, marketing and oilfield  services  businesses
enables him to advise the Board on customer and industry issues and  perspectives. Given  his extensive
experience in executive, financial, treasury  and  corporate development  matters, Mr. Jennings is able to
provide the Board with expertise in corporate leadership, financial management,  corporate planning
and strategic development, thereby supporting  the Board’s  efforts in overseeing and  advising on
strategic and financial matters.

9

JOHN N. SEITZ

Director since 2003

Mr. Seitz, age 62, is Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer  of GulfSlope Energy, Inc., an

OTC-listed independent E&P company  exploring for oil and gas using  advanced seismic imaging. From
2003 until 2006, Mr. Seitz served as co-CEO of Endeavour  International Corporation, an  exploration
and development company with activities in  the North  Sea and selected North American basins. From
1977 to 2003, Mr. Seitz held positions of increasing responsibility at Anadarko Petroleum Company,
serving most recently as a Director and  as  President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr.  Seitz is  a Trustee
of the American Geological Institute  Foundation and serves on the  Board of Managers of Constellation
Energy Partners LLC, a company focused on the acquisition, development  and exploitation of oil and
natural gas properties and related midstream  assets. He also currently serves on the Board of Directors
of Gulf United Energy, Inc., an OTC-listed  independent energy company. Mr. Seitz  is a member  of  the
Compensation and Governance Committees of our  Board of Directors. Mr. Seitz  holds  a Bachelor  of
Science degree in geology from the University of Pittsburgh,  a  Master  of Science  degree  in geology
from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and is a Certified  Professional Geoscientist in  Texas. He also
completed the Advanced Management Program at the  Wharton School of Business.

Mr. Seitz’ extensive experience as a leader of global  exploration  and  production companies  such as

Endeavour and Anadarko has proven to be an important  resource for our Board when  considering
industry and customer issues. In addition, Mr. Seitz’ geology background and expertise assists the
Board in better understanding industry  trends  and issues.

Class I Incumbent Directors — Term  Expiring In  2015

R. BRIAN HANSON

Director since 2012

Mr. Hanson, age 49, has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 1, 2012. He

joined ION in May 2006 as our Executive Vice President and  Chief  Financial Officer and was
appointed our President and Chief Operating  Officer in August 2011. Prior  to  joining ION,
Mr. Hanson served as the Executive  Vice  President and Chief Financial Officer of Alliance
Imaging, Inc., a NYSE-listed provider  of diagnostic  imaging  services  to  hospitals and other healthcare
providers, from July 2004 until November 2005. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Hanson  held a variety of
positions at Fisher Scientific International, Inc., a NYSE-listed manufacturer and  supplier of scientific
and healthcare products and services, including Vice President  Finance of the Healthcare group from
1998 to 2002 and Chief Operating Officer from 2002 to 2003.  From 1986 until  1998, Mr. Hanson served
in various positions with Culligan Water Conditioning, an international manufacturer  of  water
treatment products and producer and  retailer  of bottled water  products, most recently as  Vice  President
of Finance and Chief Financial Officer.  Mr. Hanson  received a Bachelor’s degree in engineering from
the University of New Brunswick and a Master of Business Administration degree from  Concordia
University in Montreal.

Mr. Hanson’s day-to-day leadership and involvement with  our company provides him with personal

knowledge regarding our operations. In addition, Mr. Hanson’s financial experience  and skills and
technical background enable the Board  to  better understand  and be informed  with regard  to  our
company’s operations and prospects and financial condition.

HAO HUIMIN

Director since 2011

Mr. Hao, age 50, has been employed by China  National Petroleum  Corporation  (‘‘CNPC’’),

China’s largest oil company, and its affiliates in various positions of increasing responsibility since  1984.
Since 2006, Mr. Hao has been Chief  Geophysicist  of  BGP  Inc., China  National  Petroleum Corporation
(‘‘BGP’’). BGP is a subsidiary of CNPC  and is the  world’s largest land seismic  contractor. From 2004  to
2006, Mr. Hao was Vice President of BGP, and from 2002 to 2004, he managed  the marine department
at BGP. Between 1984 and 2002, Mr. Hao served in  various management  positions  at Dagang

10

Geophysical Company, a seismic contractor company  owned  by CNPC. Mr. Hao is a  member  of the
Finance Committee of our Board of  Directors. He  holds  a  Bachelor of Science  degree  in geophysical
exploration from China Petroleum University and  Masters of Business  Administration degrees from the
University of Houston and Nankai University in China.

Mr. Hao has over 25 years of experience in geophysical  technology research and development,

particularly in seismic data processing and seismic data acquisition system research and development
management. Mr. Hao’s position with  BGP and his extensive knowledge of  the global seismic industry
enables our Board to receive current input  and advice reflecting  the perspectives of our seismic
contractor customers. In addition, our land  equipment  joint  venture  with BGP and  the ever-increasing
importance of China in the global economy and the worldwide oil and  gas industry has elevated our
commercial involvement with China  and  Chinese  companies.  Mr. Hao’s insights with regard to issues
relating to China provide our Board  with  a valuable  resource.

Mr. Hao was appointed to our Board  of Directors under  the terms of an agreement with  BGP  in
connection with BGP’s purchase of 23,789,536 shares  of our  common stock in  March 2010. Under the
agreement, BGP is entitled to designate  one individual  to  serve  as a member of our Board  unless
BGP’s ownership of our common stock  falls below 10%.  In  January 2011, Mr. Hao replaced Guo
Yueliang, BGP’s initial appointee to  our Board.

JAMES  M. LAPEYRE, JR.

Director  since 1998

Mr. Lapeyre, age 61, served as Chairman of  our Board of Directors from 1999  until January 1,

2012, and again from January 1, 2013 until  present.  During  2012, Mr. Robert P.  Peebler held  the role
of Executive Chairman and Mr. Lapeyre served as Lead  Independent  Director. Mr. Lapeyre has been
President of Laitram L.L.C., a privately-owned, New  Orleans-based manufacturer of food processing
equipment and modular conveyor belts,  and  its  predecessors since 1989. Mr. Lapeyre  joined our Board
of Directors when we bought the DigiCOURSE marine  positioning products business from Laitram  in
1998. Mr. Lapeyre is Chairman of the  Governance Committee  and a member of the Audit and
Compensation Committees of our Board  of  Directors. He holds  a  Bachelor  of Art degree in  history
from the University of Texas and Master of Business Administration and  Juris  Doctorate degrees from
Tulane University.

Mr. Lapeyre’s status as a significant stockholder of our company enables our Board to have  direct

access to the perspective of our stockholders  and  ensures that the Board  will take into consideration
the interests of our stockholders in all Board decisions. In addition, Mr. Lapeyre has extensive
knowledge regarding the marine products  and technology  that  we  acquired from  Laitram in 1998.

Class II Incumbent Directors — Term  Expiring In 2016

DAVID H. BARR

Director since 2010

From May 2011 until December 2012,  Mr. Barr, age 64,  served  as the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Logan International  Inc.,  a Calgary-based Toronto Stock Exchange  (TSX)-listed
manufacturer and provider of oilfield  tools  and  services. In  2009, Mr. Barr  retired from Baker Hughes
Incorporated, an oilfield services and  equipment provider,  after serving for 36  years  in various
manufacturing, marketing, engineering  and product management functions.  At the  time of  his
retirement, Mr. Barr was Group President — Eastern Hemisphere, responsible for  all  Baker  Hughes
products and services for Europe, Russia/Caspian, Middle  East,  Africa and Asia Pacific. From  2007 to
2009, he served as Group President — Completion  & Production, and from 2005 to 2007, as Group
President — Drilling and Evaluation. Mr. Barr  served as President of Baker Atlas,  a division  of Baker
Hughes Inc., from 2000 to 2005, and  served as Vice President, Supply Chain  Management  for the
Cameron division of Cameron International Corporation from 1999 to 2000. Prior to 1999, he held
positions of increasing responsibility within  Baker  Hughes Inc. and its  affiliates,  including Vice

11

President — Business Process Development and various leadership positions with  Hughes  Tool
Company and Hughes Christensen. Mr. Barr  initially joined Hughes  Tool Company  in 1972 after
graduating from Texas Tech University  with a Bachelor  of  Science degree in  mechanical engineering.
Mr. Barr also currently serves on the Board of Directors  and Compensation  Committee  of  Logan
International Inc., as the Chairman of  the Board and on the Compensation Committee of Probe
Holdings, Inc. (a designer and manufacturer  of oilfield  technology and tools) and  on the  Board of
Directors and Compensation and Human  Resources  and Safety  and Social Responsibility Committees
of Enerplus Corporation (a NYSE- and  TSX-listed independent oil and gas exploration and production
company). He formerly served on the  Board of Directors and  Audit, Remuneration  and Governance
Committees of Hunting PLC, a London Stock Exchange-listed provider of energy services.  Mr.  Barr is
a member of the Compensation and  Governance Committees of our Board of Directors.

Mr. Barr’s more than 36 years of experience in the  oilfield  equipment and  services industry
provides a uniquely valuable industry perspective for our Board. While  at Baker Hughes, Mr. Barr
obtained experience within a wide range  of company functions, from  engineering to group President.
His breadth of experience enables him  to  better understand and  inform the Board  regarding a range of
issues and decisions involved in the operation  of  our  business,  including development  of business
strategy.

FRANKLIN MYERS

Director since  2001

Mr. Myers, age 61, has served as a senior advisor of Quantum Energy Partners, a private equity

firm for the global energy industry, since  February 2013. From  2009 to 2012, he was an Operating
Advisor  with Paine & Partners, LLC, a  private equity firm focused on leveraged  buyout transactions.
Prior to joining Paine & Partners, Mr.  Myers was employed by Cameron International  Corporation, an
international manufacturer of oil and  gas flow  control equipment, as  Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary (from 1995 to 1999), President  of the Cooper Energy Services
Division (from 1998 until 2001), Senior  Vice  President (from 2001 to 2003), Senior  Vice President  and
Chief Financial Officer (from 2003 to 2008)  and  Senior  Advisor (from 2008 to 2009). Prior to joining
Cameron, he was Senior Vice President and  General  Counsel  of Baker Hughes Incorporated, an
oilfield services and equipment provider,  and an  attorney and  partner  with the law firm of Fulbright  &
Jaworski L.L.P. in Houston, Texas. Mr. Myers also currently  serves on the  Boards of Directors of
Comfort Systems USA, Inc. (a NYSE-listed  provider of heating, ventilation and air conditioning
services), HollyFrontier Corporation  (a  NYSE-listed independent  oil refining and marketing company)
and Forum Energy Technology, Inc. (a NYSE-listed oilfield equipment manufacturing company).
Mr. Myers is Chairman of the Compensation Committee,  co-Chairman of the Finance  Committee and
a member of the Governance Committee  of  our Board of  Directors. He holds a  Bachelor of Science
degree in industrial engineering from Mississippi State University and a Juris Doctorate degree with
Honors from the University of Mississippi.

Mr. Myers’ extensive experience as both a  financial and legal executive makes him uniquely

qualified as a valuable member of our Board and  the Chairman of our Compensation Committee.
While at Cameron, Baker Hughes and Fulbright &  Jaworski,  Mr. Myers was responsible for numerous
successful finance and acquisition transactions, and his expertise gained through  those experiences have
proved to be a significant resource for our Board. In addition, Mr. Myers’ service on Boards  of
Directors of other NYSE-listed companies enables Mr. Myers to observe  and advise  on favorable
governance practices pursued by other public  companies.

12

S. JAMES NELSON, JR.

Director since 2004

Mr. Nelson, age 72, joined our Board of Directors in 2004.  In  2004, Mr. Nelson retired from Cal

Dive International, Inc. (now named Helix  Energy  Solutions  Group, Inc.), a marine contractor and
operator of offshore oil and gas properties  and  production facilities,  where he was a founding
shareholder, Chief Financial Officer  (prior  to  2000),  Vice Chairman (from 2000 to 2004) and a
Director (from 1990 to 2004). From  1985 to 1988, Mr. Nelson was  the  Senior Vice  President and Chief
Financial Officer of Diversified Energies, Inc., a NYSE-traded  company with  $1 billion in annual
revenues and the former parent company of Cal  Dive. From 1980 to 1985,  Mr.  Nelson served as Chief
Financial Officer of Apache Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and  production company. From
1966 to 1980, Mr. Nelson was employed with  Arthur Andersen &  Co. where,  from 1976 to 1980,  he
was a partner serving on the firm’s worldwide  oil and gas industry team. Mr. Nelson also currently
serves on the Board of Directors and  Audit Committees of Oil States International, Inc. (a
NYSE-listed diversified oilfield services  company) and  W&T Offshore, Inc. (a NYSE-listed oil and
natural gas exploration and production  company). From 2010  until October  2012, Mr. Nelson also
served on the Board of Directors and Audit  and Compensation Committees of the  general partner of
Genesis Energy LP, an operator of oil and natural  gas pipelines and  provider of services to refineries
and industrial gas users. From 2005 until  the company’s  sale in 2008, he served as  a member of the
Board of Directors and Audit and Compensation  Committees  of  Quintana Maritime, Ltd., a  provider
of dry bulk cargo shipping services based  in Athens,  Greece. Mr.  Nelson, who is also a  Certified  Public
Accountant, is Chairman of the Audit  Committee and  co-Chairman of the  Finance Committee  of our
Board of Directors. He holds a Bachelor of  Science degree in  accounting from Holy Cross College and
a Master of Business Administration  degree from Harvard University.

Mr. Nelson is an experienced financial leader  with the skills  necessary  to  lead our Audit
Committee. His service as Chief Financial  Officer of  Cal Dive International, Inc., Diversified
Energies, Inc. and Apache Corporation, as  well as  his years with  Arthur Andersen & Co.,  make him a
valuable asset to ION, both on our Board  of Directors and as the Chairman of our Audit Committee,
particularly with regard to financial and accounting matters. In addition, Mr. Nelson’s service on audit
committees of other companies enables  Mr. Nelson to remain current  on audit committee best
practices and current financial reporting developments  within the  energy industry.

Board of Directors and Corporate Governance

Governance Initiatives.

ION is committed to excellence in corporate governance and maintains

clear practices and policies that promote  good corporate  governance. We review our governance
practices and update them, as appropriate, based upon  Delaware law, rules  and listing standards  of  the
NYSE, SEC regulations and practices  recommended  by our  outside advisors.

Examples of our corporate governance  initiatives  include the following:

(cid:127) Seven of our eight Board members are independent of  ION  and  its management.  R. Brian
Hanson, our President and Chief Executive Officer,  is not independent  because he is  an
employee of ION.

(cid:127) All members of the principal standing committees  of  our Board —  the Audit Committee, the

Governance Committee and the Compensation Committee  — are independent.

(cid:127) The independent members of our  Board and each of  the principal committees of our Board
meet regularly without the presence of  management. The members of the Audit  Committee
meet regularly with representatives of our independent  registered public accounting firm without
the presence of management. The members of the Audit Committee also meet  regularly  with
our  manager of internal audit without the presence  of other members of management.

(cid:127) Our Audit Committee has at least one  member who qualifies as a ‘‘financial  expert’’  in

accordance with Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13

(cid:127) The Board has adopted written Corporate  Governance Guidelines  to  assist its members  in

fulfilling their responsibilities.

(cid:127) Under our Corporate Governance  Guidelines,  Board members are  required to offer their

resignation from the Board if they retire or materially  change the position they  held when  they
began serving as a director on the Board.

(cid:127) We comply with and operate in a manner consistent with regulations prohibiting loans to our

directors and executive officers.

(cid:127) Members of our Disclosure Committee, consisting of  management employees  and senior finance
and accounting employees, review all  quarterly and  annual reports  before filing  with the SEC.

(cid:127) We have a dedicated hotline and website available to all employees  to  report ethics  and

compliance concerns, anonymously if  preferred, including concerns related to accounting,
accounting controls, financial reporting  and  auditing matters. The hotline  and website are
administered and monitored by an independent  hotline monitoring company.  The Board has
adopted a policy and procedures for the receipt,  retention  and treatment of complaints and
employee concerns received through the hotline  or website. The policy  is available on  our
website at http://ir.iongeo.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights.

(cid:127) On an annual basis, each director  and each  executive  officer is obligated to complete a

questionnaire that requires disclosure  of any transactions with  ION in which the director  or
executive officer, or any member of his  immediate  family,  has a direct  or indirect material
interest.

(cid:127) We have included as Exhibits 31.1 and  31.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2013, filed with  the SEC, certificates of our  Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, respectively,  certifying as to the  quality of our public disclosure.  In
addition, in 2013, we submitted to the  NYSE a certificate of our  Chief Executive Officer
certifying that he is not aware of any  violation by ION of the NYSE corporate governance listing
standards.

(cid:127) Our internal audit controls function  maintains critical oversight  over the key areas  of our
business and financial processes and controls,  and  provides reports directly to the  Audit
Committee.

(cid:127) We have a compensation recoupment (clawback) policy that applies to our  current and former

executive officers. The policy is available on our website  at http://ir.iongeo.com/
phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights.

(cid:127) We have stock ownership guidelines for our non-employee directors and senior  management.

(cid:127) Our employment contracts with our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other
employees do not contain a ‘‘single-trigger’’  change of control severance provision  or entitle the
employee to tax gross-up benefits.

Majority Voting Procedure for Directors. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines require a
mandatory majority voting, director resignation  procedure. Any  director nominee in  an uncontested
election who receives a greater number  of  votes ‘‘withheld’’ from his election than votes  ‘‘for’’ such
election is required to promptly tender to the Board of Directors his resignation  following certification
of the stockholder vote. Upon receipt of  the resignation, the Governance Committee  will consider the
resignation offer and recommend to  the Board whether  to  accept it. The Board  will act on the
Governance Committee’s recommendation within 120 days following certification of  the stockholder
vote. The Governance Committee and the Board may consider  any factors they  deem relevant  in
deciding whether to accept a Director’s resignation.  Thereafter, the Board will promptly disclose its

14

decision whether to accept the Director’s  resignation  offer (and the reasons for rejecting  the
resignation offer, if applicable) in a Current  Report  on Form  8-K furnished  to  the SEC.

Code of Ethics. We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all members of our Board of

Directors and all of our employees, including our principal  executive officer, principal financial officer,
principal accounting officer and all other senior members of  our finance and accounting departments.
We  require all employees to adhere to  our Code of Ethics  in addressing  legal and ethical issues
encountered in conducting their work. The  Code of Ethics requires that our  employees avoid  conflicts
of interest, comply with all laws and  other  legal requirements, conduct business  in an honest and
ethical manner, promote full and accurate  financial  reporting and  otherwise  act  with integrity and  in
ION’s best interest. Every year our management employees  and  senior finance and  accounting
employees affirm their compliance with  our Code  of Ethics and  other principal compliance policies.
New employees sign a written certification  of  compliance with these policies  upon commencing
employment.

We  have made our Code of Ethics, corporate  governance guidelines, charters for the principal
standing committees of our Board and other information that  may  be  of interest  to  investors  available
on the Investor Relations section of our  website at http://ir.iongeo.com/
phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights. Copies of this information may also  be obtained by
writing to us at ION Geophysical Corporation, Attention: Senior  Vice President, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary, 2105 CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400,  Houston, Texas 77042-2839. Amendments  to,
or waivers from, our Code of Ethics will  also be available on our website  and reported  as may be
required under SEC rules; however,  any technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments
to our Code of Ethics may not be posted.

Please note that the preceding Internet address  and  all  other Internet addresses referenced in this
proxy statement are for information purposes  only  and  are not intended  to  be  a hyperlink. Accordingly,
no information found or provided at such Internet addresses or  at our website in general is  intended or
deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

Lead Independent Director.

James M. Lapeyre, Jr. serves  as our Chairman of  the Board of

Directors. Under NYSE corporate governance  listing standards, Mr. Lapeyre  has also  been designated
as our Lead Independent Director and  presiding non-management director to lead  non-management
directors meetings of the Board. Our  non-management directors meet at  regularly  scheduled executive
sessions without management, over which Mr.  Lapeyre presides. The powers  and authority of the  Lead
Independent Director also includes the following:

(cid:127) Advise and consult the Chief Executive Officer,  senior  management and the Chairperson  of  each
Committee of the Board, as to the appropriate information, agendas and schedules of Board and
Committee meetings;

(cid:127) Advise and consult with the Chief  Executive Officer and senior  management as to the quality,
quantity and timeliness of the information submitted by  the Company’s management to the
independent directors;

(cid:127) Recommend to the Chief Executive  Officer and the  Board the  retention  of advisers and

consultants to report directly to the Board;

(cid:127) Call meetings of the Board or executive sessions of the  independent directors;

(cid:127) Develop the agendas for and preside over executive sessions  of  the Board’s independent

directors;

(cid:127) Serve as principal liaison between  the independent  directors, and the  Chief Executive Officer
and senior management, on sensitive issues,  including  the review and evaluation of the  Chief
Executive Officer; and

15

(cid:127) Coordinate with the independent directors in  respect of each of the foregoing.

Certain of the duties and powers described above are  to  be  conducted in  conjunction with  our
Chairman of the Board if the Lead Independent  Director is  not  also the Chairman of the  Board.

Communications to Board and Lead Independent Director. Stockholders and other interested

parties may communicate with the Board and our Lead  Independent Director or  non-management
independent directors as a group by  writing to ‘‘Chairman of  the  Board’’ or  ‘‘Lead Independent
Director,’’ c/o Corporate Secretary, ION Geophysical Corporation, 2105 CityWest  Boulevard,  Suite 400,
Houston, Texas 77042-2839. Inquiries  sent by  mail will be reviewed  by our Corporate Secretary  and, if
they pertain to the functions of the Board  or Board  committees or if  the Corporate Secretary otherwise
determines that they should be brought  to  the intended recipient’s attention, they  will  be  forwarded to
the intended recipient. Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls, auditing  or compliance
matters will be brought to the attention  of our Audit Committee and handled in accordance with
procedures established by the Audit  Committee.

Our Corporate Secretary’s review of  these communications will  be  performed  with a view that the

integrity of this process be preserved.  For example, items that are unrelated to the duties and
responsibilities of the Board, such as  personal employee complaints, product inquiries, new product
suggestions, resumes and other forms  of job inquiries, surveys, service or  product complaints, requests
for donations, business solicitations or advertisements,  will not be forwarded to the directors. In
addition, material  that is considered to be hostile, threatening, illegal or similarly  unsuitable will not be
forwarded. Except for these types of  items,  the Corporate Secretary will promptly  forward written
communications to the intended recipient.  Within the above guidelines, the  independent directors have
granted the Corporate Secretary discretion  to  decide what  correspondence should be shared with  ION
management and independent directors.

2013 Meetings of the Board and Stockholders. During 2013, the Board of Directors held 11

meetings and the four standing committees of the Board of Directors held  a total of 14 meetings.
Overall, the rate of attendance by our directors at such meetings was 94% and four of our directors
attended all of the meetings. The table  below provides  for each member of the  Board the percentage
of meetings of the Board and Board  committees each director attended during 2013.  No director
attended less than 75% of these meetings.  We  do not require  our Board members to attend our
Annual Meeting of Stockholders; however, five of our directors were present at our Annual Meeting
held in May 2013.

Director

James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hao Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael C. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Franklin Myers
S. James Nelson, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Board and Committee
Meetings
Attended During 2013

96%
100%
91%
89%
79%
100%
100%
100%

Independence.

In determining independence, each year  the Board  determines  whether directors

have  any ‘‘material relationship’’ with ION.  When  assessing the  ‘‘materiality’’  of  a director’s  relationship
with ION, the Board considers all relevant facts  and circumstances, not  merely from  the director’s
standpoint, but from that of the persons or organizations with which the director  has an affiliation, and
the frequency or regularity of the services, whether the services are  being  carried out at  arm’s length in
the ordinary course of business and whether the services  are  being  provided substantially  on the same
terms to ION as those prevailing at the time from unrelated  parties for comparable transactions.

16

Material relationships can include commercial, banking, industrial,  consulting,  legal, accounting,
charitable and familial relationships.  Factors that the  Board may consider when  determining
independence for purposes of this determination include  (1) not being a current employee  of ION or
having been employed by ION within the  last three years;  (2) not having an  immediate  family member
who is, or who has been within the last three years, an  executive officer of ION; (3) not personally
receiving or having an immediate family member who has  received, during any  12-month period  within
the last three years, more than $120,000 per year in  direct compensation from  ION  other than director
and committee fees; (4) not being employed  or having an immediate family member employed  within
the last three years as an executive officer of another company of which any current  executive  officer of
ION serves or has served, at the same time, on that company’s compensation committee; (5) not being
an employee of or a current partner  of, or having an immediate family member who  is a current
partner of, a firm that is ION’s internal or external auditor; (6) not having an immediate  family
member who is a current employee of  such  an audit firm who personally works  on ION’s audit; (7) not
being or having an immediate family member who was  within the last three years a  partner or
employee of such an audit firm and who  personally  worked on ION’s audit within that time; (8) not
being a current employee, or having an  immediate  family member who  is a current executive officer, of
a company that has made payments to, or received payments from, ION for property or  services in an
amount that, in any of the last three  fiscal  years,  exceeds the greater of $1  million or  2% of the other
company’s consolidated gross revenues;  or (9)  not being an executive officer of  a charitable
organization to which, within the preceding three  years,  ION  has made charitable  contributions in  any
single fiscal year that has exceeded the  greater of $1  million  or  2% of  such organization’s consolidated
gross  revenues.

Our Board has affirmatively determined  that, with the  exception  of  R.  Brian Hanson, who is our

President and Chief Executive Officer and  an employee of  ION, no director has a  material  relationship
with ION within the meaning of the  NYSE’s listing standards,  and that each of our directors (other
than Mr. Hanson) is independent from  management and from our independent registered public
accounting firm, as required by NYSE listing standard rules  regarding director independence.

Our Chairman and Lead Independent  Director, Mr. Lapeyre, is an executive officer and significant

shareholder of Laitram, L.L.C., a company with  which ION has  ongoing  contractual  relationships, and
Mr. Lapeyre and Laitram together owned  approximately 6.3% of our outstanding common stock as  of
February 28, 2014. Our Board has determined that these contractual relationships have  not  interfered
with Mr. Lapeyre’s demonstrated independence  from our management, and that the services performed
by Laitram for ION are being provided  at  arm’s  length in the  ordinary  course of business and
substantially on the same terms to ION  as those  prevailing at the time from unrelated parties  for
comparable transactions. In addition,  the  services provided  by Laitram  to  ION  resulted in payments by
ION to Laitram in an amount less than  2% of Laitram’s 2013 consolidated gross  revenues. As a result
of these  factors, our Board has determined  that Mr.  Lapeyre, along with each of our other
non-management directors, is independent within  the meaning of  the  NYSE’s director independence
standards. For an explanation of the contractual  relationship between Laitram and ION, please see
‘‘ — Certain Transactions and Relationships’’ below.

Our director, Mr. Hao, is employed as Chief Geophysicist of BGP. For an explanation  of  the

relationships between BGP and ION,  please see ‘‘  — Certain Transactions and Relationships’’ below.

Risk Oversight. Our Board oversees an enterprise-wide approach to risk management, designed  to

support the achievement of organizational  objectives, including strategic objectives, to improve
long-term organizational performance and enhance stockholder value. A  fundamental  part of  risk
management is not only understanding  the risks a company  faces  and what steps management is taking
to manage those risks, but also understanding what level  of  risk is appropriate  for the  company. The
involvement of the full Board in setting  ION’s business strategy is  a key part of its assessment  of  the
company’s appetite for risk and also  a  determination  of what  constitutes an  appropriate  level of risk for
the company. The Board also regularly reviews information regarding the  company’s credit, liquidity

17

and operations, as well as the risks associated with  each. While the Board  has the ultimate oversight
responsibility for the risk management process, various  committees  of  the Board also have
responsibility for risk management. In  particular, the  Audit Committee focuses on financial  risk,
including internal controls, and receives  an annual risk  assessment report from  ION’s internal auditors.
In addition, in setting compensation,  the  Compensation Committee strives  to  create incentives that
encourage a level of risk-taking behavior consistent with ION’s business strategies. While each
committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and  overseeing the management of such  risks, the
entire Board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

Board Leadership. Our current Board leadership structure consists of a  Chairman of the Board

(who is not our current CEO), a Lead  Independent  Director (who is  also our Chairman of the Board)
and  strong independent committee chairs. The Board believes  this structure provides independent
Board leadership and engagement and strong independent oversight of management while  providing
the benefit of having our Chairman and Lead  Independent Director lead regular Board meetings as  we
discuss key business and strategic issues. Mr. Lapeyre, a non-employee independent director,  serves as
our Chairman of the Board and Lead  Independent  Director. Mr.  Hanson has served as our  CEO  since
January 1, 2012. We separate the roles of CEO and Chairman of the  Board in recognition of the
differences between the two roles. The CEO is responsible for setting the  strategic direction for the
company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of the company, while the Chairman provides
guidance to the CEO and sets the agenda for  Board meetings and presides over  the meetings of the
full Board. Separating these positions allows our  CEO  to  focus on our  day-to-day business, while
allowing the Chairman to lead the Board in  its  fundamental role of providing advice to, and
independent oversight of, management. The Board recognizes the time, effort and energy that the  CEO
is required to devote to his position, as  well as  the commitment required to serve as our Chairman.
The Board believes that having separate positions  is the  appropriate leadership structure for  our
company at this time and demonstrates our commitment  to  good corporate governance.

Political Contributions and Lobbying. Our Code of Ethics prohibits company contributions  to

political candidates or parties. In addition, we  do not advertise in or purchase political  publications,
allow company assets to be used by political parties or candidates, use corporate funds  to  purchase
seats at political fund raising events,  or  allow company trademarks to be used in political  or campaign
literature. ION is a member of certain trade associations that may use a portion of  their membership
dues for lobbying and/or political expenditures.

Committees of the Board

The Board of Directors has established four standing  committees to facilitate  and assist the  Board

in the execution of its responsibilities.  The  four standing committees are the Audit Committee, the
Compensation Committee, the Governance  Committee and the Finance Committee. Each standing
committee operates under a written charter, which sets forth the functions and responsibilities of the
committee. A copy of the charter for each of the Audit  Committee, the  Compensation Committee and
the Governance Committee can be viewed on our website at http://ir.iongeo.com/
phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights. A copy of each charter can also be obtained by writing  to
us at ION Geophysical Corporation, Attention: Corporate Secretary, 2105 CityWest Boulevard,
Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839.  The Audit Committee, Compensation  Committee, Governance
Committee and Finance Committee  are  composed entirely  of  non-employee directors. In addition, the
Board establishes temporary special committees from time to time on an as-needed basis. During 2013,
the Audit Committee met seven times, the Compensation Committee  met three  times, the  Governance
Committee met three times, and the Finance Committee met  one  time.

18

The current members of the four standing committees of the Board of Directors are  identified

below.

Director

Compensation
Committee

Audit
Committee

Governance
Committee

Finance
Committee

James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . .
David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hao Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael C. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

*
*

Chair

*

*

*

Chair

Chair
*

*

*

*
*
Co-Chair
Co-Chair

* Member

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is a separately-designated  standing audit  committee as  defined in

Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  (the ‘‘Exchange  Act’’). The
Audit Committee oversees matters relating to financial reporting,  internal controls,  risk management
and compliance. These responsibilities include appointing, overseeing,  evaluating and  approving the
fees of  our independent auditors, reviewing  financial information that  is provided to our stockholders
and others, reviewing with management  our system of  internal  controls  and  financial reporting
processes, and monitoring our compliance program and system.

The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the  Audit Committee is financially

literate and satisfies the definition of ‘‘independent’’ as established under the NYSE corporate
governance listing standards and Rule 10A-3  under the Exchange Act. In addition, the Board of
Directors has determined that Mr. Nelson, the  Chairman of the Audit  Committee, is qualified  as an
audit committee financial expert within  the meaning of SEC regulations, and that he has  accounting
and related financial management expertise within  the meaning of  the  listing standards of the NYSE
and Rule 10A-3.

Compensation Committee

General. The Compensation Committee has responsibility for the  compensation  of our  executive
officers, including our Chief Executive  Officer, and the administration of our executive compensation
and benefit plans. The Compensation Committee  also has  authority  to  retain or  replace outside
counsel, compensation and benefits consultants  or other experts to provide it with  independent advice,
including the authority to approve the  fees payable and any  other terms of retention. All actions
regarding executive officer compensation  require Compensation Committee approval. The
Compensation Committee completes a comprehensive review of all elements of compensation at least
annually. If it is determined that any  changes to any executive  officer’s total compensation are
necessary or appropriate, the Compensation Committee obtains such  input from  management as  it
determines to be necessary or appropriate. All compensation decisions  with respect to executives other
than our Chief Executive Officer are  determined  in discussion with, and frequently  based in part upon
the recommendation of, our Chief Executive Officer. The  Compensation  Committee  makes  all
determinations with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, including, but  not
limited to, establishing performance objectives and criteria  related to the  payment of his compensation,
and determining the extent to which such  objectives have been  established, obtaining such input from
the committee’s independent compensation advisors as it deems necessary or  appropriate.

19

As part of its responsibility to administer our executive compensation plans and  programs,  the
Compensation Committee, usually near the beginning of the  calendar  year,  establishes  the parameters
of the annual incentive plan awards,  including the performance goals  relative to our performance that
will be applicable to such awards and  the similar awards  for our  other senior executives. It  also reviews
our  performance against the objectives established for  awards payable  in respect of the  prior calendar
year, and confirms the extent, if any, to which such  objectives have been  obtained,  and the  amounts
payable to each of our executive officers in respect of such achievement.

The Compensation Committee also determines the  appropriate level and  type of awards,  if any, to

be granted to each of our executive officers  pursuant to our  equity compensation plans, and  approves
the total annual grants to other key employees, to be granted in  accordance with a  delegation of
authority to our corporate human resources officer.

The Compensation Committee reviews, and has  the authority to recommend to the Board  for
adoption, any new executive compensation or benefit plans  that are determined to be appropriate for
adoption by ION, including those that  are  not  otherwise subject to the approval of our stockholders. It
reviews any contracts or other transactions  with current or former elected  officers of the corporation.
In connection with the review of any such proposed plan or  contract, the Compensation  Committee
may seek from its independent advisors  such  advice, counsel and information  as it determines to be
appropriate in the conduct of such review. The  Compensation  Committee will direct such  outside
advisors as to the information it requires in connection with any such  review, including data regarding
competitive practices among the companies  with which ION generally compares itself for compensation
purposes.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and  Insider Participation. The Board of Directors has

determined that each member of the Compensation Committee  satisfies the definition of
‘‘independent’’ as established under the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. No member of
the committee is, or was during 2013, an officer  or employee  of  ION. Mr.  Lapeyre  is President and
Chief Executive Officer and a significant  equity owner of Laitram,  L.L.C, which  has had  a business
relationship with ION since 1999. During  2013, we paid Laitram and its affiliates a total of
approximately $4.2 million, which consisted  of approximately $3.5 million for  manufacturing services,
$0.4 million for rent and other pass-through third party facilities charges, and $0.3  million  for
reimbursement of costs related to providing administrative and other back-office support  services in
connection with our Louisiana marine operations. See ‘‘ — Certain Transactions and Relationships’’
below. During 2013:

(cid:127) No executive officer of ION served as a member  of the compensation committee of another

entity, one of whose executive officers  served  as a director or  on the Compensation  Committee
of ION; and

(cid:127) No executive officer of ION served as a director of  another entity, one of whose executive

officers served on the Compensation Committee of ION.

Governance Committee

The Governance Committee functions  as the Board’s nominating and corporate governance
committee and advises the Board of Directors  with regard to matters  relating to governance practices
and policies, management succession,  and  composition and operation of the Board and  its  committees,
including reviewing potential candidates for membership  on the  Board and recommending to the Board
nominees for election as directors of ION. In addition, the Governance Committee  reviews annually
with the full Board and our Chief Executive Officer  the succession  plans for senior executive officers
and makes recommendations to the Board regarding  the selection of individuals to occupy these
positions. The Board of Directors has  determined that each member of the  Governance  Committee
satisfies  the definition of ‘‘independent’’ as established under the NYSE corporate governance listing
standards.

20

In identifying and selecting new director candidates, the Governance  Committee  considers the

Board’s current and anticipated strengths  and  needs and a  candidate’s experience, knowledge, skills,
expertise, integrity, diversity, ability to  make independent analytical inquiries, understanding of the
company’s business environment, willingness to devote adequate time and effort to Board
responsibilities, and other relevant factors. The  Governance Committee  has not established specific
minimum age, education, years of business  experience  or specific  types  of skills for potential director
candidates, but, in general, expects that  qualified candidates will  have ample experience and a proven
record of business success and leadership. The committee also seeks an appropriate balance of
experience and expertise in accounting and finance, technology,  management, international  business,
compensation, corporate governance, strategy,  industry  knowledge and  general  business  matters. In
addition, the committee seeks a diversity  of  experience,  professions, skills, geographic representation
and backgrounds. The committee may  rely on  various sources to identify  potential director nominees,
including input from directors, management and others the committee feels  are reliable, and
professional search firms.

Our Bylaws permit stockholders to nominate  individuals for director for consideration  at an annual

stockholders’ meeting. A proper director nomination may be  considered at  our  2015 Annual Meeting
only if the proposal for nomination is received by ION not later than December  20, 2014. All
nominations should be directed to David  L. Roland, Senior  Vice President, General  Counsel and
Corporate Secretary, ION Geophysical  Corporation, 2105 CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400,  Houston,
Texas 77042-2839.

The Governance Committee will consider properly submitted  recommendations for director
nominations made by a stockholder or  other sources (including self-nominees) on  the same basis as
other candidates. For consideration by the Governance  Committee, a recommendation of a  candidate
must be submitted timely and in writing to the  Governance Committee  in care of our Corporate
Secretary at our principal executive offices. The submission must include sufficient details  regarding the
qualifications of the potential candidate.  In general, nominees for  election should possess (1)  the
highest level of integrity and ethical character, (2) strong  personal and professional reputation,
(3) sound judgment, (4) financial literacy,  (5) independence, (6) significant  experience  and proven
superior performance in professional  endeavors, (7) an appreciation for board and  team performance,
(8) the commitment to devote the time necessary, (9) skills in areas that will benefit the  Board and
(10) the ability to make a long-term commitment to serve on the  Board.

Finance Committee

The Finance Committee has responsibility  for overseeing all areas of  corporate finance for ION.
The Finance Committee is responsible for  reviewing  with ION  management, and  has the power and
authority to approve on behalf of the  Board, ION’s strategies, plans, policies  and actions related to
corporate finance, including, but not  limited  to,  (a) capital structure plans and  strategies  and specific
equity or debt financings, (b) capital expenditure plans  and strategies  and specific capital projects,
(c) strategic and financial investment  plans and strategies and specific investments,  (d) cash
management plans and strategies and  activities relating  to  cash flow, cash accounts, working capital,
cash investments and treasury activities, including  the establishment  and  maintenance  of bank,
investment and brokerage accounts, (e)  financial aspects of insurance and risk  management, (f) tax
planning and compliance, (g) dividend policy, (h) plans and strategies for managing foreign  currency
exchange exposure and other exposures to economic risks, including plans  and strategies with respect to
the use of derivatives, and (i) reviewing  and making recommendations to the Board with respect to any
proposal by ION to divest any asset,  investment,  real or personal property, or business interest if such
divestiture is required to be approved  by the Board.  The Finance Committee does not have oversight
responsibility with respect to ION’s financial reporting, which is the responsibility of the  Audit
Committee. The Board of Directors has determined  that a majority of the members of the  Finance

21

Committee (including its co-Chairmen) satisfies the definition of ‘‘independent’’  as established under
the NYSE corporate governance listing  standards.

Stock Ownership Requirements

The Board has adopted stock ownership requirements for ION’s directors. The  Board adopted

these requirements in order to align the  economic interests of the directors with those of our
stockholders and further focus our emphasis on enhancing stockholder value. Under these
requirements, each non-employee director is expected  to  own at  least 36,000 shares of ION common
stock, which, at the $3.30 closing price per share  of our common stock on  the NYSE on December  31,
2013, equates to more than 2.5 times  the $46,000 annual retainer fee we pay to our non-employee
directors. New and current directors will  have  three years to acquire  and  increase  the director’s
ownership of ION common stock to satisfy the  requirements.  The  stock  ownership requirements  are
subject to modification by the Board in its discretion. The Board  has also adopted  stock ownership
requirements for senior management  of ION. See ‘‘Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion
and Analysis — Elements of Compensation — Stock Ownership Requirements;  Hedging Policy’’ below.

The Governance Committee and the Board regularly review and evaluate ION’s directors’
compensation program on the basis of current and emerging compensation practices  for directors,
emerging legal, regulatory and corporate compliance  developments  and comparisons  with director
compensation programs of other similarly-situated public  companies.

Certain Transactions and Relationships

The Board of Directors has adopted a written policy  and procedures to be followed prior  to  any
transaction, arrangement or relationship,  or  series  of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships,
including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness, between  ION and  a ‘‘Related Party’’ where
the aggregate amount involved is expected to exceed  $120,000 in any calendar year. Under the policy,
‘‘Related Party’’ includes (a) any person  who is  or was an executive officer, director or nominee for
election as a director (since the beginning  of the last fiscal year); (b) any person or group who is  a
greater-than-5% beneficial owner of ION voting securities; or  (c) any immediate family member of any
of the foregoing, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse,  sibling, mother-in-law,
father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, and anyone  residing in the home
of an executive officer, director or nominee  for election  as a  director (other than  a tenant or
employee). Under the policy, the Governance Committee of the Board is responsible for reviewing the
material facts of any Related Party transaction  and approving or  ratifying the transaction. In making  its
determination to approve or ratify, the Governance Committee is  required to consider such factors as
(i) the extent of the Related Party’s interest  in the transaction,  (ii) if  applicable, the availability  of other
sources  of comparable products or services, (iii)  whether the terms of the Related Party  transaction are
no less favorable than terms generally  available in unaffiliated transactions  under like  circumstances,
(iv) the  benefit to ION and (v) the aggregate value of the  Related  Party transaction.

Mr. Lapeyre is the President and Chief Executive  Officer and  a  significant equity owner of
Laitram, L.L.C. and has served as President of Laitram and  its  predecessors  since 1989. Laitram  is a
privately-owned, New Orleans-based manufacturer  of  food processing equipment  and modular conveyor
belts. Mr. Lapeyre and Laitram together  owned approximately  6.3% of our outstanding  common stock
as of  February 28, 2014.

We  acquired DigiCourse, Inc., our marine positioning products business,  from Laitram in  1998. In
connection with that acquisition, we entered into a Continued Services Agreement with Laitram under
which  Laitram agreed to provide us certain bookkeeping,  software, manufacturing, and maintenance
services. Manufacturing services consist primarily of machining of  parts for our marine positioning
systems. The term of this agreement  expired in September 2001 but  we  continue to operate under  its
terms. In addition, from time to time,  when we have  requested,  the legal  staff of Laitram has advised

22

us on certain intellectual property matters with regard to our  marine positioning systems.  Under  an
amended lease of  commercial property  dated February 1,  2006, between Lapeyre Properties, L.L.C.  (an
affiliate of Laitram) and ION, we have leased certain office and warehouse  space from  Lapeyre
Properties through January 2014, with  the right to terminate the lease  sooner upon  12 months’  notice.
During  2012, we paid Laitram and its  affiliates  a total of approximately $4.2  million, which consisted  of
approximately $3.5 million for manufacturing  services,  $0.4 million for rent and  other  pass-through
third party facilities charges, and $0.3 million for  reimbursement for costs related to providing
administrative and other back-office  support services in  connection with  our  Louisiana marine
operations. In the opinion of our management, the terms  of these services are fair  and reasonable  and
as favorable to us as those that could have been obtained from unrelated  third parties at the  time of
their performance.

Mr. Hao is Chief Geophysicist of BGP. BGP has  been a customer of our products and  services for
many  years. For our fiscal years ended  December 31, 2013  and  2012, BGP accounted for approximately
1.5% and 2.6% of our consolidated net sales, respectively. During 2013, we recorded revenues from
sales to BGP of approximately $8.0 million.  Trade  receivables due from BGP at December  31, 2013
were $1.5 million.

In March 2010, prior to Mr. Hao being appointed to the Board, we entered  into  certain

transactions with BGP that resulted in  the commercial relationships between our company and BGP as
described below:

(cid:127) We issued and sold 23,789,536 shares of our common stock to BGP  for an effective  purchase

price of $2.80 per share pursuant to (i) a Stock Purchase Agreement  we  entered  into  with BGP
and (ii) the conversion of the principal balance of indebtedness outstanding  under a Convertible
Promissory Note dated as of October 23, 2009.  As of  February 28, 2014, BGP held beneficial
ownership of approximately 14.5% of our outstanding shares of  common stock. The shares  of
our  common stock acquired by BGP are subject  to  the terms  and conditions of  an Investor
Rights Agreement that we entered into with BGP in connection with  its  purchase of our shares.
Under the Investor Rights Agreement, for  so long  as BGP owns as least 10%  of  our  outstanding
shares of common stock, BGP will have the  right to nominate one director to serve on our
Board. The appointment of Mr. Hao  to  our  Board was made pursuant to this agreement. The
Investor Rights Agreement also provides that whenever we may issue shares of  our common
stock or other securities convertible into,  exercisable or exchangeable for  our common stock,
BGP will have certain pre-emptive rights to subscribe for a number of such  shares or  other
securities as may be necessary to retain its proportionate ownership  of  our common  stock that
would exist before such issuance. These pre-emptive rights are subject to  usual and customary
exceptions, such as issuances of securities as equity compensation to our directors, employees
and consultants, under employee stock purchase plans and  under our currently outstanding
convertible and exercisable securities.

(cid:127) We formed a joint venture with BGP, owned  49% by  us and 51% by  BGP, to design,  develop,

manufacture and sell land-based seismic  data acquisition  equipment for  the petroleum industry.
The name of the joint venture company  is INOVA Geophysical Equipment Limited.  Under the
terms of the joint venture transaction, INOVA Geophysical was  initially  formed as a wholly-
owned direct subsidiary of ION, and BGP acquired  its interest in  the joint venture by paying  us
aggregate consideration of (i) $108.5  million in cash  and (ii) 49% of certain assets owned  by
BGP relating to the business of the joint venture. In addition,  INOVA Geophysical provided a
bank stand-by letter of credit as credit support for our obligations  under our commercial bank
revolving and term loans.

23

Director Compensation

ION employees who are also directors do not receive any fee  or  remuneration for services as
members of our Board of Directors. We  currently  have seven non-employee  directors who  qualify for
compensation as directors. In addition  to  being  reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
that the director incurs attending Board meetings  and  functions, our outside directors  receive an annual
retainer fee of $46,000. In addition, our Chairman of the Board  receives an  annual retainer fee of
$25,000, our Chairman of the Audit  Committee  receives an annual retainer fee of $20,000,  our
Chairman of the Compensation Committee receives  an annual retainer  fee of $15,000, our Chairman of
the Governance Committee receives  an annual retainer  fee  of  $10,000 and each co-Chairman of the
Finance Committee receives an annual retainer  fee of $5,000. Our non-employee directors also  receive,
in cash, $2,000 for each Board meeting  attended and $2,000 for each committee meeting attended
(unless the committee meeting is held  in  conjunction with a Board meeting,  in which case  the fee for
committee meeting attendance is $1,000) and  $1,000 for each Board or committee meeting attended via
teleconference.

Each  non-employee director also receives  an initial grant of 8,000  vested shares of our common

stock on the first quarterly grant date  after joining the Board and follow-on  grants each year of a
number of shares of our common stock equal in market value to $110,000,  up to an annual grant of
25,000 shares per director.

The following table summarizes the compensation earned  by ION’s  non-employee directors in

2013:

Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Total
($)

158,500
144,500
155,500
198,500
178,500
185,500
158,500

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)

69,000
55,000
66,000
109,000
89,000
96,000
69,000

Stock
Awards
($)(2)

89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500

Name(1)

David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . .
Hao  Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael  C. Jennings . . . . . . .
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
. . . . .
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr. . . . . . . .
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1) R. Brian Hanson, our President and  Chief  Executive  Officer, is not included in  this table  because  he  was  an
employee of ION during  2013, and therefore  received  no  compensation  for his  services  as director.  The
compensation received by Mr. Hanson  as an  employee  of ION  during 2013  is shown  in the Summary
Compensation Table contained in ‘‘ — Executive Compensation’’ below.

(2) All of the amounts shown represent the value  of  common stock  granted  under  our 2004  Long-Term Incentive
Plan (‘‘2004 LTIP’’). On December 1, 2013, each  of our  non-employee  directors  was  granted  an award of
25,000 shares of ION common stock. The values contained in the  table are based  on the  grant-date  fair value
of awards of stock during the fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2013, our non-employee directors  held  the following  unvested and  unexercised  ION
equity awards:

Name

Unvested Stock
Awards(#)

Unexercised Option
Awards(#)

David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hao Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael C. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James M. Lapeyre,  Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
50,000
25,000
70,000
50,000

24

OWNERSHIP OF EQUITY SECURITIES OF ION

Except as otherwise set forth below, the  following  table sets forth  information as of February 28,

2014, with respect to the number of  shares of common stock owned by  (i) each  person known by us to
be a beneficial owner of more than 5%  of our common  stock,  (ii) each  of our  directors, (iii) each of
our  executive officers named in the 2013  Summary Compensation Table  included in  this  proxy
statement and (iv) all of our directors and executive officers  as a  group. Except where information  was
otherwise known by us, we have relied solely upon filings of Schedules 13D and  13G to determine the
number of shares of our common stock owned by each person known to us to be the beneficial  owner
of more than 5% of our common stock as of such date.

Name  of Owner

Common
Stock(1)

Rights to
Acquire(2)

Restricted
Stock(3)

Percent of
Common
Stock(4)

Invesco Ltd.(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BGP Inc., China National Petroleum Corporation(6) . . . .
BlackRock, Inc.(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laitram, L.L.C.(9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hao  Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael  C. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Christopher T. Usher
Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gregory J. Heinlein(10)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Colin T. Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All directors and executive officers as a group (15

31,667,181
23,789,536
12,698,946
10,250,538
7,605,345
69,000
20,622
47,600
69,000
97,000
89,000
118,895
11,337
68,517
16,159
8,766

—
—
—
50,000
—
—
316,250
—
—
25,000
70,000
50,000
12,500
313,000
92,250
20,000

—
—
—
—
—
—
142,561
—
—
—
—
—
53,332
35,000
27,898
34,998

19.4%
14.4%
7.8%
6.3%
4.6%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

Persons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,974,528

1,113,800

346,587

7.5%

*

Less than 1%

(1) Represents shares for which the named person (a) has sole voting  and  investment power or (b) has
shared voting and investment power. Excluded are  shares that (i) are unvested restricted  stock
holdings or (ii) may be acquired through stock option exercises.

(2) Represents shares of common stock that may be acquired upon  the exercise of stock options held
by our officers and directors that are  currently exercisable or  will be exercisable on or before
April 16, 2014.

(3) Represents unvested shares subject to a vesting schedule, forfeiture risk and  other restrictions.
Although these shares are subject to risk  of  forfeiture, the holder has  the right to vote the
unvested shares unless and until they  are  forfeited.

(4) Assumes shares subject to outstanding stock options that such  person has rights to acquire upon

exercise, presently and on or before April 16,  2014, are  outstanding.

(5) The address for Invesco Ltd. is 1555 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, Georgia, 30309.

(6) The address for BGP Inc., China National  Petroleum  Corporation is  No. 189  Fanyang Middle

Road, ZhuoZhou City, HeBei Province 072750  P.R.  China.

(7) The address for BlackRock, Inc. is 40  East  52nd Street, New York, New York 10022. Blackrock, Inc.

reported that it has sole voting power with  respect to 12,240,678 shares  and  sole dispositive power
with respect to 12,698,946 shares.

25

(8) These shares of common stock include  1,100,580 shares that Mr. Lapeyre  holds as a custodian or
trustee for the benefit of his children, 7,605,345 shares owned by Laitram, and  10,500 shares  that
Mr. Lapeyre holds as a co-trustee with his wife for  the benefit of his  children, in  all  of  which
Mr. Lapeyre disclaims any beneficial interest. Please read note  9 below. Mr. Lapeyre has sole
voting power over only 1,534,113 of these shares  of common stock.

(9) The address for Laitram, L.L.C.  is 220 Laitram Lane,  Harahan, Louisiana 70123. Mr. Lapeyre is
the President and Chief Executive Officer  of Laitram. Please read note 8 above. Mr. Lapeyre
disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held  by Laitram.

(10) These shares of common stock include  1,000 shares  owned  by Mr. Heinlein’s  wife,  in which

Mr. Heinlein disclaims any beneficial interest.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires directors and certain officers  of  ION,  and persons who
own more than 10% of ION’s common stock, to file with the SEC  and  the  NYSE initial  statements  of
beneficial ownership on Form 3 and  changes in such ownership on Forms 4 and  5. Based on our  review
of the copies of such reports, we believe that during  2013 our  directors, executive officers  and
stockholders holding greater than 10%  of our outstanding shares complied  with all applicable filing
requirements under Section 16(a) of  the Exchange Act, and that all of  their filings were timely made.

Our executive officers are as follows:

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Name

Age

Position with ION

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . .
Christopher T. Usher . . . .

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

49
53 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer,

GeoScience Division

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . .

49 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer,

GeoVentures Division

Steve Bate . . . . . . . . . . . .

51 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer,

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . .
Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . .
David L. Roland . . . . . . . .

50
61
52

Systems Division
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
Senior Vice President, Ocean Bottom Services
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary

Scott  Schwausch . . . . . . . .

39 Vice President and Corporate Controller

For a  description of the business background  of  Mr. Hanson, please see ‘‘Item 1 — Election of

Directors — Class I Incumbent Directors  — Term  Expiring  in  2015’’ above.

Mr. Usher has been our Executive Vice President and  Chief Operating Officer, GeoScience
Division, since November 2012. Prior  to  joining  our  company, Mr.  Usher  served as the Senior Vice
President, Data Processing, Analysis  and Interpretation and Chief Technology Officer of Global
Geophysical Services, Inc., a NYSE-listed  seismic products  and services company, since January  2010.
Prior to joining Global, Mr. Usher served  from October 2005 to January  2010  as Senior Director  at
Landmark Software and Services, a division of Halliburton Company,  an oilfield services company.
From 2004 to 2005, he was Senior Corporate Vice President,  Integrated  Services, at Paradigm
Geotechnology, an exploration and production  software company. From  2000 to 2003,  Mr.  Usher
served as President of the global data  processing division  of  Petroleum Geo-Services (PGS), a marine
geophysical contracting company. He began his  career  at Western Geophysical.  Mr.  Usher holds a
Bachelor of Science degree in geology and geophysics from Yale University.

Mr. Williamson joined ION as Vice President of our GeoVentures business unit  in September
2006, became a Senior Vice President in January 2007, and  became Executive Vice President  and Chief
Operating Officer, GeoVentures Division,  in November 2012.  Between 1987  and 2006, Mr. Williamson

26

was employed by Western Geophysical,  which in  2000 became part of WesternGeco, a seismic solutions
and technology subsidiary of Schlumberger,  Ltd., a global oilfield and information services company.
While at WesternGeco, Mr Williamson  served as Vice President, Marketing from  2001 to 2003, Vice
President, Russia and Caspian Region,  from 2003 to 2005  and Vice President, Marketing,  Sales &
Commercialization of WesternGeco’s  electromagnetic services and technology  division from  2005 to
2006. Mr. Williamson holds a Bachelor of Science degree in geophysics  from Cardiff University in
Wales.

Mr. Bate rejoined ION in May 2013  as Senior  Vice President,  Systems  Division, and  in February

2014 became the Executive Vice President  and  Chief  Operating Officer, Systems Division.  Mr.  Bate
originally joined ION in 2005 as Chief  Financial Officer  of  our GX Technology business unit. In 2007,
he was appointed Senior Vice President,  Sensor business unit  and in 2009 his area of responsibility
broadened to our Land Imaging Systems  Division. Following our formation in March  2010 of INOVA
Geophysical, a land seismic equipment joint venture with BGP,  Mr. Bate  was  appointed  as INOVA
Geophysical’s first President and Chief  Executive Officer, and served in  that  role until  October 2012.
Prior to joining ION in 2005, Mr. Bate founded  a consulting business and  served as President of a
residential construction company. Mr.  Bate  holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from
the University of Houston.

Mr. Heinlein has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since  November

2011. Prior to joining ION, Mr. Heinlein served as the  Chief Operating and Financial Officer of
Genprex, Inc., a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical  company. Prior to joining Genprex in 2011,
Mr. Heinlein worked as an independent financial  consultant and held  a variety of senior management
positions at Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., a NYSE-listed  designer and  manufacturer  of embedded
semiconductors for the automotive, consumer, industrial and networking markets, including  Vice
President and Treasurer from 2005 to  2008  and Vice  President, Global  Sales and  Marketing, from 2008
to 2010. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Heinlein  served as  Vice  President and Treasurer of Fisher Scientific
International Inc., a NYSE-listed manufacturer and supplier of scientific and healthcare products and
services. From 1999 to 2001, he served  as Vice  President, Treasurer at Great Lakes  Chemical  Company,
a NYSE-listed chemical research, production, sales and distribution company. Mr. Heinlein  began  his
career in 1987 at The Dow Chemical Company, where he worked for more than  12 years in
progressively challenging financial management  positions, in both the treasury and  control functions.
Mr. Heinlein received a Bachelor of  Business Administration degree from Saginaw  Valley State
University and a Master of Business  Administration degree from Michigan State University.

Mr. Hulme joined ION in April 2012  as Senior Vice President, Strategic Marketing  and in
November 2013 was promoted to Senior  Vice  President, Ocean Bottom  Services, and  appointed to
serve as the chief executive officer of OceanGeo B.V., a  joint  venture  controlled by ION. Prior to
joining ION, Mr. Hulme held a variety  of senior management positions at Schlumberger,  Ltd.,  a global
oilfield and information services company,  from 1989 through 2011, including serving as Technical
Director — Deep Reading for Schlumberger Wireline  from  2006 to 2011,  Vice President and  General
Manager of Seismic Data Processing  for  WesternGeco, a seismic solutions and technology subsidiary of
Schlumberger, from 2002 to 2006, Vice  President  and General Manager for  Reservoir Products,
Schlumberger Information Services, from 2000  to  2002, Vice  President and Business Manager for Asia
Region, Schlumberger Information Services, from 1998  to  2000, and  Corporate Marketing and
Commercialization Manager for WesternGeco from  1994 to 1998. Prior to joining Schlumberger,
Mr Hulme began his career at Digicon  Geophysical.

Mr. Roland joined ION as Vice President, General Counsel and  Corporate Secretary  in April 2004

and became a Senior Vice President  in  January 2007. Prior to joining ION, Mr. Roland held several
positions within the legal department  of  Enron  Corp., a multi-national energy  trading and infrastructure
development business, most recently as Vice President and Assistant  General  Counsel. Prior to joining
Enron in 1998, Mr. Roland was an attorney with Caltex  Corporation, an  international oil and gas
marketing and refining company. Mr.  Roland  was an attorney with the law firm of Gardere & Wynne
(now Gardere Wynne Sewell LLP) from 1988 until 1994,  when he joined  Caltex. Mr. Roland holds a

27

Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Houston  and a  Juris  Doctorate
degree with Distinction from St. Mary’s  University.

Mr. Schwausch joined ION in 2006 as Assistant Controller and held that  position until June 2010

when he became Director of Financial Reporting. In May 2012,  he became  Controller, Solutions
Business Unit, and in May 2013 became  Vice  President and Corporate Controller. Mr. Schwausch held
a variety of positions at Deloitte & Touche, LLP, a public  accounting firm, from 2000 until he joined
ION. Mr. Schwausch is a Certified Public  Accountant and a Certified  Management Accountant. He
received a Bachelor of Science degree  in accounting from Brigham Young  University.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Introductory note: The following discussion of executive compensation contains descriptions of various
employee benefit plans and employment-related agreements. These descriptions  are qualified in their entirety
by reference to the full text or detailed descriptions of the  plans and agreements,  which are filed or
incorporated by reference as exhibits to  our annual  report on Form  10-K for the year  ended December  31,
2013. In this discussion, the terms ‘‘ION,’’ ‘‘we,’’  ‘‘our’’  and ‘‘us’’ refer to ION  Geophysical Corporation
and its consolidated subsidiaries, except  where the context otherwise requires  or  as otherwise indicated.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an  overview of the Compensation Committee

of our Board of Directors, a discussion of  the background and objectives  of our  compensation
programs for our senior executives, and a discussion  of all material elements  of the compensation of
each of the executive officers identified in the following table, whom we refer to as our  named
executive officers:

Name

Title

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . President and Chief Executive Officer (our  principal  executive officer and

Christopher T. Usher . . . . Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer, GeoScience

former principal financial officer)

Division

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer, GeoVentures

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . .

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . .

Division
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial
officer)
Senior Vice President, Ocean Bottom Services

Executive Summary

General. The objectives and major components of our  executive compensation  program did not

materially change from 2013 to 2014. While we regularly review and fine-tune our compensation
programs, we believe consistency in our compensation program and philosophy is important to
effectively motivate and reward top-level management performance and for  the creation of stockholder
value. We continue to provide our named  executive  officers  with total annual compensation that
includes three principal elements: base  salary, performance-based  annual  incentive  cash compensation
and long-term equity-based incentive awards. Elements of our compensation program continue to be
performance-based, and a significant portion of  each  executive’s  total  annual  compensation  is at risk
and dependent upon our company’s achievement  of specific,  measurable performance goals. Our
performance-based pay is designed to  align our executive officers’  interests  with those of our
stockholders and to promote the creation  of stockholder value,  without  encouraging excessive
risk-taking. In addition, our equity programs, combined with our executive share  ownership
requirements, are designed to reward  long-term stock performance.

Base salaries for several of our named executive officers were increased in January  2014, consistent
with our usual base salary review process  and  practice. Payments under our annual bonus incentive plan
for 2013 reflected our performance and  the level  of  achievement of our 2013 plan performance goals.

28

As discussed further in this Proxy Statement under  the heading ‘‘2013 Bonus Incentive Plan,’’ our 2013
adjusted operating income exceeded the threshold consolidated financial performance criteria under
our  2013 bonus incentive plan but did  not  meet the  target criteria under the plan. As a  result, many of
our  eligible named executive officers  and  other eligible  executives and employees received a cash bonus
award under the 2013 plan that was lower  in amount than the cash  bonus they received  for 2012, when
our  financial performance exceeded the applicable target financial performance criteria.

The annual grants made to our named executive officers under our long-term  stock  incentive plan

on December 1, 2013 were generally consistent  with grants made to named  executive  officers in
previous years.

Principal Changes in Compensation during 2013. At our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
held on May 22, 2013, our stockholders  approved all  of our director nominees and proposals, including
a non-binding advisory (‘‘say-on-pay’’)  vote to approve the  compensation of our executive officers. In
the advisory executive compensation  vote,  over 98% of the votes cast on the proposal voted in favor of
our  compensation practices and policies.  Our  general goal since our  2013 Annual Meeting has been to
continue to act consistently with the established practices  that were overwhelmingly approved by our
stockholders. We believe that we have  accomplished  that goal. In  addition, because our stockholders
voted in a non-binding advisory vote  held  at  our 2011 Annual Meeting in favor of our holding an
advisory (‘‘say-on-frequency’’) vote on  executive compensation  every year,  we will continue  to  hold  an
annual advisory vote to approve the compensation of our named executive officers. When and  if our
Board determines that it is in the best  interest of our company  to  hold  our  say-on-pay vote with  a
different frequency, we will propose such  a change to our  stockholders at the next annual meeting of
stockholders to be held following the Board’s determination.  Presently, under  SEC rules, we are not
required to hold another say-on-frequency vote again  until our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Compensation Committee

Introduction/Corporate Governance

The Compensation Committee of our  Board of Directors reviews and approves, or recommends to

the Board for approval, all salary and other remuneration for our executive officers and oversees
matters relating to our employee compensation and benefit  programs. No member  of the committee is
an employee of ION. The Board has  determined that each member of the committee satisfies the
definition of ‘‘independent’’ as established in the NYSE corporate  governance listing standards. In
determining the independence of each member of the committee, the Board considered all factors
specifically relevant to determining whether the director has a relationship to our company that is
material to the director’s ability to be independent from management in the execution of his duties as  a
compensation committee member, including, but not limited to:

(cid:127) the source of compensation of the director, including  any  consulting, advisory  or other

compensatory fee paid by us to the director;  and

(cid:127) whether the director is affiliated with our company, a subsidiary  or affiliate.

When considering the director’s affiliation with us  for purposes of independence, the Board
considered whether the affiliate relationship  places  the director under  the direct  or indirect  control of
our  company or its senior management,  or creates  a direct relationship between the  director and
members of senior management, in each  case, of  a nature that would impair the director’s ability  to
make independent judgments about our executive compensation.

The committee operates pursuant to a written charter  that sets forth its  functions and
responsibilities. A copy of the charter can  be viewed on our website at http://ir.iongeo.com/
phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights. For a description of the responsibilities of  the committee,
see ‘‘Item 1. — Election of Directors — Committees of the Board — Compensation  Committee’’ above.

29

During  2013, the committee met in person  or by conference call  three  times.  In  addition, the

committee took action by unanimous  written consent, as  permitted  under Delaware law and  our
Bylaws, three times during 2013, primarily  to  approve  individual non-executive employee grants of
restricted stock and stock options. We believe that each  of  these individual grants made by unanimous
written consent of the committee complied  with the  applicable grant date requirements under Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification Topic  (ASC) 718,
‘‘Compensation — Stock Compensation’’ (‘‘ASC Topic 718’’).

Compensation Consultants

The Compensation Committee has the  authority  and  necessary funding  to  engage, terminate and
pay compensation consultants, independent legal counsel  and other advisors in  its discretion.  Prior to
retaining any such compensation consultant or  other  advisor, the committee evaluates  the independence
of such advisor and also evaluates whether such advisor has a  conflict of interest.  During  2011, the
committee engaged Performensation Consulting, an equity  compensation  consulting  firm,  to  provide
advisory services with regard to the preparation  of our 2011 proxy statement and to provide the
committee with analysis on the number of  shares to propose to stockholders to add  to  our stock  plan at
our  2011 Annual Meeting for future  grants  to  employees and  directors. During  2011, the committee
also engaged Aon Hewitt as its consultant in connection with the  promotion of Mr. Hanson to Chief
Executive Officer. During 2012 and 2013, at the  recommendation of  our management, the committee
approved and engaged Performensation  Consulting to provide  advisory services with regard to the
preparation of our 2012 and 2013 proxy  statements, respectively.

From 2011 to date, neither of Performensation Consulting nor Aon Hewitt received compensation,

or advised our company or our executive  officers, on matters  outside the scope  of  their  respective
engagements by the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee has considered the independence of Performensation Consulting  in

light  of SEC rules and NYSE listing  standards. Among the factors considered  by  the committee  were
the following:

(cid:127) other services provided to our company by Performensation  Consulting;

(cid:127) the amount of fees paid by us as a percentage of Performensation Consulting’s  total  revenues;

(cid:127) policies or procedures maintained  by  Performensation Consulting that are designed to prevent a

conflict of interest;

(cid:127) any business or personal relationships between  the individual consultants involved in the

engagement and any member of the committee;

(cid:127) any of our common stock owned by the  individual consultants involved in the engagement; and

(cid:127) any business or personal relationships between  our  executive officers and  Performensation

Consulting or the individual consultants involved in the engagement.

The committee discussed these considerations and concluded that the work of Performensation
Consulting did not raise any conflict  of interest.

Role of Management in Establishing  and Awarding Compensation

On an annual basis, our Chief Executive Officer, with the assistance of our Human Resources
department, recommends to the Compensation Committee any  proposed increases in base salary, bonus
payments and equity awards for our executive officers other  than  himself.  No executive officer is
involved in determining his own salary increase,  bonus payment or equity award. When  making officer
compensation recommendations, our Chief Executive Officer takes into consideration compensation

30

benchmarks, which include industry standards for similar sized  organizations serving similar  markets, as
well as comparable positions, the level  of  inherent importance and risk associated with  the position and
function, and the executive’s job performance over the previous year.  See  ‘‘ — Objectives of Our
Executive Compensation Programs —  Benchmarking’’ and ‘‘ — Elements of Compensation — Base
Salary’’ below.

Our Chief Executive Officer, with the assistance of our  Human Resources department and input

from our executive officers and other  members of  senior management, also  formulates and proposes to
the Compensation Committee an employee  bonus  incentive plan for the  ensuing year. For a description
of our process for formulating the employee bonus  incentive plan and the factors that we consider, see
‘‘ — Elements of Compensation — Bonus Incentive Plan’’ below.

The committee reviews and approves  all  compensation  and  awards to executive officers and all
bonus  incentive plans. With respect to equity compensation  awarded to employees other than executive
officers, the Compensation Committee reviews and approves  all grants of restricted stock and stock
options above 5,000 shares, generally based upon the recommendation of the Chief  Executive Officer,
and has delegated option and restricted  stock  granting  authority to the Chief Executive  Officer as
permitted under Delaware law for grants  to  non-executive officers  of up to 5,000 shares.

On its own initiative, at least once a  year, the Compensation Committee reviews  the performance

and compensation of our Chief Executive  Officer and, following discussions with the Chief Executive
Officer and other members of the Board of Directors, establishes his compensation level. Where it
deems appropriate, the Compensation Committee will also consider market compensation information
from independent sources. See ‘‘ —  Objectives of Our Executive Compensation  Programs  —
Benchmarking’’ below.

Certain members of our senior management generally attend most meetings of the Compensation

Committee, including our Chief Executive Officer, our  Senior  Vice President — Global Human
Resources, and our General Counsel/Corporate  Secretary.  However,  no member of management votes
on items being considered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee and Board
of Directors do solicit the views of our Chief  Executive  Officer  on compensation matters, particularly
as they relate to the compensation of the other named executive officers and the other members  of
senior management reporting to the Chief Executive Officer. The committee often conducts an
executive session during each meeting,  during which members of management are  not  present.

General Compensation Philosophy and Policy

Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Programs

Through our compensation programs,  we seek  to  achieve the following general goals:

(cid:127) attract and retain qualified and productive executive officers  and  key  employees by providing
total compensation competitive with  that  of other executives and  key  employees employed by
companies of similar size, complexity and industry of  business;

(cid:127) encourage our executives and key  employees to achieve strong financial and operational

performance;

(cid:127) structure compensation to create meaningful  links  between corporate  performance, individual

performance and financial rewards;

(cid:127) align the interests of our executives with those  of  our stockholders by  providing a  significant

portion of total pay in the form of stock-based incentives;

(cid:127) encourage long-term commitment  to  our  company; and

31

(cid:127) limit corporate perquisites to seek to avoid perceptions both within and  outside of  our company

of ‘‘soft’’ compensation.

Our governing principles in establishing executive compensation have  been:

Long-Term and At-Risk Focus. Compensation opportunities should be composed of long-term,
at-risk pay to focus our management  on  the long-term  interests of our company. Base salary, annual
incentives and employee benefits should be close to competitive levels when compared to similarly-
situated companies.

Equity Orientation. Equity-based plans should comprise a  major  part  of  the at-risk portion of total

compensation to instill ownership thinking and to link compensation to corporate performance and
stockholder interests.

Competitive. We emphasize total compensation opportunities consistent on average with our peer
group of companies. Competitiveness of annual base pay and annual  incentives is  independent of  stock
performance. However, overall competitiveness  of total compensation  is generally contingent on
long-term, stock-based compensation programs.

Focus  on Total Compensation.

In making decisions with respect to any  element of an  executive
officer’s compensation, the Compensation  Committee considers the total  compensation that may be
awarded to the executive officer, including salary, annual bonus and  long-term incentive compensation.
These total compensation reports are  prepared by our Human Resources department and  present  the
dollar amount of each component of  the  named  executive officers’ compensation, including current
cash compensation (base salary, past bonus and eligibility for future bonus), equity  awards and other
compensation. The overall purpose of  these total  compensation  reports is to bring  together,  in one
place, all of the elements of actual and potential  compensation of our named executive  officers so  that
the Compensation Committee may analyze both the  individual elements of compensation (including the
compensation mix) as well as the aggregate total amount of actual and projected  compensation. In  its
most recent review of total compensation reports, the  committee determined  that  annual compensation
amounts for our Chief Executive Officer  and our other  named executive officers remained generally
consistent with the committee’s expectations. However, the committee reserves the right  to  make
changes that it believes are warranted.

Internal Pay Equity. Our core compensation philosophy is to pay our  executive officers

competitive levels of compensation that  best reflect their individual responsibilities and contributions to
our  company, while providing incentives  to achieve our business and financial objectives. While
comparisons to compensation levels at  other companies  (discussed  below) are helpful  in assessing the
overall competitiveness of our compensation program, we believe that our executive  compensation
program also must be internally consistent and equitable in order for our  company to achieve our
corporate objectives. Each year our Human Resources department reports to the Compensation
Committee the total compensation paid  to our  Chief Executive Officer and  all  other senior  executives,
which  includes a comparison for internal pay  equity purposes. Over time, there have been variations in
the comparative levels of compensation of  executive officers and changes in the overall composition of
the management team and the overall  accountabilities of the individual executive officers; however, we
and the committee are satisfied that  total  compensation  received by executive officers  reflects an
appropriate differential for executive  compensation.

These principles apply to compensation policies for  all of our executive officers and key employees.

We  do not follow the principles in a  mechanistic fashion; rather, we apply experience and judgment in
determining the appropriate mix of compensation  for each individual. This judgment also involves
periodic review of  discernible measures to determine the  progress each individual is  making toward
agreed-upon goals and objectives.

32

Benchmarking

When making compensation decisions,  we also  look at the compensation of our Chief Executive
Officer and other executive officers relative to the compensation paid  to similarly-situated executives at
companies that we consider to be our industry  and  market peers — a practice often referred  to  as
‘‘benchmarking.’’ We believe, however, that  a benchmark should be just that — a  point of reference for
measurement — but not the determinative factor for  our executives’ compensation.  The  purpose of the
comparison is not to supplant the analyses  of internal  pay equity, total  wealth accumulation and the
individual performance of the executive  officers that  we consider  when  making compensation decisions.
Because the comparative compensation  information is just  one of the several analytic tools that are
used in setting executive compensation, the Compensation Committee has discretion in determining the
nature and extent of its use. Further,  given  the limitations associated with  comparative pay  information
for setting individual executive compensation,  including the  difficulty of  assessing  and comparing wealth
accumulation through equity gains, the  committee may elect to not use the comparative  compensation
information at all in the course of making  compensation  decisions.

In most years, at least once each year, our  Human Resources department, under the oversight of

the Compensation Committee, reviews data from  market  surveys, independent  consultants and other
sources  to assess our competitive position with respect  to  base salary, annual incentives  and long-term
incentive compensation. When reviewing  compensation data in  November 2013,  we utilized data
primarily from Radford salary surveys,  the Mercer U.S. Compensation Planning Survey, TowersWatson
executive salary surveys and Frost’s 2013 Oilfield  Manufacturing and Services  Industry Executive
Compensation Survey (‘‘OFMS Survey’’). The  survey information  from most  of  these  resources  covered
a broad range of industries and companies. However, the 2013  OFMS  Survey compiled proxy
compensation data from 54 oilfield services  companies and survey results  from the following 20 oilfield
services companies:

Aker Solutions ASA
Baker Hughes, Inc.
Bristow Group, Inc.
Calfrac Well Services Ltd.
Core Laboratories NV
Ensco PLC
Enventure Global  Technologies
Exterran Holdings, Inc.
Helmerich & Payne, Inc.
Hercules  Offshore Services, Inc.

ION Geophysical Corporation
National Oilwell Varco, Inc.
Newpark Resources, Inc.
Oil States International, Inc.
Shelf Drilling Offshore  Holdings Ltd.
Superior Energy Services, Inc.
T.D. Williamson Inc.
TETRA Technologies, Inc.
Vantage Drilling Company
Weir Specialty Products Manufacturing

Each  year, the administrators of the OFMS Survey in their discretion make adjustments to the list

of companies included in the survey. As  a result, the  above list of companies included in the 2013
OFMS Survey is slightly different from  the list  of  companies included in the OFMS Survey  for 2012
and previous years and will likely be  different from the list of companies to be included in future
OFMS Surveys.

The overall results of the compensation surveys provide the starting point for our compensation
analysis. We believe that the surveys contain relevant  compensation information from companies that
are representative of the sector in which we operate,  have relative size as measured by market
capitalization and experience relative  complexity  in  the business and the executives’ roles and
responsibilities. Beyond the survey numbers, we look extensively at  a number of other factors, including
our  estimates of the compensation at  our  most  comparable competitors and other companies that were
closest to our company in size, profitability and complexity. We  also consider an individual’s current
performance, the level of corporate responsibility,  and the employee’s skills and experience, collectively,
in making compensation decisions.

33

In the case of our Chief Executive Officer  and  some of our other executive officers,  we also

consider our company’s performance during  the person’s tenure  and the anticipated level of
compensation that would be required to replace  the person with someone of comparable experience
and skill.

In addition to our periodic review of  compensation, we  also regularly monitor  market conditions
and will adjust compensation levels from time to time  as necessary  to  remain competitive and retain
our  most valuable employees. When we experience a  significant level  of competition  for retaining
current employees or hiring new employees, we will typically reevaluate  our compensation levels  within
that employee group in order to ensure our  competitiveness.

The primary components of our executive compensation program are as  follows:

Elements of Compensation

26MAR201421362380

Below is a summary of each component:

Base Salary

General. The general purpose of base salary for our executive officers is to create a base of cash
compensation for the officer that is consistent on average with the range of base salaries for executives
in similar positions and with similar responsibilities  at comparable companies.  In addition to salary
norms for persons in comparable positions at  comparable companies, base salary amounts may  also
reflect the nature and scope of responsibility of the position, the expertise of the individual  employee
and the competitiveness of the market  for  the employee’s  services. Base  salaries of executives other
than our Chief Executive Officer may  also  reflect  our  Chief Executive Officer’s evaluation of  the
individual executive officer’s job performance.  As a  result, the base salary  level for each individual may
be above or below the target market  value for  the position. The Compensation Committee also
recognizes that the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation should reflect the greater policy- and
decision-making authority that he holds and the  higher level of responsibility he has  with respect to our
strategic direction and our financial and operating results. At December 31, 2013,  our Chief Executive
Officer’s annual base salary was 37%  higher  than  the annual base salary for  the next highest-paid
named executive officer and 47% higher than the average annual base salary for  all  of our  other named
executive officers. The committee does  not  intend for base salaries  to  be  the vehicle for  long-term
capital and value accumulation for our  executives.

2013 Actions.

In typical years, base salaries are reviewed  at least annually and may also be

adjusted from time to time to realign  salaries with  market  levels after taking into account individual

34

responsibilities and changes in responsibilities, performance  and contribution to ION, experience,
impact on total compensation, relationship of compensation to other ION  officers and  employees, and
changes in external market levels. Salary  increases  for executive  officers do not follow  a preset schedule
or formula but do take into account  changes in the  market  and  individual  circumstances.

All of our named executive officers received an increase  in base salary in January 2014,  as

described below:

Named Executive Officer

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . . . . . . . .

Action

In recognition of Mr. Hanson’s performance  during 2013, the
Compensation Committee increased  Mr. Hanson’s  base  salary
from $490,000 to $550,000, effective in January 2014. The 2013
OFMS Survey indicated that the weighted average
50th percentile for CEO base salary for surveyed companies
having annual revenues of less than $1 billion was $601,500.

In recognition of Mr. Usher’s performance during his  first full
year  as the new leader of the GeoSciences Division,  the
Compensation Committee increased  Mr. Usher’s annual base
salary from $350,000 to $364,000, effective in  January 2014.
Compensation surveys from Radford  and the  2013 OFMS
Survey indicate that the weighted average 50th percentile for
base salary of the leader of a business unit for surveyed
companies having annual business unit revenues  of less than
$500 million is $300,400.

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compensation surveys from Radford  and the  2013 OFMS

Survey indicate that the weighted average 50th percentile for
base salary of the leader of a business unit for surveyed
companies having annual business unit revenues  of less than
$500 million is $300,400. In recognition of Mr.  Williamson’s
expertise, capabilities and performance  as the leader  of  the
GeoVentures Division, which contributed significantly to our
overall financial results during 2013,  the Compensation
Committee increased Mr. Williamson’s  annual base salary
from $358,000 to $372,320, effective in January 2014.

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compensation surveys from Radford,  TowersWatson and the

2013 OFMS Survey indicate that the weighted average
50th percentile for Chief Financial Officer  base  salary for
surveyed companies having annual revenues  of less than
$1 billion is $324,576. In recognition of Mr. Heinlein’s job
performance and experience and expertise in managing  the
finance and accounting departments  during  2013, the
Compensation Committee increased  Mr. Heinlein’s annual
base salary from $312,000 to $330,000, effective in  January
2014.

35

Named Executive Officer

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Action

In recognition of Mr. Hulme’s promotion in  November 2013
to Senior Vice President, Ocean Bottom Services, and his
appointment to serve as the chief executive officer of
OceanGeo B.V., a joint venture controlled  by  ION,  the
Compensation Committee increased  Mr. Hulme’s annual base
salary from $312,000 to $330,000, effective in  January 2014.
Compensation surveys from Radford  and the  2013 OFMS
Survey indicate that the weighted average 50th percentile for
base salary of the leader of a business unit for surveyed
companies having annual business unit revenues  of less than
$500 million is $300,400.

Bonus Incentive Plan

Our employee annual bonus incentive plan is  intended to promote the achievement  each year  of

company performance objectives and  performance objectives  of  the employee’s particular business unit,
and to recognize those employees who contributed to the  company’s achievements. The plan  provides
cash compensation that is at-risk on an annual  basis and is  contingent on achievement of annual
business and operating objectives and  individual performance.  The plan provides all participating
employees the opportunity to share in the  company’s performance through the  achievement of
established financial and individual objectives. The financial  and individual objectives within the plan
are intended to measure an increase  in  the value of our company and,  in turn, our  stock.

In recent years, we have adopted a bonus incentive plan with regard  to  each  year.  Performance

under the annual bonus incentive plan  is  measured with  respect to the designated plan  fiscal  year.
Payments under the plan are paid in cash  in an amount reviewed  and approved by the Compensation
Committee and are ordinarily made in the  first  quarter following the completion of a  fiscal  year,  after
the financial results for that year have  been determined.

Our annual bonus incentive plan is usually consistent  with our operating  plan for the same  year.  In

late 2012, we prepared a consolidated  company operating  budget for  2013 and individual operating
budgets for each operating unit. The budgets took into consideration our views on market
opportunities, customer and sale opportunities,  technology enhancements  for new products,  product
manufacturing and delivery schedules  and  other  operating factors  known or foreseeable at  the time.
The Board of Directors analyzed the  proposed budgets with management  extensively and,  after analysis
and consideration, the Board approved the consolidated 2013  operating plan. During late 2012 and
early 2013, our Chief Executive Officer  worked with  our  Human Resources department and  members
of senior management to formulate our 2013 bonus  incentive plan, consistent  with the 2013  operating
plans approved by the Board.

At the beginning of 2013, the Compensation Committee approved  our 2013 bonus incentive plan
for executives and certain designated  non-executive employees. The  computation of awards generated
under the plan is required to be approved by the committee. In  February 2014,  the committee  reviewed
the company’s actual performance against each of  the plan performance goals  established at  the
beginning of 2013 and evaluated the  individual  performance during the  year of  each  participating
named executive officer. The results  of  operations of  the company for 2013 and individual performance
evaluations determined the appropriate  payouts under the annual  bonus  incentive plan.

The Compensation Committee has discretion in circumstances it determines  are appropriate to

authorize discretionary bonus awards that might exceed amounts that would  otherwise be payable
under the terms of the bonus incentive plan. These discretionary awards can be payable in cash, stock
options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or a  combination thereof. Any stock options, restricted

36

stock or restricted stock units awarded  would be granted under  one of our existing long-term  equity
compensation plans. The committee also has the discretion,  in appropriate circumstances, to grant  a
lesser bonus award, or no bonus award at  all, under the  bonus incentive plan.

As described above, our bonus incentive plans are designed for payouts that  generally track the

financial performance of our company. The general intent  of the plans is to reward key employees
when the company and the employee perform well  and  not  reward them when the  company and the
employee do  not perform well. The graph  shown  below illustrates  how  the average amount of  cash
payments paid under our annual bonus  incentive plans  to  named executive officers  has varied over  the
years in relation to our financial performance. As  demonstrated in the  graph below, in most years when
company financial performance is strong, cash  bonus payments are generally  higher. Likewise, when our
financial performance is low as compared to our internal targets and plans, cash  bonus payments are
generally lower. There are occasionally exceptions to this  general  trend. For  example, in 2008  we
achieved an improved financial performance over  the previous year, but average cash bonus awards
under our 2008 annual bonus incentive  plan were relatively lower  because we did not achieve our
internal financial and growth objectives  for  2008. Likewise, in 2011  we grew  adjusted operating income
by 32% over 2010, but average cash bonus awards under our 2011 annual bonus incentive plan  were
lower than in 2010 because we did not  achieve our internal financial objectives for 2011. In 2012,  our
adjusted operating income grew 40%  over 2011 but our  average bonus award paid to named executive
officers remained at approximately the same level as 2011  because  our internal financial objectives for
2012 were higher than in 2011. This history demonstrates a  clear and  consistent link between our
executive officer bonus incentive compensation and our performance.

s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
T
n

i

t
n
e
m
y
a
P
s
u
n
o
B
e
g
a
r
e
v
A
O
E
N

$700

$600

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$0

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

s
n
o

i
l
l
i

M
n

i

e
m
o
c
n
I

g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O
d
e
t
s
u
d
A

j

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Adjusted Operating Income

Bonus

27MAR201400121562

Below are general descriptions of our 2013  bonus incentive plan  and our company performance

criteria applicable to the plan:

The purpose of the 2013 bonus incentive plan was to provide an incentive for our participating

employees to achieve their highest level of  individual and business unit performance and to align the

2013 Bonus Incentive Plan

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employees to accomplish and share in  the achievement of our company’s 2013 strategic and financial
goals.

Designated employees, including our  named executive officers, were eligible to participate  in our

2013 bonus incentive plan. Under the  2013 plan, approximately  25% of  the  funds allocated  for
distribution were available for awards to eligible employees regardless  of the company’s  2013 financial
performance, and approximately 75%  of the  funds allocated for distribution were  available  for
distribution to eligible employees only to the extent the company satisfied the designated 2013 financial
performance criteria. In addition, the 2013  plan was  structured so that  the  total amount of funds
available for distribution increased as the company’s financial performance increased.  As a  result, the
amount of total dollars available for distribution  under the  bonus incentive  plan was largely dependent
on the company’s achievement of financial objectives.

As reported in the chart below, our 2013 bonus  incentive plan established a  2013 target

consolidated operating income performance goal. Consolidated operating income was selected as  the
most appropriate performance goal for  our 2013  plan because  the committee  believed that operating
income was the best indicator of our  company’s  overall business trends and performance at that time
and evidenced a direct correlation with  the interests of our  stockholders  and our company performance.
When determining whether financial  targets have been  achieved under the 2013  plan, the  committee
has the discretion to modify or revise the targets  as necessary to reflect  any significant beneficial or
adverse change that results in a substantial positive  or negative effect  on our performance  as a whole,
such as sales of assets, mergers, acquisitions, divestitures,  spin-offs or unanticipated matters such  as
economic conditions, indicators of growth or recession in our  business segments,  nature of our
operations or changes in or effect of  applicable laws, regulations or accounting  practices.

Under the plan, every participating named executive officer  other than our Chief Executive  Officer

had the opportunity to earn up to 100% of  his base salary depending on  performance of our company
against the designated performance goal and performance of the  executive against personal criteria
determined at the beginning of 2013  by  our Chief Executive  Officer. Under separate  terms approved by
the Compensation Committee and contained in his employment  agreement, Mr. Hanson,  who served as
our  Chief Executive Officer during 2013,  participated in the plan  with potential to earn a target
incentive payment of 75% of his base  salary,  depending on achievement  of  the company’s target
consolidated performance goal and pre-designated  personal critical success factors, and  a maximum of
150% of his base salary upon achievement of  the maximum consolidated performance  goal and his
personal goals. Our Chief Executive Officer  typically carries a  higher target and maximum  bonus
incentive plan percentage as compared  to  our other named  executive officers  as a result of his
leadership role in setting company policy and strategic planning.

Performance Criteria.

In 2013, the Compensation Committee approved the  following corporate
consolidated operating income performance criteria for  consideration of bonus  awards to the named
executive officers and other covered employees under  our 2013 bonus incentive plan:

Threshold
Operating Income

$59.3 million

Target
Operating Income

$84.7 million

Maximum
Operating Income

$99.7 million

Where an employee is primarily involved in a particular  business  unit, the financial performance

criteria under the bonus incentive plan are weighted toward the operational  performance of the
employee’s business unit rather than consolidated  company  performance.  The ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive
Plan  Compensation’’ column of the 2013 Summary Compensation Table below reflects the  payments
that our named executive officers earned and received under our  2013 bonus incentive plan,  and the
‘‘Bonus’’ column of the same table reflects any  discretionary cash bonus  payments received by our
named executive officers during 2013.  During 2013,  on a  consolidated basis, we  achieved adjusted

38

consolidated operating income of $69.3 million.  Our 2013 adjusted operating income exceeded our
threshold consolidated financial performance criteria under  our 2013  bonus incentive plan  but did  not
meet the target criteria under the plan. As a  result, for 2013 many of our  eligible named  executive
officers and other eligible executives  and  employees received a cash bonus award that was lower in
amount than the cash bonus they received  for  2012, when  our financial performance exceeded the
applicable target financial performance criteria.

In addition to overall company performance,  when considering the 2013  bonus incentive plan

awards paid to our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee also  considered the
individual performances and accomplishments of each  officer.  For example, when considering the bonus
award paid to Mr. Hanson, among the factors the committee took  into consideration was Mr. Hanson’s
effective leadership in our achievement  of  several important strategic objectives during the year, such as
our  further re-focusing the strategies  and  organization of the  company  through our GeoVentures and
GeoScience divisions, our development  of our seabed strategy and our  acquisition of an interest in the
OceanGeo ocean-bottom joint venture and our subsequent acquisition of a controlling interest  in the
joint venture. When considering the bonus award paid to Mr. Williamson,  among  the factors the
committee took into consideration were  the strong  2013 financial performance of his  GeoVentures
Division and his involvement and leadership in several  successful collaborative projects during 2013.
When considering the bonus award paid  to  Mr. Usher, among the  factors the  committee took into
consideration were the positive 2013  financial results of his GeoScience Division and his  role in
reorganizing the Division to a more effective,  efficient and strategic structure. When considering the
bonus  award paid to Mr. Heinlein, among the factors the committee took into consideration were his
efforts in connection with several finance transactions during  2013 and strengthening  our financial
organization and capital structure. When considering  the bonus  award  paid to Mr. Hulme, among the
factors the committee took into consideration  were  his efforts  to  promote  and increase the business of
OceanGeo and his promotion to serve as  Senior  Vice President, Ocean  Bottom  Services, and
appointment as chief executive officer of  OceanGeo.

In February 2014, the Compensation  Committee  approved  our 2014  bonus incentive plan. The

general structure of our 2014 bonus incentive plan  is similar  to  that of  our  2013 plan,  except the
particular performance goals designated  under our 2014 plan are based 50%  on operating  income  and
50% on cash generation, rather than 100% on operating income.  The committee believed  that  it was
advisable to use both cash generation and operating income  as appropriate measures  of  success during
2014 because we are emphasizing improvements  in liquidity during 2014. The specific  performance
goals in our 2014 plan reflect our confidential strategic plans, and cannot be disclosed at this time
because it would provide our competitors  with confidential information regarding our market and
segment outlook and strategies. We are  currently unable to determine how difficult it will be for our
company to meet the designated performance goals under our 2014  plan. Generally, the committee
attempts to establish the threshold, target and maximum levels such that the relative difficulty of
achieving each level is approximately consistent from year to year.

The Compensation Committee reviews the  annual bonus incentive plan each year to ensure that

the key elements of the plan continue  to  meet the  objectives described above.

Long-Term Stock-Based Incentive Compensation

We  have structured our long-term incentive compensation to provide  for  an appropriate balance
between rewarding performance and encouraging employee retention and  stock ownership. There is  no
pre-established policy or target for the  allocation between either cash  or non-cash  or short-term and
long-term incentive compensation; however, at  executive  management levels, the Compensation
Committee strives for compensation to increasingly  focus  on longer-term  incentives.  In conjunction with
the Board, executive management is responsible for setting and achieving  long-term strategic goals. In
support of this responsibility, compensation for executive management, and  most particularly our  Chief

39

Executive Officer, tends to be weighted  towards rewarding long-term  value  creation for  stockholders.
The below table illustrates the mix of  total compensation received by Mr. Hanson, our CEO, and  our
other current named executive officers  during  2013:

100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

Long-Term Equity

Annual Incentive

Base Salary

CEO

Other NEOs (average)

26MAR201421362555

For 2013, there were three forms of  long-term equity incentives utilized for executive officers  and

key employees: stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock  units. For 2014, we have  again
recommended that stock options, restricted stock and restricted  stock units be the principal forms of
long-term equity-based incentives to  be  utilized  for executive officers  and  key  employees. Our long-term
incentive plans have provided the principal  method for our executive officers to acquire  equity or
equity-linked interests in our company.

Of the total stock option or restricted  stock employee awards made by ION during 2013,  71%
were in the form of stock options and  29% were  in the form of restricted stock or  restricted stock
units. Our 2013 Long-Term Incentive  Plan (‘‘2013 LTIP’’) limits the number of awards we  can grant
under the plan in the form of full-value awards, such  as restricted stock  and restricted  stock units, to
1,300,000 shares, or less than 35% of  the total shares authorized for grant under the plan.

Stock Options. Under our equity plans, stock options  may  be  granted having exercise prices  equal
to the closing price of our stock on the  date before the  date of  grant. In  any event,  all  awards of stock
options are made at or above the market  price at the time of the award.  The Compensation  Committee
will not grant stock options having exercise prices below the  market  price of our stock on the date  of
grant, and will not reduce the exercise  price of stock options (except  in connection with adjustments to
reflect recapitalizations, stock or extraordinary  dividends, stock splits, mergers, spin-offs and  similar
events, as required by the relevant plan)  without the  consent  of our  stockholders.  Our stock options
generally vest ratably over four years,  based on continued employment, and the terms  of  our  2013 LTIP
require stock options granted under that  plan  to  follow  that vesting  schedule  unless the Compensation
Committee approves a different schedule when  approving the  grant. Prior to the exercise of an  option,
the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the  shares subject  to  such option, including
voting rights and the right to receive dividends  or dividend equivalents. New option grants normally
have a term of ten years.

40

The purpose of stock options is to provide equity  compensation  with value that has been
traditionally treated as entirely at-risk,  based  on the  increase in our  stock price and  the creation of
stockholder value. Stock options also  allow our executive officers and  key employees to have equity
ownership and to share in the appreciation of the  value  of  our  stock, thereby aligning their
compensation directly with increases in stockholder value. Stock  options  only have  value to their holder
if the stock price appreciates in value  from  the date options are granted.

Stock option award decisions are generally based on past business and  individual performance. In

determining the number of options to  be  awarded, we also consider the  grant recipient’s qualitative  and
quantitative performance, the size of  stock option and other  stock based awards in the  past, and
expectations of the grant recipient’s future performance.  In  2013, a total of  150 employees  received
option awards, covering 1,788,300 shares of  common  stock. In  2013, the named executive officers
received option awards for a total of  310,000 shares, or approximately 17%  of  the total options
awarded in 2013.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. We use restricted stock and restricted stock units to
focus executives on our long-term performance and to help align their compensation more directly with
stockholder value. Vesting of restricted  stock and restricted stock units typically occurs ratably  over
three years, based solely on continued  employment of the  recipient-employee,  and the  terms of our
2013 LTIP require restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under that plan to follow that
vesting schedule unless the Compensation Committee  approves a different  schedule when approving
the grant. In 2013, 155 employees received restricted  stock or restricted stock unit awards, covering  an
aggregate of 714,950 shares of restricted  stock and shares  underlying restricted  stock units. The named
executive officers received awards totaling 130,000  shares of restricted stock in 2013, or approximately
18% of the total shares of restricted stock  awarded to employees in 2013.

Awards of restricted stock units have been made to certain of our foreign employees in lieu of
awards of restricted stock. Restricted stock  units provide  certain tax benefits to our foreign employees
as the result of foreign law considerations, so we expect to continue to award restricted stock units to
designated foreign employees for the foreseeable future.

The Compensation Committee reviews the long-term incentive program each year to ensure that

the key elements of this program continue  to  meet  the objectives described above.

Approval and Granting Process. As described above, the Compensation Committee  reviews and
approves all stock option, restricted stock and restricted  stock unit awards made to executive officers,
regardless of amount. With respect to  equity compensation awarded to employees other than executive
officers, the committee reviews and approves  all grants of restricted stock,  stock options  and restricted
stock units above 5,000 shares, generally  based  upon the  recommendation of our Chief Executive
Officer. Committee approval is required for any grant to be made  to  an executive officer in any
amount. The committee has granted  to  our Chief Executive Officer the authority to approve grants to
any employee other than an executive officer  of (i) up to 5,000 shares of restricted stock and (ii)  stock
options for not more than 5,000 shares.  Our  Chief  Executive Officer  is also required to provide a
report to the committee of all awards of  options and restricted stock made by him under this  authority.
We  believe that this policy is beneficial because it enables smaller grants to be made more efficiently.
This flexibility is particularly important  with respect  to  attracting and hiring new employees, given the
increasingly competitive market for talented  and  experienced technical and other personnel in  locales in
which  our employees work.

All grants of restricted stock, restricted stock  units and stock  options to employees or directors are
granted on one of four designated quarterly grant dates during the year: March  1, June 1, September 1
or December 1. The Compensation Committee  approved these four dates because they are not close to
any dates on which earnings announcements or other announcements of material events would
normally be made by us. For an award  to  a current  employee, the  grant date  for the  award  is the first

41

designated quarterly grant date that occurs after approval of  the award. For an  award  to  a newly hired
employee who is not yet employed by us  at  the time the award is  approved, the grant  date for the
award is the first designated quarterly grant date  that  occurs after the new employee commences work.
We  believe that this process of fixed quarterly grant dates is beneficial  because it serves  to  remove any
perception that the grant date for an  award could be capable  of manipulation or  change  for the  benefit
of the recipient. In addition, having all  grants occur on a maximum of four days  during  the year
simplifies certain fair value accounting calculations related  to  the grants, thereby minimizing the
administrative burden associated with tracking and calculating the fair  values, vesting  schedules  and
tax-related events upon vesting of restricted stock and also lessening the opportunity  for inadvertent
calculation errors.

With the exception of significant promotions,  new  hires or unusual  circumstances, we  have

historically made most awards of equity compensation to employees on December  1 of each year. This
date  was originally selected because (i)  it  enables us to consider individual performance eleven months
into the fiscal year, (ii) it simplifies the annual budget  process by having the expense resulting  from the
equity award occur late in the year, (iii)  the date is approximately three months before the date that we
normally pay any annual incentive bonuses and  (iv) generally speaking, December 1 is not close to any
dates on which an earnings announcement or other announcement of a  material  event would normally
be made by us. Until 2014, we also made annual awards of equity  compensation  to  our non-employee
directors on December 1 of each year. In  2013, the Governance  Committee of our Board decided that,
commencing in 2014, the annual grant date for our non-employee  directors will be changed  to  March 1
of each year in order to maximize grants under our 2004 LTIP  prior to its expiration in May 2014 and
to move to a grant date closer to our annual stockholders’ meeting, which is a  practice  common to
many  public companies. At its regular meeting on February 10, 2014,  our Compensation  Committee
decided that, for 2014 only, the annual awards of  equity compensation to employees for 2014  would be
made on March 1 instead of December  1 in order to utilize all  available shares remaining in  the 2004
LTIP prior to its expiration in May 2014.  In  reaching its decision, the  Compensation Committee  also
recognized that our announcement of  our 2013  earnings is  scheduled to occur more  than two weeks
prior to the March 1, 2014 grant date.  Commencing in 2015, we  intend for annual awards of equity
compensation to employees to once again  be made on  December  1 of each year.

Clawback Policy

We  have a Compensation Recoupment Policy (commonly  referred to as a ‘‘clawback’’ policy),

which  provides that, in the event of a restatement of our  financial results due to material
noncompliance with applicable financial reporting requirements, the Board will, if  it determines
appropriate and subject to applicable  laws  and the  terms and  conditions of our applicable stock plans,
programs or arrangements, seek reimbursement of the incremental  portion of performance-based
compensation, including performance-based bonuses and long-term incentive awards, paid to current  or
former executive officers within three  years  of  the restatement date, in excess of the  compensation that
would have been paid had the compensation amount been  based on the restated financial results.

Personal Benefits, Perquisites and Employee Benefits

Our Board of Directors and executives  have concluded that we will  not offer  most perquisites
traditionally offered to executives of similarly-sized companies. As a result, perquisites and  any other
similar personal benefits offered to our  executive  officers are  substantially the  same as those offered to
our  general salaried employee population.  These  offered benefits include  medical and dental  insurance,
life insurance, disability insurance, a  vision plan, charitable gift matching (up to designated limits),  a
401(k) plan with a company match of  certain levels  of  contributions,  flexible spending accounts  for
healthcare and dependent care and other customary employee benefits. Business-related  relocation
benefits may be reimbursed on a case-by-case basis.  We intend  to  continue applying  our general policy

42

of not providing specific personal benefits  and perquisites to our  executives; however, we may, in  our
discretion, revise or add to any executive’s  personal benefits and perquisites if we deem it  advisable.

Risk Management Considerations

The Compensation Committee believes that our company’s  bonus and  equity programs create
incentives for employees to create long-term stockholder  value.  The  committee has  considered the
concept of risk as it relates to the company’s  compensation  programs and has  concluded that the
company’s compensation programs do  not  encourage excessive  or  inappropriate  risk-taking. Several
elements of the compensation programs  are designed to promote the creation  of long-term value and
thereby discourage behavior that leads to excessive  risk:

(cid:127) The compensation programs consist of  both  fixed  and  variable compensation.  The  fixed  (or

salary) portion is designed to provide a  steady  income regardless of the company’s  stock price
performance so that executives do not focus  exclusively on  stock price performance  to  the
detriment of other important business metrics. The  variable  (cash bonus and equity) portions of
compensation are designed to reward both short-  and  long-term corporate  performance. The
Compensation Committee believes that the  variable  elements of compensation are a sufficient
percentage of overall compensation to motivate executives to produce positive  short- and
long-term corporate results, while the fixed element  is also sufficiently  high such that the
executives are not encouraged to take  unnecessary or  excessive risks in doing so.

(cid:127) The financial metrics used to determine  the amount of an executive’s bonus are measures the

committee believes contribute to long-term  stockholder  value  and  ensure the continued viability
of the company. Moreover, the committee attempts to set ranges for these measures that
encourage success without encouraging excessive risk taking to achieve short-term results.  In
addition, the overall maximum bonus  for  each participating named executive officer  other  than
our  Chief Executive Officer is not expected to exceed 100% of the executive’s base salary under
the bonus plan, and the overall bonus  for our Chief Executive Officer  under  his employment
agreement will not exceed 150% of his  base  salary under  the bonus  plan, in each  case no matter
how much the company’s financial performance exceeds the  ranges established at the beginning
of the year.

(cid:127) We have strict internal controls over the measurement and calculation of the financial metrics

that determine the amount of an executive’s bonus, designed to keep it from being susceptible to
manipulation by an employee, including our executives.

(cid:127) Stock options become exercisable over a four-year period and remain  exercisable  for up to ten

years from the date of grant, encouraging executives to look to long-term appreciation in  equity
values.

(cid:127) Restricted stock becomes exercisable over a three-year period, again encouraging executives to

look to long-term appreciation in equity values.

(cid:127) Senior executives, including our named executive officers, are required  to acquire over time and
hold shares of our company’s stock having a value of between  one  and four times the executive’s
annual base salary, depending on the level of the executive.  The  Compensation  Committee
believes that the stock ownership guidelines provide  a considerable incentive  for management to
consider the company’s long-term interests, since  a portion of their personal  investment portfolio
consists of company stock.

(cid:127) In  addition, we do not permit any of our executive officers or directors to enter into any

derivative or hedging transactions involving our stock,  including short sales, market options,
equity swaps and similar instruments, thereby preventing executives from insulating  themselves
from the effects of poor company stock price  performance. Please refer to ‘‘ — Stock Ownership
Requirements; Hedging Policy’’ below.

43

(cid:127) We have a compensation recoupment (clawback) policy that provides, in the event of a

restatement of our financial results due  to  material noncompliance  with financial reporting
requirements, for reimbursement of the incremental portion  of performance-based
compensation, including performance-based bonuses and long-term incentive awards, paid to
current or former  executive officers within three  years  of  the restatement date,  in excess of the
compensation that would have been paid had such  compensation  amount  been based  on the
restated financial results. Please refer  to  ‘‘ — Clawback Policy’’ above.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers

Our Bylaws provide certain rights of  indemnification to our directors and employees (including our

executive officers) in connection with any legal action  brought  against them by reason of the fact  that
they are or were a director, officer, employee or agent  of our company, to  the full extent permitted  by
law. Our Bylaws also provide, however,  that no such obligation  to  indemnify exists as to proceedings
initiated by an employee or director against us  or our directors unless  (a) it is  a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated to enforce a right to  indemnification  or (b) was authorized or  consented  to  by  our
Board of Directors.

As discussed below, we have also entered  into  employment  agreements with  certain of our
executive officers that provide for us to indemnify  the executive to the  fullest extent permitted by our
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  The agreements also  provide that  we will provide the  executive
with coverage under our directors’ and  officers’ liability insurance  policies to the  same extent as
provided to our other executives.

Stock Ownership Requirements; Hedging Policy

We  believe that broad-based stock ownership by our  employees (including our executive officers)

enhances our ability to deliver superior stockholder  returns  by increasing the  alignment between the
interests of our employees and our stockholders.  Accordingly, the Board has adopted stock ownership
requirements applicable to each of our  senior executives, including our named executive officers. The
policy requires each executive to retain direct ownership of at least 50% of all shares of our company’s
stock received upon exercise of stock  options and vesting of awards  of restricted stock  or restricted
stock units until the executive owns shares  having an aggregate value equal  to  the following multiples
of the executive’s annual base salary:

President and Chief Executive Officer — 4x
Executive Vice President — 2x
Senior Vice President — 1x

As of the date of this proxy statement, all of  our  senior executives  were in compliance with the
stock ownership requirements. In addition, we do  not  permit any of our  executive  officers or directors
to enter into any derivative or hedging  transactions with respect to our stock, including short  sales,
market options, equity swaps and similar  instruments.

Impact of Regulatory Requirements and  Accounting Principles on  Compensation

The financial reporting and income tax consequences to our company of individual compensation

elements are important considerations  for the  Compensation Committee when  it is analyzing the
overall level of compensation and the  mix  of compensation  among  individual elements.  Under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue  Code and the related federal  treasury regulations,  we may  not
deduct annual compensation in excess  of  $1 million paid to certain employees — generally our Chief
Executive Officer and our four other most highly compensated executive  officers — unless that
compensation qualifies as ‘‘performance-based’’ compensation.  Overall, the  committee seeks  to  balance
its  objective of ensuring an effective compensation package for the executive officers with  the need to

44

maximize the immediate deductibility of  compensation  — while  ensuring an appropriate (and
transparent) impact on reported earnings and other closely  followed financial measures.

In making its compensation decisions, the Compensation  Committee has  considered the  limitations

on deductibility within the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and its related
Treasury regulations. As a result, the  committee has  designed  much  of  the total compensation packages
for the executive officers to qualify for  the exemption of ‘‘performance-based’’ compensation from the
deductibility limit.  However, the committee  does have  the discretion to design and use  compensation
elements that may not be deductible  within the limitations  under Section 162(m), if the committee
considers the tax consequences and determines that those  elements  are  in our best  interests.  To
maintain flexibility in compensating executive officers  in a manner designed  to  promote varying
corporate goals, we have not adopted a policy that all compensation must be deductible.

Certain payments to our named executive officers  under our 2013 annual incentive plan  may not
qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) because the awards were calculated
and paid in a manner that may not meet the requirements  under  Section 162(m) and the related
Treasury regulations. Given the rapid changes in our business and industry that have occurred  during
recent years and those that may occur in 2014  and  subsequent  years,  we  believe  that  we are  better
served in implementing a plan that provides  for adjustments and discretionary elements for our  senior
executives’ incentive compensation, rather than ensuring that we implement all of the requirements and
limitations under Section 162(m) into  these  incentive plans.

Likewise, the impact of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code is  taken into account,  and our

executive compensation plans and programs are, in general,  designed to comply with the requirements
of that section so as to avoid possible adverse  tax consequences  that may result  from non-compliance.

For accounting purposes, we apply the guidance in  ASC Topic 718 to record compensation expense
for our  equity-based compensation grants. ASC Topic 718 is used to develop  the assumptions necessary
and the model appropriate to value the  awards as well  as the timing  of  the expense recognition  over
the requisite service period, generally the  vesting period,  of the award.

Executive officers will generally recognize ordinary taxable income  from stock option awards when

a vested option is  exercised. We generally receive a corresponding tax  deduction for compensation
expense in the year of exercise. The amount included in the  executive officer’s wages  and the  amount
we may deduct is equal to the common stock price when the stock options are  exercised less the
exercise price, multiplied by the number  of shares under  the stock options exercised. We do not pay or
reimburse any executive officer for any taxes  due  upon exercise  of a stock option. We have not
historically issued any tax-qualified incentive stock options  under Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue
Code.

Executives will generally recognize taxable  ordinary  income with respect  to their shares of

restricted stock at the time the restrictions lapse (unless the  recipient elects to accelerate recognition as
of the date of grant). Restricted stock unit awards are  generally subject to ordinary income tax  at the
time of payment or issuance of unrestricted  shares of  stock.  We are generally  entitled to a
corresponding federal income tax deduction at  the same time the executive recognizes ordinary income.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the  Compensation  Discussion and

Analysis included in this proxy statement with management of ION. Based on such  review and
discussions, the Compensation Committee has recommended to the Board  of Directors that the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis  be  included in  this proxy statement and  incorporated into ION’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended December  31, 2013.

Franklin Myers, Chairman
David H. Barr
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
John N. Seitz

45

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table summarizes the compensation  paid  to  or  earned by our named  executive

officers at December 31, 2013.

Stock

Option

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan

All Other

Bonus Awards Awards Compensation Compensation

Name  and
Principal Position

Year Salary ($)

($)

($)

($)

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013
2012
2011

President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director

490,000
450,000
353,000

235,000
— 214,800
— 279,900
260,100
— 766,628 1,130,500

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013
2012

Executive  Vice President and COO,
GeoScience  Division

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013
2012
2011

Executive  Vice President and COO,
GeoVentures Division

Gregory  J. Heinlein . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013
2012
2011

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

350,000
21,538

— 71,600
125,000 311,000

141,000
173,400

358,000
340,000
300,000

312,000
300,000
23,077

— 71,600
— 93,300
— 87,150

— 53,700
— 31,100
— 166,747

141,000
173,408
192,700

94,000
86,700
662,888

($)

395,000
450,000
300,000

300,000
—

215,000
300,000
300,000

160,000
150,000
—

($)

5,813
4,284
8,058

6,202
326

7,650
7,454
8,250

109,892
5,192
692

Total  ($)

1,340,613
1,444,284
2,558,186

868,802
631,264

793,250
914,162
888,100

729,592
572,992
853,404

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013

312,000

— 53,700

117,500

187,200

6,390

676,790

Senior Vice President,
Ocean Bottom Services

Discussion of Summary Compensation  Table

Stock Awards Column. All of the amounts in the ‘‘Stock Awards’’ column reflect  the grant-date

fair value of awards of restricted stock made during the applicable fiscal year (excluding any impact of
assumed forfeiture rates) under our 2004 LTIP. While unvested,  a  holder of restricted stock is entitled
to the same voting rights as all other  holders of common  stock.  In  each case, unless  stated otherwise
below, the awards of shares of restricted stock  vest in one-third increments  each  year,  over a three-year
period. The values contained in the Summary Compensation Table under the  Stock Awards  column  are
based on the grant date fair value of  all stock  awards (excluding any  impact of assumed  forfeiture
rates). In addition to the grants and  awards in 2013  described in the ‘‘2013 Grants of Plan-Based
Awards’’ table below:

(cid:127) Pursuant to his prior employment  agreement then in  effect, on  March 1, 2011, Mr. Hanson

received an award of 38,561 shares of restricted  stock, which is  equal to $327,000  (the amount of
cash incentive plan compensation that Mr. Hanson earned for fiscal  2010)  divided  by  $8.48,
which  was the average of the closing  sales price  per  share on the NYSE  of  our  shares of
common stock for the last ten business days of 2010.  The shares of restricted stock vested on
March 1, 2014.

(cid:127) At the beginning of 2011, Mr. Hanson was serving as  our Executive Vice  President and Chief

Financial Officer. In August 2011, Mr. Hanson was  promoted to President and  Chief Operating
Officer in addition to his role as Chief Financial Officer. In November  2011, Mr. Heinlein was
hired as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer  and Mr. Hanson  continued  as
President and Chief Operating Officer. On January  1, 2012, Mr. Hanson  was appointed  as our
President and Chief Executive Officer. In connection with his  promotion to President  and Chief
Operating Officer in August 2011, on September  1, 2011, Mr.  Hanson received an  award  of
42,000 shares of restricted stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Hanson  received an award of 45,000  shares of  restricted stock.

46

(cid:127) In  connection with his hire on November 30,  2012, as Executive Vice President & Chief

Operating Officer, GeoScience Division, on  December  1, 2012, Mr.  Usher received  an award of
50,000 shares of restricted stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2011, Mr. Williamson  received an award of 15,000  shares of restricted stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Williamson  received an award of 15,000  shares of restricted stock.

(cid:127) In  connection with his hire on November 28,  2011 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, on December 1, 2011, Mr. Heinlein  received  an award of 28,700  shares of restricted
stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Heinlein received an award of 5,000 shares  of restricted stock.

Option Awards Column. All of the amounts shown in the ‘‘Option Awards’’ column reflect stock

options granted under our 2004 LTIP.  In  each case, unless  stated otherwise below, the  options vest 25%
each  year over a four-year period. The  values contained in  the Summary Compensation  Table  under
the Stock Options column are based on  the grant date fair  value of all option awards (excluding any
impact of assumed forfeiture rates). For  a discussion  of  the valuation assumptions for  the awards, see
Note 9, Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation — Valuation Assumptions, in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in  our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2013. All of the exercise prices for the options equal or exceed  the fair market value per
share of ION common stock on the date  of  grant. In addition to the grants  and awards in 2013
described in the ‘‘2013 Grants of Plan-Based Awards’’ table below:

(cid:127) In  connection with his promotion to  President and Chief Operating Officer in August 2011, on
September 1, 2011, Mr. Hanson received  an award of nonqualified stock options to purchase
250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an  exercise price of $7.07 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Hanson received an award of options to purchase 75,000 shares of

our  common stock for an exercise price  of $5.96 per share.

(cid:127) In  connection with his hire on November  30,  2012, as Executive Vice President & Chief

Operating Officer, GeoScience Division, on December 1, 2012, Mr.  Usher received an award of
options to purchase 50,000 shares of our  common stock for an exercise price of $5.96 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2011, Mr. Williamson received an award of options to purchase 50,000  shares

of our common stock for an exercise  price of $5.81 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Williamson received an award of options to purchase 50,000  shares

of our common stock for an exercise  price of $5.96 per share.

(cid:127) In  connection with his hire on November  28,  2011 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, on December 1, 2011, Mr. Heinlein  received an award of options to purchase 172,000
shares of our common stock for an  exercise price of $5.81 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Heinlein  received an award of options to purchase  25,000 shares  of

our  common stock for an exercise price  of $5.96 per share.

Other Columns. Mr. Usher was hired as Executive Vice President  and Chief  Operating Officer,
GeoScience Division, on November 30,  2012. In connection with  his hire,  Mr.  Usher received a sign-on
bonus of $125,000.

All payments of non-equity incentive  plan compensation reported  for 2013 were  made in  February
2014 with regard to the 2013 fiscal year  and were earned and  paid pursuant to our 2013 incentive plan.

47

We  do not sponsor for our employees  (i)  any defined benefit or actuarial pension plans  (including

supplemental plans), (ii) any non-tax-qualified deferred compensation plans or arrangements or
(iii) any nonqualified defined contribution  plans.

Our general policy is that our executive officers do not receive any executive ‘‘perquisites,’’ or any

other similar personal benefits that are different from  what our salaried employees  are entitled to
receive. We provide the named executive officers with certain group life, health, medical and  other
non-cash benefits generally available  to  all salaried employees, which are not included in  the ‘‘All Other
Compensation’’ column in the Summary  Compensation Table pursuant  to  SEC rules. With  the
exception of reimbursements of moving expenses received by Mr. Heinlein,  the amounts shown in the
‘‘All Other Compensation’’ column solely consist  of employer  matching contributions to ION’s  401(k)
plan.  Mr. Heinlein was hired in November 2011  as our Senior Vice President  and Chief Financial
Officer and was reimbursed a total of  $103,302 for moving  expenses incurred in 2013.

2013 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

All Other All Other

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)(2)

Grant
Date

Threshold
($)

Target
($)

Maxi-
mum ($)

Option
Awards:

Stock
Awards:
Number Number of
of Shares
Securities
of Stock Underlying Option
Awards
Options
or  Units
($/Sh)
(#)(4)
(#)(3)

Grant

Exercise Date Fair
or Base
Value  of
Price of Stock  and

Name

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . .

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . .

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . .

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . . .

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
12/1/13

—

175,000 350,000

— 367,500 735,000
—
—
— 87,500
—
— 89,500
—
— 78,000
—
— 78,000
—

—
— 60,000
—
— 20,000
—
— 20,000
—
— 15,000
—
— 15,000

179,000 358,000

156,000 312,000

156,000 312,000

—

—

—

12/1/13

12/1/13

12/1/13

12/1/13

—
100,000
—
60,000
—
60,000
—
40,000
—
50,000

—
3.86
—
3.86
—
3.86
—
3.86
—
3.86

Option
Awards
($)(5)

—
466,600
—
218,200
—
218,200
—
151,900
—
175,400

(1) Reflects the estimated threshold, target  and  maximum  award amounts for payouts  under our 2013
incentive plan to our named executive  officers. Under the plan, every  participating executive  other
than Mr. Hanson, who served as our President and Chief Executive Officer during 2013, had the
opportunity to earn a maximum of 100% of his  base  salary depending  on performance of the
company against the designated performance goal,  and  performance of the executive  against
personal performance criteria. Under  separate terms  approved by the Compensation  Committee
and contained in his employment agreement,  Mr. Hanson participated  in the plan with the
potential to earn a target incentive payment of 75%  of his  base  salary,  depending on achievement
of the company’s target consolidated  performance goal and pre-designated  personal critical  success
factors, and a maximum of 150% of  his base salary upon achievement  of  the maximum
consolidated performance goal and the  personal critical success factors. Mr. Hanson’s employment
agreement does not specify that he will earn a bonus  upon achievement of a threshold
consolidated performance goal. Because award determinations under the plan  were based in part
on outcomes of personal evaluations  of employee performance  by our  Chief Executive Officer  and
the Compensation Committee, the computation  of actual awards generated under  the plan  upon
achievement of threshold and target  company performance criteria differed from the  above
estimates. See ‘‘ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis —  Elements of Compensation — Bonus
Incentive Plan’’ above. For actual payout amounts to our named  executive officers under our 2013
bonus  incentive plan, see the ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation’’ column in the ‘‘Summary
Compensation Table’’ above.

48

(2) Our  company  does not offer or  sponsor any ‘‘equity  incentive plans’’ (as that term is defined in

Item 402(a) of Regulation S-K) for employees.

(3) All stock awards reflect the number  of shares of restricted stock  granted under  our 2004 LTIP.
While unvested, a holder of restricted stock is  entitled to the same voting rights as all other
holders  of common stock. In each case, unless stated  otherwise below, the awards of  shares of
restricted stock vest in one-third increments each year, over a three-year period.

(4) All amounts reflect awards of stock  options granted under our 2004 LTIP. In  each case, unless

stated otherwise below, the options vest 25%  each year  over a four-year period. All of the  exercise
prices for the options reflected in the above  chart  equal or exceed the fair  market  value per share
of ION  common stock on the date of grant  (on November 29,  2013, the  last completed trading  day
prior to the December 1, 2013 grant  date, the closing price  per  share on the NYSE was  $3.86).

(5) The values contained in the table are based on the grant  date fair value  of  the award computed in
accordance with ASC Topic 718 for financial  statement reporting purposes, but exclude  any impact
of assumed forfeiture rates. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 9, Stockholders’
Equity and Stock-Based Compensation  — Valuation  Assumptions, in our Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form  10-K  for  the year  ended
December 31, 2013.

Employment Agreements

In recent years, we have not entered into employment agreements  with employees other than our

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial  Officer. We have  generally  entered into employment
agreements with employees only when  the employee holds an  executive officer position  and the
Compensation Committee has determined  that an  employment agreement  is desirable  for us  to  obtain
a measure of assurance as to the executive’s  continued  employment in  light of prevailing  market
competition for the particular position held  by the  executive officer, or where the committee
determines that an employment agreement is necessary and appropriate to attract an  executive  in light
of market conditions, the prior experience of the executive or  practices  at ION with respect to other
similarly situated employees.

The following discussion describes the material  terms of our existing executive  employment

agreements with our named executive  officers:

R. Brian Hanson

In connection with his appointment as our President and Chief Executive  Officer  on January 1,
2012, Mr. Hanson entered into a new employment agreement.  The agreement provides  for Mr. Hanson
to serve as our President and Chief Executive  Officer  for  an initial term  of three years, with automatic
two-year renewals thereafter. Any change  of control  of  our company  after January  1, 2013 will cause
the remaining term of Mr. Hanson’s  employment agreement  to  automatically  adjust to a  term of three
years, which will commence on the effective  date of  the change of control.

The agreement provides for Mr. Hanson to receive an initial  base  salary of $450,000  per  year  and

be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus under our incentive compensation plan, with a
target incentive plan bonus amount equal  to 75% of  his base salary and with  a maximum incentive plan
bonus  amount equal to 150% of his base  salary.

Under the agreement, and as approved by  the Compensation Committee, Mr. Hanson will  be
entitled to receive grants of (i) options to purchase shares of our common stock and (ii) shares of our
restricted stock. Mr. Hanson will also be eligible to participate in  other  equity compensation plans that
are established for our key executives,  as approved by the Compensation  Committee. In the  agreement,
we also agreed to indemnify Mr. Hanson  to the fullest  extent permitted by our Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws, and to provide  him coverage under  our directors’ and officers’ liability
insurance policies to the same extent as  other  company executives.

49

We  may at any time terminate our employment agreement  with Mr. Hanson for ‘‘Cause’’ if
Mr. Hanson (i) willfully and continuously fails to substantially  perform his obligations, (ii) willfully
engages in conduct materially and demonstrably injurious  to our property  or business (including fraud,
misappropriation of funds or other property, other willful misconduct, gross negligence or  conviction of
a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude) or (iii) commits a material  breach  of  the agreement.
In addition, we may at any time terminate  the agreement if  Mr. Hanson  suffers permanent and total
disability for a period of at least 180  consecutive  days, or if Mr. Hanson dies.  Mr.  Hanson  may
terminate his employment agreement for  ‘‘Good Reason’’ if we breach any  material  provision of the
agreement, we assign to Mr. Hanson  any  duties materially inconsistent with his position, we materially
reduce his duties, functions, responsibilities, budgetary  or other authority, or  take other action  that
results in  a diminution in his office, position, duties, functions, responsibilities  or authority, we relocate
his workplace by more than 50 miles, or we elect not  to  extend the term  of his agreement.

In his agreement, Mr. Hanson agrees not to compete  against  us, assist any competitor, attempt to

solicit any of our suppliers or customers,  or  solicit any of our employees,  in any case during  his
employment and for a period of two  years after his employment  ends. The employment agreement also
contains provisions relating to protection of  our confidential information and intellectual property.  The
agreement does not contain any tax gross-up benefits.

For a  discussion of the provisions of  Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement regarding  compensation

to Mr. Hanson in the event of a change  of  control affecting  our company or his  termination  by  us
without cause or by him for good reason,  see ‘‘  — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of
Control — R. Brian Hanson’’ below.

Gregory J. Heinlein

In connection with his hire as our Senior Vice  President and Chief Financial  Officer  in November

2011, Mr. Heinlein entered into an employment agreement  that will  remain in effect for  the duration
that Mr. Heinlein serves in such capacity. In his agreement, Mr. Heinlein  agrees  not  to  compete against
us, assist any competitor, attempt to solicit  any of our suppliers  or customers, or solicit any of our
employees, in any case during his employment and for a period of  one year  after his employment ends.
The employment agreement also contains  provisions relating to protection of our confidential
information and intellectual property.  The agreement  does not contain  any change-in control provisions
or tax gross-up benefits. For a discussion of the provisions  of Mr. Heinlein’s employment agreement
regarding compensation to Mr. Heinlein  in the event  of  a  change of control affecting  our  company or
his termination by us without cause or  by him for good reason, see ‘‘  — Potential Payments Upon
Termination or Change of Control — Gregory J. Heinlein’’ below.

50

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table sets forth information  concerning unexercised  stock options (including
outstanding stock appreciation rights, or SARs) and shares of restricted stock held  by  our  named
executive officers at December 31, 2013:

Name

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option Awards(1)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Options
(#)
Unexercisable

Option
Expiration
Date

Stock  Awards(2)

Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock

Market
Value  of
Shares  or
Units of

That Have Stock  That
Have  Not
Vested
($)(3)

Not
Vested
(#)

470,451

75,000
20,000
60,000
17,500
140,000(4)
125,000
18,750
—

—
8.73 5/22/2016 142,561
9/1/2016
—
9.97
— 15.43 12/1/2017
3.00 12/1/2018
—
3.00 12/1/2018
—
9/1/2021
7.07
125,000
5.96 12/1/2022
56,250
3.86 12/1/2023
100,000

12,500
—

70,000
16,000
35,000
50,000
22,000
56,250
26,250
25,000
12,500
—

86,000
6,250
—

12,500
7,500
—

37,500
60,000

5.96 12/1/2022
3.86 12/1/2023

— 10.85 12/1/2016
— 15.43 12/1/2017
3.00 12/1/2018
—
2.83
—
6/1/2019
5.44 12/1/2019
—
4.58
18,750
3/1/2020
7.19 12/1/2020
8,750
5.81 12/1/2021
25,000
5.96 12/1/2022
37,500
3.86 12/1/2023
60,000

86,000
18,750
40,000

37,500
22,500
50,000

5.81 12/1/2021
5.96 12/1/2022
3.86 12/1/2023

6.06
6/1/2022
5.96 12/1/2022
3.86 12/1/2023

53,332

175,996

35,000

115,500

27,898

92,063

34,998

115,493

(1) All stock option information in this table relates to nonqualified  stock options  granted under  our

2004 LTIP. All of the unvested options in  this table  vest 25% each year  over a four-year period.

(2) The amounts shown represent shares of restricted stock  granted  under  our 2004 LTIP. While

unvested, the holder is entitled to the same voting  rights as all  other  holders of common  stock.
Except for certain shares of restricted stock held by  Mr.  Hanson,  in each case  the grants of shares
of restricted stock vest in one-third increments each year,  over a three-year period. See
‘‘— Discussion of Summary Compensation Table  — Stock Awards Column’’ above.

(3) Pursuant to SEC rules, the market value of each  executive’s  shares of unvested restricted stock was

calculated by multiplying the number of shares  by $3.30 (the closing price per share  of our
common stock on the NYSE on December 31, 2013).

51

(4) The amounts shown reflect awards of  cash-settled SARs granted  to  Mr. Hanson on December 1,

2008 under our Stock Appreciation Rights  Plan. Mr.  Hanson’s SARs vested  in full on December 1,
2011. See ‘‘ — Summary Compensation Table —  Discussion of Summary Compensation Table’’
above.

(5) We do not have outstanding any Equity  Incentive Plan Awards as defined by the SEC  rules.  As a

result, the above table omits the following  columns:

(cid:127) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned  Options

(cid:127) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares,  Units or Other Rights That  Have

Not Vested

(cid:127) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout  Value of  Unearned  Shares, Units  or Other

Rights That Have  Not Vested

2013 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to option and stock exercises  by  the

named executive officers during the year  ended December 31, 2013:

Name

R. Brian Hanson(2) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Christopher T. Usher(3) . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Ken Williamson(4)
. . . . . . . . .
Gregory J. Heinlein(5)
Colin Hulme(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of Shares
Acquired
on Exercise(#)

Value Realized on
Exercise($)

Number  of Shares
Acquired
on Vesting(#)

Value Realized  on
Vesting($)(1)

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

35,515
16,668
13,333
11,234
10,002

160,528
59,671
47,732
40,217
53,211

(1) The values realized upon vesting  of stock awards contained in the table are based on the market

value of our common stock on the date of vesting.

(2) The value realized by Mr. Hanson  on  the vesting of his restricted  stock awards was calculated by
multiplying (a) 6,515 shares by $6.19  (the closing price per share of our common stock  on the
NYSE on June 3, 2013, the first NYSE trading date after his  June 1,  2013 vesting date);  (b) 14,000
shares by $4.75 (the closing price per share  of  our  common stock on  the NYSE on September 3,
2013, the first NYSE trading date after  his September 1,  2013 vesting date  and (c) 15,000 shares by
$3.58 (the closing price per share of our common stock on the NYSE  on December 2, 2013,  the
first NYSE trading date after his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

(3) The value realized by Mr. Usher  on  the vesting of  his restricted  stock awards  was  calculated by

multiplying 16,668 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of our  common stock on  the NYSE
on December 2, 2013, the first NYSE  trading date after  his December 1, 2013  vesting date).

(4) The value realized by Mr. Williamson on  the vesting of his restricted stock awards was calculated
by multiplying 13,333 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of our  common stock on  the
NYSE on December 2, 2013, the first  NYSE trading  date after his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

(5) The value realized by Mr. Heinlein  on the vesting of  his restricted  stock awards  was  calculated by
multiplying 11,234 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of our  common stock on  the NYSE
on December 2, 2013, the first NYSE  trading date after  his December 1, 2013  vesting date).

(6) The value realized by Mr. Hulme on the vesting of his restricted stock awards was calculated by

multiplying (a) 6,668 shares by $6.19  (the closing price per share of our common stock  on the
NYSE on June 3, 2013, the first NYSE trading date after his  June 1,  2013 vesting date) and
(b) 3,334 shares by $3.58 (the closing  price per share  of our common on  the NYSE on
December 2, 2013, the first NYSE trading  date after  his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

52

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change  of Control

Under the terms of our equity-based  compensation  plans and our employment  agreements, our
Chief Executive Officer and certain of our other  named executive officers  are entitled to payments and
benefits upon the occurrence of specified  events including  termination  of  employment  (with and
without cause) and upon a change in control of our  company. The specific terms of  these
arrangements, as well as an estimate  of the  compensation  that would have  been payable  had they been
triggered as of December 31, 2013, are  described in  detail below. In the case  of  each employment
agreement, the terms of these arrangements were established  through the course of arms-length
negotiations with each executive officer, both at  the time  of hire and at the times of any later
amendment. As part of these negotiations, the  Compensation Committee  analyzed  the terms of  the
same or similar arrangements for comparable executives employed by companies  in our industry group.
This approach was used by the committee in setting the amounts  payable and  the triggering events
under the arrangements. The termination  of employment provisions of the employment agreements
were entered into in order to address competitive concerns by  providing those individuals with a fixed
amount of compensation that would offset the potential risk of leaving their prior employer or
foregoing other opportunities in order to join our company. At the time of entering  into  these
arrangements, the committee considered the aggregate potential obligations of our company in  the
context of the desirability of hiring the  individual and the expected compensation upon joining us.
However, these contractual severance  and  post-termination  arrangements have  not  affected the
decisions the committee has made regarding  other  compensation elements  and the  rationale for
compensation decisions made in connection  with these arrangements.

The following summaries set forth estimated  potential  payments  payable to each of our named
executive officers upon termination of employment  or a change of control of our company under their
current employment agreements and  our  stock plans and other  compensation programs as if his
employment had so terminated for these  reasons, or the  change of control had so occurred, on
December 31, 2013. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion,  agree  to  revise, amend or add
to the benefits if it deems advisable. For purposes of the  following  summaries, dollar amounts are
estimates based on annual base salary as  of December  31, 2013, benefits paid to the named executive
officer in  fiscal 2013 and stock and option holdings of  the named executive officer  as of December 31,
2013. The summaries assume a price  per  share  of  ION common stock of $3.30  per  share, which  was the
closing price per share on December  31, 2013,  as reported  on the NYSE.  The actual amounts to be
paid to the named executive officers  can only be determined at the time of each executive’s separation
from the company.

The amounts of potential future payments and benefits as set forth in the  tables below,  and the

descriptions of the assumptions upon which such future payments and benefits are based and  derived,
may constitute ‘‘forward-looking statements’’  within the  meaning of the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. These statements  are  estimates of  payments and  benefits to certain  of  our
executives upon their termination of  employment or  a change in control,  and actual  payments and
benefits may vary materially from these estimates.  Actual amounts can only be determined at the time
of such executive’s actual separation  from  our  company  or the time of such  change  in control event.
Factors that could affect these amounts  and assumptions include the  timing during the year of any such
event, the company’s stock price, unforeseen future changes  in our company’s benefits  and
compensation methodology and the age of the executive.

R. Brian Hanson

Termination and Change of Control. Mr. Hanson is entitled to certain benefits  under his

employment agreement upon the occurrence of any of  the following events:

(cid:127) we terminate his employment other than  for  cause, death or  disability;

(cid:127) Mr. Hanson resigns for ‘‘good reason’’;  or

53

(cid:127) a ‘‘change in control’’ involving our company  occurs  and, within 12 months following  the change

in control, (a) we or our successor terminate  Mr. Hanson’s employment or  (b) Mr. Hanson
terminates his employment after we or  our successor (i)  elect  not  to  extend the term  of  his
employment agreement, (ii) assign to Mr. Hanson duties inconsistent with his CEO position,
duties, functions, responsibilities, authority or reporting relationship to the Board under his
employment agreement, (iii) become a privately-owned company as  a result  of a transaction in
which  Mr. Hanson does not participate within the acquiring group,  (iv) are rendered  a subsidiary
or division or other unit of another company,  or (v) take any action that  would constitute ‘‘good
reason’’ under his employment agreement.

Under Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement,  a ‘‘change in  control’’  occurs  upon any of the

following:

(1) the  acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of  40% or more  of  our
outstanding shares of common stock other than any acquisitions directly from  ION,
acquisitions by ION or an employee  benefit plan maintained  by ION,  or certain permitted
acquisitions in connection with a ‘‘Merger’’  (as  defined in sub-paragraph (3) below);

(2) changes in directors on our board of directors such  that the individuals that constitute  the

entire board cease to constitute at least a majority  of  directors of  the board,  other than new
directors whose appointment or nomination for  election was approved by  a vote of at  least a
majority of the directors then constituting  the entire board of  directors (except  in the case of
election contests);

(3) consummation of a ‘‘Merger’’ —  that is,  a reorganization,  merger, consolidation or similar

business combination involving ION — unless (i) owners of ION common stock immediately
following such business combination together own  more than  50% of the total  outstanding
stock or voting power of the entity resulting from the  business  combination in substantially the
same proportion as their ownership of ION  voting securities  immediately prior  to  such Merger
and (ii) at least a majority of the members of  the board of directors  of the corporation
resulting from such Merger (or its parent corporation) were members of our board at  the time
of the execution of the initial agreement  providing for the  Merger; or

(4) the  sale or other disposition of all  or substantially all of our assets.

Upon the occurrence of any of the above events and conditions,  Mr. Hanson  would be entitled to

receive the following (less applicable withholding taxes and subject  to  compliance with non-compete,
non-solicit and no-hire obligations):

(cid:127) over a two-year period, a cash amount equal to two times his annual base salary  and two times

his target bonus amount in effect for  the year  of termination;

(cid:127) a prorated portion of any unpaid target incentive plan  bonus for  the year of termination; and

(cid:127) continuation of insurance coverage  for Mr. Hanson as  of  the date of his  termination for a period

of two years at the same cost to him as  prior to the termination.

In addition, upon the occurrence of any of the  above events  or conditions, the  vesting  period for

all of Mr. Hanson’s unvested equity awards granted on or  after January 1,  2012 having  a remaining
vesting period of two years or less as of the date of termination will immediately  accelerate to vest in
full. In such event, all restrictions on  the awards  will  thereupon be immediately  lifted and  the exercise
period of all outstanding vested stock options (including the  option awards  that  have been so
accelerated) granted on or after January 1,  2012 will continue in  effect until the earlier of (a) two years
after the date of termination or (b) the  expiration of the full original  term, as specified  in each
applicable stock option agreement.

54

Change of Control Under Equity Compensation  Plans. Mr. Hanson and our other named executive
officers currently hold outstanding awards under one or  more of the following two equity  compensation
plans: our 2004 LTIP and our Stock Appreciation Rights Plan. Under these plans,  a ‘‘change of
control’’ will be deemed to have occurred  upon any of the  following  (which we  refer  to  in this section
as a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’):

(1) the  acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of  40% or more  of  the

outstanding shares of common stock other than acquisitions directly  from ION, acquisitions by
ION or an employee benefit plan maintained by ION, or certain permitted  acquisitions  in
connection with a business combination described  in sub(cid:2)paragraph (3) below;

(2) changes in directors such that the individuals that  constitute  the  entire board of directors
cease to constitute at least a majority of directors  of the board, other than new directors
whose  appointment or nomination for election  was approved by a vote of at least a majority
of the directors then constituting  the entire board of directors (except in the  case of election
contests);

(3) consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or  similar business  combination

involving ION, unless (i) owners of our common stock immediately following such  transaction
together own more than 50% of the total  outstanding stock or voting power of the entity
resulting from the transaction and (ii) at least a majority  of the  members of the board of
directors of the entity resulting from the  transaction were members  of our  board of directors
at the time the agreement for the transaction is  signed; or

(4) the  sale of all or substantially all  of our assets.

Upon any such ‘‘Plan Change of Control,’’ all of Mr.  Hanson’s stock options granted to him under

the 2004 LTIP will become fully exercisable, and all restricted stock awards  granted to him  under the
2004 LTIP will automatically accelerate  and become  fully vested. In  addition, any change of control  of
our  company will cause the remaining term of Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement  to  automatically
adjust to two years, commencing on the  effective date  of  the change  of  control.

We  believe the double-trigger change-of-control benefit referenced above maximizes stockholder

value because it motivates Mr. Hanson  to  remain in  his position for a sufficient period  of  time
following a change of control to ensure a  smoother integration and transition for the new owners.
Given his experience with our company  and  within the  seismic  industry as our CFO and CEO, we
believe Mr. Hanson’s severance structure is in  our best interest because it  ensures  that  for a  two-year
period after leaving our employment, Mr.  Hanson will not be in a position to compete  against us or
otherwise adversely affect our business.

Death, Disability or Retirement. Upon his death or disability, all options and restricted  stock  that

Mr. Hanson holds would automatically accelerate and become  fully vested. Upon his retirement, (a)  all
options that Mr. Hanson holds would automatically accelerate  and become  fully vested and (b) all
shares of restricted stock that Mr. Hanson was granted prior to August 30, 2011 would  automatically
accelerate and become fully vested. On August  30, 2011, we amended the  2004 LTIP by deleting the
provision  that provided for the acceleration of vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock  units
granted under the 2004 LTIP after August  30, 2011 by reason  of  the retirement  of a plan  participant.

Termination by Us for Cause or by Mr.  Hanson Other Than for Good Reason. Upon any
termination by us for cause or any resignation by Mr. Hanson for any reason other  than for ‘‘good
reason’’ (as defined in his employment  agreement), Mr.  Hanson is not entitled to any payment  or
benefit other than the payment of unpaid  salary and possibly accrued and unused  vacation pay.

Mr. Hanson’s currently-held vested stock  options  and SARs will  remain  exercisable  after his
termination of employment, death, disability or  retirement  for  periods of between  180 days and one
year following such event, depending  on  the event and the terms  of the applicable plan and  grant

55

agreement. If Mr. Hanson is terminated for  cause, all of his vested and unvested stock options and
unvested restricted stock will be immediately forfeited. We  have not agreed to provide Mr. Hanson any
additional payments in the event any  payment or  benefit under  his employment agreement is
determined to be subject to the excise tax for ‘‘excess parachute  payments’’ under U.S.  federal income
tax rules, or any other ‘‘tax gross-ups’’  under  this  employment agreement.

Assuming Mr. Hanson’s employment  was terminated under  each of these circumstances or a
change of control occurred on December  31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would  have an estimated
value as follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Without Cause or For Good Reason . . .
Termination after change in control . . . .
Change of Control (if not terminated),

Death or Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash
Severance
($)(1)

980,000
980,000

Bonus
($)(2)

735,000
735,000

—
—
—

—
—
—

Insurance

Tax

Continuation Gross-Ups

($)(3)

29,879
29,879

—
—
—

($)

—
—

—
—
—

Value of
Accelerated  Equity
Awards
($)(4)

—
470,451

470,451
127,251
—

(1) Payable over a two-year period. In addition to the listed  amounts, if  Mr.  Hanson  resigns or  his

employment is terminated for any reason, he may be paid for his unused vacation days.
Mr. Hanson is currently entitled to 20 vacation days per year. The above table assumes that there
is no earned but unpaid base salary as of the  time of termination.

(2) Represents two times the estimate  of  the target  bonus payment  Mr. Hanson  would be entitled  to

receive pursuant to our 2013 bonus incentive plan.  The  actual bonus payment he would be entitled
to receive upon his termination may be different  from the estimated amount, depending on the
achievement of payment criteria under  the bonus plan.

(3) The value of insurance continuation  contained in the  above table is the total cost of COBRA

continuation coverage for Mr. Hanson, maintaining  his same levels of medical, dental  and other
insurance as in effect on December 31, 2013, less the  amount  of premiums to be paid  by
Mr. Hanson for such coverage.

(4) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Hanson  held  (i)  38,561  unvested  shares of restricted  stock  granted
prior to August 31, 2011, and 104,000 unvested shares of restricted  stock  granted after August 30,
2011 and (ii) unvested stock options to purchase 281,250 shares of common stock.  Options held by
him having an exercise price greater  than $3.30 were calculated  as having a zero value.  The  value
of the restricted stock that would accelerate  and fully vest in the  event of a Change  in Control,
death or disability was calculated by multiplying 142,561 shares by $3.30. The value  of unvested
restricted stock to accelerate in the event  of  retirement was  calculated by multiplying  38,561 shares
by $3.30.

Christopher T. Usher

Mr. Usher is not entitled to receive any contractual severance pay if  we terminate his employment

without cause. Upon a ‘‘Plan Change of  Control’’ (see  ‘‘ — R. Brian Hanson — Change of Control
Under Equity Compensation Plans’’ above), all of his unvested stock options granted to him under  the
2004 LTIP will become fully exercisable  and  all restricted stock awards  granted to him  under the  2004
LTIP will automatically accelerate and  become fully vested. Upon  his death  or disability,  all  options and
restricted stock that Mr. Usher holds would automatically accelerate  and  become fully  vested.  Upon  his
retirement, all options that Mr. Usher  holds  would automatically  accelerate and become  fully vested.
No shares of restricted stock held by Mr.  Usher would automatically accelerate and become fully vested
upon his retirement.

56

The vested stock options held by Mr.  Usher  will remain exercisable after his termination of
employment, death, disability or retirement for periods of between 180 days and one year following
such event, depending on the event and  the  terms of the applicable stock plan and grant agreement. If
Mr. Usher is terminated for cause, all  of his vested  and  unvested stock options and  unvested restricted
stock will be immediately forfeited.

Assuming his employment was terminated under each of  these  circumstances  or a change of
control occurred on December 31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would have an  estimated value  as
follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance ($)(1)

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards  ($)(2)

Without Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination), Death or

Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—
—
—

—

175,996
—
—

(1) If  Mr. Usher resigns or his employment  is terminated  for  any  reason, he may be paid  for his

unused vacation days. Mr. Usher is currently  entitled to 20  vacation days per year. The above table
assumes that there is no earned but unpaid base salary  as of the time of termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Usher held 53,332  unvested shares  of restricted stock  and unvested
stock options to purchase 97,500 shares  of common stock. Options held by him having  an exercise
price greater than $3.30 were calculated  as having a zero  value. The  value of  the restricted stock
that would accelerate and fully vest in the event of a Change  in Control,  death or disability was
calculated by multiplying 53,332 shares by  $3.30.

Ken Williamson

Mr. Williamson is not entitled to receive  any contractual severance pay  if we terminate his

employment without cause. Upon a ‘‘Plan Change  of Control’’ (see  ‘‘ — R. Brian Hanson — Change of
Control Under Equity Compensation Plans’’ above), all of his unvested stock options granted  to  him
under the 2004 LTIP will become fully  exercisable and all restricted stock awards granted to him under
the 2004 LTIP will automatically accelerate and become fully  vested. Upon his death  or disability,  all
options and restricted stock that Mr.  Williamson holds would automatically accelerate and become  fully
vested. Upon his retirement, all options  that Mr.  Williamson holds would automatically  accelerate and
become  fully vested. No shares of restricted  stock held by Mr. Williamson  would automatically
accelerate and become fully vested upon  his retirement.

The vested stock options held by Mr.  Williamson will  remain  exercisable after his  termination of

employment, death, disability or retirement for periods of between 180 days and one year following
such event, depending on the event and  the  terms of the applicable stock plan and grant agreement. If
Mr. Williamson is terminated for cause, all of his vested and unvested stock options  and unvested
restricted stock will be immediately forfeited.

57

Assuming his employment was terminated under each of  these  circumstances  or a change of
control occurred on December 31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would have an  estimated value  as
follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance ($)(1)

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards  ($)(2)

Without Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination), Death or

Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—
—
—

—

115,500
—
—

(1) If  Mr. Williamson resigns or his  employment is terminated for any reason, he  may be paid for his
unused vacation days. Mr. Williamson  is currently entitled to 20  vacation  days per year. The above
table assumes that there is no earned  but  unpaid base salary  as of the  time of termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Williamson held 35,000 unvested shares of restricted stock  and

unvested stock options to purchase 150,000 shares of common  stock.  Options held  by  him having
an exercise price greater than $3.30 were calculated as  having a zero value. The value of the
restricted stock that would accelerate and fully vest in  the event of a Change in Control,  death or
disability was calculated by multiplying 35,000  shares by $3.30.

Gregory J. Heinlein

Termination and Change of Control. Mr. Heinlein is entitled to certain benefits under  his

employment agreement upon any of the  following  events:

(cid:127) we terminate his employment for reasons  other  than  for cause, death or disability; or

(cid:127) Mr. Heinlein resigns for ‘‘good reason.’’

In the above scenarios, Mr. Heinlein would be entitled to receive the following (less  applicable

withholding taxes):

(cid:127) over a two-year period, a cash amount equal to two times his annual base salary; and

(cid:127) any unpaid incentive plan bonuses earned by him pursuant to the terms of the relevant incentive

compensation plan with respect to the  year  of  termination.

Upon a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’ (see  ‘‘ — R. Brian Hanson — Change of Control  Under Equity

Compensation Plans’’ above), all of Mr. Heinlein’s unvested stock options granted to him under  the
2004 LTIP will become fully exercisable,  and  all restricted stock granted to  him  under the 2004 LTIP
will automatically accelerate and become fully  vested. Mr. Heinlein’s employment agreement contains
no change-of-control severance payment  rights.

Death, Disability or Retirement. Upon  his death or disability, all options and restricted stock  that

Mr. Heinlein currently holds would automatically accelerate and become fully vested. Upon his
retirement, all stock options that Mr. Heinlein holds would automatically  accelerate and become  fully
vested. No shares of restricted stock  held  by  Mr. Heinlein would automatically  accelerate and  become
fully vested upon his retirement.

Termination by Us for Cause or by Mr.  Heinlein Other Than  for  Good  Reason. Upon any
termination by us for cause or any resignation by  Mr. Heinlein for any reason other than  ‘‘good
reason’’ (as defined in his employment  agreement), Mr. Heinlein is not entitled to any  payment or
benefit other than the payment of unpaid  salary and possibly accrued and unused  vacation pay.

58

Mr. Heinlein’s vested stock options will remain exercisable after  his termination of employment,

death, disability or retirement for periods of  between  180 days and one year following such  event,
depending on the event. If Mr. Heinlein is terminated for cause,  all of his vested and unvested  stock
options and unvested restricted stock  will be immediately forfeited.

Assuming Mr. Heinlein’s employment was terminated  under each  of these  circumstances or a
change of control occurred on December  31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would  have an estimated
value as follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance ($)(1)

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards ($)(2)

Without Cause or For Good Reason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination), Death  or Disability
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

624,000
—
—
—

—
92,063
—
—

(1) Payable over a two-year period. In addition to the listed  amounts, if  Mr.  Heinlein resigns or his
employment is terminated for any reason, he may be entitled to be paid  for his unused  vacation
days. Mr. Heinlein is currently entitled  to  20 vacation  days per year.  The above  table assumes that
there is no earned but unpaid base salary as  of the time of termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Heinlein held 27,898 unvested shares of restricted stock and

unvested stock options to purchase 144,750 shares of common  stock.  Options held  by  him having
an exercise price greater than $3.30 were calculated as  having a zero value. The value of the
restricted stock that would accelerate and fully vest in  the event of a Change in Control,  death or
disability was calculated by multiplying 27,898  shares by $3.30.

Colin Hulme

Mr. Hulme is not entitled to receive any contractual severance pay if we terminate his employment

without cause. Upon a ‘‘Plan Change of  Control’’ (see  ‘‘ — R. Brian Hanson — Change of Control
Under Equity Compensation Plans’’ above), all of his unvested stock options granted to him under  the
2004 LTIP will become fully exercisable  and  all restricted stock awards  granted to him  under the  2004
LTIP will automatically accelerate and  become fully vested. Upon  his death  or disability,  all  options and
restricted stock that Mr. Hulme holds  would automatically  accelerate and become  fully vested. Upon
his retirement, all options that Mr. Hulme  holds would automatically accelerate and become  fully
vested. No shares of restricted stock  held  by  Mr. Hulme would automatically accelerate and become
fully vested upon his retirement.

The vested stock options held by Mr.  Hulme will remain exercisable after  his termination of
employment, death, disability or retirement for periods of between 180 days and one year following
such event, depending on the event and  the  terms of the applicable stock plan and grant agreement. If
Mr. Hulme is terminated for cause, all of  his  vested and unvested stock options  and unvested restricted
stock will be immediately forfeited.

59

Assuming his employment was terminated under each of  these  circumstances  or a change of
control occurred on December 31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would have an  estimated value  as
follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance ($)(1)

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards  ($)(2)

Without Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination), Death or

Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—
—
—

—

115,493
—
—

(1) If  Mr. Hulme resigns or his employment is terminated for any reason, he  may be paid for his
unused vacation days. Mr. Hulme is currently entitled to 20 vacation days per year. The above
table assumes that there is no earned  but  unpaid base salary  as of the  time of termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Hulme held 34,998 unvested shares  of  restricted stock and unvested
stock options to purchase 110,000 shares  of common stock. Options held by him having  an exercise
price greater than $3.30 were calculated  as having a zero  value. The  value of  the restricted stock
that would accelerate and fully vest in the event of a Change  in Control,  death or disability was
calculated by multiplying 34,998 shares by  $3.30.

2013 Pension Benefits And Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

None of our named executive officers participates  or has account  balances in (i) any  qualified or

non-qualified defined benefit plans or  (ii) in any non-qualified defined contribution  plans or  other
deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

60

Equity Compensation Plan Information
(as of December 31, 2013)

The following table provides certain information regarding our equity compensation plans under
which  equity securities are authorized for  issuance, categorized by (i) the equity  compensation  plans
previously approved by our stockholders and  (ii)  the equity compensation plans not previously
approved by our stockholders:

Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(a)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(b)

Number of
Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under  Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in  Column  (a))
(c)

Plan Category

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by

Stockholders
Amended and Restated 1996

Non-Employee Director Stock Option
Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan . . . . . . . . .
2003 Stock Option Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘‘2004

95,000
2,500
40,000

LTIP’’) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,855,625

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘‘2013

LTIP’’) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan . . . . . .

Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved  by

Stockholders
ARAM Systems Employee Inducement

—
—

7,993,125

Stock Option Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

113,000

Concept Systems Employment Inducement

Stock Option Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,000

GX Technology Corporation Employment

Inducement Stock Option Program . . . . .

Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

148,375

265,375

7.74
$
$
9.01
$ 13.00

$

6.68

—
—

$ 14.10

$

$

6.42

7.09

—
—
—

1,291,453

3,730,000
1,120,442

6,141,895

—

—

—

—

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,258,500

6,141,895

Following are brief descriptions of the  material  terms of each  equity compensation plan  that  was

not approved by our stockholders:

In
ION Geophysical Corporation — ARAM  Systems Employee Inducement Stock Option Program.
connection with our acquisition of all  of  the  capital stock of ARAM Systems, Ltd and its affiliates in
September 2008, we entered into employment inducement stock option  agreements with  48 key
employees of ARAM as material inducements to their joining  ION. The terms of  these stock  options
are for 10 years, and the options become exercisable in four equal installments each year with  respect
to 25% of the shares each on the first, second,  third and fourth consecutive anniversary dates of the
date  of  grant. The options may be sooner  exercised upon  the occurrence  of  a ‘‘change of control’’ of
ION. The number  of shares of common stock covered  by  each option  is subject to adjustment  to
prevent dilution resulting from stock  dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations or similar  transactions.

61

ION Geophysical Corporation — Concept Systems Employment Inducement Stock Option Program.

In connection with our acquisition of  the share capital of Concept Systems Holding Limited in
February 2004, we entered into employment inducement stock  option agreements with 12  key
employees of Concept as material inducements to their joining ION. The terms  of these  stock options
are for 10 years, and the options became  exercisable  in four equal  installments  each year  with respect
to 25% of the shares on the first, second, third and fourth consecutive anniversary dates of the date of
grant. The number of shares of common stock covered by each option is subject to adjustment to
prevent dilution resulting from stock  dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations or similar  transactions.

ION Geophysical Corporation — GX Technology  Corporation Employment  Inducement Stock Option
Program.
In connection with our acquisition of all  of  the  capital stock of GX Technology Corporation
in June  2004, we entered into employment inducement stock option  agreements with  29 key employees
of GXT  as material inducements to their joining ION.  The  terms of these stock options are for
10 years, and the options became exercisable in  four equal installments  each  year with respect to 25%
of the shares each on the first, second, third and fourth consecutive anniversary dates  of the date  of
grant. The number of shares of common stock covered by each option is subject to adjustment to
prevent dilution resulting from stock  dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations or similar  transactions.

A description of our Stock Appreciation Rights  Plan  has not been  provided in  this  sub-section

because awards of SARs made under that  plan may be settled only in  cash.

ITEM 2 — ADVISORY (NON-BINDING)  VOTE TO APPROVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

As required by Section 14A of the Exchange  Act, we  are asking our stockholders to approve, on

an advisory basis, the compensation of  our named executive  officers as we have described it  in the
‘‘Executive Compensation’’ section of  this proxy  statement.  This  advisory  vote is  sometimes referred  to
as ‘‘Say  on Pay.’’ While this vote is not  binding  on our company, management and the Compensation
Committee will review the voting results  for purposes  of  obtaining information  regarding investor
sentiment about our executive compensation philosophy, policies and practices. If there  are a significant
number of negative votes, we will seek  to  understand the concerns that influenced  the negative votes,
and consider them in making decisions  about  our executive  compensation  programs in the future.  At
our  2013 Annual Meeting, our stockholders approved our non-binding advisory vote to approve the
compensation of our named executive  officers, with  more than  98%  of the votes cast  on the proposal
voting in favor of its approval.

We  believe that the information we have provided  within the Executive Compensation section of
this  proxy statement demonstrates that  our executive compensation program  is designed  appropriately
and is working to ensure management’s interests are aligned with our stockholders’ interests to support
long-term value creation. As described above in detail under ‘‘Compensation  Discussion and  Analysis,’’
our  compensation program reflects a  balance of short-term  incentives  (including performance-based
cash bonus awards), long-term incentives  (including equity awards  that vest  over up to four years), and
protective measures, such as clawback  and anti-hedging  policies  and  stock ownership  guidelines, that
are designed to support our long-term business strategies  and drive creation  of  stockholder  value. We
believe that our program is (i) aligned  with the competitive market for talent,  (ii) sensitive  to  our
financial performance and (iii) oriented to long-term incentives, in  order to  maintain  and improve  our
long-term profitability. We believe our program delivers reasonable pay  that  is strongly linked to our
performance over time relative to peer  companies and rewards  sustained performance that is aligned
with long-term stockholder interests. Our  executive compensation program is  also designed  to  attract
and to retain highly-talented executive officers who are critical to the successful implementation of  our
company’s strategic business plan.

We  routinely evaluate the individual  elements of our compensation program in light of market

conditions and governance requirements and make changes as appropriate for our  business.  For
example, in 2009 we reduced base salaries for  most company employees, with the largest percentage

62

reductions borne by our executives, including our named  executive  officers. In addition, our
employment contract with our Chief  Executive Officer does not contain tax gross-ups or  single  trigger
change of control provisions. We are continuously seeking to improve  our executive compensation
programs and align our programs with stockholder  interests. We  believe that our  executive
compensation program continues to drive and  promote superior  financial performance for our company
and our stockholders over the long term through a variety of  business  conditions.

We  have regularly sought approval from  our  stockholders regarding portions of our compensation
program that we have used to motivate,  retain and reward  our executives.  Since 2000, our  stockholders
have voted on and approved our equity  compensation plans (and amendments to those plans) eleven
times, in addition to approving our overall  executive  compensation  program for each of the  last four
years. Those incentive plans make up  a significant portion of the overall compensation that we provide
to our executives. Over the years, we  have made  numerous  changes to our  executive compensation
program in response to stockholder input. Because the vote is  advisory, however, it  will  not  be  binding
upon our Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, and neither our Board nor the
Compensation Committee will be required to take any action as  a  result of  the outcome of the vote on
this  proposal. The Compensation Committee will carefully evaluate the outcome of the  vote  when
considering future executive compensation arrangements.  After  our Annual Meeting in May 2014, our
next say-on-pay vote will occur at our  next Annual Meeting scheduled to be held in  May 2015.

Accordingly, the Board of Directors strongly endorses  the Company’s executive compensation

program and recommends that stockholders vote in favor of  the  following  advisory resolution:

RESOLVED, that the stockholders approve  the compensation paid to the named executive
officers of the Company, pursuant to the compensation disclosure  rules  of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, including the  compensation  discussion and analysis, the
compensation tables and any related material disclosed in the Company’s Proxy Statement
for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

We  encourage our stockholders to closely review the  Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the
accompanying compensation tables and the  related narrative disclosure before  voting on  this  proposal.
The Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes and explains our executive compensation policies
and practices and the process that was used by  the Compensation Committee  of our  Board of Directors
to reach its decisions on the compensation  of our named  executive officers for  2013. It also  contains a
discussion and analysis of each of the primary components of  our executive  compensation  program —
base salary, annual cash incentive awards and long-term incentive awards  —  and the  various
post-employment arrangements that we  have entered into with certain of  our named executive officers.

The Board of Directors recommends that stockholders vote ‘‘FOR’’  the advisory (non-binding)

vote to approve the compensation of  our  named executive  officers, as  described in this proxy
statement.

63

ITEM 3 — RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We  have appointed Grant Thornton as our independent registered public accounting firm

(independent auditors) for the fiscal year  ending December 31,  2014. Grant Thornton has  not  served as
our  independent auditors prior to its recent appointment. Ernst & Young LLP  (‘‘E&Y’’)  served  as our
independent auditor from 2005 through  completion of the audit of  our consolidated financial
statements for 2013. Services provided  by E&Y to our  company in 2013 included  the audit  of  our
consolidated financial statements, review  of our quarterly financial statements, statutory audits of our
foreign subsidiaries, internal control audit services,  review of  our registration  statements  filed under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the ‘‘Securities Act’’),  during 2013 and consultations  on various
tax, accounting and due diligence matters.

The Board of Directors recommends that stockholders vote ‘‘FOR’’  ratification of the  appointment

of Grant Thornton as our independent auditors  for 2014.

In the event stockholders do not ratify  the appointment, the appointment  will  be  reconsidered by

the Audit Committee. Regardless of the  outcome of the vote,  however, the Audit Committee  at all
times has the authority within its discretion to recommend and approve any  appointment, retention or
dismissal of our independent auditors.

See ‘‘Change in Independent Registered Public Accountants’’ below.

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The following Report of the Audit Committee does  not  constitute soliciting material and shall not  be
deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other  filings under the Securities  Act  or the Exchange
Act, except to the extent ION specifically incorporates this  Report by reference therein.

ION’s management is responsible for  ION’s internal controls, financial reporting process,
compliance with laws, regulations and  ethical business standards  and the preparation of  consolidated
financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted  in the United States.
ION’s independent registered public  accounting firm is  responsible for  performing  an independent
audit of ION’s financial statements in  accordance with  generally accepted  auditing standards  and the
effectiveness of ION’s internal control over  financial reporting,  and issuing  an opinion thereon. The
Board of Directors of ION appointed  the undersigned  directors as members of the  Audit Committee
and adopted a written charter setting  forth the procedures and  responsibilities of the Audit Committee.
Each  year the Audit Committee reviews  its Charter  and reports to the Board on  its adequacy in light of
applicable rules of the NYSE. In addition,  each year  ION furnishes a  written  affirmation  to  the NYSE
relating to Audit Committee membership,  the independence and financial management expertise of  the
Audit Committee and the adequacy of the  Charter of the Audit  Committee.

The Charter of the Audit Committee specifies that the  primary purpose  of  the Audit Committee is

to assist  the Board in its oversight of:  (1)  the integrity  of  the  financial statements of ION;
(2) compliance by ION with legal and  regulatory requirements;  (3) the  independence, qualifications and
performance of ION’s independent registered public  accountants; and (4) the performance of ION’s
internal auditors and internal audit function. In carrying out these responsibilities during 2013,  and
early in 2014 in preparation for the filing with the  SEC of ION’s  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2013, the Audit Committee, among other things:

(cid:127) reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements  with management and  ION’s

independent registered public accounting firm;

(cid:127) reviewed the overall scope and plans for the audit and the  results of the  examinations  of ION’s

independent registered public accounting firm;

64

(cid:127) met with ION management periodically  to  consider the  adequacy of ION’s  internal control over
financial reporting and the quality of its financial  reporting and  discussed these  matters with its
independent registered public accounting  firm and with appropriate ION financial personnel  and
internal auditors;

(cid:127) discussed with ION’s senior management,  independent registered public accounting  firm  and

internal auditors the process used for ION’s Chief Executive Officer  and  Chief Financial Officer
to make the certifications required by the  SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  in
connection with the Form 10-K and other  periodic filings  with the  SEC;

(cid:127) reviewed and discussed with ION’s independent registered public accounting firm (1) their

judgments as to the quality (and not just  the acceptability) of ION’s accounting policies, (2) the
written disclosures and the letter from the independent registered public accounting firm
required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
regarding such firm’s communication with the Audit Committee concerning independence,  and
the independence  of the independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) the matters
required to be discussed with the Audit Committee under  auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States, including Statement on  Auditing Standards No.  114, ‘‘Communication with
Audit Committees;’’

(cid:127) based on these reviews and discussions, as well as private discussions with ION’s independent

registered public accounting firm and  internal auditors, recommended to the  Board of Directors
the inclusion of the audited financial statements of ION and  its  subsidiaries  in the 2013
Form 10-K;

(cid:127) recommended the selection of Grant Thornton LLC as ION’s independent registered public

accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014; and

(cid:127) determined that the non-audit services provided to ION by  its  independent registered public

accounting firm (discussed below under ‘‘Principal  Auditor Fees  and  Services’’)  are compatible
with maintaining the independence of the independent auditors.

The Audit Committee met seven times during 2013. The committee  schedules  its meetings with a

view to ensuring that it devotes appropriate attention to all  of  its  tasks.  The committee’s meetings
include, whenever appropriate, executive sessions with  ION’s  independent registered public accountants
and with ION’s internal auditor, in each  case without the  presence of ION’s management. The Audit
Committee has also established procedures for (a) the receipt,  retention  and treatment of complaints
received by ION regarding accounting, internal accounting  controls or auditing matters  and (b) the
confidential, anonymous submission by ION’s employees of concerns  regarding questionable  accounting
or auditing matters. However, this oversight does not provide the Audit Committee with  an
independent basis to determine that management has  maintained appropriate  accounting and  financial
reporting principles or policies, or appropriate internal controls  and  procedures designed to assure
compliance with accounting standards and  applicable laws and regulations. Furthermore,  the
committee’s consideration and discussions with management and the independent  registered public
accounting firm do not assure that ION’s  financial statements  are  presented in  accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles  or  that the audit  of  ION’s financial statements has  been
carried out in accordance with generally accepted auditing  standards.

S. James Nelson, Jr., Chairman
Michael C. Jennings
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.

65

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

On March 19, 2014, we engaged Grant Thornton to serve as  our independent registered public
accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements for  the year ending December 31,  2014.
The decision to retain Grant Thornton  as our independent  registered  public accounting  firm  was
recommended and approved by our Audit  Committee effective  on March  19, 2014.

E&Y served as our independent auditor from 2005  through completion of the audit of our
consolidated financial statements for  2013. The reports of E&Y on our  financial statements for  the
years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013  did not contain an  adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion
and were not qualified or modified as  to  uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. The report
of E&Y on the effectiveness of our internal  control  over financial reporting  for the  year ended
December 31, 2013, which was included  in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for  the year ended
December 31, 2013, was not qualified  and  did  not  contain an adverse  opinion  thereon.

During  the years ended December 31, 2012  and  2013 and through March  20, 2014, the  date of our

dismissal of E&Y as our independent auditor,  there were no  disagreements  as that term is defined  in
Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K  and the related instructions to Item 304  of Regulation  S-K with
E&Y on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial  statement disclosure,  or auditing
scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved  to  the satisfaction of E&Y, would have
caused E&Y to make reference thereto in  its  reports on  our financial statements  for such years.

During  the years ended December 31, 2012  and  2013 and through March  20, 2014, there  were no
‘‘reportable events’’ as that term is defined in Item  304(a)(1)(v) of  Regulation S-K, except we reported
a material weakness in our internal control over financial  reporting as of  March 31, 2013,  June 30, 2013
and September 30, 2013, in Item 4 of our  Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q/A  for the  three months
ended March 31, 2013 and the six months  ended  June 30, 2013, and in our Quarterly  Report on
Form 10-Q for the nine months ended  September 30, 2013.  The  material  weakness  related to the
incorrect presentation of the investments  in our SPANs  in our condensed consolidated statements of
cash flows for the three months ended March 31,  2013 and  the six months ended  June  30, 2013. The
material weakness was reported as remediated  as of December 31, 2013,  in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December  31, 2013.

E&Y furnished a letter addressed to  the SEC  stating that it agreed with  the above  statements
concerning E&Y, and a copy of that  letter dated March 20, 2014 was  filed as  an exhibit to our Current
Report on Form 8-K that we filed with  the SEC on March 20, 2014.

During  the years ended December 31, 2012  and  2013 and through March  19, 2014, we have not

consulted with Grant Thornton regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a
specified transaction, either completed or  proposed, or the  type of audit opinion that might be
rendered on our financial statements, and  neither  a written report nor  oral advice was provided to us
that Grant Thornton concluded was an  important factor considered by us in  reaching a  decision as to
the accounting, auditing or financial reporting  issue;  or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of  a
disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation  S-K and the related instructions to that
Item) or a reportable event (as described  in Item 304(a)(1)(v)  of  Regulation  S-K).

In deciding to engage Grant Thornton, our  Audit Committee  reviewed auditor  independence
issues and existing commercial relationships with Grant  Thornton and concluded that Grant Thornton
has no commercial relationship with our  company that would impair its independence.

66

PRINCIPAL AUDITOR FEES AND SERVICES
In connection with the audit of the 2013  financial statements,  we entered into an engagement
agreement with E&Y that sets forth  the  terms by which E&Y would perform audit services for  our
company. The following two tables show  the fees billed to us or accrued by us for  the audit  and other
services provided by E&Y for 2013 and 2012:

2013

2012

Audit Fees(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit-Related Fees(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  Fees(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Other Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total

$2,558,000
86,000
46,000
—
$2,690,000

$1,744,000
252,000
—
—
$1,996,000

(a) Audit fees consist primarily of the audit and quarterly reviews of the consolidated financial

statements, the audit of the effectiveness of internal control over  financial reporting, audits of
subsidiaries, statutory audits of subsidiaries required by  governmental  or  regulatory bodies,
attestation services required by statute  or regulation,  comfort letters, consents, assistance  with and
review of documents filed with the SEC,  work  performed by  tax professionals in  connection with
the audit and quarterly reviews, and  accounting and financial reporting  consultations and research
work necessary to comply with generally accepted  auditing  standards.

(b) Audit-related fees relate primarily  to  due diligence services. Also included are licensing  fees

related to accounting research software.

(c) Tax fees consist of financial and tax due diligence services.

Our Audit Committee Charter provides  that all  audit services  and  non-audit services must be
approved by the committee or a member of the committee. The Audit Committee has delegated to the
Chairman of the committee the authority  to pre-approve audit,  audit-related and non-audit  services not
prohibited by law to be performed by  our  independent auditors and associated fees, so long as  (i) the
estimate of such fees does not exceed  $50,000, (ii) the Chairman reports any decisions to pre-approve
those services and  fees to the full Audit Committee  at a  future meeting  and (iii) the term  of  any
specific  pre-approval given by the Chairman  does not exceed 12 months from the  date of pre-approval.
All non-audit services were reviewed with the  Audit Committee or the Chairman,  which concluded

that the provision of such services by  E&Y was compatible with  the maintenance of such firm’s
independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

Other Matters

A representative of Grant Thornton will  be  available at the  annual  meeting,  will be afforded an

opportunity to make a statement if he/she  desires to do so and will  be  available  to  respond  to
appropriate questions.

This proxy statement has been approved by the Board of Directors and is being made available  to

stockholders by its authority.

21MAR200512475797

David L. Roland
Senior Vice President, General Counsel  and
Corporate Secretary

Houston, Texas
April 15, 2014

The 2013 Annual Report to Stockholders includes our financial statements  for the fiscal  year

ended December 31, 2013. We have mailed a  notice of the 2013  Annual Report  to Stockholders and
this proxy statement to all of our stockholders of  record. The 2013  Annual Report to Stockholders does
not form any part of the material for  the solicitation  of proxies.

67

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form 10-K

(Mark One)

(cid:3) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF  1934

For the  Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

or

(cid:4) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT  OF  1934

Commission file number 1-12691
ION Geophysical Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

22-2286646
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2105 CityWest Blvd
Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042-2839
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(281) 933-3339
(Registrant’s  Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to  Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Name of  Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01  par value

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered  pursuant to Section 12(g)  of the Act: None

Indicate by  check  mark  if  the registrant  is a  well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act.  Yes (cid:3) No  (cid:4)

Indicate by  check  mark  if  the registrant  is not  required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the

Exchange Act  Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)

Indicate by  check  mark  whether the registrant:  (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange  Act of  1934 during the  preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file  such reports), and (2) has been  subject  to  such  filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted  and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding
12 months  (or for such shorter period  that  the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:4)

Indicate by  check mark if disclosure  of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will  not  be contained,  to the best  of  registrant’s  knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III  of this  Form 10-K  or  any  amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions  of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’
in  Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check  one):

Large  accelerated  filer (cid:3)

Accelerated filer (cid:4)

Non-accelerated filer  (cid:4)
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company  (cid:4)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:4) No (cid:3)

As of June 28, 2013  (the  last  business  day  of  the registrant’s second quarter of fiscal 2012), the aggregate market value of

the  registrant’s common stock held  by  non-affiliates  of the registrant was $885.4 million based on the closing sale price per
share ($6.02) on such date  as reported  on the New York Stock Exchange.

As of February 3, 2014, the number  of shares  of common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding was 163,737,757 shares.

Document

None

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Parts Into Which Incorporated

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 3.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters  and  Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and  Results  of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary  Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements with  Accountants  on Accounting  and Financial
Item 9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and  Corporate  Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11.
Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners and  Management and Related
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement  Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART IV

Page

3
19
43
43
44
47

48
49

51
76
77

77
77
80

80
87

122
125
128

130
136
F-1

2

PART I

Preliminary Note: This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ as

that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking
statements should be read in conjunction with the cautionary statements and other  important  factors
included  in this Form 10-K. See Item 1A. ‘‘Risk Factors’’ for a description of important factors  which
could cause actual results to differ materially from  those  contained in  the forward-looking statements.

In this Form 10-K, ‘‘ION Geophysical,’’ ‘‘ION,’’ ‘‘the company’’ (or, ‘‘the Company’’), ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our,’’
‘‘ours’’ and ‘‘us’’ refer to ION Geophysical Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries,  except where
the context otherwise requires or as otherwise  indicated. Certain trademarks, service marks and
registered marks of ION referred to in  this Form 10-K  are defined in  Item 1. ‘‘Business—Intellectual
Property.’’

Item 1. Business

We  are a global, technology-focused  company  that provides geophysical technology,  services and
solutions to the global oil & gas industry.  Our offerings are designed to allow oil  & gas exploration and
production (‘‘E&P’’) companies to obtain higher resolution images of the earth’s subsurface during
exploration, exploitation and production  operations to reduce the risk in  exploration and reservoir
development, and to enable seismic contractors to acquire geophysical  data safely and efficiently. We
acquire and process seismic data from seismic surveys  in regional data programs, which  then become
part of our seismic data library. The  seismic surveys for our data  library business are pre-funded,  or
underwritten, in part by our customers, and, with the exception  of our  new seabed acquisition joint
venture, OceanGeo B.V. (‘‘OceanGeo’’), we contract with third party seismic data acquisition
companies to shoot and acquire the seismic data, all of which is intended to minimize our risk exposure
in offshore and onshore operations around  the world.  We serve  customers  in all major  energy
producing regions of the world from  strategically located offices  in 21 cities on six continents.

Seismic imaging plays a fundamental role in hydrocarbon exploration  and  reservoir  development by

delineating structures, rock types and fluid  locations in  the subsurface.  Our  services,  technologies and
products are used by E&P companies  and seismic acquisition contractors  to  generate high-resolution
images of the Earth’s subsurface to identify sources of hydrocarbons  and pinpoint drilling locations for
wells, which can be costly and involve  high risk.

We  provide our services and products  through three business segments—Solutions, Systems and

Software. In addition, we have a 49%  ownership interest  in our  INOVA  Geophysical Equipment
Limited joint venture (‘‘INOVA Geophysical,’’ or ‘‘INOVA’’) and an ownership interest in our
OceanGeo joint venture, which we increased from  30% to 70%  in January 2014.

For over 45 years we have been engaged  in providing innovative seismic data acquisition

technology, such as full-wave imaging  capability with VectorSeis(cid:5) products, the ability to record seismic
data from basins that underlie ice fields in polar  regions and  cableless seismic techniques. The
advanced technologies we currently offer include Orca(cid:5), our WiBand(cid:7) data processing technology,
Calypso(cid:5), Narwhal(cid:7) and INOVA Geophysical’s cableless Hawk(cid:7) land system and new G3i(cid:5)cabled
system, and other technologies, each of  which  is designed to  deliver improvements in both image
quality and productivity. We have over 550 patents and pending patent applications  in various countries
around the world, approximately 51%  of our employees are involved  in technical  roles and
approximately 22% of our employees have advanced degrees.

Solutions. Our Solutions business provides two  distinct service activities that often  work together.

Our GeoVentures services are designed to manage  the  entire seismic process, from survey  planning

and  design to data acquisition and management, and to final subsurface  imaging and reservoir
characterization. The GeoVentures group  focuses on  the technologically intensive components of  the

3

image development process, such as survey planning and design, and  data processing and  interpretation,
outsourcing the logistics components  (such as field  acquisition) to experienced  seismic  and other
geophysical contractors.

Our GXT Imaging Solutions group offers processing and  imaging  services  designed to help our

E&P customers reduce exploration and  production risk, evaluate and develop  reservoirs, and  increase
production. GXT develops a series of  subsurface images by applying its processing technology to data
owned or licensed by its customers and  also  provides its customers  with support services (including
onboard seismic vessel systems), such  as  data pre-conditioning for imaging, and  outsourced
management (including quality control)  of seismic data acquisition and  image processing services. We
maintain approximately 10.5 petabytes of seismic data digital information storage in 12 global data
centers, including our largest data center  in Houston.

Our Solutions business focuses on providing services and products for  challenging environments,

such as the Arctic  frontier; complex and hard-to-image geologies, such as deepwater subsurface  salt
formations in the Gulf of Mexico and  offshore  West  Africa and Brazil; unconventional reservoirs,  such
as those found in shale, tight gas and oil sands formations; and offshore basin-wide seismic data and
imaging programs. Since 2002, our basin exploration seismic data  programs  have resulted in a
substantial data library that covers significant portions of many of the frontier basins in the world,
including offshore East and West Africa,  India, South America,  the Arctic,  the deepwater Gulf  of
Mexico and Australia.

Software. Our Software business provides command and  control software systems and related
services for navigation and data management involving towed marine streamer and seabed operations.
Our proprietary software, with over 13 million lines of code, is installed on towed streamer  marine
vessels worldwide and is a component of many re-deployable  and  permanent  seabed  monitoring
systems. Through our Software business, we provide marine imaging,  seabed  imaging and survey design,
planning and optimization.

During  the third quarter of 2013, we announced the launch of  our Narwhal system,  which is
designed to enable operators to gather, monitor, and analyze  data from various sources, including
satellite  imagery, ice charts, radar, manual observations, wind and ocean currents, in order to forecast
weather and predict ice movements in  the harsh environments of the  Arctic. We  believe that this
system will give operators the ability  to  better track,  forecast,  and monitor potential ice threats, and
thereby make informed, proactive decisions to ensure the safety  of  individuals, assets, and  the
environment while minimizing operational downtime.

Systems. Our Systems business was affected by  a restructuring of its product line in 2013,  and is

now engaged in the manufacture of (i) re-deployable  ocean-bottom cable seismic data acquisition
systems and shipboard recorders; (ii) marine towed  streamer positioning and  control systems and
energy sources; and (iii) analog geophone sensors.  See ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Restructuring and Other Charges.’’

INOVA Geophysical. We conduct our land seismic equipment business through INOVA
Geophysical, a joint venture with BGP  Inc., which is a  subsidiary of China National  Petroleum
Corporation (‘‘CNPC’’). BGP is generally regarded as the world’s largest land geophysical service
contractor. BGP owns a 51% equity interest in  INOVA Geophysical, and  we own the remaining 49%
interest. INOVA manufactures cable-based, cableless,  and radio-controlled seismic data acquisition
systems, digital sensors, vibroseis vehicles  (i.e., vibrator trucks), and source controllers for detonator
and energy sources business lines. INOVA’s research and development centers are located primarily in
the U.S.  and Canada, although the joint  venture has established a lower-cost manufacturing base in
China for appropriate product sets. ION  and  BGP often field-test INOVA’s new technologies and
related equipment for operational feedback and  quality improvements.

4

OceanGeo.

In February 2013, we acquired a 30% ownership interest  in the ocean-bottom seismic

acquisition company GeoRXT B.V., which was subsequently renamed and rebranded as OceanGeo,
with the remaining 70% owned by our joint venture  partner, Georadar Levantamentos Geofisicos S/A
(‘‘Georadar’’). In January 2014, we exercised our option to increase our  ownership interest  in
OceanGeo to 70%, with Georadar owning the remaining 30%.

Seismic Industry Overview

1930s - 1970s. Since the 1930s, oil and gas companies  have sought to reduce exploration  risk by

using seismic data to create an image  of  the Earth’s subsurface. Seismic data is recorded when  listening
devices placed on the Earth’s surface or seabed floor, or carried within the streamer cable of a towed
streamer vessel, measure how long it takes for sound vibrations to echo  off rock layers underground.
For seismic acquisition onshore, the acoustic energy  producing the  sound  vibrations  is generated by the
detonation of small explosive charges  or by large vibroseis (vibrator) vehicles.  In marine acquisition, the
energy is provided by a series of air  guns that  deliver highly  compressed air into the water  column.

The acoustic energy propagates through  the subsurface  as a spherical wave front, or  seismic  wave.
Interfaces between different types of rocks will  both reflect and transmit this wave front. Onshore, the
reflected  signals return to the surface where they are measured by  sensitive receivers that may be either
analog coil-spring geophones or digital accelerometers based  on MEMS (micro-electro-mechanical
systems) technology. Offshore, the reflected  signals  are  recorded by either hydrophones towed  in an
array behind a streamer acquisition vessel or by multicomponent geophones or MEMS sensors that are
placed directly on the seabed. Once the  recorded seismic energy  is processed using advanced  algorithms
and  workflows, images of the  subsurface can be created to  depict  the structure, lithology (rock type),
fracture patterns, and fluid content of subsurface  horizons,  highlighting  the most promising places to
drill for oil and natural gas. This processing also aids in engineering decisions, such  as drilling and
completion methods, as well as decisions affecting  overall reservoir production.

Typically, an E&P company engages  the  services of a geophysical acquisition company to prepare

site locations, coordinate logistics, and acquire seismic  data in  a selected area. The E&P company
generally  relies upon third parties, such as  ION, to provide  the contractor with equipment,  navigation
and  data management software, and field support services necessary for data acquisition. After  the data
is collected, the same geophysical contractor,  a  third-party  data processing company, our  data
processing services or the E&P company itself will process  the data  using proprietary algorithms and
workflows to create a series of seismic images. Geoscientists  then interpret the data by reviewing the
images and integrating the geophysical data with other geological and production  information such as
well logs or core information.

During the 1960s, digital seismic data  acquisition systems (which converted the analog output  from

the geophones into digital data for recording) and computers for seismic data processing were
introduced. Using the new systems and computers, the signals could be recorded on magnetic tape  and
sent to data processors where they could be adjusted and corrected  for known  distortions.  The  final
processed data was displayed in a form known as ‘‘stacked’’ data.  Computer filing, storage, database
management, and algorithms used to  process the  raw data quickly grew more sophisticated,
dramatically increasing the amount of  subsurface seismic information.

1980s. Until the early 1980s, the primary commercial seismic imaging technology was
two-dimensional (‘‘2-D’’) technology. 2-D seismic data is recorded  using straight lines of receivers
crossing the surface of the Earth. Once processed, 2-D  seismic data allows geoscientists to see only a
thin vertical slice of the Earth. A geoscientist using 2-D seismic technology must speculate  on the
characteristics of the Earth between the  slices and attempt to visualize the true three-dimensional
(‘‘3-D’’) structure of the subsurface.

5

The commercial development of 3-D imaging  technology in  the early 1980s was an  important

technological milestone for the seismic industry. Previously,  the high cost  of  3-D seismic data
acquisition techniques and the lack of computing power necessary  to  process, display,  and interpret 3-D
data on a commercial basis had slowed  its widespread  adoption.  Today’s 3-D seismic techniques record
the reflected energy across a series of closely-spaced seismic lines that collectively  provide a more
holistic, spatially-sampled depiction of  geological horizons and, in  some cases,  rock and  fluid  properties,
within the Earth.

3-D seismic data and the associated computer-based interpretation  platforms are designed  to  allow
geoscientists to generate more accurate  subsurface maps than could be constructed  on the basis of the
more widely spaced 2-D seismic lines.  In particular,  3-D seismic data provided more detailed
information about and higher-quality images  of subsurface structures, including the  geometry of
bedding layers, salt structures, and fault  planes.  The  improved  3-D seismic  images allowed the oil and
gas industry to discover new reservoirs,  reduce finding  and  development  costs, and lower overall
hydrocarbon exploration risk. Driven by  faster  computers and more  sophisticated mathematical
equations to process the data, the technology  advanced quickly.

1990s. As commodity prices decreased in the  late 1990s  and  the pace of innovation in 3-D
seismic imaging technology slowed, E&P  companies slowed the commissioning of  new seismic surveys.
Also, business practices employed by  geophysical  contractors  impacted demand  for seismic data. In an
effort to sustain higher utilization of existing capital assets, geophysical contractors increasingly began
to collect speculative seismic data for  their own account in the hopes of selling it  later to E&P
companies. These generic, speculative, multi-client surveys  were not  tailored to meet the  unique
imaging objectives of individual clients  and caused  an oversupply of  seismic data in  many regions.
Additionally, since contractors incurred most of the costs of this speculative seismic data at  the time  of
acquisition, contractors lowered prices  to  recover as  much of their fixed investment as possible, which
drove operating margins down.

2000s. The conditions from the 1990s continued to prevail until 2004-2005, when commodity

prices began increasing and E&P companies increased their capital spending programs, which  drove
higher  demand for our services and products. During the late 2000s  the use of  horizontal drilling and
hydraulic fracturing increased, as onshore North American  production  became economically  viable with
higher  oil prices. These techniques, used to tap unconventional reservoirs,  made once ‘‘hard to find’’ oil
and gas accessible and caused an upsurge in North American onshore oil and gas activity.  The  financial
crisis that occurred in 2008 and the resulting economic downturn drove hydrocarbon  prices down
sharply; this had the effect of sharply reducing exploration activities in North America and in many
parts of the world. Since then, however,  West Texas Intermediate (‘‘WTI’’) crude oil prices have
recovered; WTI prices ranged between approximately $90 to $110  per  barrel during  2013. Brent  crude
oil prices  have also recovered and finished 2013  near $110 per barrel. North American natural gas
prices have remained depressed relative  to their 2008 levels, but during 2013 they traded  in a range  of
$3.15 to $4.50 per MMBtu, ending the year at approximately  $4.30 per MMBtu,  according to the U.S.
Energy Information Administration.

Our Strategy

The key elements of our business strategy are to:

(cid:127) Leverage our key technologies to provide integrated  solutions  to oil & gas  companies. More of our
customers are seeking fully integrated offerings from seismic companies, from survey planning
and design, to leading technology differentiation in  acquisition  and  processing. ION is
transforming itself from an equipment  provider to a more integrated  service provider, where
leading equipment technologies are only part of our offering. Our recent  ownership increase in
OceanGeo is just one example of where ION is  changing its go-to-market  strategy, attempting to

6

bundle many services as an integrated  offering  to  customers who see  large  scale and  experience
as a differentiator. The growth in our Solutions segment is a testament to our executing  on this
strategy.

(cid:127) Expand and globalize our Solutions business. We seek to expand and grow our Solutions  business

to new regions, with new customers and new marine and  land  service offerings, including
proprietary services for E&P companies. In addition,  we intend to further globalize our
Solutions data processing business by  opening advanced imaging  centers  in strategic  locations
around the world and expanding our presence  in land  seismic  processing where we  believe
onshore unconventional resource demand will drive  the need  for our  products and services.
While we anticipate continuing to grow and  refine our seismic data equipment  businesses in
ocean-bottom marine (through OceanGeo) and land (through INOVA Geophysical), our
emphasis on growth will continue to be in  our  Solutions  segment’s data processing and
GeoVentures multi-client businesses. For  the foreseeable future,  we expect the majority  of  our
future  investments to be in research and development and computing infrastructure for  our  data
processing business and to support our GeoVentures multi-client  projects.  We believe this focus
better positions our company as a full-service technology  company with  increasing revenues
derived  from E&P customers using  our GXT data processing and  GeoVentures services.

(cid:127) Continue investing in advanced software and equipment technology to  provide  next generation products
and services. We intend to continue investing in the  development of new  technologies for use by
E&P companies. In particular, we intend  to  focus on the development of  Calypso (the next
generation of our ocean-bottom seismic data imaging technology), Narwhal (our  ice management
system), and derivative products, with the goal of obtaining technical and market leadership in
what  we continue to believe are important and expanding  markets. In 2013, our investment  in
research and development was equal to approximately 7%  of our  total  net revenue for the year.

(cid:127) Collaborate with our customers to provide  products  and solutions  designed to meet their needs. A key
element of our business strategy has been to understand the  challenges faced by E&P companies
in survey planning, acquisition, processing,  and  interpretation. We will continue to develop and
offer technology and services that enable us to work with E&P  companies to solve their unique
challenges, especially in the harshest and most  extreme environments  around the  world. We have
found that a collaborative relationship with E&P  companies,  with a goal of better understanding
their imaging challenges and then working  with them and  our  seismic contractor customers to
assure them that the right technologies are properly applied, is the most  effective  method for
meeting their needs. Our goal of being a  full solutions  provider  to  solve the  most difficult
challenges for our customers is an important  element of our long-term  business  strategy, and we
are implementing this partnership approach globally  through local personnel in our  regional
organizations who understand the unique  challenges in  their areas.

(cid:127) Leverage our technical research and development experience and partner in market-leading joint
ventures. Through INOVA Geophysical, we seek  to  combine our technical research and
development experience and expertise with the operational experience and  global reach of BGP.
Further, we believe working with INOVA Geophysical will  allow  us to tap into a broader set of
global geophysical opportunities associated with  the exploration, asset development and
production operations of BGP’s parent, CNPC. Through our OceanGeo joint venture, we
believe that we will be able to maximize the value of our R&D investments in  the development
of our Calypso ocean-bottom seismic  acquisition  technologies.

7

Our Strengths

We  believe that we are well positioned  to  successfully  execute the key elements of our business

strategy based on the following competitive strengths:

(cid:127) We are leveraging our key technologies to  provide  integrated solutions to oil & gas companies. More
of our customers are seeking fully integrated offerings from  seismic  companies, from survey
planning and design, to leading technology differentiation in acquisition and processing. ION is
transforming itself from an equipment  provider to a more integrated  service provider, where
leading equipment technologies are only part of our offering. Our recent  ownership increase in
OceanGeo is just one example of where ION is  changing its go-to-market  strategy, attempting to
bundle many services as an integrated  offering  to  customers who see  large  scale and  experience
as a differentiator. The growth in our Solutions segment is a testament to our executing  to  this
strength.

(cid:127) We are a broad-based seismic solutions provider engaged in providing advanced software and
equipment technology. We are a technology-focused full-value-chain service provider with
capabilities extending beyond the manufacture of seismic equipment. Our offerings  span  the
entire seismic workflow, which includes survey planning and data acquisition, processing  and
interpretation. Our offerings include seismic data acquisition hardware, command  and control
software, value-added services associated with seismic survey design, seismic data processing  and
interpretation, and seismic data libraries.

(cid:127) Our ‘‘asset light’’ strategy enables us to avoid significant fixed  costs and  to  remain financially flexible.
We  do not own a fleet of marine vessels and, with  the exception of our OceanGeo joint venture,
we do not provide our own seismic crews to acquire marine or land seismic data. We outsource
a majority of our seismic acquisition activity to third parties that operate their own  fleets of
seismic acquisition vessels and equipment.  Doing  so enables  us to avoid the  fixed  costs
associated with these assets and personnel and to manage  our business in  a manner  designed to
afford us the flexibility to quickly decrease  our  costs or  capital investments in  the event of a
downturn. We actively manage the costs  of developing our  multi-client data library business by
requiring our customers to partially pre-fund,  or underwrite, the investment for any  new project.
Our target goal is to have underwritten approximately 75% of the total cost  of  each new
project’s data acquisition. We believe this conservative approach to data  library investment is the
most prudent way to avoid risks of any sudden  reduction in the demand for seismic data giving
us the flexibility to aggressively reduce costs in  the event of an industry downturn.

(cid:127) Our global footprint and ability to work in harsh  conditions allow us to offset  regional  downturns.
Our focus on conducting business around the  world, even in the  harshest and  most extreme
environments, has been and will continue  to  be  a  key  component of our corporate strategy.  This
global focus has been helpful in minimizing the impact  of  any one regional slowdown  for short
or extended periods of time. We believe that our customers  prefer to work with  companies that
are capable of delivering high quality, safe, and environmentally sensitive service in  those
environments. For example, our operational expertise  and equipment and software technologies
enable us to operate in the harsh Arctic environment and to  acquire seismic data in  areas for
which no modern seismic data previously existed. This  expertise and  these  technologies permit
us to extend the time window for data acquisition,  facilitate our customers’ drilling decisions,
reducing exploration and production risk.

(cid:127) We have  a diversified and blue chip customer  base. We provide products and services to a diverse,
global customer base that includes many of the  largest  oil and gas and  geophysical companies  in
the world, including national oil companies  (NOCs) and international oil companies  (IOCs).
Over the past decade, we have made  significant progress in  expanding  our customer list and
revenue sources to include significantly more types of customers than seismic  contractors.

8

Whereas almost all of our revenues in  2003 were derived principally  from seismic contracting
companies, E&P companies accounted for  approximately  62% of our total revenues in 2013.
Even though we provide services and  products to some of the largest companies  in the world, no
single customer accounted for more than 10%  of our total revenue in 2011,  2012 or 2013.  We
focus our sales and marketing efforts  on high-quality,  historically creditworthy customers.

Services and Products

Solutions Segment

Our Solutions segment includes the following:

GeoVentures—Our GeoVentures group provides complete seismic data services, from survey

planning and design through data acquisition to final subsurface imaging and reservoir
characterization. We work backwards  through  the seismic workflow, with the final image in mind,
to select the optimal survey design, acquisition technology,  and processing techniques.

We  offer our services to customers on both  a proprietary and multi-client (non-exclusive)
basis. In both cases, the customers generally pre-fund a  majority of the data acquisition costs. For
proprietary services, the customer also  pays for the imaging and processing, but has  exclusive
ownership of the data after it has been processed. For multi-client surveys, we may  assume some
of the processing costs, but we retain  ownership of the data and receive ongoing revenue from
subsequent data license sales.

Since 2002, GeoVentures has acquired  and processed  a growing multi-client  seismic  data
library consisting of non-exclusive marine and ocean-bottom data from around the world.  The
majority of the data licensed by GeoVentures consists  of  ultra-deep 2-D seismic data that E&P
companies use to evaluate petroleum systems at the basin  level, including insights into the
character of source rocks and sediments, migration  pathways, and reservoir trapping mechanisms.
In many cases, we extend beyond seismic data  to  include  magnetic, gravity, well log, and
electromagnetic information, to provide a  more comprehensive  picture of the subsurface. Known
as ‘‘BasinSPAN(cid:7)’’ programs, these geophysical surveys cover  most major offshore basins worldwide
and  we’re continuing to build on them. In addition to our 2-D multi-client programs, we  recently
acquired our first 3-D marine proprietary program and signed a strategic  agreement with Polarcus
Limited, a marine geophysical company, to jointly plan and  execute 3-D marine multi-client  surveys
worldwide.

For land applications, we also develop 3-D onshore reservoir imaging and characterization

programs to provide E&P companies with the  ability to better understand unconventional
reservoirs to maximize production. Known as ‘‘ResSCAN(cid:7)’’ programs, these 3-D multicomponent
seismic data programs are designed, acquired and depth-imaged using advanced geophysical
technology and proprietary processing  techniques, resulting in high-definition images of the
subsurface. The workflow integrates  upfront geological,  petrophysical, and rock physics analysis to
establish which seismic attributes best predict key reservoir properties and impact drilling and
completions engineering decisions. The  enhanced  imaging  and  seismic attribute  analyses enable
operators to evaluate and address key challenges associated with  geohazard identification and
avoidance, reservoir characterization, and completions effectiveness. By the end  of 2013, we had
ten ResSCAN programs either complete  or in progress  in the U.S.  with others  planned or  in
development for other regions of the world.

Seismic Data Processing Services—Our GX Technology (GXT) group is  a strong market
participant in advanced land, and marine seismic data  processing, imaging, and reservoir services.
E&P companies utilize our solutions  to produce high-quality subsurface images to reduce
exploration and production risk, appraise and develop reservoirs, and increase  production. In
addition  to applying its processing and imaging technologies to data owned  or licensed by its
customers, GXT also provides its customers  with seismic data acquisition support  services,  such as
data pre-conditioning for imaging and quality control of  seismic  data acquisition.

9

GXT utilizes a globally distributed network of Linux-cluster processing  centers  in combination

with our major hubs in Houston and  London to process  seismic data  using  advanced, proprietary
algorithms and workflows. In 2013, GXT increased its service  network  capabilities in response to
growing demand by opening a new data processing center in  Perth, Australia, and  by  expanding its
computing hub in Houston, which now  features a  cloud computing platform implemented within
our  corporate firewall and under the  control  of our IT department, or  a ‘‘private cloud.’’ Client
demand for advanced imaging services  such as GXT’s fueled our decision to expand our footprint
in the Asia Pacific region. In addition,  GXT moved its  Houston  hub  into  a new,  more efficient
facility in 2013, increasing its computing  capacity by 50%. The private  cloud  operation at this hub
also provides this capacity to GXT’s worldwide network of data processing centers.

GXT has pioneered several differentiated processing  and imaging  solutions  for both  offshore

and onshore environments including: pre-stack depth migration (‘‘PreSDM’’), Reverse Time
Migration (‘‘RTM’’), Surface Related Multiple Elimination (SRME), WiBand broadband
deghosting and processing of seismic  data. In 2013, GXT commercially released its Full  Waveform
Inversion (FWI) and General Move-out (GMO) Picking seismic  tomography  techniques  to  improve
subsurface image resolution in areas  with complex  geologies. The  advantages of these techniques
are that they allow for the resolution  of complex, small-scale variations in the  subject geology, such
as often seen in and around salt formations. In  areas  such  as the Gulf of Mexico  and offshore
Brazil, the ability to delineate salt bodies  can not only save considerable manual  time and effort,
but also reduce drilling risk by producing a more accurate earth model and  identification of
exploration targets.

Quantitative Interpretation—The GXT group also offers solutions ‘‘downstream’’ of seismic
data processing workflows that enable E&P  companies to develop  their reservoirs and  increase
production. This is accomplished by integrating  geophysical, geological, petrophysical  and rock
physics information to identify lithology, fluid or  fracture intensity within hydrocarbon reservoirs.
Once understood, this information may be used for  better well  placement and more effective
production techniques. In 2013, GXT expanded  this  business as a result of growing demand from
clients  for more holistic solutions, especially  on land where companies  are learning  that  use of
seismic data and additional quantitative analysis (such as  practiced  offshore)  are yielding  more
efficient exploration and development of unconventional reservoirs.

GXT has a broad portfolio of offerings  throughout the  entire seismic workflow.  Our

technologies are designed to allow us  to  define a  solution to ensure  that our  customers’ goals are
met, such as removing false reflections and identifying fractures in reservoirs.

We  believe that the application of our  advanced processing technologies and imaging
techniques can better identify complex  hydrocarbon-bearing structures  and deeper exploration
targets. We also believe that the combination of GXT’s capabilities in advanced velocity model
building and depth imaging, along with our latest  capabilities in  FWI  and  GMO, provide an
advanced toolkit for maximizing subsurface  image  resolution.

At December 31, 2013, our Solutions segment backlog, which consists of commitments for
(i) data processing work and (ii) both  multi-client new venture and proprietary projects by our
GeoVentures group that have been underwritten, was $84.4 million compared  with $151.3 million
at December 31, 2012. The data processing contract that was executed in February 2014 adds an
additional $20-$30 million to our backlog balance that existed at December 31, 2013. We anticipate
that the majority of this backlog will  be recognized as revenue over the first  half of 2014. See
Item 7. ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of
Operations—Economic Conditions.’’ Our Solutions segment’s fiscal-year-end backlog typically
includes for the most part signed contracts that we can typically fulfill within approximately
6 months. This is the case with our Solutions segment’s backlog at December 31, 2013. As of

10

December 31, 2013, our Solutions segment  backlog was  44% less  than our backlog existing as  of
December 31, 2012. We cannot estimate whether  this decline in year-over-year  backlog represents
a trend of lower demand, or only sales and revenue timing differences.

Software Segment

Through this segment, we supply command-and-control software  systems and services for  towed
marine streamer and ocean-bottom seismic  operations. Software  developed by our Concept Systems
group is installed on towed streamer marine vessels worldwide and is a component  of many
re-deployable and permanent ocean-bottom monitoring  systems. An  advantage  of  Concept  System’s
underlying software platform is that a large amount of  the software  code is designed to be re-usable  in
other applications. This enables the acceleration  of  development and  commercialization of new
products as market opportunities are  identified. Our  Narwhal  system for ice management, which we
released in 2013, is such an example.

Products and services for our Software  segment include the following:

Marine Imaging—Our Concept Systems command and control software for towed streamer

acquisition, Orca, integrates acquisition, positioning, source and quality control systems  data
management and control into a seamless platform. During 2013,  Concept  Systems  signed several
new agreements with key clients to install Orca  on  new vessels  coming into the market over the
next 2 years. In addition, agreements were reached to upgrade several legacy Spectra(cid:5) systems to
the Orca platform. Despite industry consolidation and increased competition, the  Orca install base
continues to grow and we expect that  to  continue during 2014.

Seabed Imaging—Concept Systems continues to enhance  its  Gator(cid:5) II product, which is an
integrated navigation and data management software system  for multi-vessel ocean-bottom cable
and transition zone (such as marshlands) operations.  The Gator II system is designed to provide
real-time, multi-vessel positioning and data management  solutions for ocean-bottom, shallow-water
and transition zone crews. We believe  that our Gator  II command and  control  software design
meets the unique challenges of distributed,  multi-vessel  ocean-bottom, transition zone, and
electromagnetic data acquisition. The system is  flexible  and scalable to configure and control single
vessel operations to highly complex surveys  spanning multiple vessels and acquisition systems.

Survey Design, Planning and Optimization—Concept Systems offers consulting services for
planning, designing and supervising complex surveys, including for 4-D (time lapse) and Wide
Azimuth Towed Streamer (WATS) survey operations. Concept Systems’ acquisition expertise and
in-field  software platforms and development  capability  are designed  to  allow clients, including both
oil companies and seismic data acquisition contractors, to optimize these complex surveys,
improving image quality and reducing costs. Our Orca and  Gator systems are designed to integrate
with our post-survey tools for processing, analysis and data quality control, including  the use of  our
Reflex(cid:5) software for seismic coverage and attribute analysis. We believe that our newly-developed
proprietary technology known as Optimiser(cid:7)  will enable improved, safer acquisition  strategies
through analysis and prediction of sea  currents and integration of the  information into the
acquisition plan.

Ice Management—Concept Systems has introduced the first fully integrated ice management

system designed to reduce risk and improve  efficiency in seismic data acquisition and  drilling
operations in or near ice, such as in the Arctic. The patented Narwhal system enables operators to
gather, monitor and analyze data from various  sources, including satellite imagery, ice charts,
radar,  manual observations, wind and ocean currents, to forecast and  predict  ice movements in
these harsh environments. With this ability  to  track,  forecast and monitor potential ice  threats,
operators can make informed, proactive decisions  to  ensure  the safety of individuals, assets and the
environment, while minimizing operational downtime. This technology has  applications in our core

11

market of seismic operations as well as  in drilling platform  defense  and general shipping
operations.

Systems Segment

Our Systems segment products include the  following:

Marine Acquisition Systems—We believe that the market for seabed seismic imaging is growing.

E&P companies have shown increased interest in seabed seismic activities,  consistent with  their
desire for higher-quality seismic imaging for complex  geological formations and more detailed
reservoir characteristics. In 2004, we  introduced our VSO system,  an advanced  system for seismic
data acquisition using re-deployable ocean-bottom cable.  During  2010, we  announced the launch of
VSO II, which offered significant enhancements over the initial  VSO system. We continue to
develop our seabed technology and expect to begin utilizing our next-generation  ocean-bottom
system, Calypso, through our OceanGeo joint venture during 2014.

We  also manufacture marine acquisition systems, consisting  of  towed marine  streamers and
shipboard electronics that collect seismic data in  water depths of greater than  30 meters. Marine
streamers, which contain hydrophones, electronic modules  and cabling, may measure  up to 12,000
meters in length and are towed (up to 20  at a  time) behind a seismic acquisition  vessel.  The
hydrophones detect acoustical energy transmitted  through water from the Earth’s subsurface
structures. Our DigiSTREAMER(cid:7) system, our next-generation towed streamer  system, uses  solid
streamer and integrated continuous acquisition  technology for towed streamer operations.

Marine Positioning Systems—Our manufactured DigiCOURSE(cid:5) marine streamer positioning
system includes streamer cable depth  control  devices,  lateral control  devices, compasses,  acoustic
positioning systems and other auxiliary sensors.  This equipment is  designed to control the vertical
and horizontal positioning of the streamer cables  and provides acoustic,  compass  and depth
measurements to allow processors to tie navigation and location data to geophysical  data  to
determine the location of potential hydrocarbon reserves.  DigiFIN(cid:5) is an advanced lateral streamer
control system that we commercialized in  2008. DigiFIN is  designed to maintain  tighter, more
uniform marine streamer separation  along  the entire length of the  streamer cable, which  allows for
better sampling of seismic data and improved  subsurface  images. We believe that DigiFIN  also
enables faster line changes and minimizes the  requirements for in-fill seismic work.

Source and Source Control Systems—We manufacture and sell air guns, which  are the primary

seismic energy source used in marine environments  to  initiate  the acoustic energy transmitted
through the Earth’s subsurface. An air gun fires a high compression burst of air underwater to
create an energy wave for seismic measurement.  We offer a digital source control system
DigiSHOT(cid:5) that allows for reliable control of air gun arrays for 4-D exploration activities.

Geophones—Geophones are land analog sensor devices that  measure acoustic energy reflected
from rock layers in the Earth’s subsurface using a mechanical, coil-spring element.  We manufacture
and market a full suite of geophones and geophone  test equipment  that operate  in most
environments, including land surface, transition zone and downhole. Our analog geophones  are
used in other industries as well.

During the third quarter of 2013, we determined to restructure our Systems’ segment’s
product  line and we have recorded several related  charges  against our earnings as a result.  See
‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of Operations—
Restructuring and Other Charges.’’

12

INOVA Geophysical Products

As a leading manufacturer of land seismic technology,  INOVA Geophysical  is committed to
helping geophysical contractors and E&P  companies obtain a complete picture of the subsurface
through the INOVA Clarity Broadband  Solution(cid:7). INOVA offers a comprehensive portfolio of
acquisition systems, source products and digital sensors to  acquire seismic  data  across the  full
broadband spectrum.

During  the third quarter of 2013, INOVA Geophysical  determined to restructure its  product line
and, as a result, incurred certain charges against its results of  operations.  See ‘‘Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of  Operations—Restructuring and Other Charges.’’

Products of INOVA Geophysical include  the following:

Land Acquisition Systems—INOVA Geophysical manufactures several types of land acquisition

systems. INOVA Geophysical’s cableless system, Hawk, is designed to enable contractors to
operate more efficiently in challenging, culturally-intensive environments.  Other benefits include a
decrease in system weight and, we believe, superior operational efficiencies, reduced operational
troubleshooting time and better defined sampled seismic data.

INOVA Geophysical also manufactures cable-based land  acquisition systems, G3i  and
ARIES(cid:5) . These cable-based systems consist of a  central recording unit and  multiple remote
ground equipment modules that are connected by cable. Each  system has different capabilities,
benefits and cost structures intended to assist the  geophysical  contractor in  meeting the acquisition
and cost requirements of its E&P company customers.

Source Products—INOVA Geophysical manufactures three different types  of  vibrator  vehicles,
including AHV-IV(cid:7), XVib(cid:5) and UNIVIB(cid:5), for use as energy sources for vibroseis land acquisition
in many different types of environments. Additionally, INOVA Geophysical offers its Connex(cid:7) Vib
field operations equipment system that  provides navigation and positioning of  vibroseis vehicles
with capabilities for integrated stakeless operations.

INOVA Geophysical is also a provider of energy source  control  and positioning technologies.
The Vib Pro(cid:7)  control system provides vibrator vehicles with digital technology  for energy control
and global positioning system technology for navigation and positioning.  The  Shot Pro(cid:7) dynamite
firing system is the equivalent technology for seismic  operations using dynamite  energy sources.

Digital Sensors—INOVA Geophysical also offers two digital point  receivers for broadband

seismic acquisition, AccuSeis(cid:7) and VectorSeis. Both sensors are engineered  with advanced
integrated components including micro-electro-mechanical (MEMS) accelerometers, Digital Signal
Processors and ASIC chips. INOVA  Geophysical’s digital sensors allow seismic crews to  capture
higher  resolution data for enhanced imaging  and  improved characterization of the  subsurface.

AccuSeis is designed to provide solutions for  conducting acquisition projects from

conventional 3-D surveys to complex, large  channel count 3-D  super-spreads, particularly when
used with G3i and Hawk recording systems. Weighing only 175  grams, we  believe that AccuSeis is
the lightest and smallest sensor in the  industry.  VectorSeis  is INOVA Geophysical’s digital
multicomponent sensor and it can be  used  with all of  its recording systems.  Since 1999,  VectorSeis
full-wave technology has been used to acquire  seismic  data worldwide.

Product  Research and Development

Our ability to compete effectively in  the  seismic imaging and equipment  markets  depends
principally upon continued technological  innovation. As such, the overall  focus of our research and
development efforts has remained on  improving  both  the quality of the subsurface images  we generate

13

and the economics of seismic data acquisition.  In particular, we have concentrated on  enhancing  the
nature and quality of the information that can  be  extracted  from  the subsurface  images.

During  2013, our R&D efforts were  aimed at developing strategic key technologies across all
business lines. A large part of this effort was  focused  on the  final phases  of development of our new
Calypso re-deployable ocean-bottom  acquisition system together  with other marine technologies.  Within
the seismic data processing business,  we  continued to invest in  productivity  enhancements  and in
technologies aimed at handling increasingly complex data acquisition environments and  at areas  with
difficult-to-image subsurface geology. We  invested in the further development of  a new processing-
based broadband marine seismic solution,  WiBand, which was introduced at the 2013 European
Association of Geoscientists and Engineers (EAGE)  annual technical conference and exhibition.  We
also invested in developing an ice management  system and, during the third quarter of 2013, we
announced the launch of Narwhal, which  is  designed to give operators  the ability to better track,
forecast and monitor ice threats. In 2013, we also continued research and development  investment into
maximizing the value of full-wave seismic  data,  particularly the extraction of  new and more accurate
subsurface information with a special emphasis  on shale plays  and marine seabed imaging.

As many of these new services and products are under development and, as the  development
cycles from initial  conception through  to  commercial introduction can extend over a  number of  years,
their commercial feasibility or degree of  commercial acceptance may not yet be established. No
assurance can be given concerning the successful development of any new  service  or product,  any
enhancements to them, the specific timing of their release  or  their  level  of  acceptance in the
marketplace.

Markets and Customers

We  believe that we are a strong market  participant  in seismic  data acquisition in the  Arctic and  in

numerous product lines, including full-wave sensors based upon  MEMS  technologies, navigation and
data management  software, marine positioning and streamer control systems, redeployable seabed
recording systems and, through INOVA Geophysical, cableless land acquisition  systems.

Our principal customers are E&P companies and seismic  contractors. We market and offer  services

directly to E&P companies, primarily  imaging-related processing  services from our GXT  subsidiary,
multi-client seismic data libraries from our  GeoVentures  group and  seabed seismic acquisition services
through our OceanGeo joint venture,  as well as  consulting services from Concept Systems and GXT.
Seismic contractors purchase our data  acquisition  systems and related equipment  and software to
collect data in accordance with their E&P  company customers’ specifications or for their own seismic
data libraries.

A significant part of our marketing effort is  focused  on areas outside  of the United  States. Foreign

sales are subject to special risks inherent in  doing business  outside of the United States,  including the
risk of armed conflict, civil disturbances,  currency fluctuations, embargo and  governmental activities,
customer credit risks and risk of non-compliance  with U.S.  and foreign laws, including tariff regulations
and import/export restrictions.

We  sell our services and products through  a direct sales force consisting  of employees and

international third-party sales representatives  responsible for key geographic areas. During 2013,  2012
and 2011, sales to destinations outside  of North America accounted for  approximately 73%,  69% and
66% of our consolidated net revenues, respectively. Further, systems and  equipment sold to domestic
customers are frequently deployed internationally and, from time to time, certain foreign  sales  require
export licenses.

Traditionally, our business has been seasonal, with  strongest demand  typically  in the fourth quarter

of our fiscal year.

14

For information concerning the geographic breakdown of our net revenues, see Note 2 ‘‘Segment
and Geographic Information’’ of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Competition

Our GXT group within our Solutions  segment competes  with  more than  a dozen processing
companies that are capable of providing  pre-stack  depth migration  services  to  E&P  companies. See
‘‘—Services and Products—Solutions Services.’’ While the barriers to entry into this  market  are relatively
low, we believe the barriers to competing  at  the higher end of the market—the advanced pre-stack
depth migration market where our efforts  are focused—are significantly higher. At the higher end  of
this  market, CGG (an integrated geophysical company) and WesternGeco L.L.C. (a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Schlumberger Limited, a large integrated oilfield services company) are  our  Solutions
segment’s two primary competitors for advanced  imaging services. Both of these companies are
significantly larger than ION in terms  of revenues, number of processing locations,  and sales, marketing
and financial resources. In addition, both  CGG  and WesternGeco  possess an advantage of being part of
affiliated  seismic contractor companies,  providing them with access  to  customer  relationships and
seismic datasets that require processing. GXT also competes with companies  that  are capable of
performing data processing services via  internal resources. CGG and WesternGeco, along with  another
competitor, TGS-NOPEC Geophysical Company  ASA, a provider  of multi-client geosciences data, also
develop and sell data libraries that compete  with our BasinSPAN data  library.

The market for seismic services and  products is  highly competitive and is  characterized by
continual changes in technology. Our principal  competitor for marine seismic equipment  is Sercel, an
affiliate of CGG. Sercel possesses the advantage of  being  able  to  sell its  products  and services to an
affiliated  seismic contractor that operates both land  crews  and  seismic acquisition vessels, providing it
with a greater ability to test new technology in the field and  to  capture a captive internal  market  for
product  sales. Sercel has also demonstrated that it is willing to offer extended  financing sales  terms to
customers in situations where we declined to do so due to credit  risk.  We  also compete  with other
seismic equipment companies on a product-by-product basis. Our  ability to  compete effectively in the
manufacture and sale of seismic instruments and data acquisition systems depends principally upon
continued technological innovation, as  well  as pricing, system reliability, reputation for  quality and
ability to deliver on schedule. In the  land  seismic equipment market, where INOVA competes, the
principal competitors are Sercel and Geospace Technologies.

Certain seismic contractors have designed, engineered and  manufactured  seismic  acquisition
technology in-house (or through a network of third-party vendors)  in order to achieve differentiation
versus their competition. For example,  WesternGeco relies  heavily on its in-house technology
development for designing, engineering and  manufacturing its ‘‘Q-Technology’’ platform, which includes
seismic acquisition and processing systems.  Although this technology competes directly with  our
technology for marine streamer, ocean-bottom and land acquisition, WesternGeco  does not provide
Q-Technology services to other seismic acquisition contractors. However, the risk exists  that  other
seismic contractors may decide to conduct more of  their  own seismic technology development,  which
would put additional pressures on the  demand for  our acquisition equipment  products.

In addition, over the last several years, we have seen  both new-build and  existing  fleet

consolidation activity within the marine towed streamer segment, which  could  impact  our business
results in  the future. By 2017, we expect  the number of 2-D  and 3-D marine streamer vessels, including
those in operation, under construction,  or announced additions to capacity, to increase by 25, to
approximately 153 vessels total. This projection has increased by 3 vessels  since December 31, 2012.  We
understand that 24 out of these estimated 25 vessels are intended to be outfitted to perform  3-D
seismic survey work. In addition, there has been  an increase in recent years of consolidation within  the
sector, with the major vessel operators—CGG, WesternGeco and Petro GeoServices ASA—all moving

15

to acquire new market entrants in the last several years. In 2013, CGG acquired the geoscience division
of Fugro, an international energy infrastructure company. This acquisition resulted  in more than 75%
of the high-end 3-D seismic capacity being concentrated among the largest three  companies—CGG,
WesternGeco and PGS. Those three  companies are vertically integrated  companies developing
technology that uniquely differentiates  them  from the rest of the players.  This consolidation  in the
sector reduces the number of potential customers  and vessel outfitting opportunities for us.

Concept Systems provides advanced data  integration software  and services to seismic contractors

acquiring data using either towed streamer vessels or ocean-bottom  cable on  the seabed. Vessels or
ocean-bottom cable crews that do not use Concept  Systems software either rely upon  manual  data
integration, reconciliation and quality  control, or  develop  and maintain their own proprietary software
packages. There is growing competition to Concept Systems’ core command and control business from
Sercel and other smaller companies.  Concept  Systems has signed long term  (between two and five
years) technology partnership agreements with  many of its key  clients and will  continue to seek to
develop key new technologies with these clients.  An important competitive  factor for  companies in  the
same business as Concept Systems is the  ability to provide advanced complex command and control
software with a high level of reliability combined  with expert  systems  and  cost-efficient  project  support.
Additionally, the barriers to entry into this market space are high, especially  where operations are  more
complex and require the delivery of robust complex control systems with support and operations
infrastructure.

Intellectual Property

We  rely  on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademark, trade secrets,  confidentiality
procedures and contractual provisions  to  protect our proprietary  technologies. We have more  than
550 patents and pending patent applications, including filings in international jurisdictions  with respect
to the same kinds of technologies. Although our portfolio of patents is considered important to our
operations, and particular patents may be material  to  specific  business  lines, no one patent is
considered essential to our consolidated  business operations.

Our patents, copyrights and trademarks offer us only limited  protection. Our  competitors may

attempt  to copy aspects of our products despite  our  efforts  to  protect our  proprietary rights, or may
design around the proprietary features of our  products. Policing unauthorized  use of our proprietary
rights is difficult, and we may be unable to determine the extent to which such use occurs.  Our
difficulties are compounded in certain  foreign  countries where the  laws do  not  offer as much  protection
for proprietary rights as the laws of the  United States. From  time to time,  third  parties inquire and
claim that we have infringed upon their  intellectual property rights and we make similar inquiries and
claims to third parties. Material intellectual property litigation is discussed in  detail in Item  3. ‘‘Legal
Proceedings.’’

The information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains references to trademarks,

service marks and registered marks of  ION and our subsidiaries,  as indicated.  Except where  stated
otherwise or unless the context otherwise requires,  the terms ‘‘GeoVentures,’’ ‘‘VectorSeis,’’
‘‘ARIES II,’’ ‘‘DigiSHOT,’’ ‘‘DigiFIN,’’ ‘‘XVib,’’ ‘‘DigiCOURSE,’’ ‘‘Gator,’’ ‘‘Spectra,’’ ‘‘Orca,’’ ‘‘Sprint,’’
‘‘Reflex,’’ ‘‘G3i’’ ‘‘Calypso’’ and ‘‘UNIVIB’’ refer to the GEOVENTURES(cid:5), VECTORSEIS(cid:5),
ARIES(cid:5) II, DIGISHOT(cid:5), DIGIFIN(cid:5), XVIB(cid:5), DIGICOURSE(cid:5), GATOR(cid:5), SPECTRA(cid:5), ORCA(cid:5),
SPRINT(cid:5), REFLEX(cid:5), G3i(cid:5), Calypso(cid:5) and UNIVIB(cid:5) registered marks owned by ION or INOVA
Geophysical, and the terms ‘‘AZIM,’’ ‘‘BasinSPAN,’’ ‘‘DigiSTREAMER,’’ ‘‘AHV-IV,’’ ‘‘Vib Pro,’’ ‘‘Shot
Pro,’’ ‘‘Optimiser,’’ ‘‘ResSCAN,’’ ‘‘Hawk,’’ ‘‘Connex,’’ ‘‘WiBand,’’ ‘‘Narwhal’’ and ‘‘AccuSeis’’ refer to the
AZIM(cid:7), BasinSPAN(cid:7), DigiSTREAMER(cid:7), AHV-IV(cid:7), Vib Pro(cid:7), Shot Pro(cid:7), Optimiser(cid:7),
ResSCAN(cid:7)  , Hawk(cid:7), Connex(cid:7), WiBand(cid:7), Narwhal(cid:7)  and AccuSeis(cid:7) trademarks and service marks
owned by ION or INOVA Geophysical.

16

Regulatory Matters

Our operations are subject to various international conventions, laws and regulations  in the
countries in which we operate, including laws  and regulations relating to the importation of and
operation of seismic equipment, currency conversions and repatriation, oil and  gas exploration and
development, taxation of offshore earnings and earnings  of expatriate personnel, environmental
protection, the use of local employees  and suppliers by foreign  contractors and duties  on the
importation and exportation of equipment. Our operations are subject to government  policies  and
product  certification requirements worldwide. Governments  in some foreign countries  have become
increasingly active in regulating the companies  holding  concessions,  the exploration for  oil and gas and
other aspects of the oil and gas industries in  their countries. In some areas of the world,  this
governmental activity has adversely affected the amount of  exploration and development work done  by
major oil and gas companies and may continue to do so.  Operations  in less developed countries can  be
subject to legal systems that are not as mature or predictable as those in more developed countries,
which  can lead to  greater uncertainty  in  legal  matters  and proceedings.

Changes in these conventions, regulations, policies  or requirements could  affect the demand  for

our  services and products or result in the  need  to  modify them, which may  involve  substantial costs or
delays in sales and could have an adverse effect on our  future operating results.  Our export activities
are subject to extensive and evolving trade  regulations.  Certain countries are  subject to trade
restrictions, embargoes and sanctions imposed by the U.S. government. These  restrictions and sanctions
prohibit or limit us from participating  in  certain business activities in those countries.

Our operations are also subject to numerous local, state  and  federal laws and regulations  in the

United States and in foreign jurisdictions  concerning the containment and disposal of  hazardous
materials, the remediation of contaminated properties and the protection of the environment. While
the industry has experienced an increase in general environmental regulation worldwide and laws and
regulations protecting the environment have generally become more stringent,  we do not believe
compliance with these regulations have  had  a material adverse effect on our business or results  of
operations, and we do not currently foresee  the need for  significant expenditures in order to be able  to
remain compliant in all material respects  with current environmental  protection laws. Regulations  in
this  area are subject to change, and there  can be no  assurance that future laws or regulations will  not
have a material adverse effect on us.

The Deepwater Horizon incident in the  U.S. Gulf  of Mexico in April  2010 resulted in a
moratorium on certain offshore drilling  activities  by  the Bureau  of Ocean Energy Management,
Regulation and Enforcement (formerly  known as the  Minerals Management Service  and which was
replaced effective October 1, 2011 by two new, independent  bureaus—the Bureau of Safety and
Environmental Enforcement (‘‘BSEE’’) and the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (‘‘BOEM’’)).
This moratorium and other regulatory initiatives in response to this incident  adversely affected
decisions of E&P companies to explore and drill in the  Gulf  of Mexico, and negatively  impacted  our
Solutions segment in 2010 and 2011.  During this time period, we experienced  a significant  reduction in
data processing revenues attributable to the Gulf  of Mexico. The BSEE and BOEM have issued  new
safety and environmental guidelines and regulations for  drilling in  the Gulf of Mexico and other
offshore regions, and may take other steps that could increase the  costs of exploration and  production,
reduce the area of operations and result  in additional  permitting delays in the  Gulf of Mexico. In
addition, there have been numerous  other  proposed  changes in laws, regulations,  guidance and  policies
in response to the Deepwater Horizon  incident that could adversely  affect E&P operations in  the Gulf
of Mexico. While the pace of drilling activities in the  Gulf of Mexico has increased  since late 2011, the
Deepwater Horizon incident has resulted  in heightened regulatory  scrutiny, more  stringent operating
and safety standards, changes in equipment requirements and  the  availability and cost of  insurance.

17

We  do not engage in hydraulic fracturing services, a commonly used process in the  completion  of
oil and natural gas wells in low permeability formations such as  shales,  which involves the injection of
water, proppants and chemicals under pressure  into  the target reservoir  to stimulate hydrocarbon
production. Our business, however, is  dependent on  the level of  activity by our E&P customers, and
hydrocarbons cannot be economically produced  from certain reservoirs without extensive fracturing.
Due to public concerns about any environmental impact that hydraulic fracturing may  have, including
potential impairment of groundwater quality, certain  legislative and regulatory efforts at the federal,
state and local levels have been initiated to impose more stringent permitting and compliance
obligations on these operations. Any legislative  and regulatory initiatives imposing significant  additional
restrictions on, or otherwise limiting,  the hydraulic fracturing process  could  make it more difficult  or
costly to complete natural gas and oil  wells.  In the  event such  requirements are  enacted, demand for
our  ResSCAN shale data libraries and  seismic data acquisition services may  be  adversely affected.

Our customers’ operations are also significantly impacted  in other respects by laws and regulations

concerning the protection of the environment and endangered species. For  instance, many of  our
marine  contractors have been affected by regulations  protecting marine mammals  in the Gulf  of
Mexico.  To the extent that our customers’ operations are disrupted by future laws and regulations, our
business and results of operations may  be  materially adversely affected.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had 1,072  regular, full-time  employees, 679  of  whom  were located in

the U.S.  From time to time and on an  as-needed basis, we supplement our regular workforce with
individuals that we hire temporarily or retain  as independent  contractors in  order  to  meet certain
internal manufacturing or other business  needs.  Our U.S. employees  are not represented by any
collective bargaining agreement, and  we have never experienced  a labor-related work stoppage.  We
believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Financial Information by Segment and Geographic Area

For a  discussion of financial information  by business segment  and geographic area, see Note 2

‘‘Segment and Geographic Information’’ of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Available  Information

Our executive headquarters are located  at 2105 CityWest  Boulevard, Suite 400,  Houston,
Texas 77042-2839. Our international sales headquarters are located  at  LOB 16, office  504, Jebel Ali
Free Zone, P.O. Box 18627, Dubai, United Arab Emirates. Our telephone  number is (281)  933-3339.
Our home page on the internet is www.iongeo.com. We make our website content available for
information purposes only. Our website  should not be relied  upon for investment purposes, and it  is
not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form  10-K.

In portions of this Annual Report on  Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference  information from
parts of other documents filed with the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (‘‘SEC’’). The SEC allows
us to disclose important information  by referring to it in this manner, and you should review this
information. We make our annual reports on Form 10-K,  quarterly reports on  Form 10-Q, current
reports on Form 8-K, annual reports  to  stockholders, and proxy statements for our stockholders’
meetings, as well as any amendments  to  those reports,  available free of charge  through our website  as
soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those materials  with, or furnish  them to, the
SEC.

18

You can learn more about us by reviewing our  SEC filings on  our website. Our SEC reports  can
be accessed through the Investor Relations section on our  website. The SEC  also maintains a  website
at www.sec.gov that contains reports,  proxy statements, and other information regarding SEC
registrants, including our company.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

This report contains or incorporates  by reference statements concerning our future results and

performance and other matters that are ‘‘forward-looking’’ statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (‘‘Securities Act’’), and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (‘‘Exchange Act’’). These statements involve known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other  factors that may cause our or our industry’s results, levels of
activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results,  levels of
activity, performance, or achievements expressed  or implied  by such forward-looking statements. In
some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements  by terminology such as ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘would,’’
‘‘should,’’ ‘‘intend,’’ ‘‘expect,’’ ‘‘plan,’’ ‘‘anticipate,’’ ‘‘believe,’’ ‘‘estimate,’’ ‘‘predict,’’ ‘‘potential,’’ or
‘‘continue’’ or the negative of such terms or other comparable  terminology. Examples  of  other forward-
looking statements contained or incorporated  by reference in this report include  statements regarding:

(cid:127) the expected outcome of the WesternGeco  litigation  (see ‘‘—An unfavorable judgment in our

pending litigation matter with WesternGeco  could have a materially adverse  effect on our financial
results and liquidity.’’ below) and future potential adverse effects  on our liquidity in the event
that we must post and collateralize an appeal bond for  the amount of damages  entered in a
judgment or are unsuccessful in our  appeal of an  adverse  judgment in this  matter;

(cid:127) predictions of future industry-wide increases or decreases in capital expenditures for seismic

activities;

(cid:127) the timing of anticipated revenues and  the recognition of those revenues  for financial accounting

purposes;

(cid:127) future  levels of spending by our customers;

(cid:127) the effects of current and future unrest in  the Middle  East, North Africa and other regions;

(cid:127) the effects of current and future worldwide  economic conditions (particularly  in developing

countries) and demand for oil and natural  gas and  seismic  equipment and  services;

(cid:127) the effects of ongoing and future industry consolidation, including, in particular,  the effects of

consolidation and vertical integration in the  towed marine seismic streamers market;

(cid:127) future  oil and gas commodity prices;

(cid:127) the timing of future revenue realization of  anticipated orders for multi-client  seismic  survey

projects and data processing work in  our  Solutions  segment;

(cid:127) future  levels of our capital expenditures;

(cid:127) expected net revenues, income from  operations and net  income;

(cid:127) expected gross margins for our products and services;

(cid:127) future  benefits to be derived from our  INOVA Geophysical and OceanGeo joint ventures;

(cid:127) future  seismic industry fundamentals, including future demand for seismic services and

equipment;

(cid:127) future  benefits to our customers to be  derived from  new products  and services;

19

(cid:127) future  benefits to be derived from our  investments in technologies, joint ventures  and acquired

companies;

(cid:127) future  growth rates for our products and services;

(cid:127) the degree and rate of future market acceptance  of  our  new  products and services;

(cid:127) expectations regarding E&P companies and seismic  contractor  end-users purchasing our more

technologically-advanced products and services;

(cid:127) anticipated timing and success of commercialization  and  capabilities of  products and services

under development and start-up costs associated  with their development;

(cid:127) future  cash needs and future availability of cash to fund our operations and  pay our  obligations;

(cid:127) potential future acquisitions;

(cid:127) future  opportunities for new products and projected  research and development expenses;

(cid:127) expected continued compliance with our debt financial covenants;

(cid:127) expectations regarding realization of deferred tax assets;  and

(cid:127) anticipated results with respect to certain estimates we  make for financial accounting  purposes.

These forward-looking statements reflect our best  judgment about future events and trends based

on the information currently available to us.  Our results of operations  can  be  affected by inaccurate
assumptions we make or by risks and  uncertainties known or  unknown to us. Therefore,  we cannot
guarantee the accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Actual events and results  of operations  may
vary materially from our current expectations and assumptions. While  we cannot  identify all of the
factors that may cause actual results to vary from  our  expectations, we  believe the following factors
should be considered carefully:

An unfavorable judgment in our pending  litigation matter  with WesternGeco could have a materially
adverse effect on our financial results and liquidity.

In August 2012, a  jury in the WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical  Corporation litigation
returned a verdict of approximately $105.9 million in  damages against us  (for additional  information,
see Item 3. ‘‘Legal Proceedings’’ below). In June 2013, the presiding  judge entered a Memorandum and
Order denying our post-verdict motions that challenged the  jury’s infringement findings and the
damages amount. In the Memorandum and Order, the judge also  stated that  WesternGeco is entitled
to be awarded supplemental damages  for  the additional  DigiFIN  units  that were supplied from the
United States before and after trial that  were not  included in  the jury verdict due to the  timing of the
trial. On October 24, 2013, the judge entered another  Memorandum and  Order,  ruling on the number
of DigiFIN units that are subject to supplemental damages and also ruling  that  the supplemental
damages applicable to the additional units should be calculated  by adding together the jury’s previous
reasonable royalty and lost profits damages awards  per  unit, resulting  in supplemental  damages of
$73.1 million. The total damages award in the  case now consists  of the jury award of $105.9 million  and
the supplemental damages award of $73.1  million,  plus prejudgment interest and court  costs. As of the
date  that this Annual Report on Form 10-K was filed with the  SEC, the trial court had not entered its
final judgment in the matter.

Based on our analysis after the trial  court’s Memorandum and Order in June 2013 denying our

post-verdict motions that challenged the jury’s infringement findings and the damages amount, we
increased our loss contingency accrual related to this case from $10.0  million to $120.0 million,
consisting of jury verdict damages, court  costs and estimates of prejudgment  interest and supplemental
damages. Based on our analysis after  the  trial court’s Memorandum and Order in October 2013

20

awarding supplemental damages, we  further increased our loss contingency  accrual  related to this case
from $120.0 million, to $193.3 million at December 31, 2013,  consisting of jury verdict  damages,
supplemental damages, court costs and  estimates of  prejudgment interest.

Upon the entering of a final trial court judgment, we intend to appeal the  judgment to the  United

States Court of Appeals for the Federal  Circuit.  If we are unsuccessful on appeal, we would be liable
for the entire judgment amount, which  could  adversely affect  our financial  condition.

In order to stay enforcement of the judgment  during  our appeal, we will be required  to  post an

appeal bond with the trial court after  the final trial court  judgment is entered. The amount of the
appeal bond is in the discretion of the  trial court judge, but it could be required to be up to the  full
amount of damages entered in the judgment, plus court  costs and interest.  To be prepared for an
adverse judgment in this case, we have  arranged with sureties  to  post  an appeal  bond on  our behalf.
The sureties have indicated they will likely require  us  to  post cash collateral  to  secure the appeal  bond
amount for as long as the bond is outstanding. We currently believe that the sureties will likely  require
cash collateral equal to 25% of the appeal bond amount, although  they  will likely have the  contractual
right to require cash collateral for up to the  full amount of the  bond. Until the  surety  arrangements are
completed, the terms applicable to the  appeal  bond,  including  the terms enabling each surety to require
us to post collateral with the surety at any  time the  bond is outstanding, for  up to the full  amount  of
the bond, are not certain. If we are required to post collateral  with a surety during the appeal  process,
depending on the size of the bond and  the level  of  required collateral, in order to collateralize the
bond we might need to utilize a combination  of  cash  on hand and undrawn  sums available for
borrowing under our revolving line of  credit facility, and possibly incur  additional debt and/or equity
financing. The collateralization of such a  large appeal bond  could have  a material and adverse effect on
our  liquidity. If we are unable to post  the  appeal bond, we will  be  unable to stay  enforcement of the
trial court judgment during the appeal of the  judgment. At this time, we are unable to determine  for
certain the amount of such an appeal  bond or whether  and to what extent the sureties  will require  the
appeal bond to be collateralized. Similarly, we  are unable  to predict  the timing of the  final judgment
being entered by the trial court or the timing of posting the required appeal bond.  Until final  judgment
is entered, prejudgment interest will  continue to accrue on  the damages amount.

Any requirements that we collateralize the appeal bond will reduce our  liquidity  and reduce the

amount of borrowings otherwise available under our revolving line of credit facility for  other  purposes.
The current maturity date of the outstanding debt under our  Credit Facility is in March 2015. No
assurances can be made that our efforts  to raise additional cash would be successful and, if  so, on what
terms and conditions, and at what cost  we might be able to secure  any such  financing.  If additional
funds  are raised through the issuance of  debt and/or equity  securities, these securities could have rights,
preferences and privileges more favorable to holders of those securities than the terms  of  our  current
debt or equity securities, and the terms  of  those securities could  impose further restrictions on our
operations. If we are unable to raise additional capital under these circumstances, our business,
operating results and financial condition may be materially harmed.

If our efforts on appeal to reverse or  reduce the  verdict substantially are unsuccessful,  it would

likely have the effect of reducing our capital  resources available to fund our operations and  take
advantage of certain business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on  our business,
results of operations and financial condition.

We  may not ultimately prevail in the  appeals process and we could be required  to  pay damages  up

to the amount of the loss contingency  accrual plus  any additional amount ordered by the trial court.
Our assessment of our potential loss  contingency  may  change in the  future due to developments at the
trial court level or at the appellate court  and other events, such as changes in applicable law, and  such
reassessment could lead to the determination  that no loss contingency is probable or  that  a greater  loss
contingency is probable, which could  have  a material  effect on our  business, financial condition and

21

results of operations. Amounts of estimated loss contingency  accruals as disclosed  in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K or elsewhere are based  on currently available information and involve elements
of judgment and significant uncertainties. Actual losses may exceed or be considerably less than  these
accrual  amounts.

We are subject to intense competition, which  could limit  our ability to maintain or increase  our market
share or to maintain our prices at profitable levels.

Many of our sales are obtained through a  competitive  bidding process, which is standard for our

industry. Competitive factors in recent years have included price, technological expertise, and a
reputation for quality, safety and dependability. While no single  company competes  with us in  all  of  our
segments, we are subject to intense competition in each of our  segments.  New  entrants in many of  the
markets in which certain of our services and products  are currently strong should be expected.  See
Item 1. ‘‘Business—Competition.’’ We compete with companies that are larger than we are in terms of
revenues, technical personnel, number  of processing locations and sales and  marketing resources.  A few
of our competitors have a competitive advantage  in being part of a large affiliated seismic contractor
company. In addition, we compete with major service  providers and government-sponsored enterprises
and affiliates. Some of our competitors  conduct seismic data acquisition operations  as part of their
regular business, which we have traditionally not conducted, and have greater financial and other
resources than we do. These and other  competitors  may be  better positioned to withstand and adjust
more quickly to volatile market conditions, such  as fluctuations  in oil and natural gas prices, as well as
changes in government regulations. In  addition,  any excess  supply of services and products  in the
seismic services market could apply downward pressure  on prices for our services and  products. The
negative effects of the competitive environment in which we  operate could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations. In  particular, the consolidation in recent years of many  of our
competitors in the seismic services and products markets has  negatively impacted our results  of
operations.

There are a number of geophysical companies that create,  market  and license seismic data and

maintain seismic libraries. Competition for  acquisition  of new seismic data among geophysical service
providers historically has been intense  and we  expect this  competition will continue  to  be  intense.
Larger and better-financed operators could enjoy  an advantage over  us in a competitive environment
for new  data.

Our OceanGeo joint venture involves numerous risks.

Our OceanGeo joint venture with Georadar is focused  on owning and operating a seismic
acquisition contractor concentrated on  marine  seabed (ocean-bottom)  seismic  data  acquisition.  There
can be no assurance that we will achieve the expected benefits of this joint venture. The OceanGeo
joint venture (and any future joint ventures or acquisitions that  we may undertake) may result  in
unexpected costs, expenses and liabilities, which  may  have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations. OceanGeo  may encounter difficulties  in developing and
expanding its business. Weaknesses in the  Brazilian offshore market for OceanGeo’s services materially
and adversely affected OceanGeo’s results of operations in 2013. We may experience difficulties in
funding future capital contributions to  the joint venture, exercising influence  over the management  and
activities of the joint venture, overseeing quality control over joint venture  services  and potential
conflicts of interest with the joint venture and Georadar, our joint venture partner.  Any  inability to
meet our obligations as a joint venture partner  under the joint venture agreement could result in our
being subject to penalties and reduced  percentage  interests in the joint venture  for our company.

22

OceanGeo’s business exposes us to the operating risks of  being  a seismic  contractor  with seismic

crews:

(cid:127) Seismic data acquisition activities in marine ocean-bottom areas  are  subject to the risk of
downtime or reduced productivity, as  well as to the  risks of loss to property and injury to
personnel, mechanical failures and natural disasters. In  addition  to  losses caused by human
errors and accidents, we may also become subject to losses resulting from,  among  other  things,
political instability, business interruption, strikes  and  weather events;  and

(cid:127) OceanGeo’s products and services may expose us to litigation  and legal proceedings,  including

those related to product liability, personal injury  and  contract liability.

We  will have in place insurance coverage against  operating hazards,  including product liability
claims and personal injury claims, damage, destruction or  business  interruption related  to  OceanGeo’s
equipment and services, and whenever  possible, OceanGeo will obtain agreements  from customers that
limit our liability. However, we cannot  assure you  that the nature and amount of insurance will be
sufficient to fully indemnify OceanGeo  and  its joint venture partners against liabilities arising from
pending and future claims or that its  insurance coverage will be adequate  in all circumstances or
against all hazards, and that we will be  able  to  maintain  adequate insurance coverage in the  future at
commercially reasonable rates or on acceptable terms.

The joint venture is also subject to, and exposes OceanGeo and us to, various additional risks that

could adversely affect our results of operations. These risks  include the following:

(cid:127) increased costs associated with the operation of  the business  and the management of

geographically dispersed operations;

(cid:127) the joint venture’s cash flows may be inadequate to fund its capital  requirements, thereby

requiring additional contributions to  the capital of the  joint  venture  by us and by Georadar;

(cid:127) risks associated with our new Calypso ocean-bottom product  that is intended to be utilized  by

OceanGeo in its operations, including  risks that  the new  technology may not perform as well as
we anticipate;

(cid:127) Georadar’s future financial capacity and capabilities to make future contributions and advances

of capital to the joint venture;

(cid:127) difficulties in retaining and integrating key technical, sales and marketing personnel and the

possible loss of such employees and costs  associated with their  loss;

(cid:127) the diversion of management’s attention and other resources from other business operations  and

related concerns;

(cid:127) the requirement to maintain uniform  standards, controls and procedures;

(cid:127) the divergence of our interests from Georadar’s interests in the future, disagreements  with

Georadar on ongoing business and operational  activities or  strategies, or  the amount, timing or
nature of further investments in the joint venture;

(cid:127) the terms of our joint venture arrangements may turn out  to  be  unfavorable to us;

(cid:127) we may not be able to realize operating efficiencies, cost  savings or other benefits  that  we expect

from the joint venture’s operations;

(cid:127) joint venture profits and cash flows may  prove  inadequate to fund cash distributions  from the

joint venture to the joint venture partners;  and

(cid:127) the joint venture may experience difficulties  and delays in securing new business  and customer

projects.

23

As a result of our acquisition on January 27,  2014 of an additional 40% of  the equity ownership
interests in OceanGeo, we now own 70%  of the equity  interests in the company.  Because we  gained
control of the company on January 27, 2014,  we continued to record our  share of OceanGeo’s results
using equity method accounting through  January 27, 2014,  and after  that  date we will  consolidate
OceanGeo’s financial results and financial position with our consolidated financial results and  financial
position. Any losses from the results  of operations of OceanGeo or  an unfavorable financial condition
of OceanGeo would have an adverse impact on our financial position, gross margin and operating
results as a result of this consolidation.

In the future, we may enter into additional joint  ventures or make  other equity investments,  each

of which could have an adverse impact  on  our company due to financial accounting guidance  regarding
the financial consolidation of affiliated entities.

If the OceanGeo joint venture is not  successful, our business, results  of  operations and financial

condition may be adversely affected.

Our INOVA Geophysical joint venture with BGP involves numerous risks.

Our INOVA Geophysical joint venture with BGP is focused on designing,  engineering,
manufacturing, research and development,  sales  and marketing and field support of land-based
equipment used in seismic data acquisition for the oil and gas industry. Excluded from the scope  of  the
joint venture’s business are the analog sensor businesses  of  our respective companies,  and the
businesses of certain companies in which  BGP or we are currently a minority  owner. In addition to
these excluded businesses, all of our other businesses—including our Solutions, Systems and Software
segments—remain owned and operated by us and  do not comprise  a  part of the joint venture.

The INOVA Geophysical joint venture  involves the integration  of  multiple product lines and
business models contributed by us and BGP that  previously operated independently. This  has proved to
be a complex and time-consuming process.

There can be no assurance that we will achieve the expected benefits of the joint  venture. The
INOVA Geophysical joint venture (and any future joint ventures  or  acquisitions that we  may complete)
has resulted in, and may in the future result in, unexpected costs, expenses  and liabilities, which may
have a material adverse effect on our  business, financial condition or results of operations. INOVA
Geophysical may encounter difficulties in  developing and expanding its business.  We may experience
difficulties in funding any future capital  contributions to the  joint  venture, exercising influence  over the
management and activities of the joint  venture,  quality control over  joint venture products and services
and potential conflicts of interest with  the joint venture  and with BGP, our joint venture  partner.  Any
inability to meet our obligations as a joint venture partner under the  joint  venture agreement could
result in our being subject to penalties and  reduced  percentage  interests  in the joint venture. Also, we
could be disadvantaged in the event of  disputes and controversies with  our  joint venture partner, since
our  joint venture partner is a relatively  significant  customer  of  our services  and products and future
services and products of the joint venture as  well as  a holder of approximately 15% of  our outstanding
common stock.

The joint venture is also subject to, and exposes us to, various additional  risks that could adversely

affect our results of operations. These  risks  include  the following:

(cid:127) as a condition in our senior secured revolving line of credit facility, INOVA Geophysical must
provide a bank stand-by letter of credit as  credit  support  for our  obligations under  the facility;

(cid:127) increased costs associated with the integration and  operation  of the new business  and the

management of geographically dispersed  operations;

(cid:127) risks associated with the assimilation of new technologies, operations, sites and  personnel;

24

(cid:127) difficulties in retaining and integrating key technical, sales and marketing personnel and the

possible loss of such employees and costs  associated with their  loss;

(cid:127) difficulties associated with preserving relationships  with our customers, partners and  vendors;

(cid:127) risks that any technology developed by  the joint venture  may not perform as well  as we  had

anticipated;

(cid:127) the strength of future seismic contractor demand for land  seismic equipment  and the  highly

competitive nature of the land seismic equipment  manufacturing  industry;

(cid:127) the diversion of management’s attention and other resources from other business operations  and

related concerns;

(cid:127) the potential inability to replicate operating efficiencies  in the joint venture’s operations;

(cid:127) potential impairments of goodwill and intangible assets,  as well  as write-downs of inventory due
to obsolescence or changes in marketplace demand for INOVA Geophysical’s products and
services;

(cid:127) the requirement to maintain uniform  standards, controls and procedures;

(cid:127) the impairment of relationships with employees and  customers as  a result  of the integration of

management personnel from different companies;

(cid:127) the divergence of our interests from BGP’s interests in the future, disagreements  with BGP on
ongoing manufacturing, research and development and operational activities, or the amount,
timing or nature of further investments in the joint venture;

(cid:127) the terms of our joint venture arrangements may turn out  to  be  unfavorable to us;

(cid:127) because we currently own only 49% of the total equity interests  in INOVA Geophysical, there

are certain decisions affecting the business of the joint venture that we cannot  control or
influence;

(cid:127) we may not be able to realize the operating efficiencies, cost savings or other benefits that we

expect from the joint venture;

(cid:127) the joint venture’s cash flows may be inadequate to fund its capital requirements, thereby
requiring additional contributions to the capital of the joint venture  by us and by BGP;

(cid:127) joint venture profits and cash flows  may  prove  inadequate to fund cash dividends or other

distributions from  the joint venture  to the joint venture partners; and

(cid:127) the joint venture may experience difficulties and delays in production of  the joint  venture’s

products.

If the INOVA Geophysical joint venture is  not successful, our business, results  of operations  and

financial condition will likely be adversely affected.

In addition, the terms of the joint venture’s governing instruments and the agreements  regarding

BGP’s investment in our company contain a number of restrictive provisions that directly affect  us. For
example, an investors’ rights agreement grants pre-emptive rights to BGP with respect  to  certain  future
issuances of our stock. These restrictions may adversely affect  our ability to quickly raise funds through
a future issuance of our securities, and could  have the  effect of discouraging, delaying or  preventing a
merger or acquisition of our company that our  stockholders may otherwise consider to be favorable.
See ‘‘—Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws,  Delaware  law and certain contractual obligations under
our agreement with BGP contain provisions that could discourage  another company from acquiring  us’’
below.

25

Our levels of outstanding indebtedness  increased during 2013; higher  levels of outstanding indebtedness
could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition  and  our  ability  to  fulfill  our  obligations  and  operate
our business.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $220.2  million of total  outstanding indebtedness,
including $10.2 million of capital leases. As of December 31, 2013, there  was $35.0  million outstanding
under our $175.0 million senior secured revolving line  of  credit facility. In January  2014, we  borrowed
an additional $15.0 million on this credit  facility with  $50.0 million outstanding at February  24, 2014.
We  currently have $125.0 million available for  borrowing  under our senior revolving  line of  credit
facility. At February 24, 2014, our outstanding indebtedness  was approximately  $235.2 million. We may
also incur additional indebtedness in  the future.

In addition, our $175.0 million senior  secured revolving line  of  credit facility  matures  in March

2015. We rely upon having a revolving  line of  credit for liquidity purposes,  including providing
necessary funds as may be necessary in  connection with the WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical
Corporation litigation (see ‘‘—An unfavorable judgment in our pending litigation matter with WesternGeco
could have a materially adverse effect on  our financial results  and liquidity.’’). No assurances can be made
whether we will be able to replace or extend  this facility or, if  we are successful in  doing so,  on what
terms and conditions, and at what cost.

If an adverse final trial court judgment is entered  in the WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical

Corporation litigation, we intend to appeal the judgment  to  the United States Court of Appeals for the
Federal Circuit. If we are required to post collateral for  an  appeal bond with a surety during the  appeal
process, depending on the size of the bond and  the level  of required collateral, in order to collateralize
the bond we might need to utilize a combination of  cash on hand and undrawn sums  available for
borrowing under our revolving line of  credit facility, and possibly incur  additional debt financing.

In December 2013, Moody’s Investors Service downgraded our company’s corporate and debt
ratings and the rating outlook from ‘‘stable’’ to ‘‘negative.’’ According to Moody’s, this downgrade was
as a result of uncertainties related to  the ultimate impact  of the  WesternGeco litigation on our
liquidity, in combination with our exposure to a volatile and  cyclical seismic sector. Additionally, in
December 2013, S&P downgraded our company’s corporate and debt ratings due to similar concerns.

Higher levels of indebtedness could have  negative consequences to us, including:

(cid:127) we may have difficulty satisfying our obligations with  respect to our outstanding debt;

(cid:127) we may have difficulty obtaining financing in  the future  for working capital, capital expenditures,

acquisitions or other purposes;

(cid:127) we may need to use all, or a substantial portion, of  our available cash flow  to  pay interest and

principal on our debt, which will reduce the amount of money available to finance our
operations and other business activities;

(cid:127) our  vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions could increase;

(cid:127) our  flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in  our business and in our industry in

general could be limited;

(cid:127) our  amount of debt and the amount we must  pay to service our debt obligations  could  place us

at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

(cid:127) our  customers may react adversely to our  significant debt level and seek or  develop  alternative

licensors or suppliers;

26

(cid:127) we may have insufficient funds, and our debt level  may also  restrict us  from raising the  funds
necessary to repurchase all of the Notes tendered to us upon  the occurrence  of a change of
control, which would constitute an event of default  under the  Notes;  and

(cid:127) our  failure to comply with the restrictive  covenants in  our debt instruments which,  among  other
things, limit our ability to incur debt  and sell assets, could  result  in an  event of default  that,  if
not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects.

Our level of indebtedness will require  that we  use a substantial portion  of our  cash flow from
operations to pay principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of
cash to  fund working capital requirements, capital  expenditures, research and development  and other
general corporate or business activities.

Under the current terms of our revolving credit  facility, the facility  is scheduled  to  terminate on

March 14, 2015, and all outstanding indebtedness under the facility at that time  would mature on  that
date.  If we are not able to refinance  this facility or extend our line  of  credit  under the  facility to a  later
maturity date, the indebtedness would be classified as a  current liability on our  consolidated  balance
sheet as of March 15, 2014.

In addition, our revolving credit facility bears  interest at variable rates. If market interest rates
increase, debt service requirements on our senior revolving credit  facility  will increase. This  would have
an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Although we may  employ hedging
strategies such that a portion of the aggregate principal amount of this  credit  facility  carries a fixed rate
of interest, any hedging arrangement put in  place may not offer complete protection from this risk.

The indenture governing the 8.125% Senior Secured Second-Priority  Notes due 2018  (the  ‘‘Notes’’) contains
a number of restrictive covenants that limit  our ability to  finance future operations or capital needs or
engage in other business activities that  may be in our  interest.

The indenture governing the Notes imposes, and  the terms of  any future indebtedness may impose,
operating and other restrictions on us  and  our subsidiaries. Such restrictions affect  or will  affect, and in
many  respects limit or prohibit, among  other things, our ability and the ability of  certain  of our
subsidiaries to:

(cid:127) incur additional indebtedness;

(cid:127) create  liens;

(cid:127) pay dividends and make other distributions in  respect of our capital stock;

(cid:127) redeem our capital stock;

(cid:127) make investments or certain other restricted payments;

(cid:127) sell certain kinds of assets;

(cid:127) enter into transactions with affiliates; and

(cid:127) effect mergers or consolidations.

The restrictions contained in the indenture governing  the Notes could:

(cid:127) limit our ability to plan for or react to market or economic  conditions or meet  capital needs or

otherwise restrict our activities or business plans; and

(cid:127) adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, acquisitions, investments  or strategic

alliances or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our
interest.

27

A breach of any of these covenants could result in  a default  under the indenture governing the
Notes. If an event of default occurs, the trustee and holders  of the Notes could elect to declare  all
borrowings outstanding, together with  accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable.
An event of default under the indenture  governing the Notes would also constitute an  event of default
under our senior revolving line of credit  facility.  See  Note 4 ‘‘Long-term Debt and Lease Obligations’’ of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing below in this Form 10-K.

As  a  technology-focused company, we are  continually  exposed  to risks related  to complex, highly technical
services and products.

We  have made, and we will continue to make, strategic decisions from time  to  time as to the
technologies in which we invest. If we  choose the wrong technology, our  financial results could be
adversely impacted. Our operating results  are  dependent upon  our ability to improve and refine our
seismic imaging and data processing services  and to successfully  develop, manufacture and market our
products and other services and products. New  technologies generally require a substantial investment
before any assurance is available as to  their commercial viability.  If we choose  the wrong technology, or
if our competitors develop or select a superior  technology, we could lose our existing customers and be
unable to attract new customers, which  would harm our business and operations.

New data acquisition or processing technologies  may be developed. New and enhanced products

and services introduced by one of our  competitors may gain  market  acceptance and, if not available to
us, may adversely affect us.

The markets for our services and products  are characterized by changing technology and new

product  introductions. We must invest substantial capital to develop  and maintain a leading edge in
technology, with no assurance that we  will  receive an adequate rate of return on those  investments. If
we are unable to develop and produce  successfully and timely new  or enhanced services and products,
we will be unable to compete in the  future and our  business, our  results of operations and our financial
condition will be materially and adversely  affected.  Our business could suffer from  unexpected
developments in technology, or from our  failure to adapt to these changes. In addition,  the preferences
and requirements of customers can change rapidly.

The businesses of our Solutions and  Software  segments, being more concentrated in  software,

processing services and proprietary technologies, have  also exposed us to various  risks that these
technologies typically encounter, including the following:

(cid:127) future competition from more established companies entering  the market;

(cid:127) technology obsolescence;

(cid:127) dependence upon continued growth of the market for seismic data processing;

(cid:127) the rate of change in the markets for these segments’ technology and services;

(cid:127) research and development efforts not proving  sufficient to keep  up with  changing market

demands;

(cid:127) dependence on third-party software for inclusion in these segments’ services and products;

(cid:127) misappropriation of these segments’ technology by other companies;

(cid:127) alleged or actual infringement of intellectual property rights  that could result in substantial

additional costs;

(cid:127) difficulties inherent in forecasting sales for newly developed technologies  or advancements in

technologies;

28

(cid:127) recruiting, training and retaining technically skilled, experienced personnel that could increase

the costs for these segments, or limit their growth; and

(cid:127) the ability to maintain traditional margins for certain of their  technology  or services.

Seismic data acquisition and data processing technologies historically have  progressed rather
rapidly, and we expect this progression  to  continue.  In  order to remain competitive,  we must continue
to invest additional capital to maintain,  upgrade  and  expand  our seismic data acquisition and processing
capabilities. However, due to potential  advances in technology and the related costs associated with
such technological advances, we may not be able to fulfill this strategy, thus possibly affecting our
ability to compete.

Our customers often require demanding  specifications for performance  and  reliability  of our
services and products. Because many  of our products are complex and often use unique advanced
components, processes, technologies and  techniques,  undetected errors and design  and manufacturing
flaws may occur. Even though we attempt  to  assure that our systems  are always reliable in the  field, the
many  technical variables related to their  operations can cause  a combination of factors that can, and
have from time to time, caused performance and  service issues with certain of our products. Product
defects result in higher product service, warranty and replacement costs  and may  affect our customer
relationships and industry reputation,  all  of which  may  adversely impact our results  of  operations.
Despite our testing and quality assurance programs,  undetected errors may  not  be  discovered until the
product  is purchased and used by a customer in a variety  of  field conditions.  If our customers deploy
our  new products and they do not work correctly, our relationship  with our customers may be
materially and adversely affected.

As a result of our systems’ advanced and complex nature, we expect to experience occasional
operational issues from time to time. Generally, until our products have been tested  in the field under
a wide variety of operational conditions,  we  cannot be certain that  performance and service problems
will not arise. In that case, market acceptance  of  our  new products could be delayed  and our results of
operations and financial condition could  be  adversely affected.

Our operating results often fluctuate from period to period, and we  are subject to cyclicality  and seasonality
factors.

Our industry and the oil and gas industry in  general are subject to cyclical fluctuations. Demand

for our  products and services depends upon  spending levels by E&P companies  for exploration,
production, development and field management of oil  and natural gas reserves and, in  the case of new
seismic data creation, the willingness of those  companies to forgo ownership in the seismic data.
Capital expenditures by E&P companies  for these  activities depend upon  several factors,  including
actual and forecasted prices of oil and natural gas and  those  companies’ short-term and strategic plans.

After a period of exploration-focused activities by E&P companies in recent years, recent  studies
have indicated that many E&P companies in 2014 will focus  more on production activities  and less on
exploration of prospects. The major national and  independent oil companies may  have determined to
pause in their efforts to acquire exploration  seismic data and focus more on the  exploitation of their
discoveries. The smaller independents  may, in  turn, take  advantage of this pause and  capitalize on  asset
sales during 2014. As of December 31, 2013, our Solutions  segment  backlog, consisting of commitments
for data processing work and for underwritten multi-client new venture and proprietary projects by our
GeoVentures group, was 44% less than our  backlog existing as of  December 31,  2012. We cannot
estimate whether this decline in year-over-year backlog  represents a trend  of  lower demand, or  only
sales and revenue timing differences.

Our operating results are subject to fluctuations from period  to  period  as a result  of new service or
product  introductions, the timing of significant  expenses in  connection with customer  orders,  unrealized

29

sales, levels of research and development activities in different periods, the product and service mix of
our  revenues  and the seasonality of our  business. Because  some of  our products—such as our ocean-
bottom systems—feature a high sales price and are technologically complex, we  generally experience
long sales cycles for these types of products and historically incur significant  expense at the beginning
of these  cycles for component parts and other inventory necessary  to  manufacture a product in
anticipation of a future sale, which may  not ultimately occur. In addition, the revenues can vary widely
from period to period due to changes  in  customer requirements and demand. These factors  can create
fluctuations in our net revenues and  results of  operations from period to period. Variability in our
overall gross margins for any period,  which  depend on  the percentages of higher-margin and lower-
margin services and products sold in  that period, compounds these  uncertainties. As a  result, if net
revenues or gross margins fall below expectations,  our results of operations and financial condition will
likely be adversely affected.

Additionally, our business can be seasonal in  nature, with strongest  demand typically in  the fourth

calendar quarter of each year. Customer budgeting cycles at times result in  higher spending activity
levels by our customers at different points  of the  year.

Due to the relatively high sales price of many of our products and seismic data libraries, our
quarterly operating results have historically fluctuated from period to period  due  to  the timing of
orders and shipments and the mix of  services and products sold. This uneven pattern makes financial
predictions for any given period difficult,  increases the  risk  of unanticipated variations in our quarterly
results and financial condition, and places  challenges on our inventory management. Delays caused by
factors beyond our control, such as the granting of permits for seismic surveys by third parties, the
effect from disasters such as the Deepwater Horizon incident in the Gulf of Mexico and the availability
and equipping of marine vessels, can  affect our Solutions segment’s revenues from its processing and
GeoVentures services from period to period. Also, delays in ordering products  or in shipping  or
delivering products in a given period could significantly affect our results of operations for that period.
During  2013, we observed more seismic data library  sales orders being pushed back from one  quarter
to the next; the fourth quarter of 2013  was an all-time record for data  library  sales. Fluctuations in our
quarterly operating results may cause  greater volatility in the market price of  our common  stock.

We have  invested, and expect to continue  to invest, significant sums of money  in acquiring and processing
seismic data for our Solutions’ multi-client data library, without  knowing  precisely how much of this
seismic data we will be able to license or when and  at  what price  we will be able to  license  the data sets.
Our business could be adversely affected by the failure of our  customers to fulfill their obligations to
reimburse us for the underwritten portion  of  our seismic data acquisition costs for our multi-client library.

We  invest significant amounts in acquiring and processing new seismic data to add  to  our

Solutions’ multi-client data library. The costs of most of these investments are funded by our customers,
with the remainder generally being recovered through future data licensing  fees.  In 2013, we invested
approximately $114.6 million in our multi-client data  library and we currently expect to spend between
$90.0 million to $110.0 million in 2014 for investments in  our multi-client library. Our customers
generally commit to licensing the data  prior  to  our initiating a new  data library acquisition program.
However, the aggregate amounts of future  licensing fees for this data are uncertain and depend on a
variety of factors, including the market prices  of oil and gas, customer demand for seismic data in  the
library, and the availability of similar  data from competitors.

By  making these investments  in acquiring and processing new seismic  data  for our Solutions’ multi-

client library, we are exposed to the following risks:

(cid:127) We  may not fully recover our costs of  acquiring  and  processing seismic data through future sales.

The ultimate amounts involved in these data sales are uncertain  and  depend on  a variety  of
factors, many of which are beyond our control.

30

(cid:127) The timing of these sales is unpredictable  and  can vary greatly  from  period to period. The costs

of each survey are capitalized and then  amortized as  a percentage of sales  and/or over the
expected useful life of the data. This amortization  will affect our earnings and,  when combined
with the sporadic nature of sales, will  result in increased earnings  volatility.

(cid:127) Regulatory changes that affect companies’ ability to drill, either generally or in a specific

location where we have acquired seismic data,  could materially adversely affect the value of the
seismic data contained in our library.  Technology  changes could also make existing data sets
obsolete. Additionally, each of our individual  surveys has a limited book life based on its
location and oil and gas companies’ interest in prospecting for reserves in such  location, so a
particular survey may be subject to a  significant decline in value beyond our initial estimates.

(cid:127) The value of our multi-client data could be significantly adversely affected if any material

adverse change occurs in the general prospects for  oil and gas exploration, development and
production activities.

(cid:127) The cost estimates upon which we base  our pre-commitments of funding could be wrong. The
result could be losses that have a material  adverse effect on our financial condition and results
of operations. These pre-commitments  of  funding are subject to the creditworthiness of  our
clients. In the event that a client refuses or is unable to pay its commitment, we could incur a
substantial loss on that project.

(cid:127) As part of our asset-light strategy, we routinely  charter  vessels from third-party vendors to

acquire seismic data for our multi-client business.  As  a result,  our cost to acquire our multi-
client data could significantly increase if  vessel charter prices rise  materially.

Reductions in demand for our seismic data, or  lower revenues of or cash flows from our seismic

data, may result in a requirement to  increase amortization  rates or record impairment charges in order
to reduce the carrying value of our data  library.  These increases or charges, if required, could be
material to our operating results for  the  periods in  which they are recorded.

A substantial portion (approximately  71% in 2013) of our seismic acquisition project costs

(including third-party project costs) are  underwritten  by our customers. In the event  that  underwriters
for such projects fail to fulfill their obligations  with respect to such underwriting commitments, we
would continue to be obligated to satisfy  our  payment obligations to third-party  contractors.

We derive a substantial amount of our  revenues from foreign operations and sales, which pose additional
risks.

Sales to customer destinations outside of North America represented 73%,  69% and 66% of our
consolidated net revenues for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of  our consolidated net  revenues. We
believe that export sales will remain a significant  percentage of our  revenue. U.S. export restrictions
affect the types and specifications of  products we can  export. Additionally, in  order to complete certain
sales, U.S. laws may require us to obtain export licenses, and we cannot assure  you that we will not
experience difficulty in obtaining these licenses.

Like many energy services companies, we have  operations in and sales  into  certain international

areas, including parts of the Middle East,  West Africa,  Latin America, Asia Pacific and the former
Soviet Union, that are subject to risks of war, political disruption, civil disturbance, political  corruption,
possible economic and legal sanctions  (such as possible  restrictions against  countries that the U.S.
government may consider to be state  sponsors of terrorism) and changes  in global trade policies. Our
sales or operations may become restricted or  prohibited in any country in which the foregoing risks

31

occur. In particular, the occurrence of  any  of  these  risks could result in the following events,  which in
turn, could materially and adversely impact our results  of  operations:

(cid:127) disruption of oil and natural gas E&P activities;

(cid:127) restriction on the movement and exchange  of  funds;

(cid:127) inhibition of our ability to collect advances and receivables;

(cid:127) enactment of additional or stricter U.S. government  or international sanctions;

(cid:127) limitation of our access to markets for periods of time;

(cid:127) expropriation and nationalization of  assets of our company or those  of  our customers;

(cid:127) political and economic instability, which  may include armed conflict and civil  disturbance;

(cid:127) currency fluctuations, devaluations and  conversion restrictions;

(cid:127) confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies;  and

(cid:127) governmental actions that may result in  the deprivation  of  our  contractual rights.

Our international operations and sales increase our  exposure to other  countries’ restrictive tariff

regulations, other import/export restrictions and customer  credit risk.

In addition, we are subject to taxation in  many jurisdictions and  the final determination of our tax

liabilities involves the interpretation  of the statutes and requirements  of  taxing authorities worldwide.
Our tax returns are subject to routine  examination by taxing authorities, and these examinations may
result in assessments of additional taxes, penalties and/or interest.

We may  be unable to obtain broad intellectual property protection for our current and future products and
we may become involved in intellectual  property disputes; we  rely on developing and  acquiring  proprietary
data which we keep confidential.

We  rely  on a combination of patent, copyright and trademark laws, trade  secrets,  confidentiality

procedures and contractual provisions  to  protect our  proprietary  technologies. We believe that the
technological and creative skill of our employees, new product  developments, frequent product
enhancements, name recognition and  reliable product maintenance  are the foundations of our
competitive advantage. Although we have  a considerable portfolio of patents, copyrights  and
trademarks, these  property rights offer  us only limited protection. Our  competitors may attempt to copy
aspects of our products despite our efforts  to  protect our proprietary rights, or  may design around  the
proprietary features of our products. Policing unauthorized  use of our  proprietary rights  is difficult, and
we are unable to determine the extent  to  which such  use occurs. Our difficulties  are compounded in
certain foreign countries where the laws  do not offer  as much protection  for proprietary rights  as the
laws of  the United States.

Third parties inquire and claim from  time  to  time that  we have  infringed  upon their  intellectual

property rights. Many of our competitors own their own extensive global  portfolio of patents,
copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual  property to protect their proprietary
technologies. We believe that we have in place appropriate  procedures and  safeguards to help ensure
that we do not violate a third party’s intellectual property rights. However, no set of  procedures and
safeguards is infallible. We may unknowingly and inadvertently take action that is inconsistent with a
third party’s intellectual property rights, despite  our efforts to do  otherwise. Any such  claims from third
parties, with or without merit, could  be  time  consuming, result in costly  litigation,  result in  injunctions,
require product modifications, cause  product shipment delays or require  us  to  enter into royalty or
licensing arrangements. Such claims could  have  a material adverse effect on our results  of  operations
and financial condition.

32

Much of our litigation in recent years  have involved  disputes over our and others’ rights to

technology. See Item 3. ‘‘Legal Proceedings.’’

To protect the confidentiality of our proprietary and trade secret information, we  require

employees, consultants, contractors, advisors  and collaborators to enter  into confidentiality agreements.
Our customer data license and acquisition  agreements also identify our proprietary, confidential
information and require that such proprietary information be kept confidential. While these steps are
taken to strictly maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary and trade secret information,  it is
difficult to ensure that unauthorized use,  misappropriation or  disclosure will  not  occur. If  we are  unable
to maintain the secrecy of our proprietary, confidential information, we could be materially adversely
affected.

If we do not effectively manage our transition into  new services  and products, our revenues may suffer.

Services and products for the geophysical industry are  characterized  by rapid technological
advances in hardware performance, software functionality and  features, frequent introduction of new
services and products, and improvement  in price characteristics relative to product and  service
performance. Among the risks associated  with the introduction of new services and  products are  delays
in development or  manufacturing, variations  in costs,  delays in  customer  purchases or  reductions in
price of existing products in anticipation of new introductions, write-offs  or write-downs of the carrying
costs of inventory and raw materials associated with prior generation products, difficulty  in predicting
customer demand for new product and service  offerings  and effectively  managing inventory  levels so
that they are in line with anticipated  demand,  risks associated  with customer qualification, evaluation of
new products, and the risk that new products may have quality  or  other  defects or may  not  be
supported adequately by application software. The introduction of new services and products  by  our
competitors also may result in delays in  customer purchases  and difficulty in predicting customer
demand. If we do not make an effective transition from existing  services  and products to future
offerings, our revenues and margins  may decline.

Furthermore, sales of our new services and products may replace sales, or  result in discounting of
some of our current product or service  offerings, offsetting the benefits of a successful introduction.  In
addition, it may be difficult to ensure  performance of  new services  and products in accordance with our
revenue, margin and cost estimations  and  to achieve  operational efficiencies embedded in our
estimates. Given the competitive nature of the seismic industry, if any  of these risks materializes, future
demand for our services and products, and our future  results of operations, may  suffer.

INOVA Geophysical has caused a standby  letter of credit to  be issued  in  support of our obligations under
our senior secured credit agreement. In the event INOVA Geophysical is dissolved or the agent under  our
senior secured credit facility determines  in good faith that INOVA Geophysical is  unable  to perform  its
obligations under its guaranty, the maturity date of our senior secured  credit facility  could be accelerated.

Our senior secured credit agreement is guaranteed  by  a $175.0  million standby letter  of credit
issued by China Merchant Bank, Tianjin  Branch, on behalf of INOVA Geophysical  (the ‘‘INOVA LC’’).
In addition, BGP has issued a comfort  letter on behalf of the INOVA LC. The agent under our  senior
secured credit agreement, CMB, may  draw on the INOVA LC to pay unpaid amounts due to CMB
under our senior secured credit agreement.  We  have also  entered into a credit support agreement  with
INOVA Geophysical whereby we have  agreed to indemnify INOVA Geophysical for any and  all  losses
sustained by INOVA Geophysical that  arise out  of or are  a result of  the enforcement of  the
INOVA LC. Our senior secured credit  agreement provides  that in the event that INOVA is dissolved  or
the agent determines in good faith that  INOVA is unable  to perform  its obligations under its guaranty,
the maturity date of the indebtedness  would be accelerated to that date, which is 18 months after such
dissolution or determination.

33

Global economic conditions and credit  market uncertainties could have an adverse effect on customer
demand for certain of our services and products, which  in  turn would  adversely  affect our results of
operations, our cash flows, our financial condition and our stock price.

The global recession resulting from the 2008  financial crisis contributed  to  weakened demand on a

worldwide basis, which reduced the levels of exploration for oil and natural gas. Historically, demand
for our  services and products has been sensitive to the  level  of  exploration spending by E&P companies
and geophysical contractors. The demand for  our  services and products will be lessened  if  exploration
expenditures by E&P companies are  reduced. During periods of reduced levels of exploration  for oil
and natural gas, there have been oversupplies of seismic data and downward pricing  pressures on our
seismic services and products, which,  in  turn, have  limited  our ability to meet sales  objectives  and
maintain profit margins for our services  and products.  In the  past,  these then-prevailing  industry
conditions have had the effect of reducing our  revenues and  operating margins. The  markets  for oil
and gas historically have been volatile and may  continue to be so in the future.

Turmoil or uncertainty in the credit markets and its potential impact  on the liquidity  of major

financial institutions may have an adverse effect on our ability  to  fund  our business strategy through
borrowings under either existing or new  debt facilities in the public  or private markets and  on terms we
believe to be reasonable. Likewise, there can be no assurance  that our  customers will be able to borrow
money for their working capital or capital  expenditures on  a  timely  basis or  on reasonable terms, which
could have a negative impact on their demand for our services and products  and impair their ability to
pay us for our services and products on a  timely basis, or at all.

Our sales have historically been affected by interest  rate  fluctuations and the availability of
liquidity, and we and our customers would be adversely  affected by increases  in interest rates or
liquidity constraints. Rising interest rates may also  make certain  alternative services and  products
provided by our competitors more attractive to customers, which  could lead  to  a decline in demand  for
our  services and products. This could have a material  adverse effect on  our  business,  results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our business depends on the level of exploration and production activities by  the oil  and  natural gas
industry.  If oil and natural gas prices or the  level of capital  expenditures by E&P companies were to
decline, demand for our services and products would decline and our results  of operations would  be
adversely affected.

Demand  for our services and products depends upon  the level of  spending  by  E&P  companies and
seismic contractors for exploration and  development activities, and  those activities  depend in large part
on oil and gas prices. Spending by our  customers on services and products  that  we provide  is highly
discretionary in nature, and subject to rapid  and  material change. Any  significant decline  in oil and gas
related spending on behalf of our customers could cause alterations in  our  capital spending plans,
project modifications, delays or cancellations, general  business disruptions or delays in payment, or
non-payment of amounts that are owed  to  us  and could have  a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations and on our  ability to continue to satisfy all of the  covenants in our
loan agreements. Additionally, increases in oil  and gas  prices may  not increase demand for our  services
and products or otherwise have a positive effect  on our financial condition or  results of operations.
E&P companies’ willingness to explore, develop and produce depends  largely upon prevailing industry
conditions that are influenced by numerous factors over which our  management has no control,  such
as:

(cid:127) the supply of and demand for oil and  gas;

(cid:127) the level of prices, and expectations about future prices, of oil and gas;

(cid:127) the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and gas;

34

(cid:127) the expected rates of decline for current production;

(cid:127) the discovery rates of new oil and gas reserves;

(cid:127) weather conditions, including hurricanes, that can affect  oil and gas operations over a  wide  area,

as well as less severe inclement weather  that can preclude or delay seismic data acquisition;

(cid:127) domestic and worldwide economic conditions;

(cid:127) political instability in oil and gas producing countries;

(cid:127) technical advances affecting energy consumption;

(cid:127) government policies regarding the exploration, production and development of oil and gas

reserves;

(cid:127) the ability of oil and gas producers to raise equity capital  and debt financing; and

(cid:127) merger and divestiture activity among  oil and gas companies and  seismic contractors.

Although we believe that the long-term trend is  favorable, the level of  oil and gas exploration and

production activity has been volatile  in recent years. Previously forecasted trends  in oil and gas
exploration and development activities  may not continue  and demand for our services and products
may not reflect the level of activity in  the industry. Any prolonged substantial reduction in oil and gas
prices would likely affect oil and gas  production levels and  therefore  adversely affect demand  for the
services we provide and products we  sell.

We are exposed to risks relating to the  effectiveness of  our internal  controls; failure to maintain effective
internal control over financial reporting could have a  material adverse effect on the  accuracy, timeliness
and reliability of our financial reporting.  Our internal controls for financial  reporting and our disclosure
controls and procedures may not prevent  all possible errors that could occur.

In connection with the preparation and review of the financial statements  to  be  included in  our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for  the nine  months ended  September 30, 2013,  we determined  that
we had incorrectly presented the investments  in our multi-client seismic data libraries, or  SPANs, in  our
condensed consolidated statements of cash  flows for  the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the
six months ended June 30, 2013. We  had incorrectly recorded certain items of non-cash  activity related
to the investments in our multi-client seismic data libraries, which resulted  in an understatement of  our
cash provided by operating activities  and  an understatement  of our  cash used  in our investing  activities
as had been previously reported for the  interim periods  ended March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013.
These investment items should have  instead been included and presented as  additions  to  our net  cash
used in investing activities in our condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for  the three months
ended March 31, 2013 and the six months  ended  June 30, 2013. As a result,  we filed Form 10-Q/A
amendments to our Quarterly Reports  on  Form  10-Q for the quarterly periods ended  March 31, 2013
and June 30,  2013, reflecting the restatements to our condensed consolidated  statements of cash  flows
contained in those previously filed Form  10-Qs.

Our management concluded that a material weakness  existed in our internal control over financial
reporting with respect to certain procedures and controls related to the preparation and  review of our
consolidated statements of cash flows as  of September  30, 2013. A material weakness is a  deficiency, or
combination of deficiencies, in internal  control over financial reporting, such that there is a  reasonable
possibility that a material misstatement  of the annual or interim  financial statements will not be
prevented or detected on a timely basis.

As a result of this material weakness,  our management  concluded that  our  disclosure controls and

procedures were not effective as of March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2013, and that we did not
maintain effective internal control over financial  reporting as of  March 31, June 30 and September  30,
2013.

35

To address the material weakness, we have undertaken improvements to our  procedures  and
controls that include the use of automated systems reporting of non-cash accruals related to our
investments in our multi-client data library and  fixed  assets and  an improved cross-functional
management review of the statement  of  cash flows. The enhanced  controls should  enable management
to ensure that the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows are presented accurately.

For a  description of this material weakness  in our internal control over financial reporting

identified in September 30, 2013 and  our  remediation  efforts as of December 31, 2013, see
Item 9A. ‘‘Controls and Procedures.’’

Although we believe that we have remediated the material weakness described  above, there  can be

no assurance that such controls will effectively prevent  material misstatements in our  consolidated
financial statements in future periods.  We may experience controls  deficiencies or  material  weakness in
the future, which could adversely impact  the accuracy and  timeliness of our future  reporting and
reports and filings we make with the SEC.  If, in the  future, we fail to maintain  the adequacy  of  our
internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may
not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an  ongoing  basis that we have effective internal controls
over financial reporting in accordance  with  Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley  Act. Failure to achieve
and maintain an effective internal control environment could  have a material  adverse  effect  on the
accuracy, timeliness and reliability of  our  financial reporting, which could in turn, have  a negative effect
on our financial condition and results  of operations as well  as the price  of our  publicly traded
securities.

The loss of any significant customer could materially and  adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.

Our business is exposed to risks related to customer  concentration. While no single  customer
represented 10% or more of our consolidated net revenues  for 2013, 2012  and 2011,  our  top five
customers together accounted for approximately  29%, 28% and  30%, respectively, of our consolidated
net revenues during those years. The  loss of  any of our significant customers or deterioration in  our
relations with any of them could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and  financial
condition.

During  the last ten years, our traditional seismic contractor customers have  been rapidly

consolidating, thereby consolidating the  demand for our services and products.  In  2013, CGG acquired
Fugro’s geoscience division. This acquisition  evidences the further consolidation  ongoing in this  market,
and could have the effect of reducing the  number of our  potential customers  and vessel outfitting
opportunities. The loss of any of our  significant customers  to  further consolidation could materially and
adversely affect our results of operations  and financial condition.

Our stock price has been volatile from time to time, declining precipitously from  time  to time during the
period from 2008 through the present, and it  could decline  again.

The securities markets in general and  our common  stock  in particular  have experienced significant
price and volume volatility in recent years.  The market price and trading volume of  our common  stock
may continue to experience significant  fluctuations  due  not  only to general  stock  market  conditions but
also to a change in sentiment in the market regarding our operations or business prospects or those of
companies in our industry. In addition to the  other  risk  factors discussed  in this section, the  price and
volume volatility of our common stock may be affected  by:

(cid:127) operating results that vary from the expectations of securities analysts  and  investors;

36

(cid:127) factors influencing the levels of global oil  and  natural gas  exploration  and exploitation activities,
such as depressed prices for natural  gas in North America or disasters such as the Deepwater
Horizon incident in the Gulf of Mexico in 2010;

(cid:127) the operating and securities price performance of companies that investors  or analysts consider

comparable to us;

(cid:127) actions by rating agencies related to the Notes;

(cid:127) announcements of strategic developments,  acquisitions  and other material  events by us or our

competitors; and

(cid:127) changes in global financial markets and global economies and general  market conditions,  such as

interest rates, commodity and equity prices  and the  value of financial assets.

To the extent that the price of our common  stock remains at  lower levels or it declines further,  our

ability to raise funds through the issuance  of equity or otherwise use our common stock as
consideration will be reduced. In addition, further borrowings by us may  make  it more  difficult  for us
to access additional capital. These factors may limit our ability to implement our operating and growth
plans.

Goodwill and intangible assets that we have recorded  are subject to impairment evaluations and, as a
result, we could be required to write-off  additional goodwill and  intangible assets. In  addition, portions of
our products inventory may become obsolete or excessive due to future changes  in  technology, changes  in
market demand, or changes in market expectations.  Write-downs of these  assets  may adversely affect our
financial condition and results of operations.

In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification  (‘‘ASC’’) 350, ‘‘Intangibles—Goodwill and
Other’’ (‘‘ASC 350’’), we are required to compare the fair value of our goodwill and intangible assets
(when certain impairment indicators  under  ASC 350 are present) to their carrying amount. If the fair
value of such goodwill or intangible assets is less than its carrying value, an impairment  loss is recorded
to the extent that the fair value of these assets  within  the reporting  units  is less than their carrying
value.

For goodwill testing purposes, the $193.3 million litigation contingency accrual is assigned to the
Marine Systems reporting unit. Based on  the increase  in  this accrual  and the recording of a valuation
allowance on substantially all of our net  deferred tax assets in the third quarter of 2013, this reporting
unit’s carrying value was negative as of December 31, 2013.  The negative carrying value required us  to
perform step 2 of the impairment test  on Marine Systems; the test did not indicate an impairment of
goodwill associated with the Marine Systems reporting unit.

Further reductions in or an impairment of the  value of our goodwill or other intangible assets will

result in additional charges against our  earnings, which could  have a material adverse effect  on our
reported results of operations and financial position in future periods. At December 31, 2013, our
goodwill and other intangible asset balances  were $55.9  million and $11.2 million, respectively.

Our products and services’ technologies often change relatively  quickly. Phasing out  of old
products involves estimating the amounts  of inventories we need to hold to satisfy demand for those
products and satisfy future repair part  needs. Based on changing technologies and customer  demand,
we may find that we have either obsolete or excess inventory on hand.  Because of unforeseen future
changes in technology, market demand  or competition,  we might have to write off unusable inventory,
which  would adversely affect our results  of operations. For the  year ended December  31, 2013, we
increased our reserve for excess and  obsolete inventories by $18.2 million related to write-downs of
inventory resulting from the restructuring of our Systems  segment. In addition, we wrote off

37

$1.1 million of inventory through scrap expense, and wrote  down $1.9 million of inventory to a lower of
cost or market value basis as a result of the restructuring.

Due to the international scope of our business  activities, our results of operations may be significantly
affected by currency fluctuations.

We  derive a significant portion of our  consolidated  net revenues from international sales,
subjecting us to risks relating to fluctuations in  currency  exchange  rates. Currency  variations  can
adversely affect margins on sales of our products  in countries outside of the United States and margins
on sales of products that include components obtained from  suppliers located outside  of the United
States. Through our subsidiaries, we operate  in a wide variety of jurisdictions,  including the  United
Kingdom, China, Canada, the Netherlands, Brazil,  Russia, the United Arab Emirates,  Egypt and other
countries. Certain of these countries  have  experienced  geopolitical instability, economic problems and
other uncertainties from time to time.  To the extent that  world events  or  economic conditions
negatively affect our future sales to customers in these and other regions  of the world, or the
collectability of receivables, our future results of operations, liquidity and financial condition may be
adversely affected. We currently require customers  in certain higher  risk  countries to provide their own
financing. We do not currently extend  long-term credit  through notes to companies in countries  where
we perceive excessive credit risk.

A majority of our foreign net working capital is within  the United Kingdom. Our subsidiaries in

the U.K. and in other countries receive  their  income  and pay their  expenses primarily in their local
currencies. To the extent that transactions of these subsidiaries are settled in their local  currencies, a
devaluation of those currencies versus the  U.S. dollar could reduce the  contribution from these
subsidiaries to our consolidated results  of  operations as  reported in U.S. dollars. For financial reporting
purposes, such depreciation will negatively affect our  reported results  of  operations since earnings
denominated in foreign currencies would be converted  to  U.S. dollars  at a  decreased  value. In addition,
since we participate in competitive bids  for  sales of  certain of our services and products  that  are
denominated in U.S. dollars, a depreciation  of the U.S. dollar against other currencies could harm  our
competitive position relative to other  companies. While we  have employed  economic cash flow  and fair
value hedges to minimize the risks associated with these  exchange  rate  fluctuations, the hedging
activities may be ineffective or may not offset more than a  portion of the adverse financial impact
resulting from currency variations. Accordingly,  we cannot  assure you that  fluctuations in the  values of
the currencies of countries in which we operate will not materially  adversely affect our  future results  of
operations.

We rely on highly skilled personnel in our businesses, and if we are unable  to  retain  or motivate key
personnel or hire qualified personnel, we  may not be  able to  grow effectively.

Our performance is largely dependent on the  talents and efforts  of  highly skilled individuals.  Our
future success depends on our continuing ability  to  identify, hire,  develop, motivate  and retain skilled
personnel for all areas of our organization. We require  highly skilled personnel to operate and provide
technical services and support for our  businesses. Competition  for qualified  personnel required for our
data processing operations and our other  segments’ businesses has intensified in recent years. Our
growth has presented challenges to us  to  recruit,  train and retain our employees while managing the
impact of potential wage inflation and  the  lack of  available qualified  labor in some markets where we
operate. A well-trained, motivated and adequately-staffed work force has a positive impact on  our
ability to attract and retain business.  Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our
ability to attract new employees and  to  retain and  motivate  our existing employees.

38

If we, our option holders or stockholders  holding registration rights sell additional  shares  of our common
stock in the future, the market price of  our common stock  could  decline.  The exercise of  our  stock options
could result in substantial dilution to our  existing stockholders.  Sales in the open market of the shares of
common stock acquired upon such exercises may have the effect  of reducing the  then current market price
for  our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could  decline as a result of sales of a large  number of
shares of our common stock in the market in the future, or  the  perception  that  such sales could occur.
These sales, or the possibility that these sales  may occur,  could make it more difficult  for us to sell
equity securities in the future at a time and at a price  that  we  deem appropriate. As of  February  3,
2014, we had 163,737,757 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Substantially all of these
shares are available for sale in the public market, subject in  some cases to  volume and other limitations
or delivery of a prospectus. At February 3, 2014, we had outstanding stock options to purchase up to
8,236,950 shares of our common stock at  a weighted average  exercise price of  $6.83 per share. We also
had, as of that date, 5,041,703 shares  of common stock reserved for  issuance under outstanding
restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards.

During  2009, we issued in a privately-negotiated transaction 18.5  million shares of our common

stock to certain institutional investors. In  March  2010, we  issued 23.8 million shares  to  BGP  in a
privately-negotiated transaction in connection with the formation of our INOVA Geophysical joint
venture. These shares may be resold  into  the public markets in  sale transactions pursuant to currently-
effective registration statements filed  with  the SEC or  pursuant  to  another exemption from registration.
Sales in the public market of a large  number of shares of common stock (or the perception that such
sales could occur) could apply downward pressure on the  prevailing market price of  our common  stock.

Shares of our common stock are also  subject  to  certain demand and piggyback registration rights

held by Laitram, L.L.C., an affiliate of  one  of our directors.  We  also may enter into additional
registration rights agreements in the future in  connection with any subsequent acquisitions or securities
transactions we may undertake. Any  sales of our common stock under these registration rights
arrangements with Laitram or other stockholders could be negatively  perceived in  the trading  markets
and negatively affect the price of our common  stock.  Sales  of a  substantial number of our shares of
common stock in the public market under these arrangements, or the expectation of  such sales, could
cause  the market price of our common  stock  to  decline.

Certain of our facilities could be damaged  by  hurricanes and other natural  disasters, which could have an
adverse effect on our results of operations  and financial condition.

Certain of our facilities are located in regions of the  United States that are  susceptible to damage

from hurricanes and other weather events,  and,  during  2005, were impacted by hurricanes or other
weather events. Our Systems segment  leases 191,000  square  feet of  facilities  located  in Harahan,
Louisiana, in  the greater New Orleans  metropolitan area. In late August 2005, we suspended
operations at these facilities and evacuated  and locked down the facilities in  preparation for Hurricane
Katrina. These facilities did not experience flooding or significant damage  during  or after the hurricane.
However, because of employee evacuations,  power  failures and lack of related support services,  utilities
and infrastructure in the New Orleans area,  we were unable to resume full operations at  the facilities
until late September 2005. In September 2008, we lost power and related services  for several  days at
our  offices located in the Houston metropolitan area, which includes a substantial portion  of  our  data
processing infrastructure, and in Harahan,  Louisiana as  a result of Hurricane Ike and  Hurricane
Gustav.

Future hurricanes or similar natural  disasters  that  impact  our facilities  may negatively affect our
financial position and operating results  for those periods.  These negative effects may include  reduced
production, product sales and data processing revenues;  costs associated with resuming production;

39

reduced orders for our services and products from customers that were similarly  affected by these
events; lost market share; late deliveries; additional costs  to purchase  materials  and supplies from
outside suppliers; uninsured property losses; inadequate  business interruption insurance and an inability
to retain necessary staff. To the extent  that  climate change increases the  severity of hurricanes and
other weather events, as some have suggested, it  could  worsen the severity of these negative effects on
our  financial position and operating results.

Our operations, and the operations of our customers,  are subject to numerous government regulations,
which could adversely limit our operating  flexibility. Regulatory initiatives  undertaken from time to  time,
such  as the  regulatory actions taken by  the U.S. government in response  to  the  Deepwater Horizon incident
in  the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, can adversely affect,  and have  has  adversely affected,  our customers and  our
business.

In addition to the specific regulatory risks discussed elsewhere in this Item 1A. ‘‘Risk Factors’’

section, our operations are subject to other laws,  regulations,  government policies and product
certification requirements worldwide.  Changes  in such  laws, regulations, policies or  requirements could
affect the demand for our products or services  or result  in the need to modify  our products and
services, which may involve substantial  costs or delays in sales and could have an adverse effect  on our
future operating results. Our export activities  are also  subject  to  extensive and  evolving  trade
regulations. Certain countries are subject to restrictions, sanctions and  embargoes  imposed by the
United States government. These restrictions, sanctions and  embargoes also prohibit  or limit us from
participating in certain business activities  in those countries. Our  operations  are subject to numerous
local, state and federal laws and regulations in the  United States and in foreign  jurisdictions concerning
the containment and disposal of hazardous materials, the  remediation of contaminated properties,  and
the protection of the environment. These  laws have been  changed  frequently in  the past, and there can
be no assurance that future changes will not have a material adverse effect on  us. In  addition,  our
customers’ operations are also significantly impacted  by laws  and regulations concerning the protection
of the environment and endangered  species. Consequently, changes in  governmental regulations
applicable to our customers may reduce demand for our services and  products.  To  the extent that our
customers’ operations are disrupted by future laws and regulations, our  business and results of
operations may be materially and adversely affected.

In April 2010, the Deepwater Horizon drilling  rig  in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico sank following a
catastrophic explosion and fire, which resulted  in the release  of millions of barrels of crude oil. In
response to this incident, the Bureau  of  Ocean Energy Management, Regulation  and Enforcement
imposed a moratorium on certain drilling activities in the U.S, Gulf of Mexico. While the moratorium
was lifted in October 2010, BSEE and  BOEM have issued and are expected to issue  new safety and
environmental guidelines or regulations  for drilling  in the Gulf of Mexico  and in other U.S.  offshore
locations. As a result of these changes, the permitting process for exploration and  development
activities in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico  slowed considerably, which adversely affected our  results of
operations and financial condition. Our Solutions segment was particularly impacted negatively during
2010 and 2011 by a reduction in data  processing business from the Gulf of Mexico and new venture
and multi-client seismic data library sales  from our GulfSPAN seismic  dataset.

Future changes in laws or regulations regarding offshore oil and  gas exploration and development
activities and decisions by customers, governmental  agencies, or  other industry participants in response
to these changes, could reduce demand for our services and products, which could have  a negative
impact on our financial position, results  of operations  or cash flows. We cannot reasonably or  reliably
estimate that such changes will occur,  when they will occur, or whether  they will impact us. Such
changes can occur quickly within a region, similar to the Deepwater Horizon incident, which  may
impact both the affected region and global  exploration  and  production, and we  may not be able  to
respond quickly, or at all, to mitigate  these  changes. In addition,  these future laws and regulations

40

could result in increased compliance costs or  additional operating restrictions that may adversely affect
the financial health of our customers  and decrease the  demand for our  services  and products.

Climate change regulations or legislation could result  in increased operating costs and reduced demand for
the oil and gas our clients intend to produce.

In response to concerns suggesting that  emissions of and greenhouse gases  (including carbon

dioxide and methane) (‘‘GHGs’’) may be contributing to global climate change, legislative  and
regulatory measures to address the concerns are in various  phases of discussion  or implementation. We
are aware of the increasing focus of  local, state,  national and international  regulatory bodies on GHG
emissions and climate change issues. The United States Congress  may  consider legislation  to  reduce
GHG emissions. Although it is not possible at  this time to predict whether proposed legislation  or
regulations will be adopted, any such  future laws  and  regulations could result in increased compliance
costs or additional operating restrictions.  Any additional costs or operating  restrictions associated with
legislation or regulations regarding GHG emissions could have a material adverse impact on our
business, financial condition and results  of  operations.

At least one-third  of the states, either  individually or through multi-state regional  initiatives, have

already taken legal measures intended to reduce GHG emissions, primarily through the planned
development of GHG emission inventories and/or GHG cap and  trade programs.  More stringent
regulations and laws relating to GHGs and climate change  may be adopted  in the future and  could
reduce the demand for our services and products.  Reductions in our revenues or increases in our
expenses as a result of climate control  initiatives could have adverse effects on our business, financial
position, results of operations and prospects.

Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing could result in reductions or delays in drilling and completing
new oil and natural gas wells, which could adversely impact our revenues by decreasing  the demand for our
data libraries and seismic acquisition services.

Hydraulic fracturing is a process used by oil and gas exploration and production operators in the
completion of certain oil and gas wells,  particularly in  low permeability formations such as shales. The
process involves the injection of water,  sand, other  proppants and chemicals  under pressure into the
target reservoir to stimulate hydrocarbon production.  Our business is highly dependent on the level of
activity by our oil and gas exploration  and production customers, and hydrocarbons cannot be
economically  produced from certain reservoirs without extensive hydraulic fracturing.

Due to public concerns about environmental impact  that hydraulic fracturing may have, including
potential impairment of groundwater quality, legislative and regulatory efforts at the federal, state  and
local levels have been initiated to impose  more stringent permitting and compliance obligations on
these operations. Several states have  implemented, or  are considering implementing, new regulations
pertaining to hydraulic fracturing, including the disclosure  of chemicals used in fracturing  operations. A
number of state and local governments have also adopted or  are considering  adopting additional
requirements relating to hydraulic fracturing. In certain  areas of the  country, new drilling  permits  for
hydraulic fracturing have been put on hold pending the completion of  studies and development of
additional standards.

Further governmental reviews are underway or being  proposed that focus on environmental aspects

of hydraulic fracturing practices. The White House Council on Environmental Quality is coordinating
an administration-wide review of hydraulic fracturing practices,  and  a committee of  the U.S.  House of
Representatives has conducted an investigation of hydraulic fracturing practices. The EPA has
commenced a study of the potential  environmental effects  of hydraulic  fracturing on drinking water and
groundwater, with final results expected to be released in late 2014.

41

The adoption of legislation or regulations placing significant restrictions on  hydraulic fracturing
activities could impose operational delays  and increased operating costs on our customers, making it
more difficult and costly for them to  complete natural gas and  oil  wells.  In the  event such requirements
are enacted, demand for our shale data libraries  and  seismic data  acquisition services and products may
be adversely affected.

We have  outsourcing arrangements with  third parties to  manufacture some of our products. If these third
party suppliers fail to deliver quality products or components at reasonable prices on a timely  basis, we may
alienate some of our customers and our revenues, profitability and cash flow may decline. Additionally,
current global economic conditions could  have a negative impact on our suppliers, causing a disruption  in
our vendor supplies. A disruption in vendor supplies may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our manufacturing processes require a high  volume of quality components. We  have increased  our

use of contract manufacturers as an alternative to our own  manufacturing  of  products. We  have
outsourced the manufacturing of our towed marine streamers and MEMS components. Certain
components used by us are currently provided by only one supplier. If, in implementing any outsource
initiative, we are unable to identify contract manufacturers willing to contract  with us on competitive
terms and to devote adequate resources to fulfill their obligations to us  or if we do  not  properly
manage these relationships, our existing customer  relationships may  suffer.  In  addition, by undertaking
these activities, we run the risk that the  reputation  and  competitiveness of our services and products
may deteriorate as a result of the reduction of our control over quality and delivery schedules. We also
may experience supply interruptions, cost  escalations  and  competitive  disadvantages if our contract
manufacturers fail to develop, implement, or maintain manufacturing methods appropriate for our
products and customers.

Reliance on certain suppliers, as well  as industry supply conditions, generally  involves several risks,

including the possibility of a shortage  or a lack of  availability of key components, increases in
component costs and reduced control  over delivery schedules. If any of these risks are realized, our
revenues, profitability and cash flows may  decline.  In addition, as  we  come to rely more heavily on
contract manufacturers, we may have  fewer personnel resources with  expertise to manage problems that
may arise from these third-party arrangements.

Additionally, our suppliers could be negatively impacted  by current global economic conditions. If
certain of our suppliers were to experience significant  cash flow issues or become insolvent as a  result
of such conditions, it could result in a reduction or interruption in supplies to us or a significant
increase in the price of such supplies and adversely  impact our  results of  operations and  cash flows.

Under some of our outsourcing arrangements, our  manufacturing  outsourcers purchase

agreed-upon inventory levels to meet our  forecasted demand. Our manufacturing plans and  inventory
levels are generally based on sales forecasts. If demand proves to be less  than we  originally forecasted
and we cancel our committed purchase  orders, our outsourcers generally will have the right to require
us to purchase inventory which they had  purchased on our behalf.  Should we be required to purchase
inventory under these terms, we may be required  to  hold  inventory that  we  may never utilize.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, Delaware  law  and certain contractual obligations under  our
agreement with BGP contain provisions  that could  discourage another  company  from acquiring us.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, Delaware  law  and the  terms of our
investor rights agreement with BGP may have  the effect of discouraging, delaying  or preventing a
merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable, including  transactions in which you
might otherwise receive a premium for  shares of  our  common  stock. These  provisions include:

(cid:127) authorizing the issuance of ‘‘blank check’’ preferred stock without any need for action by

stockholders;

42

(cid:127) providing for a classified board of directors with staggered terms;

(cid:127) requiring supermajority stockholder voting  to  effect certain amendments to our certificate of

incorporation and bylaws;

(cid:127) eliminating the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

(cid:127) prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;  and

(cid:127) establishing advance notice requirements for  nominations for election  to  the board  of  directors

or for proposing matters that can be acted on  by  stockholders at stockholder meetings.

In addition, the terms of our INOVA  Geophysical  joint venture with  BGP  and BGP’s investment
in our company contain a number of provisions, such as certain  pre-emptive rights  granted to BGP with
respect to certain future issuances of  our  stock, that could have  the effect of discouraging, delaying  or
preventing a merger or acquisition of our  company that  our stockholders  may  otherwise consider to be
favorable.

Note: The  foregoing factors pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
should not be construed as exhaustive.  In addition to  the foregoing, we wish to  refer readers to other
factors discussed elsewhere in this report as well as other filings and reports with the SEC for  a
further discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual  results to  differ materially  from
those contained in forward-looking statements. We undertake  no obligation to publicly release the
result of any revisions to any such forward-looking statements, which may be  made to  reflect the
events or circumstances after the date  hereof or to  reflect the occurrence of unanticipated  events.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our principal operating facilities at December 31, 2013 were as follows:

Operating  Facilities

Square
Footage

Segment

Houston, Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harahan, Louisiana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Denver, Colorado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edinburgh, Scotland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jebel Ali, Dubai, United Arab Emirates . . . . . . .

224,000 Global Headquarters and Solutions
191,000
29,000
23,000
2,000

Systems
Solutions
Software
International Sales Headquarters

469,000

Each  of these operating facilities is leased by us under long-term lease agreements. These  lease
agreements have terms that expire ranging  from 2013 to 2025. See Note 13 ‘‘Operating Leases’’ of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In addition, we lease offices in Cranleigh, England;  Beijing, China;  and  Moscow,  Russia to support
our  global sales force. We lease offices for  our seismic data processing centers in Egham, England; Port
Harcourt, Nigeria; Luanda, Angola; Moscow,  Russia; Cairo,  Egypt; Villahermosa,  Mexico;  Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil; Port of Spain, Trinidad;  West  Perth, Australia; and  Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  We  also
lease other facilities in Stafford, Texas;  St. Rose, Louisiana; and Calgary,  Canada. Our executive
headquarters (utilizing approximately 23,100 square feet) is  located at  2105 CityWest Boulevard,
Suite 400, Houston, Texas. The machinery, equipment, buildings  and other facilities owned and leased
by us are considered by our management to be sufficiently maintained and adequate  for our current
operations.

43

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

WesternGeco

In June 2009, WesternGeco L.L.C. (‘‘WesternGeco’’) filed a lawsuit against us in the United States

District  Court for the Southern District  of  Texas, Houston  Division. In the lawsuit, styled
WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical  Corporation, WesternGeco alleged that we infringed  several
method and apparatus claims contained  in four of its United States  patents  regarding marine seismic
streamer steering devices. WesternGeco  sought unspecified  monetary damages and an injunction
prohibiting us from making, using, selling, offering for sale or supplying any  infringing products in the
United States.

In June 2010, WesternGeco filed a lawsuit against various  subsidiaries and  affiliates  of  Fugro N.V.

(‘‘Fugro’’), one of our seismic contractor customers, accusing  Fugro of infringing the  same United
States patents regarding marine seismic  streamer steering devices by planning  to  use certain equipment
purchased from us on a survey located outside of U.S. territorial waters. The court  approved the
consolidation of the Fugro case with our  case.  Fugro  filed a motion to dismiss the  lawsuit,  and in
March 2011 the presiding judge granted Fugro’s motion to dismiss in part, on the basis that the  alleged
activities of Fugro would occur more  than 12  miles from the U.S. coast and therefore are  not
actionable under U.S. patent infringement  law.

In response to a Motion for Summary Judgment filed jointly by  us and Fugro, the Court ruled  in
April 2012 that we did not directly infringe WesternGeco’s method patent claims. In a pre-trial ruling
on June 29, 2012, the Court ruled that, if  a particular  patent claim of  WesternGeco was  held to be
valid and enforceable at the upcoming  trial, our DigiFIN  lateral streamer control system, when
combined with our lateral controller in  the United States, would infringe one claim in  one  of
WesternGeco’s asserted patents, U.S. Patent No. 7,293,520, under 35 U.S.C. §271(f)(1).

Trial began on July 23, 2012. During the  trial, Fugro settled all claims asserted against it  by
WesternGeco and obtained a global license  from WesternGeco. A verdict  was  returned by the jury on
August 16, 2012, finding that we willfully  infringed the claims contained  in the  four patents and
awarded WesternGeco the sum of $105.9 million in damages,  consisting of $12.5 million in  reasonable
royalty and $93.4 million in lost profits.

In September 2012, we filed motions  with  the trial court to  overturn all or portions of the  verdict.

In June 2013, the presiding judge entered a  Memorandum  and  Order rejecting the  jury’s finding of
willfulness and denying WesternGeco’s motions for willfulness and enhanced damages, but  also denying
our  post-verdict motions that challenged  the jury’s infringement findings and the damages amount. In
the Memorandum and Order, the judge also stated that  he would approve WesternGeco’s motion for a
permanent injunction and that WesternGeco is entitled to be  awarded supplemental  damages for the
additional DigiFIN units that were supplied from the United States before and after trial that were not
included in the jury verdict due to the  timing of the trial.  On October 24, 2013,  the judge  entered
another Memorandum and Order, ruling  on the number of  DigiFIN units that are  subject to
supplemental damages and also ruling  that the supplemental  damages applicable to the additional units
should be calculated by adding together  the jury’s previous reasonable royalty and lost profits damages
awards per unit, resulting in supplemental damages of $73.1  million.  The total damages  award  in the
case now consists of the jury award of  $105.9 million  and  the supplemental  damages award of
$73.1 million, plus prejudgment interest and  court costs. The  October 2013  Memorandum and Order
also concluded that our infringement  involving the supplemental  units  was not willful and  that
WesternGeco was not entitled to receive  enhanced  damages.

The next probable step in the case is  for the trial  court judge to sign and enter a  final judgment.

As of the filing date of this Annual Report  on Form  10-K,  the Court had not yet entered  a final
judgment in the case.

44

Upon the entering of a final trial court judgment, we intend to appeal the  judgment to the  United

States Court of Appeals for the Federal  Circuit.  WesternGeco would  also have the right to elect to
appeal any final judgment.

Either within its final judgment or in a  separate  order  entered after  its final judgment,  the trial
court has ruled that it will also enter a  permanent injunction against us. As of the filing date  of  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Court  had not issued  the final terms of the permanent  injunction.
Until the permanent injunction is entered,  the final  terms of  the  injunction  cannot be known for
certain,  but it is likely that the permanent injunction will prohibit us from  supplying our DigiFIN units,
two parts that are unique to the DigiFIN product and related  software from  the United States  to  our
customers overseas with an intention for  the customers to combine DigiFIN  and the  software with
other required components of the patent claims. Although no  permanent injunction has yet been
entered, we have conducted our business  in compliance  with the  Court’s orders in the case, and we
have reorganized our operations such that  we no longer  supply DigiFIN units,  the unique DigiFIN
parts or the related software from the United  States.

Based on our analysis after the trial  court’s Memorandum and Order in June 2013 denying our

post-verdict motions that challenged the jury’s infringement findings and the damages amount, we
increased our loss contingency accrual related to this case from $10.0  million to $120.0 million,
consisting of jury verdict damages, court  costs and estimates of prejudgment  interest and supplemental
damages. Based on our analysis after  the  trial court’s Memorandum and Order in October 2013
awarding supplemental damages, we  further increased  our loss contingency  accrual  related to this case
from $120.0 million, to $193.3 million at December 31, 2013, consisting of jury verdict  damages,
supplemental damages, court costs and  estimates of  prejudgment interest. Additional interest will
continue to accrue until this legal matter is fully resolved.

Our assessment of our potential loss  contingency may change in the  future due to developments at

the trial court or appellate court and  other  events, such as changes in applicable law, and such
reassessment could lead to the determination  that no loss contingency is probable or  that  a greater or
lesser loss contingency is probable. Any such reassessment could have a material  effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.

As stated above, we intend to appeal the  trial court judgment to the United States Court  of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit. In order to stay the judgment during our appeal, we will be required
to post an appeal bond with the trial  court after the final trial court judgment is entered. The amount
of the appeal bond is in the discretion  of  the  trial court judge,  but it could  be  required to be up to the
full amount of damages entered in the judgment, plus court costs and interest. To be prepared for an
adverse judgment in this case, we have  arranged with  sureties  to  post an appeal bond on  our behalf.
The sureties have indicated they will likely  require us  to  post cash collateral to secure the appeal  bond
amount for as long as the bond is outstanding. We  currently believe that the sureties will likely require
cash collateral equal to 25% of the appeal bond amount,  although they  will likely have the  contractual
right to require cash collateral for up to the full  amount of the  bond. Until the  final judgment is
entered and an appeal bond is posted,  the terms applicable to the  appeal bond, including the amount
of collateral required to secure the bond, are not final. Depending on the size of the bond and the
amount of collateral required, in order to collateralize the bond we would  intend to utilize a
combination of cash on hand and undrawn balances available  under our revolving line of  credit. If the
appeal bond is required to cover the entire judgment amount and we are required  to  collateralize  the
full amount of the  bond, we might also  incur additional  debt  and/or equity  financing. The
collateralization of the full amount of a large appeal  bond could have  an adverse effect on our
liquidity.

If we  are unable to post the appeal bond, we will  be  unable to stay enforcement of the trial  court
judgment during the appeal of the judgment. Until the  trial court enters the final  judgment and rules

45

on the amount of the appeal bond, we are unable to determine for certain the  required amount of the
bond and whether and to what extent the  sureties will require the appeal bond to be collateralized.
Similarly, we are unable to predict the timing of the final judgment being entered by the trial  court or
the timing of posting the required appeal  bond.

Any requirements that we collateralize the appeal bond will reduce our  liquidity  and may  reduce

the borrowings otherwise available under our credit facility. The current maturity date  of any
outstanding debt under our Credit Facility is March 2015.  No assurances  can  be  made whether  our
efforts to raise additional cash would be successful and, if  so, on what terms and conditions, and at
what cost we might be able to secure any  such  financing.

Fletcher

In November 2009, Fletcher International, Ltd. (‘‘Fletcher’’), the sole holder of all of the
outstanding shares of our Series D Preferred  Stock until  June 2012, filed  a lawsuit against us  and
certain of our directors in the Delaware Court of Chancery. In the lawsuit, styled  Fletcher
International, Ltd. v. ION Geophysical  Corporation, et al, Fletcher alleged, among other things, that we
violated Fletcher’s consent rights contained in the Series  D Preferred Stock  Certificates of  Designation,
by (a) the execution and delivery of a convertible  promissory note to the  Bank of China, New York
Branch by one of our subsidiaries (incorporated in  Luxembourg), in connection with a  bridge  loan
funded in October 2009 by Bank of China and  (b) our  Canadian subsidiary  executing and delivering
several promissory notes in 2008 in connection with our acquisition of ARAM Systems Ltd. Fletcher
also alleged that our directors violated their fiduciary  duties by  allowing  the subsidiaries to deliver  the
notes without Fletcher’s consent. In a Memorandum Opinion issued in May 2010 in response to a
motion for partial summary judgment, the judge dismissed all of Fletcher’s claims against our named
directors but also concluded that, because  the  bridge  loan note  executed by  our Luxembourg subsidiary
in 2009 was convertible into our common stock,  Fletcher had the right to consent to the issuance of the
note and that we had violated Fletcher’s consent rights by that subsidiary’s issuing the bridge loan note
without Fletcher’s consent. In March 2011, the judge dismissed certain  additional claims asserted by
Fletcher. In May 2012, the judge ruled  that Fletcher did not have  the right to consent with respect to
two of the promissory notes executed  and  delivered by our Canadian subsidiary  in September  2008 in
connection with our purchase of ARAM Systems  Ltd., but that (i) Fletcher  did have the  right to
consent to the execution and delivery in  December  2008 of a  replacement promissory note in the
principal amount of $35 million and  (ii)  we had violated  Fletcher’s consent rights by the subsidiary’s
executing and delivering the replacement promissory note  without  Fletcher’s consent. Fletcher elected
not to pursue damages related to the issuance  of  the replacement $35 million promissory note.

In June 2012, Fletcher filed a voluntary  petition for relief under Chapter  11 of the  U.S.
Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy  Court  for the  Southern District  of New  York.  Fletcher’s
shares of Series D Preferred Stock, which  had been pledged  by Fletcher to  secure certain indebtedness,
were sold by the pledgee to an affiliate of  D.E.  Shaw &  Co.,  Inc. in June 2012.  On September 30, 2013,
the holder of the shares of Series D  Preferred Stock  converted all of the shares into shares  of  our
common stock. After the conversion, there were  no shares of Series D Preferred Stock  outstanding.

After a trial to determine the amount of damages that we  would owe Fletcher  as a result of the

bridge loan note being issued without  Fletcher’s consent, in December 2013 the presiding judge
awarded Fletcher $300,000 in damages, plus prejudgment  interest. We agreed to pay Fletcher the
amount of $500,000 to settle the case and all  rights of appeal. The amount of the settlement, along
with our fees and expenses incurred  in  connection with the case, is covered by insurance, subject to
applicable deductibles.

46

Other  Litigation

We  have been named in various other  lawsuits or threatened  actions that are incidental  to  our
ordinary business. Litigation is inherently  unpredictable. Any claims against us, whether meritorious  or
not, could be time-consuming, cause us to  incur costs  and expenses, require significant  amounts of
management time and result in the diversion of significant  operational  resources.  The  results of these
lawsuits and actions cannot be predicted with certainty. We  currently believe that the ultimate
resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect  on our financial condition or results
of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

47

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder  Matters and Issuer  Purchases of

Equity Securities

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (‘‘NYSE’’) under the symbol ‘‘IO.’’

The following table sets forth the high and low  sales prices of the common stock  for the  periods
indicated, as reported in NYSE composite tape transactions.

Period

Year ended December 31, 2013:

Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended December 31, 2012:

Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Price Range

High

Low

$5.36
6.58
6.90
7.70

$7.32
7.87
7.74
8.79

$2.81
4.59
5.55
6.23

$5.52
6.17
5.29
6.09

We  have not historically paid, and do  not intend  to  pay  in the foreseeable future, cash  dividends

on our common stock. We presently  intend to retain cash  from  operations for  use in  our business, with
any future decision to pay cash dividends  on  our common stock dependent  upon our growth,
profitability, financial condition and other  factors our board of directors  consider relevant. In addition,
the terms of our credit facility prohibit  us  from paying dividends on  or  repurchasing  shares of our
common stock without the prior consent  of the lenders.

The terms of our credit facility also contain covenants that restrict us, subject  to  certain  exceptions,

from (i)  paying cash dividends on our  common stock and (ii) repurchasing  and acquiring shares of our
common stock unless there is no event  of  default under our credit agreement and the amount of such
repurchases in any year does not exceed an amount equal to (A) 25%  of  our consolidated net  income
for the prior fiscal year, less (B) the amount of any permitted cash dividends paid on our  common
stock during such year.

The indenture governing the Notes contains certain  covenants that, among other things, limit our

ability to pay certain dividends or distributions on  our  common  stock or purchase, redeem  or retire
shares of our common stock, unless (i)  no default  under the indenture has occurred  or would occur as
a result of that payment, (ii) we would  have, after giving pro  forma effect to the payment, been
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional indebtedness under a  fixed charge coverage ratio  test
under the indenture, and (iii) the total cumulative amount of all such  payments would  not  exceed  a
sum calculated by  reference to, among other items, our consolidated net income, proceeds from certain
sales of equity or assets, certain conversions or exchanges of  debt  for equity  and certain other
reductions in our indebtedness.

On December 31, 2013, there were 798 holders  of  record of our common stock.

During  the three months ended December 31, 2013, we  withheld  and subsequently canceled  shares
of our common stock to satisfy minimum  statutory income tax withholding obligations on the vesting of

48

restricted stock for employees. The date of  cancellation,  number of shares and average effective
acquisition price per share, were as follows:

Period

(c)
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced Plans
or Program

(d)
Maximum
Number (or
Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under  the Plans
or Program

(a)
Total
Number of
Shares  Acquired

(b)
Average
Price Paid
Per Share

October 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013 . . . .
November 1, 2013 to November 30, 2013 .
December 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013 .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
94,167

94,167

$ — Not applicable Not applicable
$ — Not applicable Not applicable
Not applicable Not applicable
$3.86

$3.86

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Special  Items Affecting Comparability

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below under ‘‘Historical Selected Financial Data’’

with respect to our consolidated statements of operations for 2013,  2012, 2011,  2010 and 2009, and with
respect to our consolidated balance sheets at December  31, 2013, 2012,  2011, 2010 and 2009, have  been
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

Our results of operations and financial condition  have been affected  by restructuring activities,
legal contingencies and settlements, dispositions, debt refinancings and impairments and write-downs of
assets during  the periods presented, which affect the comparability of the financial information shown.

49

In particular, our results of operations for  the  years  in the 2009  -  2013 time period  were impacted by
the following items (before tax):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands)

Cost of sales:

Write-down of excess and obsolete inventory .
Write-down of multi-client data library . . . . .

$ (21,197) $ (1,280) $
— $
$

(5,461) $

(9,157) $ (5,640) $
— $ (5,928) $
— $
— $

— $
— $

— $
— $
— $

— $
— $

—
—

—
— $
— $
—
— $(38,044)

Operating expenses:

Write-down of receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of marine equipment . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense:

Write-down of deferred financing charges,
including amortization of non-cash debt
discounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other income (expense):

Accrual  for loss contingency related  to  legal

proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on legal settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of investments . . . .
Loss on disposition of land equipment division .
Fair value adjustments of a warrant associated

$
$
$

$

— $

— $

— $(18,777) $ (6,732)

— $
— $
$(183,327) $(10,000) $
$
$
$
— $ 24,500
$(22,862) $(23,724) $
$ (42,320) $
— $(38,115) $
— $
$

— $ 30,895
297
— $

—
—
—
—

with certain bridge financing arrangements . .
Conversion payment of preferred stock . . . . . .

$
$

— $
(5,000) $

— $
— $

— $ 12,788
— $

— $

$(29,401)
—

The historical selected financial data shown below should not be considered  as being indicative  of

future operations, and should be read in  conjunction  with Item 7. ‘‘Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of  Operations’’ and the consolidated financial statements and
the notes thereto included elsewhere  in this  Form 10-K.

50

Historical Selected Financial Data

Statement of Operations Data:
Net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) applicable to common

shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) per basic share . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) per diluted share . . . . . . .
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average number of diluted  shares

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands, except for per share data)

$ 549,167
159,313
16,396

$526,317
215,801
74,527

$454,621
173,445
66,795

$444,322
165,733
52,847

$ 419,781
132,138
(58,216)

(251,874)

$
$

(1.59) $
(1.59) $

61,963
0.40
0.39

23,422
0.15
0.15

$
$

$
$

(38,774)

(0.27) $
(0.27) $

(113,559)
(1.03)
(1.03)

158,506

155,801

154,811

144,278

110,516

outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

158,506

162,765

156,090

144,278

110,516

Balance Sheet Data (end of year):
Working capital(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
Notes payable and long-term debt
Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other Data:
Investment in multi-client library . . . . . . . . .
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization (other than

multi-client library) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of multi-client library . . . . . . . .

$ 248,857
864,671
220,152
257,885

$164,693
820,583
105,328
499,019

$163,677
674,058
105,112
425,812

$171,851
631,857
108,660
380,447

$ (59,018)
748,186
277,381
282,468

$ 114,582
16,914

$145,627
16,650

$143,782
11,060

$ 64,426
7,372

$ 89,635
2,966

18,158
86,716

16,202
89,080

13,917
77,317

24,795
85,940

47,911
48,449

(1) The negative working capital position as of  December 31,  2009 shown  above was the  result of the
re-classification of the majority of our then outstanding  long-term debt as current  and as a result
of the fair value of a warrant associated with  our prior bridge financing  arrangements.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Note: The following should be read in  conjunction with  our Consolidated Financial  Statements and

related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements that appear  elsewhere in  this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. References to ‘‘Notes’’ in the discussion below refer to the numbered Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Executive Summary

Our Business

The terms ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us’’ and similar or derivative terms refer to ION Geophysical Corporation and

its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the  context otherwise requires.

We are a global, technology-focused  seismic  solutions company. Our  services and products  include

data processing and reservoir imaging services;  planning  services for  survey design and optimization;
navigation, command and control and  data management software  products; and marine and land
seismic data acquisition equipment. In  addition, we maintain a multi-client data library with seismic
data acquired and processed from surveys of offshore and onshore regions around the  world. We serve

51

customers in all major energy producing regions of the  world from strategically located offices in 21
cities on six continents.

Seismic imaging plays a fundamental role in hydrocarbon exploration  and  reservoir  development by

delineating structures, rock types and fluid  locations in  the subsurface.  Our  services,  technologies and
products are used by oil and gas exploration and production (‘‘E&P’’) companies and seismic
acquisition contractors to generate high-resolution  images of  the Earth’s subsurface in order to identify
new sources of hydrocarbons and pinpoint drilling  locations for wells, which  can be costly and involve
high risk.

We  provide our services and products through  three business segments—Solutions, Systems and
Software. In addition, we have a 49%  ownership interest in our  INOVA  Geophysical joint venture and
an ownership interest in our OceanGeo  joint venture, which  we  increased from  30% to 70% in  January
2014.

For over 45 years we have been engaged  in providing innovative seismic data acquisition

technology, such as full-wave imaging  capability with VectorSeis(cid:5) products, cableless seismic techniques
and the ability to record seismic data  from basins that underlie ice fields in  the Arctic region. Our
advanced technologies offered include Orca(cid:5), our WiBand(cid:7) data processing technology, Calypso(cid:5),
Narwhal(cid:7), INOVA Geophysical’s cableless Hawk(cid:7) land system and a new cabled system (G3i) and
other technologies, each designed to  deliver  improvements in both image quality and productivity. We
have more than 550 patents and pending  patent  applications in  various countries around  the world.
Approximately 51% of our employees  are  involved in  technical  roles and  approximately 22%  of  our
employees have advanced degrees.

Solutions. Our Solutions business provides advanced seismic data processing services for marine

and land environments, reservoir solutions, onboard  processing and  quality  control,  seismic  data
libraries and services by our GeoVentures(cid:5) group. We maintain approximately 10.5 petabytes of seismic
data digital information storage in 12  global data centers, including  our largest data center in  Houston.

Our GeoVentures services are designed  to  manage  the entire seismic process, from survey  planning

and design to data acquisition and management, and to final subsurface  imaging and reservoir
characterization. The GeoVentures group  focuses on the technologically intensive components of  the
image development process, such as survey planning and design and  data processing and  interpretation,
and outsources the logistics components (such as field acquisition) to experienced seismic and other
geophysical contractors.

Our GXT Imaging Solutions group offers processing and  imaging  services  designed to help our

E&P customers reduce exploration and  production risk, evaluate and develop  reservoirs and  increase
production. GXT develops a series of  subsurface images by applying its processing technology to data
owned or licensed by its customers and  also  provides its customers  with support services (including
onboard seismic vessel services), such as  data pre-conditioning for  imaging and outsourced management
(including quality control) of seismic  data acquisition  and image processing services.

The Solutions business focuses on providing services  and products for  challenging environments,

such as the Arctic  frontier; complex and hard-to-image geologies, such as deepwater subsurface  salt
formations in the Gulf of Mexico and  offshore  West  Africa and Brazil; unconventional reservoirs,  such
as those found in shale, tight gas and oil sands formations; and offshore basin-wide seismic data and
imaging programs. Since 2002, the development of our basin  exploration seismic data programs has
resulted in a substantial data library that covers significant portions of many of the frontier  basins in
the world, including offshore East and West  Africa, India, South America,  the Arctic, deepwater  Gulf
of Mexico and Australia.

Software. Our Software business provides command  and control  software systems and related

services for navigation and data management functions involving towed  marine streamer and  seabed

52

operations. Our proprietary software,  with over  13 million lines of code, is installed on towed streamer
marine vessels worldwide and is a component of  many  re-deployable and permanent  seabed  monitoring
systems. Through our Software business, we provide marine imaging,  seabed  imaging and survey design,
planning and optimization.

During  the third quarter of 2013, we announced the launch of  our Narwhal system,  which enables

operators to gather, monitor and analyze  data from various  sources, including  satellite imagery, ice
charts, radar, manual observations, wind  and ocean  currents,  in order to forecast weather and  predict
ice  movements in the harsh environments  of the  Arctic. We  believe that this system  will  give operators
the ability to  better track, forecast and  monitor potential  ice threats,  and  thereby make informed,
proactive decisions to ensure the safety  of  people, assets, and  the  environment while minimizing
operational downtime.

Systems. The traditional business of our Systems segment has been manufacturing marine towed
streamer and re-deployable ocean-bottom cable seismic data acquisition systems, shipboard recorders,
streamer positioning and control systems,  energy sources and analog geophone sensors.  However, in  the
third quarter of 2013, we determined  to  restructure our product  offerings  in our Systems segment (see
‘‘—Restructuring and Other Charges’’ below). Following this restructuring,  our Systems  business will be
engaged solely in manufacturing of (i)  re-deployable  ocean-bottom cable seismic data acquisition
systems and shipboard recorders; (ii) towed streamer acquisition, positioning and  control systems and
energy sources; and (iii) analog geophone  sensors.

INOVA Geophysical. We conduct our land seismic equipment business through INOVA

Geophysical Equipment Limited (‘‘INOVA Geophysical’’ or ‘‘INOVA’’), which is a joint venture with
BGP Inc. (‘‘BGP’’). BGP is a subsidiary of China National Petroleum  Corporation,  and  is generally
regarded  as the world’s largest land geophysical service contractor. BGP owns  a 51%  equity interest in
INOVA Geophysical, and we own the  remaining 49%  interest.  INOVA manufactures cable-based,
cableless and radio-controlled seismic data acquisition systems, digital sensors, vibroseis vehicles
(i.e., vibrator trucks) and source controllers for detonator and energy  sources business lines. INOVA’s
research and development centers are located primarily in  the U.S. and Canada, although  the joint
venture intends to evaluate lower-cost  manufacturing opportunities in China.  In  addition, we and BGP
often field-test, and we expect to field-test  further, INOVA’s new technologies and related equipment
for operational feedback and quality improvements.

During  the third quarter of 2013, INOVA Geophysical  restructured its  business and  related

product  lines in order to reduce costs  in light  of  current market fundamentals  and competitive
pressures. See ‘‘—Restructuring and Other Charges’’ below.

Investment in OceanGeo

In February 2013, we purchased from Reservoir Exploration Technology ASA for $1.5 million its
30% interest in OceanGeo B.V. (formerly  known as  GeoRXT B.V.). OceanGeo is headquartered in Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil, and specializes in seismic acquisition  operations using ocean-bottom cables deployed
from vessels leased by OceanGeo. We were originally granted an option, exercisable at any time on or
before May 15, 2013, to increase our  ownership percentage to 50% by making additional  capital
contributions to OceanGeo. We also at that time provided  OceanGeo with an $8.0 million working
capital loan, the repayment of which was guaranteed by  our majority joint venture partner in
OceanGeo, Georadar Levantamentos Geofisicos S/A (‘‘Georadar’’). No repayments were made under
the loan,  and the full $8.0 million indebtedness under  the loan remained outstanding as  of
December 31, 2013. In addition, during 2013 we  sold  certain seismic equipment to OceanGeo, and
Georadar guaranteed the payment of  the  equipment purchase price.  As of December 31,  2013,
OceanGeo owed $7.0 million to us for the equipment.

53

During  2013, OceanGeo experienced a  sharp pull-back in  business  in its home market of Brazil,
which  resulted in its anticipated backlog  being reduced to zero.  We assisted OceanGeo with  its move
into the international market, in meeting prequalification requirements in order to obtain work from
international E&P companies through the  tender cycle, and with bid preparation.  Although we had
expected to increase our ownership interest in OceanGeo from  our 30% level, we delayed  doing so  to
give the joint venture an opportunity to secure  backlog within Brazil and  beyond. We remained fully
committed to putting our Calypso seabed acquisition technology to work  in a service model to meet the
growing demand for seabed seismic.

In October 2013, we reached agreement with Georadar, which gave us  the option to increase our

ownership percentage in OceanGeo to 70% in  lieu of the  earlier option granted to us. To  further assist
OceanGeo in acquiring backlog, in October  2013 we agreed to loan  OceanGeo  additional funds for
working capital, subject to our agreement on the necessity and purpose for each advance and  certain
other conditions, up to a maximum of $25.0 million. As of  December  31, 2013, we had  advanced an
additional $15.3 million to OceanGeo  under this additional loan.

In November 2013, OceanGeo was awarded  a new  seismic  acquisition  project by a  customer, but
OceanGeo and the customer did not complete the project contract and all prerequisites  to  commence
the project until late December 2013.

In January 2014, we exercised our option to increase our  ownership interest  in OceanGeo to 70%,
with Georadar owning the remaining  30%. In connection with our increase  in ownership, we  converted
into additional equity interests of OceanGeo the indebtedness  owed to us under  the $8.0 million
working capital loan and approximately  $3.0 million of the original $7.0 million owed to us for the
purchase of equipment by OceanGeo.  The guaranties  provided to us by Georadar with  regard to the
loan and the equipment purchase obligations were  also terminated.

Restructuring and Other Charges

Geophysical contractors have traditionally  been significant customers  of  our products  and services.

However, due to current marketplace  pressures that have  resulted principally  from further
consolidation in the geophysical contractor  industry in recent years, we initiated a restructuring of our
Systems business and related product  lines so that we  could be more oriented toward  providing services
and selling directly to E&P customers.  We  anticipate that for the foreseeable future,  our Systems
business will focus all of its development efforts on ocean-bottom cable systems.  We  plan to continue to
manufacture towed streamer systems,  but  will no longer  invest in the development of  a next-generation
towed streamer system. Through this restructuring, we  are closing certain manufacturing facilities and
have reduced headcount in Systems personnel by  approximately  31%,  reducing their costs by
approximately $12 million per year.

In addition, during the third quarter of 2013, INOVA Geophysical initiated a restructuring of its

product  lines in response to continued  softness in the land seismic equipment market and competition
among the land equipment providers for  both cabled and cableless acquisition systems.  The
restructuring within INOVA Geophysical was intended to enable the  business  to  operate  profitably  at
lower revenue levels. The restructuring  primarily involves reducing headcount in order to reduce
INOVA Geophysical’s cost structure; since the third quarter of 2013, INOVA Geophysical has reduced
its  employee headcount by approximately  20%. As a  result of  INOVA  Geophysical’s restructuring,
INOVA Geophysical has reduced its annual operating costs by  approximately $12  million, and we will
share in 49% of those savings.

See Note 17 ‘‘Restructuring Activities’’ of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

Senior Secured Second-Priority Notes

In May 2013, we sold $175 million aggregate principal amount of 8.125%  Senior Secured Second-

Priority Notes due 2018 (the ‘‘Notes’’) in a private offering. The Notes represent  senior secured
second-priority obligations guaranteed by our material U.S. subsidiaries, and mature on May  15, 2018.
Interest on the Notes accrues at the  rate of 8.125% per annum  and is  payable semiannually on May  15
and November 15 of each year during their term. The first  interest payment on the  Notes was  made on
November 15, 2013. We used the net  proceeds from the offering to repay outstanding indebtedness
under our senior secured credit facility with China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd., New York  Branch, as
administrative agent and lender (‘‘CMB’’), and for general corporate purposes. For further information
regarding these Notes and our Credit Facility, see Note 4 ‘‘Long-term Debt and Lease Obligations’’ of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

WesternGeco Legal Proceedings

As described above in Part I, Item 3. ‘‘Legal Proceedings,’’ an August 2012 jury verdict in the
WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical  Corporation lawsuit found that we had willfully infringed claims
contained in four patents and awarded  WesternGeco  the sum of $105.9  million in  damages, consisting
of $12.5 million in reasonable royalty  and  $93.4 million in lost profits.

In June 2013, the presiding judge in  the  WesternGeco lawsuit  entered a Memorandum and Order

rejecting the jury’s finding of willfulness and denying WesternGeco’s motions for willfulness and
enhanced damages, but also denying our  post-verdict motions that  challenged the  jury’s infringement
findings and the damages amount. Based on our analysis after  the trial court’s Memorandum and
Order, we increased our loss contingency  accrual related to this case from  $10.0 million to
$120.0 million as of June 30, 2013. The loss contingency accrual amount consisted of  jury  verdict
damages, court costs and estimates of  prejudgment interest and supplemental  damages.

On October 24, 2013, the judge entered  another  Memorandum and  Order,  ruling on  the number

of DigiFIN(cid:5) units that are subject to supplemental damages  and  also ruling that the supplemental
damages applicable to the additional units should  be  calculated  by adding together the jury’s previous
reasonable royalty and lost profits damages awards per unit, resulting  in supplemental  damages of
$73.1 million. The total damages award in the case now  consists  of the jury award of $105.9 million  and
the supplemental damages award of $73.1  million, plus prejudgment interest and court  costs. The
October 2013 Memorandum and Order also concluded that our  infringement involving  the
supplemental units was not willful and that WesternGeco was  not  entitled to receive enhanced
damages.

Based on our analysis of the trial court’s October 2013 Memorandum and Order, we concluded
that we should increase our loss contingency accrual related  to  this case. At December 31, 2013, our
loss contingency accrual totaled $193.3  million, which consists of jury verdict damages, supplemental
damages, court costs and estimates of  prejudgment interest.

Upon any further rulings or developments in  the case, we  will evaluate  whether the accrual should

be further adjusted. See further discussion at Part I, Item 3. ‘‘Legal Proceedings.’’

Estimated amounts of loss contingency  accruals disclosed in this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K or

elsewhere are based on currently available information and involve elements of  judgment and
significant uncertainties. Actual losses  may exceed or  be  less  than  these accrual  amounts.

Economic Conditions

Demand  for our seismic data acquisition services and  products  has traditionally been cyclical and

substantially dependent upon activity levels  in the oil and gas industry,  particularly our customers’
willingness and ability to expend their  capital for oil  and  natural  gas exploration and  development

55

projects. This demand is sensitive to  current and expected  future crude oil and natural gas prices. In
2013, WTI spot crude oil prices remained in a range of approximately $90  to  $110 per barrel, finishing
the year near $95  per barrel. Brent crude  oil prices  remained  in a range  of $97 to $118  per  barrel,
finishing the year near $110 per barrel.

Energy price forecasts are by their nature highly uncertain, but external  reports indicate that WTI

crude oil prices and Brent crude oil prices are expected to remain in  price ranges of  $80 to $110 and
$100 to $130 per barrel, respectively,  for  2014.

U.S. Henry Hub natural gas prices traded in a range  of $3.15 to $4.50 per  MMBtu, ending the
year at approximately $4.30 per MMBtu.  We  believe demand  for natural  gas will continue to grow
because it is increasingly being used to  supplant coal  as the preferred fuel  for the  generation of U.S.
electric power.

For 2013, our Solutions segment revenues  increased over 2012 results, due  to  significantly  higher

data library sales and modest growth in  new ventures and data processing.  In  the fourth  quarter,
revenues from data library sales more than  doubled due to sales of data sets with respect  to  offshore
East and West Africa, East and West India  and  the Gulf of Mexico. However, there continues to be a
softening multi-client data market. There  currently  appears to be an over-supply  of marine  proprietary
seismic data acquisition capacity, which creates opportunities for  geophysical  contractors to increase
participation in the multi-client market.  As a result of this excess supply driving  lower than  expected
customer underwriting levels in our multi-client  business, we have  delayed certain of our planned
investments in new multi-client programs  until we  see more appropriate underwriting  levels return. We
invested approximately $30 million less in our  seismic  data library during 2013, compared to prior
years. Our data processing revenues  grew by 4%  in 2013 due  to  (i) further international penetration
driven by stronger demand in Europe and the  Middle East, (ii) increased demand in the  Gulf of
Mexico, and (iii) continued demand for our broadband processing solution, WiBand.  However,
second-half 2013 revenues for data processing  were  negatively impacted by approximately
$14.0-16.0 million of unrecorded revenues  tied to a  customer contract pending final execution.  That
contract was executed in February 2014.  At December 31, 2013, our Solutions segment  backlog, which
consists of commitments for (i) data  processing  work  and (ii) both multi-client new venture and
proprietary projects by our GeoVentures group that have been underwritten,  was $84.4 million
compared with $151.3 million at December 31,  2012. The data processing contract  that  was executed  in
February 2014 adds an additional $20-$30 million to our backlog balance that existed at December 31,
2013. We anticipate that the majority  of  our backlog at  December 31,  2013 will be recognized  as
revenue over the first half of 2014.

Our Software segment revenues decreased for 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to the impact
of recent consolidation in marine geophysical contractors, causing decreased  revenues from  our  Gator(cid:5)
seabed software and our Orca towed streamer software.

Revenues for our Systems segment decreased in 2013  compared to 2012.  Sales of our towed

marine streamer products have decreased primarily due to reduced  demand from the shrinking
marketplace as the industry continues  to  work through  spare capacity resulting from the recent
consolidation of marine geophysical contractors.

INOVA Geophysical reported a slight decrease in revenues for 2013,  compared to 2012. This
decrease in revenues was principally  due  to decreased sales in  all major  product categories, including
rentals, except for sales of its G3i cable-based land  data  acquisition system, which experienced
increased sales, partially offsetting the  decreases  in sales  for its other products. Gross profits and gross
margin decreased for 2013 to 2012 primarily due to the decrease in revenues from  rental equipment.

56

OceanGeo reported significant losses in 2013  due to OceanGeo’s vessels and crew being idle for

approximately five months during 2013.  In late  December 2013,  OceanGeo  commenced  seismic
acquisition operations in Trinidad related to its recently awarded  contract.

It  is our view that technologies that add  a competitive advantage through  improved imaging, cost

reductions or improvements in well productivity will continue  to  be  valued in our marketplace. We
believe that our newest technologies, such as Calypso, our next-generation VSO  ocean-bottom  cable
system, WiBand broadband data processing  technology, Orca, Narwhal and INOVA Geophysical’s
newest technologies, will continue to attract customer  interest, because those  technologies are  designed
to deliver improvements in image quality  within more productive delivery systems.

We  remain confident that, despite current marketplace issues that we describe above,  the

long-term growth in demand for seismic  services worldwide will continue.  We expect growth in  demand
for seismic services to continue to remain  positive  for the foreseeable future, and we remain  positioned
to achieve year-over-year improvement in both our revenue  and profitability for 2014 as  compared to
2013. However, in stating these expectations,  we are assuming that (i) the  global and  U.S. economies
will not slip back into a recession, (ii) the  prices  of  WTI and  Brent  crude  oil will remain predominantly
above $80 and $100 per barrel, respectively,  and (iii) there will  be  increasing  demand for  seismic
services in the Middle East and North  Africa resulting from improved geopolitical stability in those
areas.

Key Financial Metrics

Our results of operations have been materially affected by the restructuring  within our Systems

segment and our INOVA Geophysical joint  venture, and by other charges, which  affect the
comparability of certain of the financial information contained in  this  Form 10-K.  In order to assist
with the comparability to our historical  results of  operations,  certain  of  the financial metrics tables and
the discussion below exclude charges related  to  the restructuring and other write-downs. The gross
profit (loss), income (loss) from operations,  costs and expenses  below that  are identified as ‘‘As
Adjusted’’ reflect the exclusion of the restructuring and other charges shown and described  in the
tables below.

The tables below provide (i) a summary of  our net  revenues for  our company  as a whole, and  by

segment, for 2013, 2012 and 2011, and (ii) an  overview of other certain  key  financial metrics for our
company as a whole and our three business segments  on a comparative basis (a)  for 2013 and  2012, as
reported and as adjusted in both years for the restructuring and other  charges recorded for those years,
and (b) for 2012 as reported and as adjusted, and  2011 on an as  reported, unadjusted basis.

57

For certain tabular information on the  operating results of our INOVA Geophysical  joint  venture

and our OceanGeo joint venture, see ‘‘—Other Items—Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Investments.’’

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands)

Net revenues:
Solutions:

New Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$154,578
111,998

$147,346
88,085

$ 98,335
76,332

Total multi-client revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

266,576
120,808

235,431
115,834

174,667
88,783

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$387,384

$351,265

$263,450

Systems:

Towed Streamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ocean bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,991
7,307
48,134

$ 77,769
14,823
39,404

$111,453
960
40,591

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$122,432

$131,996

$153,004

Software:

Software Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 35,418
3,933

$ 39,738
3,318

$ 36,031
2,136

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 39,351

$ 43,056

$ 38,167

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$549,167

$526,317

$454,621

58

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Year Ended December 31, 2012

As Reported

Restructuring
and Other
Charges

As Adjusted As  Reported

Restructuring
and Other
Charges

As Adjusted

Year Ended
December 31,
2011

(In thousands, except per share data)

Gross profit:
Solutions
. . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . .

$ 111,108
19,999
28,206

$

5,461(a)
25,688(b)
—

$116,569
45,687
28,206

$132,950
50,790
32,061

$ —

1,280(d)
—

$132,950
52,070
32,061

$ 84,647
61,109
27,689

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 159,313

$ 31,149

$190,462

$215,801

$ 1,280

$217,081

$173,445

Gross margin:
Solutions
. . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations:

29%
16%
72%

29%

1%
21%
—%

6%

30%
37%
72%

35%

38%
38%
74%

41%

—%
1%
—%

—%

38%
39%
74%

41%

32%
40%
73%

38%

Solutions
. . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate  and other . .

$ 61,146
(9,957)
23,602
(58,395)

$

5,461(a)
28,050(b)
—
9,157(c)

$ 66,607
18,093
23,602
(49,238)

$ 88,589
10,132
28,129
(52,323)

$ —
12,848(d)
—
—

$ 88,589
22,980
28,129
(52,323)

$ 50,620
33,034
24,463
(41,322)

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16,396

$ 42,668

$ 59,064

$ 74,527

$12,848

$ 87,375

$ 66,795

Operating margin(f):
Solutions
. . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate  and other . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income  (loss) applicable
to common shares . . . . .

Diluted net income (loss)

16%
(8)%
60%
(11)%

3%

1%
23%
—%
2%

8%

17%
15%
60%
(9)%

11%

25%
8%
65%
(10)%

14%

—%
9%
—%
—%

3%

25%
17%
65%
(10)%

17%

19%
22%
64%
(9)%

15%

$(251,874)

$271,208(e)

$ 19,334

$ 61,963

$ (369)

$ 61,594

$ 23,422

per  common share . . . . .

$

(1.59)

$

1.71

$

0.12

$

0.39

$ —

$

0.39

$

0.15

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

Represents the partial write-down of a multi-client  data library program.

Represents excess and obsolete inventory write-downs and severance-related charges as a result of a restructuring of the
Systems  segment.

Represents the write-down of the carrying value  of all  receivables  due from OceanGeo  at September 30,  2013.

Represents the write-down of excess and obsolete inventory, marine equipment and receivables within the Systems segment
in 2012.

In addition to items (a) - (c), also impacting net income  (loss)  applicable to common shares was (i) a charge to income tax
expense  related to our establishing a valuation allowance on our  net deferred tax assets, (ii) a third quarter payment made
to the holder of our outstanding Series D Preferred Stock in connection with the holder’s conversion of the Series D
Preferred Stock, (iii) our additional loss contingency  accrual related to the WesternGeco legal proceedings,
(iv) $18.8 million representing ION’s 49% share of restructuring charges within the INOVA joint venture,  associated with
the impairment of intangible assets, write-down of  excess  and  obsolete inventory and rental equipment, and severance-
related charges, and (v) $12.5 million representing losses  incurred  as a result of ION taking a larger ownership position in
OceanGeo.

Operating margin is income from operations divided by net revenues, and shows the proportion of net revenues left after
paying  certain variable charges, such as wages, raw  materials, etc.

We  intend that the following discussion  of  our  financial condition and  results  of  operations  will
provide information that will assist in  understanding  our consolidated  financial  statements,  the changes
in certain key items in those financial statements from  year to year,  and  the  primary  factors that
accounted for those changes.

59

We  account for our 49% interest in INOVA Geophysical as an equity  method investment and
record our share of earnings of INOVA Geophysical on a one fiscal quarter  lag  basis. Thus,  for 2013,
2012 and 2011, we recognized in our consolidated results of  operations our share of earnings (losses) in
INOVA Geophysical of approximately $(22.5) million, $0.3 million and $(22.9)  million,  respectively.

In 2013, we accounted for our 30% interest in OceanGeo  as  an equity method investment and

recorded  our share of earnings of OceanGeo  on a  current quarter basis,  unlike INOVA Geophysical,
for which we record results on a one fiscal quarter lag basis.  For  2013, we  recognized in our
consolidated results of operations our  share of earnings (losses) in  OceanGeo  of  approximately  $(19.8)
million.

For a  discussion of factors that could  impact our future operating results and financial  condition,

see Item 1A. ‘‘Risk Factors’’ above.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2013 (As Adjusted)  Compared  to  Year Ended December 31,  2012 (As Adjusted)

Our total net revenues of $549.2 million for 2013 increased $22.9  million, or  4%, compared  to

total net revenues for 2012. Our overall gross profit percentage for 2013 was 35%,  as adjusted,
compared to 2012’s gross profit percentage of 41%, as adjusted. Total operating expenses,  as adjusted,
as a percentage of  net revenues for 2013  and 2012  were 24% and 25%, respectively. During  2013,
income from operations, as adjusted, of $59.1  million compared to $87.4 million, as adjusted, for 2012.
Net loss for 2013 was $251.9 million, or $(1.59) per diluted share,  compared to net income of
$62.0 million, or $0.39 per diluted share for  2012. As noted above,  2013 included  restructuring and
other charges totaling $271.2 million,  impacting our diluted earnings  per share by $1.71.

Net Revenues, Gross Profits and Gross  Margins (As Adjusted)

Solutions—Net revenues for 2013 increased by $36.1  million,  or 10%,  to  $387.4 million, compared

to $351.3 million for 2012. This increase was  primarily driven by a large  increase in our data library
sales and nominal increases in new ventures and data processing revenues. Sales in  the fourth  quarter
of 2013 of $166.1 million, or 43% of  total  annual  Solutions revenues for 2013, increased  primarily  due
to a significant increase in data library sales, mainly  relating to offshore East and West  Africa,  East and
West  India and the Gulf of Mexico. Sales are typically higher in the fourth quarter of each year
compared to the prior three quarters. Gross profit decreased by  $16.4 million  to  $116.6 million, as
adjusted, representing a 30% gross margin, compared to $133.0 million, or a 38%  gross margin,  for
2012. This decrease was attributable to (i) cost  overruns on our 3-D marine program during the  first
half of 2013 and (ii) the negative impact  of approximately $14.0-$16.0 million of unrecorded revenues
tied to a customer contract pending final  execution.

Systems—Net revenues for 2013 decreased by $9.6 million, or 7%,  to  $122.4 million, compared to
$132.0 million for 2012. Fourth quarter  2013 sales  accounted for  $40.5 million, or 33%,  of total annual
Systems revenues for 2013. Sales in the fourth quarter of  each  year typically account for the largest
share of sales each year. This decrease  in revenues  in 2013  was principally due to reduced demand
from the shrinking marketplace and spare capacity in  the industry resulting from  recent further
consolidation of marine geophysical contractors; these  conditions contributed to a decrease  in sales of
new towed streamer systems. This decrease was partially offset by increasing levels of repair work from
the existing installed product base with our customers. Gross profit for  2013 decreased by $6.4 million
to $45.7 million, as adjusted, representing  a 37%  gross margin,  compared to $52.1 million, as  adjusted,
representing a 39% gross margin, for  2012. The decrease in  gross profits was due to the change in
revenues, as described above.

60

Software—Net revenues for 2013 decreased by $3.7 million, or 9%,  to  $39.4 million, compared to

$43.1 million for 2012. This decrease  in  revenues  was  due in part  to  decreased  revenues from  our
Gator seabed software and declines in  our Orca towed streamer software revenues. The reduction in
revenues for seabed software was due primarily  to  our previous customer, RXT,  filing for bankruptcy in
June 2013. The declines in towed streamer software  revenues  were due to continuing consolidation in
the towed streamer contractor sector.  Gross profit  for 2013 decreased by $3.9 million to $28.2 million,
representing a 72% gross margin, compared to $32.1 million, for 2012, which represented a 74%  gross
margin.

Operating Expenses (as adjusted for Restructuring and  Other Charges)

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Year Ended December 31,  2012

As Reported

Restructuring
and Other
Charges(a)

As Adjusted As Reported

(In thousands)

Restructuring
and  Other
Charges(b)

As Adjusted

Operating expenses:

Research, development and

engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 37,742
38,583

Marketing and sales . . . . . . . . .
General, administrative and

$ (1,388)
(277)

$ 36,354
38,306

$ 34,080
35,240

$

— $ 34,080
35,240
—

other operating expenses . . . .

66,592

(9,854)

56,738

71,954

(11,568)

60,386

Total operating expenses . . . . $142,917

$(11,519)

$131,398

$141,274

$(11,568)

$129,706

(a) Represents severance-related charges  as a result of a restructuring of the Systems segment and the

write-down of the  carrying value of receivables due from OceanGeo.

(b) Represents the write-down of marine equipment and receivables within the  Systems  segment in

2012.

Research, Development and Engineering—Research, development and engineering expense  was

$36.4 million, as adjusted, or 7% of net revenues, for 2013, an  increase of $2.3  million compared to
$34.1 million, or 6% of net revenues, for  2012. This increase  in research and  development expense  was
primarily due to increased investment  of labor and technology  related to product  development. During
2013, we continued to invest in Calypso, our next generation re-deployable  seabed  seismic  data
acquisition system and Narwhal, our ice  management system for operations in  harsh  Arctic
environments.

Marketing and Sales—Marketing and sales expense of $38.3 million, as  adjusted,  or 7% of  net
revenues, for 2013, increased $3.1 million compared to $35.2 million, or 7% of net revenues, for 2012.
This increase in marketing and sales expense was primarily due  to  investment  in our Solutions sales
teams to support the continued growth in the  Solutions  segment.

General,  Administrative and Other Operating Expenses—General, administrative and other operating

expenses of $56.7 million, as adjusted,  for  2013 decreased  $3.6 million compared to $60.4 million,  as
adjusted, for the corresponding period of  2012. General, administrative  and other  operating expenses as
a percentage of net revenues for 2013  and 2012 were 10%  and  11%,  respectively. This decrease  was
primarily related to the lower levels of legal costs incurred during 2013 compared  to  those incurred in
connection with the WesternGeco trial in 2012. See further  discussion at Part I, Item 3. ‘‘Legal
Proceedings.’’

61

Other  Items

Interest Expense, net—Interest expense, net, of $12.3 million for 2013  increased compared  to
$5.3 million for 2012. This increase is directly related to the issuance of the Notes in May 2013,  which
carry a higher interest rate and represent  a  greater principal amount outstanding,  than do the  interest
rate and  the average outstanding balance of indebtedness  under our revolving  line of credit, which  was
our only major indebtedness outstanding  in 2012. For additional information, please refer to
‘‘—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Capital’’ below.

Equity in Losses of Investments—We account for our investments in both  INOVA  Geophysical and

OceanGeo as equity method investments.

We  record our share of earnings and  losses  of our 49% interest in INOVA  Geophysical on  a one

fiscal quarter lag basis. Thus, our share  of  INOVA Geophysical’s earnings (losses) for the periods from
October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013  (‘‘Fiscal 2013’’) and from October 1, 2011 to September  30,
2012 (‘‘Fiscal 2012’’) were included in our consolidated financial results for fiscal 2013 and  fiscal  2012,
respectively. For 2013, we recorded our  49%  share of equity in INOVA  Geophysical’s losses of
approximately $22.5 million (including $18.8 million representing our share of several one-time
restructuring charges and write-downs of excess and obsolete inventory). For 2012, we recorded our
49% share in INOVA Geophysical’s earnings of approximately $0.3 million.

The following table reflects the summarized  financial information for  INOVA Geophysical for

Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 (in thousands):

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$183,619
$ (1,988)(1)
$(44,463)
$(46,149)(1)

$188,336
$ 39,320
3,241
$
2,197
$

Fiscal 2013

Fiscal 2012

(1)

Impacting INOVA Geophysical’s gross profit in Fiscal 2013, is $36.5  million  of
restructuring and special items associated  with the impairment  of intangible assets,
write-down of excess and obsolete inventory and rental  equipment, and severance-related
charges. In addition to the restructuring and special items impacting gross  profit, net
income (loss) was also impacted by $1.8  million of other restructuring and special items.

In 2013, we accounted for our 30% interest in OceanGeo  as  an equity method investment and
recorded  our share of earnings of OceanGeo  on a  current quarter basis.  For the  first  three quarters of
2013, our 30% share of losses were $7.4  million. During the  fourth  quarter  of  2013, we  increased  our
economic interest to 70%, but we did  not  acquire  control  of OceanGeo through our 70%  share
ownership until January 2014, and recorded $12.5 million of losses. For  2013, our  consolidated  results
of operations included a total of $19.8 million representing our  share of losses of  OceanGeo.

62

The following table reflects the summarized  financial information for  OceanGeo  for 2013  (in

thousands):

Period from
March 1, to
December 31, 2013

Total net revenues(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 19,668
$(22,918)
$(40,443)
$(42,391)

(2) During the second half of 2013, OceanGeo vessels and crew  remained idle. OceanGeo
was awarded a 4-5 month, 510 square km  ocean bottom 3D seismic  survey offshore
Trinidad, and the company began seismic data acquisition work  on  the project  in late
December 2013.

Other Income (Expense)—Other expense for 2013 was $182.5 million compared  to  other income of

$17.1 million for 2012. The difference primarily  relates to the settlements of litigation and the accrual
for loss contingency related to a legal  matter. See further discussion at  Part 1, Item  3, ‘‘Legal
Proceedings.’’

The following table reflects the significant items  of  other income (expense) is as follows (in

thousands):

Years Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

Accrual for loss contingency related to legal  proceedings

(Note 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of a cost method investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on legal settlements (Note 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(183,327) $(10,000)
—
30,895
(3,771)

3,591
—
(2,794)

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(182,530) $ 17,124

Income Tax Expense—Income tax expense for 2013 was $25.7 million  compared to $23.9 million for

2012. Our effective tax rates for 2013 and  2012 were (11.6)%  and 27.5%, respectively.  The  change in
our  effective tax rate between 2013 and  2012 was due to the  establishment during 2013 of an additional
valuation allowance on U.S. federal net deferred  tax assets  and nondeductible equity losses related to
OceanGeo and INOVA Geophysical.  Our  effective tax rate for  2013, excluding changes in  the valuation
allowance, was 28.3%. We currently maintain a  valuation allowance on substantially all net deferred tax
assets.

Preferred Stock Dividends and Conversion Payment  of Preferred Stock—On September 30, 2013, the
holder of all of the outstanding shares of our  Series D Preferred  Stock converted all of the  shares into
6,065,075 shares of our common stock. Concurrent  with the  holder’s conversion of its shares of
Series D Preferred Stock, we paid the  holder  a cash payment of approximately $5.0  million,
representing dividends in respect of the Preferred Stock  and the  estimated  present  value of certain
future dividends in respect of the Series  D  Preferred Stock. As  a  result of the  conversion,  all
outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock were  converted into  shares of  our common  stock, and
no shares of Series D Preferred Stock  remain  outstanding.

63

Year Ended December 31, 2012 (As Adjusted)  Compared  to Year Ended December 31,  2011

Our total net revenues of $526.3 million for 2012 increased $71.7  million, or  16%, compared  to

total net revenues for 2011. Our overall gross profit percentage for 2012 was 41%,  as adjusted,
compared to 2011’s gross profit percentage of 38%. Total operating expenses as a percentage of net
revenues for 2012 and 2011 were 25%  and  23%, respectively. During 2012, income from operations, as
adjusted, was $87.4 million, as adjusted,  compared to $66.8  million for 2011.  Net income for 2012 was
$62.0 million, or $0.39 per diluted share, compared to net  income of  $23.4 million, or $0.15  per  diluted
share for 2011.

Net Revenues, Gross Profits and Gross  Margins

Solutions—Net revenues for 2012 increased by $87.8  million,  or 33%,  to  $351.3 million, compared

to $263.5 million for 2011. This increase was  predominantly  driven by  improved  data  processing
revenues due to post-Macondo recovery in the Gulf  of  Mexico and continued international expansion;
higher  GeoVentures revenue related to growth in new venture activity, including  programs  offshore
Latin America, Africa and in the Arctic,  as well as ResSCAN(cid:7) land programs in North America, and
growth in data library sales related to  programs offshore Latin America, Africa, Australia and in  the
Arctic. Gross profit for 2012 increased by  $48.3 million to $133.0 million,  representing a 38% gross
margin, compared to $84.6 million, or a 32%  gross margin,  for  2011, primarily attributable to the
recovery and expansion of our data processing  business during  2012 and a more profitable mix of
programs in GeoVentures.

Systems—Net revenues for 2012 decreased by $21.0 million, or 14%,  to  $132.0 million, compared

to $153.0 million for 2011. This decrease was  driven primarily by  lower  volumes of towed marine
streamer positioning equipment in 2012,  partially offset by  improved ocean-bottom cable  sales. In 2011,
we recognized revenue from the sale  to  BGP of a  DigiSTREAMER(cid:7) twelve-streamer system, which
was not replicated in 2012. Gross profit for 2012 decreased by  $9.0 million  to  $52.1 million, as adjusted,
representing a 39% gross margin, compared to $61.1 million, representing a 40% gross margin,  for
2011. The decrease in gross margins  in our Systems segment was primarily due to reduced sales of
towed marine streamer positioning equipment.

Software—Net revenues for 2012 increased by $4.9 million, or 13%, to $43.1 million, compared to

$38.2 million for 2011. Excluding the  effects  of  foreign currency translation, revenues for  2012
increased 11% due to continued demand  for the Orca and  Gator software  platforms.  Gross profit  for
2012 increased by $4.4 million to $32.1 million, representing a 74% gross margin, compared to
$27.7 million, for 2011, which represented  a 73% gross margin. Gross profit for 2012  increased in line
with revenue while gross margins increased  only  slightly  from 2011 to 2012.  Gross margins  remained
high due to significantly higher software sales, which  carry a much higher gross margin  than other
products and services. Software sales represented 65% of  total  sales in this segment for 2012 in  local
currency, compared to 58% of total segment sales in 2011.

64

Operating Expenses (as adjusted for Restructuring and  Other Charges)

Operating expenses:

Research, development and engineering . . . . . . .
Marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General, administrative and other operating

Year Ended December 31, 2012

As Reported

Restructuring
and Other
Charges(a)

As Adjusted

Year Ended
December 31,
2011

(In thousands)

$ 34,080
35,240

$

—
—

$ 34,080
35,240

$ 24,569
31,269

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

71,954

(11,568)

60,386

50,812

Total operating expenses

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$141,274

$(11,568)

$129,706

$106,650

(a) Represents the write-down of marine equipment and receivables within the  Systems  segment in

2012.

Research, Development and Engineering—Research, development and engineering expense  was
$34.1 million, or 6% of net revenues, for  2012, an increase  of $9.5 million compared to $24.6 million,
or 5% of net revenues, for 2011. This  increase in  research  and development  expense was primarily due
to increased investment of labor and  technology  related to product development. Related  to  our
product  development efforts, our Systems  and Solutions segments increased expenditures on field tests
in 2012 versus 2011.

Marketing and Sales—Marketing and sales expense of $35.2 million, or 7% of net revenues, for
2012, increased $4.0 million compared to $31.3 million, or 7% of net revenues, for  2011. This  increase
in marketing and sales expense was primarily due  to  investment in our Solutions sales teams  to  support
the continued growth in the Solutions  segment.

General,  Administrative and Other Operating Expenses—General, administrative and other operating

expenses of $60.4 million, as adjusted,  for  2012 increased $9.6 million compared  to  $50.8 million for
2011. General, administrative and other  operating expenses as a percentage of net  revenues for 2012, as
adjusted, and 2011 remained constant  at  11% for each year. The increase  in these expenses  was
primarily due to significantly higher legal  fees  and  expenses ($9.0 million)  incurred in  2012 in defending
the lawsuit brought against us by WesternGeco. See  further discussion at Part I, Item 3. ‘‘Legal
Proceedings.’’

Other  Items

Interest Expense, net—Interest expense, net, of $5.3 million for  2012 decreased slightly  compared to

$5.8 million for 2011. For additional  information, please refer to ‘‘—Liquidity and Capital Resources—
Sources of Capital’’ below.

Equity in Earnings (Losses) of Investments—We account for our 49% interest in INOVA

Geophysical as an equity method investment  and record  our share of  earnings and losses of INOVA
Geophysical on a one fiscal quarter-lag basis. Thus,  our  share of INOVA Geophysical’s earnings
(losses) for the periods from October  1, 2011 to September  30, 2012 (‘‘Fiscal 2012’’) and from
October 1, 2010 to September 30, 2011  (‘‘Fiscal 2011’’) were included in our consolidated financial
results for our fiscal years ended December  31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. For 2012, we
recorded  our 49% share of equity in INOVA  Geophysical’s earnings of approximately $0.3 million,
compared to equity losses of approximately $22.9 million (including $7.7 million  that  represented our
share of a write-down of excess inventory) for 2011.

65

The following table reflects the summarized  financial information for  INOVA Geophysical for

Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 (in thousands):

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$188,336
$ 39,320
3,241
$
2,197
$

$138,735
$
5,765
$ (41,836)
$ (46,033)

Fiscal 2012

Fiscal 2011

Other Income (Expense)—Other income for 2012 was $17.1 million compared  to  other expense of

$3.4 million for 2011. The difference  primarily relates to the settlements of litigation. See further
discussion at Part 1, Item 3, ‘‘Legal Proceedings.’’

The following table reflects the significant items of other  income (expense) is as follows (in

thousands):

Years Ended
December 31,

2012

2011

Accrual for loss contingency related to legal  proceedings

(Note 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on legal settlements (Note 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(10,000) $ —
—
(3,447)

30,895
(3,771)

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 17,124

$(3,447)

Income Tax Expense—Income tax expense for 2012 was $23.9 million  compared to $10.1 million for
2011. Our effective tax rates for 2012 and  2011 were 27.5% and 29.2%, respectively. The change in our
effective tax rate between 2012 and 2011  was due to a reduction in  the valuation allowance  on U.S.
federal net deferred tax assets, partially offset by changes in the distribution of  earnings between U.S.
and foreign jurisdictions. We continue to maintain  a valuation allowance for  a portion of our U.S.
federal net deferred tax assets that relate to capital losses and basis  differences that will create capital
losses.

Preferred Stock Dividends—The preferred stock dividend related  to  shares of  our  previously-

outstanding Series D Preferred Stock,  which were all converted  to  our common  stock  in 2013.
Quarterly dividends at the rate of 5.0% per annum  were paid in cash. The total amount of dividends
paid on our preferred stock in 2012 was the same  as in 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Capital

Our cash  requirements include our working capital requirements,  cash  required for our debt

service payments, multi-client seismic  data acquisition activities  and capital expenditures. As of
December 31, 2013, we had working  capital of $248.9 million, which  included $148.1 million  of cash  on
hand. Working capital requirements are primarily  driven by our continued investment in our  multi-
client seismic data library ($114.6 million  in 2013)  and, to a  lesser extent, our inventory purchase
obligations. At December 31, 2013, our  outstanding inventory purchase obligations were $17.4 million.
Also, our headcount has traditionally  been  a significant  driver of our working  capital needs. Because a
significant portion of our business is  involved in the  planning, processing and interpretation of seismic
data services, one of our largest investments is  in our employees,  which involves cash expenditures  for
their salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes and  related  compensation  expenses.

66

In January 2014, we exercised our option to increase our  ownership interest  in OceanGeo from
30% to 70%. This increase in ownership percentage requires us to loan OceanGeo  additional funds for
working capital. For further discussion  on our  investment in OceanGeo, see ‘‘—Executive Summary—
Investment in OceanGeo.’’

Our working capital requirements may change from time to  time depending upon many factors,

including our operating results and adjustments in our operating plan required  in response to industry
conditions, competition, acquisition opportunities and the occurrence  of  certain contingent events,  such
as an adverse judgment in our WesternGeco litigation that  is further discussed at Part I, Item 3. ‘‘Legal
Proceedings.’’ In recent years, our primary sources  of funds have been cash flows generated from our
operations, our existing cash balances, debt  and  equity  issuances and borrowings  under our senior
revolving credit facilities. At December  31, 2013, our principal outstanding credit  facility consists of a
revolving line of credit that permits borrowings  of  up to $175.0 million, of which $35.0 million was
outstanding as of that date, leaving $140.0  million of unused and available  capacity. In January 2014,
we borrowed  an additional $15.0 million  on this credit  facility  with $50.0  million  outstanding at
February 24, 2014. We currently have $125.0  million  available  for  borrowing under our senior revolving
line of credit  facility. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future.

Senior Secured Second-Priority Notes—On May 13, 2013, we offered and sold $175 million
aggregate principal amount of 8.125%  Senior Secured Second-Priority  Notes  due  2018 in a  private
offering. The Notes are senior secured second-priority obligations,  are  guaranteed by our material U.S.
subsidiaries, and mature on May 15,  2018. Interest on the  Notes  accrues at the rate of 8.125% per
annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15  of each year during their
term. We made our first interest payment  on the Notes  on November 15, 2013.

We  used the net proceeds from the offering to repay outstanding indebtedness under our senior
secured credit facility with CMB (see ‘‘—Revolving Line of Credit’’ below) and for general corporate
purposes. The Notes have not been registered  under the Securities  Act  or  applicable  state securities
laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States  absent  registration or an applicable
exemption from the registration requirements  of the Securities Act  and  applicable state laws. Pursuant
to the registration rights agreement we  entered  into  in connection with  our  offering and sale of the
Notes, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register the  offer and sale of exchange
notes having substantially identical terms  as the  Notes under  the Securities Act as part  of  an offer  to
exchange freely tradable exchange notes for the  Notes, as further described  in our Current Report  on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8,  2013.

On or after May 15, 2015, we may on one  or more occasions  redeem all or a part of the  Notes at
the redemption prices set forth below,  plus accrued and unpaid  interest and special  interest,  if any, on
the Notes redeemed during the twelve-month  period beginning on  May  15th of the  years  indicated
below:

Date

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Percentage

104.063%
102.031%
100.000%

For additional information regarding  the terms  of  the Notes and  related Indenture, Registration
Rights Agreement and Intercreditor  Agreement see our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on May 13, 2013.

Revolving Line of Credit—On May 29, 2012, we amended the terms  of our senior  secured credit

facility with CMB as administrative agent  and lender (the ‘‘Credit Facility’’). The First Amendment to
Credit  Agreement and Loan Documents (the ‘‘First Amendment’’) modified certain provisions of our

67

senior credit agreement with CMB that  we  had  entered into on  March 25, 2010. The maturity date of
any outstanding debt under the Credit  Facility is  March 24, 2015.

As amended by the First Amendment, our Credit  Facility provides that  we may make revolving
credit borrowings in U.S. Dollars, Euros, British  Pounds Sterling  or Canadian Dollars up to an amount
not to exceed the U.S. Dollar equivalent of $175.0 million. For further information regarding our
Credit  Facility, see Note 4 ‘‘Long-term Debt and Lease Obligations’’ of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

In connection with our offering of the Notes earlier  this year, we entered into a  consent  agreement
with CMB as administrative agent and  lender under the Credit Facility, in  April 2013 that permitted  us
to, among other things, (i) issue the Notes and related guarantees  and (ii) invest a cumulative
aggregate amount of up to $100 million in OceanGeo from  and  after February  26, 2013.

Meeting our Liquidity Requirements

We  have historically financed our operations  from internally generated cash, funds from  equity and

debt financings, and borrowings under  revolving credit facilities. As  of  December  31, 2013, our total
outstanding indebtedness (including capital lease  obligations)  was approximately  $220.2 million,
consisting of approximately $175.0 million outstanding senior  secured second-lien  notes, $35.0  million
under our revolving line of credit, $1.5  million relating  to  our facility  lease obligations and $8.7 million
of capital leases. As of December 31, 2013,  we had $140.0  million undrawn and available on  our
revolving line of credit under our Credit Facility  and  had approximately $148.1  million of  cash on hand.
In January 2014, we drew $15.0 million on  our  revolver,  bringing  the availability under our credit
facility down to $125.0 million as of February 24, 2014.

For 2013, total capital expenditures, including investments in  our multi-client data library, were

$131.5 million, and we are projecting  capital expenditures for 2014  to  be  between $100 million to
$120 million. Of the total projected 2014  capital expenditures, we are  estimating that approximately
$90 million to $110 million will be spent on investments  in our multi-client  data  library.

We  currently believe that our existing  cash,  cash generated from operations and our  sources  of

working capital will be sufficient for us  to  meet our anticipated  cash  needs  for at least the next
12 months. However, as further described in  Part I,  Item  3. ‘‘Legal Proceedings,’’ there are possible
scenarios involving a judgment to be rendered in the  WesternGeco lawsuit  that  would adversely affect
our  liquidity. If we become subject to  a  significant adverse judgment  in the WesternGeco lawsuit and
are required to pay the judgment, we  might have to utilize  a combination of cash on  hand, undrawn
balances available under our revolving  line of credit  under our  senior debt facility and  possibly  incur
additional debt and/or equity financing.

Cash Flow from Operations

Net cash provided by operating activities  was  $147.6 million for 2013, compared  to  $169.1 million

for 2012. The decrease in our cash flows  from operations  was due  principally to our net  loss of
$246.5 million for 2013. The negative  effects caused by the 2013  net loss  to  our cash flow from
operations were partially offset by non-cash special charges  taken during 2013 for  write-downs  of
inventory, certain receivables and certain  data library  projects, our  equity method investment  losses in
OceanGeo and INOVA Geophysical  and  the additional  accruals for loss contingencies related to the
WesternGeco lawsuit. Positively affecting  our 2013  net cash  flows from operations  were lower levels  of
outstanding unbilled receivables for 2013,  partially  offset by an investment  in inventory and higher
accounts receivable at December 31, 2013.

Net cash provided by operating activities  was  $169.1 million for 2012, compared  to  $130.0 million

of net cash provided by operating activities  in 2011.  Our increase in sales activity during  the fourth

68

quarter of 2011 resulted in an increase in our accounts receivable at that  time,  which in turn had a
positive impact to our cash balances in  the first quarter of 2012,  as we converted  these  receivables into
cash.

Cash Flow Used In Investing Activities

Net cash flow used in investing activities  was  $159.0 million for 2013, compared  to  $144.3 million

for 2012. The principal uses of cash in our investing activities during 2013 were $114.6 million of
continued investments in our multi-client  data library, $16.9 million of investments in property,  plant
and equipment and investments in and  cash advances to OceanGeo totaling $24.8  million.

Net cash flow used in investing activities  was  $144.3 million for 2012, compared  to  net cash
provided by investing activities of $181.6 million for 2011.  The  principal uses  of  cash in our  investing
activities during 2012 were $143.8 million of continued investments  in our  multi-client data library, our
net investment of $20.0 million of excess cash  in short-term bank certificates of deposit,  our
$11.1 million investment in property,  plant  and  equipment  and our $6.5 million  investment in a
convertible note.

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Net cash flow provided by financing activities was $98.7  million  for 2013, compared to $6.5  million
of net cash flow used in financing activities for 2012. The net  cash flow provided by financing activities
during 2013 was primarily related to  our  issuance  of $175.0 million principal amount of the  Notes. We
also drew $35.0 of net borrowings under  our revolving line of  credit during 2013.  Offsetting these cash
provisions were our total repayments under of our revolving line  of credit  during  2013 of $97.3  million.
In 2013, we also paid $1.4 million in  cash  dividends  on our outstanding  Series D Preferred Stock and
an additional $5.0 million with respect  to  the Series D Preferred  Stock when it  was  converted  in
September 2013. The $6.5 million of  net cash flow used in financing  activities during 2012 was primarily
related to repayment of an outstanding  term loan of $98.3 million, offset by net borrowings under our
amended revolving line of credit of $97.3 million. We paid $1.4 million in cash dividends on  our
outstanding Series D Preferred Stock  in  2012.

Net cash flow provided by financing activities was $9.8  million  for 2011. The net cash flow
provided by financing activities during 2011  was primarily  related to proceeds from stock  option
exercises of $13.1 million and an excess tax benefit from stock-based  compensation of $3.3 million. This
cash inflow was partially offset by payments  on our long-term debt of $6.1 million.  We  paid $1.4 million
in cash dividends on our outstanding Series D Preferred Stock in 2011.

Inflation and Seasonality

Inflation in recent years has not had a material  effect  on our  costs  of goods  or labor, or the prices

for our  products or services. Traditionally,  our business has been  seasonal,  with strongest demand
typically in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year.  We experienced increased  demand in the  fourth
quarters of both 2012 and 2013 driven  by increased capital  expenditures from our E&P customers,
consistent with our historical seasonality.

69

Future Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth estimates of  future payments  of our consolidated contractual

obligations, as of December 31, 2013  (in  thousands):

Contractual Obligations

Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on long-term debt obligations . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
Equipment capital lease obligations
Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

$211,501
65,298
8,651
97,343
17,411

Less Than
1 Year

$

966
16,719
4,940
9,299
17,411

1 - 3 Years

3 - 5 Years

$35,535
29,028
3,711
18,559
—

$175,000
19,551
—
18,017
—

More Than
5 Years

$ —
—
—
51,468
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$400,204

$49,335

$86,833

$212,568

$51,468

The long-term debt and lease obligations at December 31, 2013  included $175.0 million of
principal amount of indebtedness outstanding  under our Notes issued  in May  2013, $35.0 million of
indebtedness  outstanding under our revolving  line of  credit facility  and $1.5 million  of indebtedness
related to our Stafford, Texas facility  sale-leaseback  arrangement. The $8.7 million of equipment  capital
lease obligations relates to GXT’s financing of computer and other equipment purchases.

The operating lease commitments at December 31,  2013 relate  to  our leases for certain equipment,

offices, processing centers and warehouse space under non-cancelable operating leases.  Our purchase
obligations primarily relate to our committed  inventory purchase orders under which deliveries of
inventory are scheduled to be made  in 2014.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in  conformity with generally  accepted
accounting principles in the United States  requires management to make  choices between acceptable
methods of accounting and to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions that affect  the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities, and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses. The following accounting policies  are based  on, among
other  things, judgments and assumptions made by management that include  inherent risk  and
uncertainties. Management’s estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of
each period. We believe that  all of the  judgments and estimates used to prepare our financial
statements were reasonable at the time we  made  them, but circumstances may  change  requiring us  to
revise our estimates in ways that could be materially adverse to our results of operations and financial
condition.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from the sale of (i) multi-client and proprietary surveys,  licenses  of
‘‘on-the-shelf’’ data libraries and imaging services, within our  Solutions segment; (ii) seismic data
acquisition systems and other seismic equipment within our Systems segment; and (iii) navigation,
survey and quality control software systems  within our  Software  segment.

Multi-Client and Proprietary Surveys, Data  Libraries and Imaging  Services—As our multi-client
surveys  are being designed, acquired or processed (referred to as the ‘‘new venture’’ phase), we enter
into non-exclusive licensing arrangements with our customers. License  revenues from these new venture
survey projects are recognized during  the new venture phase as the  seismic  data  is acquired and/or
processed on a proportionate basis as work is  performed.  Under this method, we recognize revenues
based upon quantifiable measures of progress, such as  kilometers acquired or days processed. Upon
completion of a multi-client seismic survey, the  seismic survey is  considered ‘‘on-the-shelf,’’ and licenses

70

to the survey data are granted to customers on a  non-exclusive basis.  Revenues on licenses  of
completed multi-client data surveys are recognized when (a) a signed final master  geophysical data
license agreement and accompanying  supplemental  license agreement  are returned by the customer;
(b) the purchase price for the license  is fixed or  determinable; (c) delivery or  performance has
occurred; and (d) no significant uncertainty  exists as to the  customer’s obligation, willingness or ability
to pay. In limited situations, we have  provided  the customer with a right to exchange seismic data for
another specific seismic data set. In these  limited  situations, we recognize  revenue at the earlier  of  the
customer exercising its exchange right  or  the expiration  of  the customer’s exchange right.

We  also perform seismic surveys under contracts to specific customers,  whereby the seismic data is
owned by those customers. We recognize  revenue as  the seismic data is acquired and/or  processed  on a
proportionate basis as work is performed. We use quantifiable measures  of  progress  consistent with  our
multi-client surveys.

Revenues from all imaging and other  services  are recognized when  persuasive evidence  of an
arrangement exists, the price is fixed  or  determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues
from contract services performed on a  day-rate basis  are recognized as  the  service  is performed.

Acquisition Systems and Other Seismic Equipment—For the sales of seismic data acquisition systems

and other seismic equipment, we follow the  requirements of  ASC 605-10 ‘‘Revenue Recognition’’ and
recognize revenue when (a) evidence  of an arrangement exists; (b) the price to the customer is fixed
and determinable; (c) collectibility is reasonably  assured; and (d) the  acquisition  system or other
seismic equipment is delivered to the customer and risk of  ownership has passed to the  customer, or, in
the case in which a substantive customer-specified acceptance clause exists in the contract,  the later  of
delivery or when the customer-specified  acceptance is obtained

Software—For the sales of navigation, survey and quality control software systems, we follow the
requirements for these transactions of ASC 985-605 ‘‘Software Revenue Recognition’’ (‘‘ASC 985-605’’).
We  recognize revenue from sales of these software systems when (a) evidence of an arrangement  exists;
(b) the price to the customer is fixed  and  determinable;  (c) collectibility is reasonably assured; and
(d) the software is delivered to the customer and  risk  of  ownership  has passed to the  customer, or,  in
the limited case in which a substantive  customer-specified acceptance clause exists, the  later of delivery
or when the customer-specified acceptance is obtained. These arrangements generally include  us
providing related services, such as training  courses,  engineering services and annual  software
maintenance. We allocate revenue to each  element of the  arrangement based  upon vendor-specific
objective evidence (‘‘VSOE’’) of fair value of the element or, if VSOE is not available  for the delivered
element, we apply the residual method.

In addition to perpetual software licenses, we offer time-based  software licenses. For time-based

licenses, we recognize revenue ratably  over the contract  term,  which is generally two to five years.

Multiple-element Arrangements—When separate elements (such as an  acquisition  system, other
seismic equipment and/or imaging services) are contained  in a single sales arrangement, or in related
arrangements with the same customer, we follow the requirements of ASC 605-25 ‘‘Accounting for
Multiple-Element Revenue Arrangement’’ (‘‘ASC 605-25’). We adopted this guidance as of January  1,
2010, and applied the guidance to transactions initiated or materially  modified  on or after  January 1,
2010. The guidance does not apply to software  sales  accounted for under ASC 985-605. We also
adopted, in the same period, guidance within ASC 985-605 that excludes  from its scope revenue
arrangements that include both tangible products and  software elements, such that the tangible
products contain both software and non-software components  that function  together  to  deliver the
tangible product’s essential functionality.

This guidance requires that arrangement consideration be  allocated at the  inception of an

arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price  method. We allocate arrangement

71

consideration to each deliverable qualifying as  a separate unit of  accounting  in an arrangement  based
on its relative selling price. We determine  selling price  using VSOE, if it exists, and otherwise,  third-
party evidence (‘‘TPE’’). If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a unit of accounting,  we
use estimated selling price (‘‘ESP’’). We generally expect that we will not  be  able to establish TPE due
to the nature of the markets in which  we  compete,  and, as such,  we typically will determine selling
price using VSOE or if not available,  ESP.  VSOE is generally limited to the price  charged when  the
same or similar product is sold on a  standalone basis. If a  product is  seldom sold on  a standalone  basis,
it is unlikely that we can determine VSOE for the  product.

The objective of ESP is to determine  the price at which we would transact if the product were  sold
by us on a standalone basis. Our determination of ESP involves a weighting of several  factors based  on
the specific facts and circumstances of  the arrangement. Specifically, we consider the anticipated margin
on the particular deliverable, the selling  price and  profit margin for similar  products and our ongoing
pricing strategy and policies.

We  believe this guidance principally impacts our Systems division in  which a typical arrangement

might involve the sale of various products of our acquisition systems and other  seismic  equipment.
Products under these arrangements are often delivered to the  customer  within the same  period, but in
certain situations, depending upon product  availability and the  customer’s delivery requirements, the
products could be delivered to the customer  at different times.  In these situations, we consider  our
products to be separate units of accounting  provided the  delivered product  has value  to  the customer
on a standalone basis. We consider a  deliverable to have  standalone value  if  the product is sold
separately by us or another vendor or could be resold by the customer. Further, our revenue
arrangements generally do not include  a general right of return relative to  the delivered products.

Multi-Client Data Library

Our multi-client data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered  for licensing to customers
on a non-exclusive basis. The capitalized costs include the costs  paid  to  third parties for the acquisition
of data and related activities associated  with the  data creation  activity and direct  internal processing
costs, such as salaries, benefits, computer-related expenses  and other costs incurred for  seismic  data
project design and management. For 2013,  2012 and 2011, we capitalized, as  part of  our multi-client
data library, $2.1 million, $3.8 million  and  $2.4 million,  respectively,  of direct internal processing costs.

Our method of amortizing the costs of an  in-process multi-client data  library (the period during
which  the seismic data is being acquired or  processed, referred to as the ‘‘new venture’’ phase) consists
of determining the percentage of actual revenue  recognized to the total estimated revenues (which
includes both revenues estimated to be realized during the new venture phase and  estimated revenues
from the licensing of the resulting ‘‘on-the-shelf’’ data  survey) and multiplying that percentage by the
total cost of the project (the sales forecast  method). We consider a multi-client data survey  to  be
complete when all work on the creation of the seismic data is finished and that data survey  is available
for licensing.

Once a multi-client data survey is completed, the data survey is considered ‘‘on-the-shelf’’ and our
method of amortization is then the greater  of (i)  the sales  forecast  method or  (ii) the straight-line basis
over a four-year period. The greater amount of amortization resulting from the  sales forecast method
or the straight-line amortization policy  is  applied  on a cumulative basis  at  the individual survey level.
Under this policy, we first record amortization  using  the sales forecast  method. The cumulative
amortization recorded for each survey  is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization.
The four-year period utilized in this cumulative comparison commences when the data survey is
determined to be complete. If the cumulative  straight-line  amortization is higher for  any specific survey,
additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in the accumulated amortization being equal to
the cumulative straight-line amortization  for  that survey. We have  determined the amortization period
to be four years based upon our historical experience that  indicates that the majority of our revenues
from multi-client surveys are derived during the acquisition and processing phases and during the four
years subsequent to survey completion.

72

Estimated sales are determined based upon discussions with our customers, our experience and our

knowledge of industry trends. Changes in  sales estimates may have  the effect of changing  the
percentage relationship of cost of services to revenue.  In  applying the sales forecast method,  an
increase in the projected sales of a survey will result  in lower  cost of services as a percentage  of
revenue and higher earnings when revenue associated with  that particular survey is recognized,  while a
decrease in projected sales will have  the  opposite effect.  Assuming that the  overall volume of sales mix
of surveys generating revenue in the period  was held constant in 2013,  an increase of  10% in the  sales
forecasts of all surveys would have decreased our amortization expense by  approximately  $8.4 million.

We  estimate the ultimate revenue expected  to  be  derived from  a  particular seismic data survey
over its  estimated useful economic life  to  determine the  costs to amortize, if greater than  straight-line
amortization. That estimate is made  by us  at the  project’s initiation. For a completed multi-client
survey, we review the estimate quarterly.  If during any such review, we determine that the ultimate
revenue for a survey is expected to be materially more or less than  the original estimate of  total
revenue for such survey, we decrease  or increase  (as the case may be) the amortization  rate
attributable to the future revenue from such survey.  In  addition, in connection with such reviews,  we
evaluate  the recoverability of the multi-client data library,  and if required under ASC 360-10
‘‘Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived  Assets,’’ record an impairment charge with respect to such
data. There were no significant impairment  charges  during  2013, 2012 and 2011.

Reserve for Excess and Obsolete Inventories

Our reserve for excess and obsolete inventories  is based on historical sales trends and various
other assumptions and judgments, including future  demand  for our  inventory, the timing of  market
acceptance of our new products and the risk of obsolescence  driven by new product introductions.
When we record a charge for excess and  obsolete inventories, the  amount  is applied as  a reduction  in
the cost basis of the specific inventory  item for which  the charge was recorded. Should these
assumptions and judgments not be realized for these or for other reasons, our reserve  would be
adjusted to reflect actual results. Our  industry is subject to technological change and new product
development that could result in obsolete  inventory. Our reserve for inventory at  December 31, 2013
was $32.6 million compared to $14.2  million  at December 31,  2012.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is allocated to our reporting units, which is either the operating segment or  one reporting

level  below the operating segment. For purposes of performing the  impairment test  for goodwill as
required by ASC 350 ‘‘Intangibles—Goodwill and Other’’ (‘‘ASC 350’’), we established the following
reporting units: Solutions, Software and Marine Systems. To determine the fair  value of  our reporting
units, we use  a discounted future returns  valuation method. If we had  established different reporting
units or utilized different valuation methodologies,  our  impairment  test  results could differ.
Additionally, we compared the sum of  the estimated fair values of the individual  reporting units less
consolidated debt to our overall market capitalization as reflected by the  our  stock  price.

In accordance with ASC 350, we are required to evaluate the carrying  value of  our goodwill at
least annually for impairment, or more  frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that it is more
likely than not impairment has occurred.  We formally evaluate the  carrying value of our goodwill  for
impairment as of December 31 for each  of our reporting units. We  first perform a  qualitative
assessment by evaluating relevant events or  circumstances to  determine  whether it  is more likely than
not that the fair value of a reporting  unit  is less than  its  carrying amount. If we are unable to conclude
qualitatively that it is more likely than  not  that a reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its carrying value,
then we will use a two-step quantitative  assessment  of the fair value of a  reporting unit.  If the carrying
value of a reporting unit of an entity that  includes goodwill  is determined to be more  than the  fair
value of the reporting unit, there exists  the possibility of impairment of goodwill. An impairment loss of

73

goodwill is measured in two steps by  first allocating  the fair value  of  the reporting unit to net  assets
and liabilities including recorded and  unrecorded other intangible  assets to determine the implied
carrying  value of goodwill. The next step is  to  measure the difference  between the carrying value of
goodwill and the implied carrying value  of goodwill, and, if the implied carrying  value of goodwill is
less  than the carrying value of goodwill,  an impairment  loss is recorded  equal to the difference.

We  completed our annual goodwill impairment testing as of December 31, 2013 noting no
impairments. Our goodwill as of December 31, 2013  was comprised of $27.0 million in our Marine
Systems, $25.9 million in our Software and  $2.9 million in our Solutions reporting units.

For goodwill testing purposes, the $193.3 million litigation  contingency accrual is assigned to the
Marine Systems reporting unit. Based on  the increase in  this accrual,  this  reporting unit’s carrying value
was negative as of December 31, 2013. Based on our evaluation of qualitative factors relevant to the
Marine Systems reporting unit, we performed the  second step  of  the impairment test  to  measure the
amount of any potential impairment  by  comparing  the implied  fair value of the  reporting unit’s
goodwill with the carrying amount of  that  goodwill. The excess of the fair value of a reporting  unit over
the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities  in a  hypothetical purchase  price allocation is  the
implied fair value of goodwill. We completed the step two impairment test, which did  not  indicate  an
impairment of goodwill associated with the Marine  Systems  reporting  unit.

Our 2013 quantitative assessment indicated  that  the fair values  of our  Software and Solutions
reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values.  Our analyses  are based  upon our internal
operating forecasts, which include assumptions  about market and economic conditions. However, if our
estimates or related projections associated with  the reporting units significantly  change in the future, we
may be required to record further impairment charges. If the  operational results of our segments are
lower than forecasted or the economic  conditions are  worse than expected, then the fair  value of  our
segments will be adversely affected.

Our intangible assets, other than goodwill, relate to our customer  relationships and intellectual

property rights. We amortize our intellectual property rights over the estimated periods of benefit
(ranging from 4 to 5 years). We amortize  our customer  relationship intangible  assets on  an accelerated
basis over a 10- to 15-year period, using the  undiscounted  cash  flows of  the initial valuation models. We
use an accelerated basis as these intangible assets  were  initially valued using an income approach, with
an attrition rate that resulted in a pattern  of declining cash  flows over a 10- to 15-year period.

Following the guidance of ASC 360 ‘‘Property, Plant and Equipment,’’ we review the carrying values

of these  intangible assets for impairment if events or  changes  in the facts and  circumstances indicate
that it is more likely than not their carrying value  may not be recoverable. Any impairment determined
is recorded in the  current period and  is measured  by comparing  the fair value of the  related asset  to its
carrying  value.

Similar to our treatment of goodwill,  in making these assessments, we rely on a  number of  factors,

including operating results, business plans, internal  and external economic projections, anticipated
future cash flows and external market  data. However, if  our estimates or related  projections associated
with the reporting units significantly change in  the future,  we may be required  to  record further
impairment charges.

Deferred Tax Assets

As of December 31, 2012 we had recorded a valuation allowance for  items  that  relate  to  capital

losses or basis differences that will create  capital losses. During  2013 we established a valuation
allowance on a substantial majority of our  U.S. net deferred  tax assets  due to the  large one time
charges taken during the year. The valuation allowance was calculated in accordance with the
provisions of ASC 740-10, ‘‘Accounting for Income Taxes,’’ which requires that a valuation allowance be

74

established or maintained when it is ‘‘more likely than not’’ that all or a portion of deferred tax assets
will not be realized. We will continue  to  record a  valuation  allowance  for  the substantial  majority of all
of our deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence  to  warrant reversal.  In the  event our
expectations of future operating results  change, an  additional  valuation allowance may be required to
be established on our existing unreserved  net U.S. deferred  tax assets.

Foreign Sales Risks

For 2013, we recognized $199.0 million  of sales  to  customers in Europe, $52.7 million of sales to
customers in Asia Pacific, $54.0 million of sales to customers  in Latin American countries, $63.2 million
of sales to customers in the Middle East,  $16.5 million of sales to customers  in Africa and  $13.7 million
of sales to customers in the Commonwealth of Independent States, or former Soviet Union (CIS). The
majority of our foreign sales are denominated in  U.S. dollars.  For 2013, 2012 and 2011, international
sales comprised 73%, 69% and 66%, respectively,  of  total net revenues. Since  2008, global economic
problems and uncertainties have generally  increased in scope and nature. To  the extent that world
events or economic conditions negatively affect  our  future sales to customers in many regions of the
world, as well as the collectability of  our  existing  receivables, our future  results  of  operations,  liquidity
and financial condition may be adversely  affected.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

For 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded revenues from  BGP for purchases  of  services and  products
of $8.0 million, $13.7 million and $34.5 million, respectively. A majority of the revenues from BGP for
2011 related to the sale of a twelve-streamer DigiSTREAMER system. Trade receivables due from
BGP were $1.5 million and $1.6 million  at December 31,  2013 and 2012,  respectively. BGP owned
(purchased in March 2010) approximately 14.5%  of our outstanding common  stock  as of December 31,
2013. For 2013, we paid BGP $46.2 million for seismic  acquisition  services provided  on one of the  our
new venture projects. At December 31,  2013, we owed  BGP  $1.5 million for  unpaid services  received
on that project.

James M. Lapeyre, Jr. is the Chairman of the Board  on our board of directors. He is also the
chairman and a significant equity owner of Laitram, L.L.C. (Laitram), and he  has served as  president
of Laitram and its predecessors since  1989. Laitram is a privately-owned,  New Orleans-based
manufacturer of food processing equipment and modular conveyor belts. Mr. Lapeyre and Laitram
together owned approximately 6.3%  of our outstanding common stock as  of  December 31, 2013.

We  acquired DigiCourse, Inc., our marine positioning products business,  from Laitram in  1998. In
connection with that acquisition, we entered into a Continued Services Agreement with Laitram under
which  Laitram agreed to provide us certain bookkeeping,  software, manufacturing and maintenance
services. Manufacturing services consist primarily of machining of  parts for our marine positioning
systems. The term of this agreement  expired in September 2001 but  we  continue to operate under  its
terms. In addition, from time to time,  when we have  requested,  the legal  staff of Laitram has advised
us on certain intellectual property matters with regard to our  marine positioning systems.  Under  an
amended lease of  commercial property  dated February 1,  2006, between Lapeyre Properties, L.L.C.  (an
affiliate of Laitram) and ION, we have leased certain office and warehouse  space from  Lapeyre
Properties through January 2014, with  the right to terminate the lease  sooner upon  12 months’ notice.
During  2013, we paid Laitram and its  affiliates  a total of approximately $4.2  million, which consisted  of
approximately $3.5 million for manufacturing  services,  $0.4 million for rent and  other  pass-through
third party facilities charges and $0.3 million for  reimbursement for costs related to providing
administrative and other back-office  support services in  connection with  our  Louisiana marine
operations. For the 2012 and 2011 fiscal years, we paid Laitram  and  its affiliates a  total  of
approximately $4.1 million and $6.3 million,  respectively, for these services. In the opinion of our

75

management, the terms of these services  are  fair and reasonable and as  favorable to us as those that
could have been obtained from unrelated third parties at the time of their performance.

In July 2013, we agreed to lend up to $10.0  million  to  INOVA  Geophysical, and  received  a

promissory note issued by INOVA Geophysical payable  to  us, which was scheduled to mature on
September 30, 2013. The loan was made  by us to support  certain short-term working capital needs of
INOVA Geophysical. The indebtedness under  the note accrues interest at an annual rate  equal to the
London Interbank Offered Rate plus  650  basis points. In July 2013, we advanced the  full principal
amount of $10.0 million to INOVA Geophysical under the promissory  note. During the  second  half of
2013, we received  payments totaling $5.0  million  from INOVA  Geophysical on the  loan. The maturity
date  of  the note has been extended to  March 31, 2014.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Variable interest entities. As of December 31, 2013, our investments  in OceanGeo and INOVA
Geophysical each constitute an investment in a  variable  interest  entity, as that term  is defined in FASB
ASC Topic 810-10 ‘‘Consolidation—Overall’’ and as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii)  of  SEC
Regulation S-K. See Note 3 of  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K for additional information.

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of our business, we enter  into contractual arrangements  with our customers,

suppliers and other parties under which we may agree to indemnify the other party  to  such
arrangement from certain losses it incurs relating  to  our  products or services  or for  losses arising from
certain events as defined within the particular contract.  Some  of these indemnification obligations may
not be subject to maximum loss limitations. Historically,  payments we have made related  to  these
indemnification obligations have been  immaterial.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market  Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our  primary

market risks include risks related to  interest rates and foreign currency  exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding total indebtedness  of approximately  $220.2 million,

including capital lease obligations. Of that  indebtedness,  approximately $35.0 million  accrues  interest
under rates that fluctuate based upon market rates plus an  applicable margin. As of  December 31,
2013, the $35.0 million in outstanding revolving loan indebtedness under the Credit Facility  accrued
interest at a rate of 2.57% per annum. Each 100 basis point increase  in the  interest rate would  have
the effect of increasing the annual amount of interest  to  be  paid by  approximately  $0.4 million.

As our borrowings under the revolving credit facility  are subject to variable  interest rates, we are

subject to interest rate risk to the extent we have outstanding balances under the revolving  credit
facility. We are therefore impacted by  changes in  LIBOR and/or our bank’s base rates. We may, from
time to time, use derivative financial  instruments (e.g., interest  rate  caps), to help  mitigate  rising
interest rates under our credit facility.  We do not use  derivatives for trading or  speculative purposes
and only enter into contracts with major  financial institutions based on their  credit rating  and other
factors.

76

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Our operations are conducted in various countries  around the world, and  we receive  revenue from

these operations in a number of different  currencies with the most  significant of  our international
operations using British pounds sterling. As such, our earnings  are  subject to movements in foreign
currency exchange rates when transactions  are denominated in  currencies other than  the U.S.  dollar,
which  is our functional currency, or the functional currency  of  many of our subsidiaries, which is not
necessarily the U.S. dollar. To the extent  that transactions of these subsidiaries are settled in currencies
other than the U.S. dollar, a devaluation  of these currencies  versus the  U.S. dollar  could  reduce the
contribution from these subsidiaries to  our consolidated results of operations as reported in U.S.
dollars.

Through our subsidiaries, we operate in  a wide variety of jurisdictions,  including the United
Kingdom, China, Canada, the Netherlands, Brazil,  Russia, the United Arab Emirates,  Egypt and other
countries. Our financial results may be affected by changes  in foreign currency exchange rates. Our
consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013  reflected  approximately  $21.3 million of net working
capital related to our foreign subsidiaries, a majority of our which is within the  United Kingdom. Our
foreign subsidiaries receive their income and pay their expenses primarily  in their local  currencies.  To
the extent that transactions of these subsidiaries  are settled in the local currencies, a devaluation of
these currencies versus the U.S. dollar could reduce the  contribution from  these subsidiaries to our
consolidated results of operations as  reported in U.S. dollars.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary  Data

The financial statements and related  notes thereto required by  this item begin at page F-1 hereof.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants  on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Disclosure controls and procedures are
designed to ensure that information required  to  be  disclosed in the  reports we  file with or  submit  to
the SEC under the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the ‘‘Exchange Act’’) is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within  the time  period  specified by  the SEC’s rules and forms.
Disclosure controls and procedures are  defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act, and they
include, without limitation, controls and  procedures designed to ensure  that  information required to be
disclosed under the Exchange Act is  accumulated  and  communicated to management,  including the
principal executive officer and the principal  financial officer,  as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.

In connection with the preparation and review of  the financial statements  to  be  included in  our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for  the nine months  ended  September 30, 2013,  we determined  that
we had incorrectly presented the investments in our multi-client seismic data libraries, or  SPANs, in  our
condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the
six months ended June 30, 2013. We  incorrectly included non-cash activity  related to the investment  in
our  multi-client seismic data libraries, which resulted in an understatement of our cash provided  by
operating activities and an understatement  of  our  cash used in investing activities  as previously reported
for the interim periods ended March  31,  2013 and  June  30,  2013. These investment items should  have
instead been included and presented as  additions to our net  cash used in  investing  activities in our
condensed consolidated statement of  cash  flows for the three months ended March 31,  2013 and the six
months ended June 30, 2013. As a result,  we  have filed Form 10-Q/A amendments  to  our Quarterly
Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended  March  31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, reflecting

77

the restatements to our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows  contained in  those previously
filed Form 10-Qs. Our management concluded that a  material  weakness  existed in  our internal control
over financial reporting with respect to certain  procedures and controls  related to the preparation and
review of our consolidated statements of cash flows as of  September 30, 2013.

Our management carried out an evaluation of the  effectiveness  of  the design  and operation of our
disclosure controls and procedures as  of December 31, 2013. Based upon that evaluation, our principal
executive officer and principal financial officer have  concluded that  our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of December  31, 2013.

Remediation of Material Weakness. To address the above referenced material weakness,  we have
undertaken improvements to our procedures and controls that include the use  of automated systems
reporting of non-cash accruals related to our  investment in multi-client data library and fixed assets and
an improved cross-functional management review of the  statement  of  cash  flows.  Based on these
remediation efforts, management concluded that  the material weakness in internal control over
financial reporting has been remediated as  of  December  31,  2013.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial  Reporting. Our management is
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control  over  financial  reporting as
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the  Exchange Act. Our  internal control  over  financial reporting  is
designed to provide reasonable assurance  regarding the reliability of financial reporting  and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in  accordance with generally  accepted
accounting principles. Our internal control over financial  reporting includes  those policies and
procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that,  in  reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect

the transactions and dispositions of the  assets of the  company;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded  as necessary to permit

preparation of financial statements in accordance  with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures  of  the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of our  management and directors;  and

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding  prevention or  timely detection of  unauthorized

acquisition, use or  disposition of our  assets that could have a material  effect  on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections  of any  evaluation of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate because  of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including  our  principal

executive officer and principal financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of December  31, 2013 based upon  criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in 1992. Based upon their assessment, management concluded that the internal
control over financial reporting was effective  as of December 31, 2013.

The independent registered public accounting firm that has also audited the Company’s

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report  on Form 10-K has  issued an audit
report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report appears below.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Other than the improvements to our

procedures and controls described above,  there  was not any change  in our internal control  over
financial reporting that occurred during  the three  months ended December 31, 2013,  which has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our  internal control over  financial
reporting.

78

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of  ION  Geophysical  Corporation  and subsidiaries

We  have audited ION Geophysical Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control

over financial reporting as of December  31, 2013,  based on  criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the Treadway
Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria).  The Company’s management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control  over  financial reporting, and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over  financial reporting included in  the accompanying  Management’s
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is  to  express  an opinion on
the company’s internal control over financial reporting based  on our audit.

We  conducted our audit in accordance  with the  standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an  understanding  of internal control  over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on  the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in  the circumstances. We  believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is  a process designed to provide reasonable

assurance regarding the reliability of  financial reporting and the preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted  accounting  principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies  and procedures that (1)  pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,  accurately and fairly reflect the  transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions  are
recorded  as necessary to permit preparation of  financial statements in  accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts  and  expenditures of the company are being made  only
in accordance with authorizations of management  and  directors of the company; and  (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets  that could have a material effect  on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections  of any  evaluation of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate because  of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, ION Geophysical Corporation  and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects,

effective internal control over financial reporting as  of December 31,  2013, based on the COSO
criteria.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the  standards of the Public Company Accounting

Oversight Board (United States), the  consolidated balance  sheets of ION Geophysical  Corporation and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated  statements  of operations,
comprehensive income (loss), cash flows,  and  stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2013 of ION Geophysical Corporation  and  subsidiaries and our report
dated February 24, 2014 expressed an  unqualified opinion thereon.

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2014

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

79

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The Company’s directors and executive officers are as follows:

PART III

Name

Age

Title

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . .
Christopher T. Usher . . . .

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

49
53 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer, GeoScience

Division

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . .

49 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer, GeoVentures

Steve Bate . . . . . . . . . . . .

51 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer, Systems

Division

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . .
Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . .
David L. Roland . . . . . . . .
Scott  Schwausch . . . . . . . .
. . .
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
David H. Barr . . . . . . . . .
Hao  Huimin . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael  C. Jennings . . . . .
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr.
. . . . .
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . .

Executive Officers

Division
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
Senior Vice President, Ocean Bottom Services
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

50
61
52
39 Vice President and Corporate Controller
61 Chairman  of the Board and Director
64 Director
50 Director
48 Director
61 Director
72 Director
62 Director

R. Brian Hanson has been the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer since January  1,

2012 and was elected to the Board of Directors  of  the Company in 2012. He joined the Company  in
May 2006 as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  and was appointed its President
and Chief Operating Officer in August 2011. Prior to joining  the Company, Mr. Hanson served as the
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Alliance Imaging,  Inc., a NYSE-listed  provider
of diagnostic imaging services to hospitals  and other healthcare providers, from July 2004 until
November 2005. From 1998 to 2003,  Mr.  Hanson held a  variety  of positions  at Fisher Scientific
International, Inc., a NYSE-listed manufacturer and supplier of scientific  and healthcare products and
services, including Vice President Finance  of  the Healthcare group from 1998 to 2002 and Chief
Operating Officer from 2002 to 2003.  From  1986 until 1998,  Mr. Hanson served in various  positions
with Culligan Water Conditioning, an international manufacturer of water treatment products and
producer and retailer of bottled water  products, most recently as  Vice President  of  Finance and  Chief
Financial Officer. Mr. Hanson received  a  Bachelor’s degree in engineering from the University  of New
Brunswick and a Master of Business Administration degree from  Concordia  University in Montreal.
Mr. Hanson’s day-to-day leadership and involvement with the  Company provides him  with personal
knowledge regarding its operations. In addition, Mr. Hanson’s financial experience and skills and
technical background enable the Board  to  better understand  and be informed  with regard  to  the
Company’s operations and prospects and financial condition.

Christopher T. Usher has been the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief  Operating
Officer, GeoScience Division, since November 2012. Prior  to  joining the Company, Mr. Usher served as

80

the Senior Vice President, Data Processing, Analysis and Interpretation and Chief  Technology Officer
of Global Geophysical Services, Inc., a NYSE-listed seismic products  and services company,  since
January 2010. Prior to joining Global, Mr.  Usher  served from October 2005 to January  2010 as Senior
Director at Landmark Software and Services,  a division of Halliburton Company, an oilfield services
company. From 2004 to 2005, he was Senior  Corporate  Vice  President, Integrated Services, at Paradigm
Geotechnology, an exploration and production  software company. From  2000 to 2003,  Mr.  Usher
served as President of the global data  processing division  of  Petroleum Geo-Services (PGS), a marine
geophysical contracting company. He began his  career  at Western Geophysical.  Mr.  Usher holds a
Bachelor of Science degree in geology and geophysics from Yale University.

Ken Williamson joined the Company  as  Vice President of its GeoVentures business unit  in
September 2006, became a Senior Vice President in January 2007, and  became  Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer, GeoVentures Division, in November 2012. Between 1987  and
2006, Mr. Williamson was employed  by  Western  Geophysical, which  in 2000 became  part of
WesternGeco, a seismic solutions and  technology subsidiary of Schlumberger, Ltd., a global  oilfield and
information services company. While  at  WesternGeco,  Mr Williamson  served  as Vice President,
Marketing from 2001 to 2003, Vice President, Russia and  Caspian Region, from 2003 to 2005 and Vice
President, Marketing, Sales & Commercialization of  WesternGeco’s electromagnetic services and
technology division from 2005 to 2006. Mr. Williamson  holds  a  Bachelor of Science  degree  in
geophysics from Cardiff University in Wales.

Steve Bate rejoined the Company in  May 2013 as  Senior Vice President, Systems Division,  and in

February 2014 became Executive Vice President and Chief  Operating Officer, Systems Division.
Mr. Bate originally joined the Company in 2005 as  Chief  Financial Officer of its GX  Technology
business unit. In 2007, he was appointed Senior Vice  President, Sensor  business  unit and in 2009  his
area of responsibility broadened to the  Company’s Land Imaging Systems Division. Following  the
Company’s formation in March 2010 of INOVA Geophysical Equipment Limited, a land seismic
equipment joint venture with BGP, Mr. Bate was appointed  as INOVA’s first President and Chief
Executive Officer, and served in that  role  until  October 2012.  Prior  to  joining the Company in 2005,
Mr. Bate founded a consulting business  and served as  President of a residential construction company.
Mr. Bate holds a Bachelor of Business  Administration degree from the University of Houston.

Gregory J. Heinlein has been the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

since November 2011. Prior to joining the  Company, Mr. Heinlein served as the  Chief Operating  and
Financial Officer of Genprex, Inc., a  clinical-stage biopharmaceutical  company.  Prior to joining
Genprex in 2011, Mr. Heinlein worked  as an independent financial consultant and held a variety of
senior management positions at Freescale  Semiconductor, Inc., a  NYSE-listed designer and
manufacturer of embedded semiconductors  for the  automotive,  consumer,  industrial and networking
markets, including Vice President and Treasurer from 2005  to  2008 and Vice President, Global Sales
and Marketing, from 2008 to 2010. From  2001 to 2004, Mr. Heinlein  served  as Vice President  and
Treasurer of Fisher Scientific International Inc., a  NYSE-listed manufacturer and  supplier  of scientific
and healthcare products and services. From 1999 to 2001,  he  served  as Vice President, Treasurer at
Great Lakes Chemical Company, a NYSE-listed chemical  research, production,  sales and distribution
company. Mr. Heinlein began his career  in 1987 at  The  Dow Chemical Company, where  he  worked for
more than 12 years in progressively challenging financial management  positions,  in both the treasury
and control functions. Mr. Heinlein received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from
Saginaw Valley State University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Michigan State
University.

Colin Hulme joined the Company in April 2012 as  Senior Vice President,  Strategic  Marketing and

in November 2013 was promoted to Senior Vice President,  Ocean Bottom Services, and appointed to
serve as the chief executive officer of OceanGeo B.V., a  joint  venture  controlled by the  Company. Prior
to joining the Company, Mr. Hulme  held  a variety  of senior management positions at

81

Schlumberger, Ltd., a global oilfield and information  services  company, from 1989  through 2011,
including serving as Technical Director—Deep Reading for Schlumberger Wireline  from 2006 to 2011,
Vice President and General Manager of Seismic Data  Processing for WesternGeco, a seismic solutions
and technology subsidiary of Schlumberger,  from 2002 to 2006,  Vice President and  General Manager
for Reservoir Products, Schlumberger Information Services, from 2000 to 2002, Vice  President and
Business Manager for Asia Region, Schlumberger Information Services,  from 1998 to 2000,  and
Corporate Marketing and Commercialization  Manager for WesternGeco from 1994  to  1998. Prior to
joining Schlumberger, Mr Hulme began his career at Digicon Geophysical.

David L. Roland joined the Company  as Vice President,  General  Counsel  and Corporate Secretary

in April 2004 and became a Senior Vice President  in January 2007.  Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Roland held several positions within  the legal department of Enron  Corp., a multi-national energy
trading and infrastructure development business, most  recently  as Vice  President and Assistant General
Counsel. Prior to joining Enron in 1998,  Mr. Roland was an attorney with Caltex Corporation,  an
international oil and gas marketing and refining  company. Mr. Roland was an attorney with the law
firm of Gardere & Wynne (now Gardere  Wynne Sewell LLP) from 1988 until 1994, when he joined
Caltex. Mr. Roland holds a Bachelor of  Business  Administration  degree  from the University of
Houston and a Juris Doctorate degree  with Distinction from St.  Mary’s University.

Scott  Schwausch joined the Company in  2006 as Assistant  Controller and held that position until

June 2010 when he became Director  of Financial Reporting. In May  2012, he became Controller,
Solutions Business Unit, and in May  2013 became Vice  President and Corporate Controller.
Mr. Schwausch held a variety of positions  at Deloitte  &  Touche, LLP, a public accounting  firm,  from
2000 until he joined ION. Mr. Schwausch is a  Certified  Public Accountant  and a  Certified  Management
Accountant. He received a Bachelor  of  Science degree in accounting  from Brigham Young  University.

Executive officers serve at the discretion of the  Board of Directors, subject to applicable

employment agreements.

Directors

Our Board of Directors consists of eight members. The Board is divided into three classes.
Members of each class are elected for  three-year  terms and until their respective successors are duly
elected and qualified, unless the director  dies, resigns, retires, is disqualified  or is removed. Our
stockholders elect the directors in a designated class  annually. The current  Class I directors are
R. Brian Hanson, Hao Huimin and James M.  Lapeyre, Jr., and  their  terms will expire at the election of
directors at the 2015 Annual Meeting. The  current Class II  directors are  David H.  Barr, Franklin
Myers and S. James Nelson, Jr., and  their terms will  expire  at the election  of  directors at the 2016
Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The current Class III  directors are Michael C.  Jennings and John
N. Seitz, and their current terms are  scheduled to expire  at the  2014 Annual Meeting  of  Stockholders.

James M. Lapeyre, Jr., was elected to the Board  of Directors  of the Company  in 1998.

Mr. Lapeyre served as Chairman of the  Board of Directors from  1999 until January 1,  2012, and again
from January 1, 2013 until present. During 2012,  Mr. Robert  P. Peebler  held the role of Executive
Chairman and Mr. Lapeyre served as Lead Independent Director. Mr. Lapeyre has been President of
Laitram  L.L.C., a privately-owned, New  Orleans-based manufacturer of food processing equipment and
modular conveyor belts, and its predecessors  since 1989. Mr. Lapeyre joined the Company’s Board of
Directors when we bought the DigiCOURSE marine positioning products business from Laitram in
1998. Mr. Lapeyre is Chairman of the  Governance Committee  and a member of the Audit and
Compensation Committees of the Board of Directors. He holds a Bachelor of Art  degree  in history
from the University of Texas and Master of Business Administration and  Juris  Doctorate degrees from
Tulane University.  Mr. Lapeyre’s status as a significant stockholder of  the Company enables the Board
to have direct access to the perspective  of the Company’s stockholders and ensures that the Board  will

82

take into consideration the interests  of its  stockholders in  all Board decisions. In addition, Mr. Lapeyre
has extensive knowledge regarding the marine products and technology that the  Company acquired
from Laitram in 1998.

David H. Barr was elected to the Board of  Directors of the  Company in  2010. From  May 2011

until December 2012, Mr. Barr served as  the President and  Chief  Executive Officer of Logan
International Inc., a Calgary-based Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX)-listed  manufacturer  and provider of
oilfield tools and services. In 2009, Mr.  Barr retired from  Baker  Hughes Incorporated, an  oilfield
services and equipment provider, after serving for 36  years  in various manufacturing, marketing,
engineering and product management functions.  At the time of his retirement,  Mr.  Barr was Group
President—Eastern Hemisphere, responsible for  all Baker Hughes  products  and services for  Europe,
Russia/Caspian, Middle East, Africa and Asia Pacific. From 2007 to 2009, he served as  Group
President—Completion & Production, and from 2005  to  2007, as Group President—Drilling and
Evaluation. Mr. Barr served as President  of Baker Atlas, a  division of Baker Hughes Inc.,  from 2000 to
2005, and served as Vice President, Supply  Chain Management  for the  Cameron division of Cameron
International Corporation from 1999 to 2000. Prior  to  1999,  he held positions of increasing
responsibility within Baker Hughes Inc.  and  its affiliates,  including Vice President—Business Process
Development and various leadership  positions with Hughes Tool Company and  Hughes Christensen.
Mr. Barr initially joined Hughes Tool  Company in 1972  after graduating  from Texas Tech  University
with a Bachelor of Science degree in  mechanical  engineering. Mr. Barr  also currently serves on  the
Board of Directors and Compensation Committee  of Logan International Inc., as the Chairman of the
Board and on the Compensation Committee of Probe Holdings, Inc. (a designer  and manufacturer of
oilfield technology and tools) and on the Board of Directors and Compensation and  Human Resources
and Safety and Social Responsibility Committees of Enerplus  Corporation  (a  NYSE-  and TSX-listed
independent oil and gas exploration  and  production company). He formerly served on the Board of
Directors and Audit, Remuneration and  Governance Committees of Hunting PLC,  a London Stock
Exchange-listed provider of energy services. Mr. Barr  is a member  of  the Compensation and
Governance Committees of the Board of  Directors. Mr.  Barr’s more than 36 years of experience in  the
oilfield equipment and services industry  provides a uniquely  valuable industry  perspective for the
Board. While at Baker Hughes, Mr. Barr obtained experience within a  wide  range of company
functions, from engineering to group  President. His  breadth of experience enables  him  to  better
understand and inform the Board regarding  a range  of  issues and decisions involved in the  operation of
the Company’s business, including development of  business  strategy.

Hao  Huimin was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company  in 2011.  Mr.  Hao has been
employed by China National Petroleum Corporation (‘‘CNPC’’), China’s largest oil company, and its
affiliates in various positions of increasing responsibility  since 1984. Since  2006, Mr. Hao  has been
Chief Geophysicist of BGP Inc., China  National Petroleum  Corporation (‘‘BGP’’). BGP is a subsidiary
of CNPC and is the world’s largest land seismic contractor. From 2004 to 2006, Mr.  Hao was Vice
President of BGP, and from 2002 to 2004, he  managed the  marine  department  at BGP. Between 1984
and 2002, Mr. Hao served in various  management positions at Dagang Geophysical Company, a  seismic
contractor company owned by CNPC.  Mr. Hao is a member of the Finance Committee  of the Board of
Directors. He holds a Bachelor of Science  degree  in geophysical exploration from China Petroleum
University and Masters of Business Administration degrees  from the University of Houston  and Nankai
University in China. Mr. Hao has over 25  years of experience in  geophysical technology research and
development, particularly in seismic data processing  and  seismic data  acquisition system research and
development management. Mr. Hao’s position with BGP and his extensive knowledge of the global
seismic industry enables the Board to receive current input and advice  reflecting the perspectives of the
Company’s seismic contractor customers. In addition, the  Company’s land equipment joint venture with
BGP and the ever-increasing importance  of  China in the global economy and  the worldwide oil  and gas
industry has elevated the Company’s commercial involvement with China and Chinese companies.
Mr. Hao’s insights with regard to issues relating to China provide the Board with a  valuable resource.

83

Mr. Hao was appointed to the Board of Directors under the terms of an agreement with BGP in
connection with BGP’s purchase of 23,789,536 shares of the Company’s common stock in March 2010.
Under the agreement, BGP is entitled  to  designate one individual  to  serve as  a member of the Board
unless BGP’s ownership of the Company’s common stock falls below 10%. In January  2011, Mr. Hao
replaced Guo Yueliang, BGP’s initial appointee to the Board.

Michael C. Jennings was elected to the Board  of  Directors of the Company  in 2010. Mr. Jennings

is the President, Chief Executive Officer  and Chairman  of the  Board of Directors of HollyFrontier
Corporation, a NYSE-listed independent oil refining  and  marketing company. Prior to joining
HollyFrontier, Mr. Jennings was the  President, Chief Executive  Officer and Chairman  of  the Board of
Frontier Oil Corporation, an independent oil refining and marketing company. Mr. Jennings  joined
HollyFrontier in July 2011 when Frontier Oil merged  with Holly  Corporation to form  HollyFrontier.
Prior to  his appointment to President and Chief Executive Officer  of  Frontier in  January 2009,
Mr. Jennings served as Frontier’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  From 2000
until joining Frontier in 2005, Mr. Jennings was employed by Cameron International Corporation as
Vice President and Treasurer. From 1998 until 2000, he was Vice  President Finance &  Corporate
Development of Unimin Corporation,  a producer  of industrial minerals. From 1995  to  1998,
Mr. Jennings was employed by Cameron  International Corporation as Director, Acquisitions and
Corporate Finance. Mr. Jennings also serves as  Chief  Executive Officer and on the Board of Directors
of Holly Energy Partners, a NYSE-listed  master limited partnership partially  owned by HollyFrontier
Corporation. Mr. Jennings is a member of  the Audit  and Finance Committees of the Board of
Directors. He holds a Bachelor of Arts  degree in economics  and  government from Dartmouth  College
and a Master of Business Administration degree in finance  and  accounting  from the University of
Chicago. Mr. Jennings’ experience in the global oil refining, marketing and oilfield services businesses
enables him to advise the Board on customer  and industry issues and  perspectives. Given  his extensive
experience in executive, financial, treasury and corporate development  matters, Mr. Jennings is able to
provide the Board with expertise in corporate  leadership,  financial management,  corporate planning
and strategic development, thereby supporting the Board’s efforts in overseeing and advising on
strategic and financial matters.

Franklin Myers was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company in 2001. Mr. Myers  has
served as a senior advisor of Quantum Energy Partners,  a private  equity firm for the global energy
industry, since February 2013. From 2009  to  2012, he was an Operating Advisor with Paine  &
Partners,  LLC, a private equity firm focused on  leveraged  buyout  transactions. Prior to joining Paine &
Partners,  Mr. Myers was employed by  Cameron International  Corporation,  an international
manufacturer of oil and gas flow control equipment, as Senior Vice President,  General Counsel  and
Corporate Secretary (from 1995 to 1999), President  of  the Cooper Energy  Services Division  (from 1998
until 2001), Senior Vice President (from 2001  to  2003), Senior Vice President and  Chief Financial
Officer (from 2003 to 2008) and Senior  Advisor (from 2008 to 2009). Prior to joining Cameron, he was
Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Baker Hughes  Incorporated, an oilfield services and
equipment provider, and an attorney and partner with the law firm of  Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. in
Houston, Texas. Mr. Myers also currently serves on the  Boards  of  Directors of  Comfort Systems
USA, Inc. (a NYSE-listed provider of  heating, ventilation and air conditioning services), HollyFrontier
Corporation (a NYSE-listed independent  oil  refining and marketing  company) and Forum Energy
Technology, Inc. (a NYSE-listed oilfield equipment  manufacturing company). Mr. Myers is Chairman of
the Compensation Committee, co-Chairman of the  Finance Committee and  a member of the
Governance Committee of the Board  of Directors.  He  holds  a Bachelor  of Science  degree  in industrial
engineering from Mississippi State University and a Juris Doctorate  degree with Honors from the
University of Mississippi. Mr. Myers’ extensive experience as both a financial  and legal executive makes
him uniquely qualified as a valuable member  of  the Board and the  Chairman of  the Compensation
Committee. While at Cameron, Baker Hughes  and  Fulbright & Jaworski, Mr. Myers was  responsible
for numerous successful finance and  acquisition transactions, and  his  expertise gained  through those

84

experiences have proved to be a significant resource  for the  Board. In addition, Mr. Myers’ service on
Boards of Directors of other NYSE-listed  companies enables  Mr.  Myers to observe and  advise on
favorable governance practices pursued by other  public companies.

S. James Nelson, Jr., was elected to the Board  of Directors  of the Company in 2004. In 2004,
Mr. Nelson retired from Cal Dive International, Inc. (now named  Helix  Energy  Solutions Group, Inc.),
a marine contractor and operator of  offshore oil and gas properties and production facilities, where  he
was a founding shareholder, Chief Financial Officer  (prior to 2000),  Vice Chairman  (from 2000 to
2004) and a Director (from 1990 to 2004). From 1985 to 1988, Mr. Nelson was the Senior  Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer  of  Diversified Energies, Inc.,  a NYSE-traded company with
$1 billion in annual revenues and the  former parent company of Cal Dive. From 1980  to  1985,
Mr. Nelson served as Chief Financial  Officer of Apache Corporation, an oil  and gas exploration  and
production company. From 1966 to 1980,  Mr. Nelson was  employed with Arthur Andersen & Co.
where,  from 1976 to 1980, he was a partner serving on the firm’s worldwide oil and gas industry team.
Mr. Nelson also currently serves on the  Board  of Directors  and  Audit Committees of Oil  States
International, Inc. (a NYSE-listed diversified oilfield services company) and W&T  Offshore, Inc.  (a
NYSE-listed oil and natural gas exploration and production company). From 2010 until October 2012,
Mr. Nelson also served on the Board  of  Directors and Audit and Compensation Committees of  the
general partner of Genesis Energy LP, an operator of oil and  natural gas  pipelines and  provider  of
services to refineries and industrial gas  users.  From 2005  until the company’s sale in 2008, he served as
a member of the Board of Directors  and Audit and Compensation Committees of Quintana
Maritime, Ltd., a provider of dry bulk  cargo shipping services based in Athens, Greece. Mr. Nelson,
who is also a Certified Public Accountant, is Chairman of the Audit Committee  and co-Chairman  of
the Finance Committee of the Board  of  Directors. He holds a  Bachelor of Science degree in
accounting from Holy Cross College and a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard
University. Mr. Nelson is an experienced financial leader  with the skills  necessary to lead  the
Company’s Audit Committee. His service as Chief Financial  Officer of Cal Dive International, Inc.,
Diversified Energies, Inc. and Apache  Corporation, as well as his years with  Arthur Andersen & Co.,
make him a valuable asset to the Company, both  on  the Board of Directors and  as the Chairman of
the Audit Committee, particularly with regard  to  financial  and accounting matters.  In addition,
Mr. Nelson’s service on audit committees of other companies  enables Mr. Nelson to remain current on
audit committee best practices and current financial reporting  developments within the energy industry.

John N. Seitz was elected to the Board of Directors of the Company in 2003. Mr. Seitz is
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  of GulfSlope Energy, Inc., an OTC-listed independent E&P
company exploring for oil and gas using advanced seismic imaging. From 2003 until 2006, Mr. Seitz
served as co-CEO of Endeavour International  Corporation, an exploration and development company
with activities in the North Sea and selected North American basins.  From 1977 to 2003,  Mr.  Seitz held
positions of increasing responsibility at Anadarko Petroleum Company,  serving most recently as  a
Director and as President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Seitz  is a Trustee of the American
Geological Institute Foundation and serves on the  Board of Managers of Constellation Energy
Partners  LLC, a company focused on the  acquisition, development and exploitation of oil and natural
gas properties and related midstream assets. He also  currently serves on the Board of Directors of Gulf
United Energy, Inc., an OTC-listed independent energy  company. Mr. Seitz is a member of the
Compensation and Governance Committees of our  Board of Directors. Mr. Seitz  holds a Bachelor of
Science degree in geology from the University of Pittsburgh,  a Master of Science degree in geology
from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and is a Certified  Professional Geoscientist in Texas. He also
completed the Advanced Management Program at the  Wharton School of Business. Mr. Seitz’ extensive
experience as a leader of global exploration and  production  companies such as Endeavour and
Anadarko has proven to be an important  resource for  our Board when  considering industry  and
customer issues. In addition, Mr. Seitz’ geology background and expertise assists the Board  in better
understanding industry trends and issues.

85

None of the Company’s directors or executive officers has any family relationship with  any other

director  or executive officer of the Company.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires directors and certain officers  of  the Company, and
persons who own more than 10% of the Company’s common stock, to file with the SEC and the NYSE
initial statements of beneficial ownership on  Form 3  and changes in such  ownership on Forms 4 and 5.
Based on its review of the copies of such  reports, the  Company believes that  during 2013 the
Company’s directors, executive officers and stockholders  holding greater than 10% of its outstanding
shares complied with all applicable filing  requirements under  Section 16(a)  of the Exchange Act, and
that all  of their filings were timely made.

Corporate Governance Matters

Code of Ethics. The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics  that applies  to all members of its

Board of Directors and all of its employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial
officer, principal accounting officer and  all  other  senior members of its finance and accounting
departments. The Company requires  all  employees to adhere to its Code of Ethics in addressing legal
and ethical issues encountered in conducting  their work. The Code of Ethics requires that the
Company’s employees avoid conflicts of interest, comply with all laws and other legal requirements,
conduct business in an honest and ethical manner, promote full and accurate  financial reporting  and
otherwise act with integrity and in the  Company’s best interest. Every year the Company’s management
employees and senior finance and accounting employees  affirm their compliance with  the Code of
Ethics and other principal compliance policies. New employees  sign a written  certification of
compliance with these policies upon commencing  employment.

The Company has made its Code of  Ethics, corporate governance guidelines, charters for the
principal standing committees of the  Board and other information that  may be of interest to investors
available on the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at
http://ir.iongeo.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights. Copies of this information may also be
obtained by writing to the Company  at  ION Geophysical Corporation, Attention: Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, 2105  CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400, Houston,  Texas
77042-2839. Amendments to, or waivers from, the Code  of Ethics will also be available on the
Company’s website and reported as may be required under SEC rules; however, any technical,
administrative or other non-substantive amendments to the Code of Ethics may not be posted.

The preceding Internet address and all other Internet addresses referenced  in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K are for information purposes only and are not  intended to be a hyperlink. Accordingly,
no information found or provided at such Internet addresses or at the Company’s website in general is
intended or deemed to be incorporated  by reference herein.

Submission of Director Nominees by Security Holders. The Company’s Bylaws permit stockholders

to nominate individuals for director for consideration at an  annual stockholders’ meeting. A proper
director nomination may be considered  at  the Company’s 2015 Annual Meeting only if the proposal for
nomination is received by the Company  not  later than December  16, 2014.  All nominations  should be
directed to David L. Roland, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary,
ION Geophysical Corporation, 2105  CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839.

The Company’s Governance Committee will consider  properly submitted  recommendations for
director  nominations made by a stockholder or other sources  (including self-nominees)  on the  same
basis as other candidates. For consideration by  the Governance  Committee, a  recommendation of a
candidate must be submitted timely and in writing to the Governance Committee in  care of  the
Company’s Corporate Secretary at the Company’s principal executive offices. The submission must

86

include sufficient details regarding the  qualifications of the potential candidate. In general,  nominees
for election should possess (1) the highest  level  of  integrity  and  ethical  character, (2)  strong personal
and professional reputation, (3) sound  judgment, (4) financial literacy, (5)  independence, (6) significant
experience and proven superior performance  in professional endeavors,  (7) an appreciation  for board
and team performance, (8) the commitment to devote the  time  necessary, (9) skills in areas that will
benefit the Board and (10) the ability  to  make  a long-term commitment to serve  on the Board.

Board Committees. The Board of Directors has established four standing  committees to facilitate

and  assist the Board in the execution  of  its  responsibilities. The  four standing committees are  the Audit
Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Governance Committee and the Finance Committee.
Each standing committee operates under a written  charter, which sets forth  the functions  and
responsibilities of the committee. A copy of the charter for each of  the  Audit Committee, the
Compensation Committee and the Governance  Committee can  be  viewed on the  Company’s website at
http://ir.iongeo.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights. A copy of each charter can also be
obtained by writing to the Company  at  ION Geophysical Corporation, Attention: Corporate Secretary,
2105 CityWest Boulevard, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839.  The  Audit Committee, Compensation
Committee, Governance Committee and  Finance  Committee are composed entirely  of non-employee
directors. In addition, the Board establishes temporary special  committees from  time to time on an
as-needed basis.

Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert. The Company’s Audit Committee is a

separately-designated standing audit committee as defined in Section 3(a)(58)(A)  of  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ‘‘Exchange Act’’). The Audit Committee oversees matters
relating to financial reporting, internal  controls, risk management and compliance.  These
responsibilities include appointing, overseeing,  evaluating and approving the  fees  of the Company’s
independent auditors, reviewing financial information that is provided to the Company’s stockholders
and others, reviewing with management  the Company’s system of internal controls and financial
reporting process, and monitoring the Company’s compliance program and system.

The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Nelson, Jennings and Lapeyre. The Board  of Directors

has determined that each member of the  Audit Committee is  financially literate  and satisfies the
definition of ‘‘independent’’ as established under the NYSE corporate  governance listing standards and
Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.  In  addition, the Board of Directors has determined that
Mr. Nelson, the Chairman of the Audit Committee, is qualified as an audit  committee financial expert
within the meaning of SEC regulations,  and that he has  accounting  and  related financial management
expertise within the meaning of the listing standards  of  the NYSE and Rule  10A-3.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Director Compensation

Company employees who are also directors do not receive any fee or  remuneration  for services  as

members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company currently has  seven  non-employee
directors who qualify for compensation  as directors. In addition to being reimbursed for  all  reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses that the director incurs  attending  Board meetings and functions, the  Company’s
outside directors receive an annual retainer  fee  of $46,000. In addition, the Chairman of the Board
receives an annual retainer fee of $25,000, the Chairman of the Audit  Committee receives an annual
retainer fee of $20,000, the Chairman of  the Compensation Committee  receives an annual retainer fee
of $15,000, the Chairman of the Governance Committee receives an annual  retainer fee of $10,000 and
each  co-Chairman of the Finance Committee receives an  annual  retainer fee of  $5,000. The Company’s
non-employee directors also receive,  in  cash, $2,000 for  each Board meeting attended and $2,000 for
each  committee meeting attended (unless the  committee meeting is held in conjunction  with a Board
meeting,  in which case the fee for committee meeting  attendance is $1,000) and $1,000  for each Board
or committee meeting attended via teleconference.

87

Each  non-employee director also receives  an initial grant of 8,000  vested shares of the Company’s
common stock on the first quarterly  grant date  after joining  the Board  and follow-on grants each  year
of a number of shares of common stock equal  in market value to $110,000, up to an annual  grant of
25,000 shares per director.

The following table summarizes the compensation earned  by the  Company’s non-employee

directors in 2013:

Name(1)

David H. Barr . . . . . .
Hao  Huimin . . . . . . .
Michael  C. Jennings . .
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
Franklin Myers . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr.
.
John N. Seitz . . . . . . .

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)

Stock Awards
($)(2)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

69,000
55,000
66,000
109,000
89,000
96,000
69,000

89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500
89,500

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Total ($)

158,500
144,500
155,500
198,500
178,500
185,500
158,500

(1) R. Brian Hanson, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, is not included in this
table because he was an employee of the Company during 2013, and therefore  received no
compensation for his services as director. The  compensation  received by Mr. Hanson as  an
employee of the Company during 2013 is shown in the Summary Compensation  Table  contained in
‘‘—Executive Compensation’’ below.

(2) All of the amounts shown represent the value of common  stock granted under  the Company’s 2004

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘‘2004 LTIP’’). On December 1, 2013, each of the Company’s
non-employee directors was granted  an  award  of 25,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.
The values contained in the table are  based  on the  grant-date fair value  of  awards  of stock during
the fiscal year.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s non-employee directors held the following unvested and

unexercised Company equity awards:

Name

Unvested Stock
Awards (#)

Unexercised Option
Awards (#)

David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hao Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael C. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S. James Nelson, Jr.
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
50,000
25,000
70,000
50,000

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an  overview of the Compensation Committee

of the Board of Directors, a discussion  of the  background and objectives of the Company’s
compensation programs for its senior executives, and a discussion  of  all material elements  of the

88

compensation of each of the executive officers identified in  the following table, whom the Company
refers to as its named executive officers:

Name

Title

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President and Chief Executive Officer (principal  executive officer

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer,

and former principal financial officer)

GeoScience Division

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer,

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . . . . . . . .

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GeoVentures Division
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal
financial officer)
Senior Vice President, Ocean Bottom Services

Executive Summary

General. The objectives and major components of the Company’s executive compensation

program did not materially change from 2013 to 2014. While the  Company regularly reviews and
fine-tunes its compensation programs,  the  Company believes consistency in its  compensation program
and philosophy is important to effectively motivate and reward top-level management performance and
for the creation of stockholder value.  The Company continues to provide  its  named executive officers
with total annual compensation that includes  three principal elements: base salary,  performance-based
annual incentive cash compensation and  long-term equity-based incentive awards. Elements of the
compensation program continue to be  performance-based, and a significant  portion of each executive’s
total annual compensation is at risk and  dependent upon the Company’s achievement of specific,
measurable performance goals. The Company’s performance-based pay is designed to  align its  executive
officers’ interests with those of its stockholders and to promote the  creation of  stockholder value,
without encouraging excessive risk-taking. In addition, the Company’s equity programs, combined with
its  executive share ownership requirements, are designed to reward long-term stock  performance.

Base salaries for several of the Company’s named executive officers were increased in January
2014, consistent with the Company’s usual base salary review process and  practice. Payments  under the
Company’s annual bonus incentive plan for 2013 reflected the Company’s performance and the level of
achievement of its 2013 plan performance  goals. As discussed further  in this Annual Report  on
Form 10-K under the heading ‘‘2013 Bonus Incentive Plan,’’ the Company’s 2013 adjusted operating
income exceeded the Company’s threshold consolidated financial performance criteria under its  2013
bonus  incentive plan but did not meet  the target  criteria  under  the plan.  As a result, many of the
eligible named executive officers and other eligible executives and  employees received a cash bonus
award under the 2013 plan that was lower  in amount than the cash  bonus they received  for 2012, when
the Company’s financial performance exceeded the applicable  target financial performance criteria.

The annual grants made to named executive officers under the  Company’s long-term stock
incentive plan on December 1, 2013  were  generally consistent  with grants made  to  named executive
officers in previous years.

Principal Changes in Compensation during 2013. At the Company’s 2013 Annual Meeting of

Stockholders held on May 22, 2013, the stockholders approved  all of the director  nominees and
proposals, including a non-binding advisory (‘‘say-on-pay’’) vote to approve the compensation of
executive officers. In the advisory executive compensation vote, over  98%  of the votes cast on the
proposal voted in favor of the Company’s compensation practices and policies. The Company’s general
goal  since its 2013 Annual Meeting has been to continue to act  consistently  with the established
practices that were overwhelmingly approved  by  its stockholders. The Company believes that it has
accomplished that goal. In addition,  because  the Company’s stockholders voted in a non-binding

89

advisory vote held at the 2011 Annual  Meeting in favor  of  the Company holding  an advisory
(‘‘say-on-frequency’’) vote on executive compensation every year, the Company will continue  to  hold  an
annual advisory vote to approve the compensation of  its named executive officers. When and  if the
Board determines that it is in the best  interest of the Company  to  hold  its say-on-pay vote with a
different frequency, the Company will  propose such a  change to its stockholders at the next annual
meeting  of stockholders to be held following the Board’s determination. Presently, under SEC rules,
the Company is not required to hold another say-on-frequency vote again until  its 2017 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.

Compensation Committee

Introduction/Corporate Governance

The Compensation Committee of the  Board of Directors reviews and approves, or recommends to

the Board for approval, all salary and other  remuneration for the  Company’s executive officers and
oversees matters relating to the Company’s employee compensation and benefit programs. No member
of the committee is an employee of the  Company.  The  Board has determined  that  each  member of the
committee satisfies the definition of ‘‘independent’’ as established in the NYSE corporate  governance
listing standards. In determining the independence of each member of the committee, the Board
considered all factors specifically relevant to determining whether the director has a relationship to the
Company that is material to the director’s  ability to be independent from management in the execution
of his  duties as a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to:

(cid:127) the source of compensation of the director, including  any  consulting, advisory or other

compensatory fee paid by the Company to the director; and

(cid:127) whether the director is affiliated with the Company, a subsidiary or affiliate.

When considering the director’s affiliation with the Company for purposes  of  independence, the Board
considered whether the affiliate relationship places  the director under  the direct  or indirect  control of
the Company or its senior management,  or creates  a direct relationship  between the director and
members of senior management, in each  case, of a nature that  would impair  the director’s ability to
make independent judgments about the Company’s executive compensation.

The committee operates pursuant to a written charter  that sets forth its  functions and

responsibilities. A copy of the charter can  be viewed on the  Company’s website at
http://ir.iongeo.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=101545&p=irol-govhighlights.

Compensation Consultants

The Compensation Committee has the authority and necessary funding  to  engage, terminate and
pay compensation consultants, independent  legal counsel and other advisors in  its discretion.  Prior to
retaining any such compensation consultant  or other advisor, the committee evaluates  the independence
of such advisor and also evaluates whether such advisor has a  conflict of interest.  During  2011, the
committee engaged Performensation Consulting,  an equity  compensation  consulting  firm,  to  provide
advisory services with regard to the preparation of the  Company’s 2011 proxy statement and to provide
the committee with analysis on the number of shares to propose to stockholders  to  add to the
Company’s stock plan at its 2011 Annual Meeting for future grants to employees and directors. During
2011, the committee also engaged Aon Hewitt as its consultant in connection with the  promotion of
Mr. Hanson to Chief Executive Officer.  During 2012  and  2013,  at the recommendation of  the
Company’s management, the committee approved and engaged Performensation Consulting to provide
advisory services with regard to the preparation  of the Company’s 2012 and 2013 proxy statements,
respectively.

90

From 2011 to date, neither of Performensation Consulting nor Aon Hewitt received compensation,

or advised the Company or its executive officers,  on matters outside  the scope of their respective
engagements by the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee has considered the independence of Performensation Consulting  in

light  of SEC rules and NYSE listing  standards. Among the factors considered  by  the committee  were
the following:

(cid:127) other services provided to the Company  by Performensation Consulting;

(cid:127) the amount of fees paid by the Company as  a percentage  of  Performensation  Consulting’s total

revenues;

(cid:127) policies or procedures maintained by Performensation Consulting that are  designed to prevent a

conflict of interest;

(cid:127) any business or personal relationships between  the individual consultants  involved in the

engagement and any member of the committee;

(cid:127) any of the Company’s common stock owned by the individual  consultants involved in the

engagement; and

(cid:127) any business or personal relationships between the Company’s executive officers and
Performensation Consulting or the individual  consultants involved in the engagement.

The committee discussed these considerations and concluded that the work of Performensation

Consulting did not raise any conflict  of interest.

Role of Management in Establishing  and Awarding Compensation

On an annual basis, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, with the assistance  of its  Human
Resources department, recommends to  the Compensation Committee any proposed  increases in base
salary, bonus payments and equity awards  for executive  officers other than himself. No executive officer
is involved in determining his own salary increase, bonus payment or equity award. When making
officer compensation recommendations,  the  Chief Executive Officer takes into consideration
compensation benchmarks, which include industry standards for similar sized organizations serving
similar markets, as well as comparable  positions, the level  of inherent importance and risk associated
with the position and function, and the executive’s job performance over the previous  year.
See ‘‘—Objectives of Executive Compensation Programs—Benchmarking’’ and ‘‘—Elements of
Compensation—Base Salary’’ below.

The Chief Executive Officer, with the assistance of the Human Resources  department and input

from the Company’s executive officers and other members  of  senior management, also  formulates and
proposes to the Compensation Committee an employee  bonus incentive plan  for the  ensuing year. For
a description of the process for formulating the employee bonus incentive  plan and the factors that are
considered, see ‘‘—Elements of Compensation—Bonus Incentive Plan’’ below.

The committee reviews and approves  all compensation and  awards to executive officers and all
bonus  incentive plans. With respect to equity compensation  awarded to employees other  than executive
officers, the Compensation Committee reviews and approves  all grants  of  restricted stock and stock
options above 5,000 shares, generally based upon  the recommendation of  the Chief  Executive Officer,
and has delegated option and restricted  stock  granting authority to the Chief Executive  Officer  as
permitted under Delaware law for grants  to  non-executive officers  of up to  5,000 shares.

On its own initiative, at least once a  year, the Compensation  Committee reviews  the performance

and compensation of the Chief Executive  Officer and, following discussions with the  Chief Executive
Officer and other members of the Board of Directors,  establishes his compensation level. Where it

91

deems appropriate, the Compensation Committee will also consider  market compensation information
from independent sources. See ‘‘—Objectives of Executive Compensation Programs—Benchmarking’’
below.

Certain members of the Company’s senior management generally attend most meetings of  the

Compensation Committee, including  the  Chief Executive  Officer, the Senior  Vice  President—Global
Human Resources, and the General  Counsel/Corporate  Secretary.  However, no member of
management votes on items being considered by the Compensation Committee.  The Compensation
Committee and Board of Directors do solicit the  views of the Chief  Executive Officer on compensation
matters, particularly as they relate to  the  compensation of the other named executive officers and the
other members of senior management  reporting  to  the Chief Executive Officer.  The committee  often
conducts an executive session during each  meeting, during  which  members of management are not
present.

General Compensation Philosophy and Policy

Objectives of Executive Compensation Programs

Through the Company’s compensation programs, the Company seeks  to  achieve the  following

general goals:

(cid:127) attract and retain qualified and productive executive  officers and  key  employees by providing
total compensation competitive with that of other executives and  key  employees employed by
companies of similar size, complexity and  industry of business;

(cid:127) encourage executives and key employees  to  achieve strong financial  and operational

performance;

(cid:127) structure compensation to create meaningful links between corporate  performance, individual

performance and financial rewards;

(cid:127) align the interests of executives with those of stockholders by  providing a  significant portion  of

total pay in the form of stock-based incentives;

(cid:127) encourage long-term commitment to the  Company; and

(cid:127) limit corporate perquisites to seek to avoid  perceptions  both within and outside of  the Company

of ‘‘soft’’ compensation.

The Company’s governing principles in establishing executive  compensation have been:

Long-Term and At-Risk Focus. Compensation opportunities should be  composed of long-term,

at-risk pay to focus management on  the long-term interests of the Company. Base salary, annual
incentives and employee benefits should be close  to  competitive levels when compared to similarly-
situated companies.

Equity Orientation. Equity-based plans should comprise a major part of the at-risk portion of total

compensation to instill ownership thinking  and  to  link  compensation to corporate performance and
stockholder interests.

Competitive. The Company emphasizes total compensation opportunities  consistent on average

with its peer group of companies. Competitiveness of annual base pay  and  annual incentives is
independent of stock performance. However, overall  competitiveness of total  compensation is generally
contingent on long-term, stock-based compensation programs.

Focus  on Total Compensation.

In making decisions with respect to any element  of  an executive
officer’s compensation, the Compensation Committee  considers the  total compensation that may be

92

awarded to the executive officer, including salary, annual bonus and  long-term  incentive compensation.
These total compensation reports are  prepared  by the  Human Resources department and present the
dollar amount of each component of  the  named  executive  officers’ compensation, including current
cash compensation (base salary, past bonus and eligibility for future bonus), equity  awards  and other
compensation. The overall purpose of  these total  compensation  reports is to bring  together,  in one
place, all of the elements of actual and potential  compensation of named executive  officers so  that  the
Compensation Committee may analyze  both  the individual elements  of compensation (including  the
compensation mix) as well as the aggregate total amount of actual and projected  compensation.  In  its
most recent review of total compensation reports, the  committee determined  that  annual compensation
amounts for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its other named executive  officers remained
generally  consistent with the committee’s expectations. However, the committee reserves the  right to
make changes that it believes are warranted.

Internal Pay Equity. The Company’s core compensation philosophy is to  pay its  executive  officers
competitive levels of compensation that  best reflect their individual responsibilities and contributions to
the Company, while providing incentives  to achieve  business  and  financial objectives. While
comparisons to compensation levels at  other companies  (discussed  below) are helpful  in assessing the
overall competitiveness of the compensation  program,  the Company believes that its executive
compensation program also must be  internally  consistent  and  equitable in order for the Company to
achieve its corporate objectives. Each year the Human Resources department reports to the
Compensation Committee the total compensation  paid to the Chief Executive Officer and all other
senior executives, which includes a comparison  for internal pay equity purposes. Over time, there have
been variations in the comparative levels  of compensation of executive officers and changes in the
overall composition of the management  team and the overall accountabilities of the individual executive
officers; however, the Company and the committee are satisfied that  total  compensation received  by
executive officers reflects an appropriate  differential for executive compensation.

These principles apply to compensation policies for  all executive  officers and key employees. The

Company does not follow the principles in a mechanistic fashion; rather,  it applies experience and
judgment in determining the appropriate mix of  compensation  for each individual. This judgment also
involves periodic review of discernible  measures to determine  the progress each individual is making
toward agreed-upon goals and objectives.

Benchmarking

When making compensation decisions,  the Company also  looks at the compensation of the Chief

Executive Officer and other executive  officers relative to the  compensation  paid to similarly-situated
executives at companies that the Company considers to be its industry and market peers—a practice
often referred to as ‘‘benchmarking.’’ The Company believes, however, that a  benchmark should be just
that—a point  of reference for measurement—but not the determinative factor for executive
compensation. The purpose of the comparison  is not to supplant the  analyses of internal  pay equity,
total wealth accumulation and the individual performance of the executive officers that is considered
when making compensation decisions. Because the  comparative  compensation  information is just one of
the several analytic tools that are used in setting  executive compensation,  the Compensation Committee
has discretion in determining the nature and extent of its use. Further, given  the limitations  associated
with comparative pay information for setting individual executive compensation, including the difficulty
of assessing and comparing wealth accumulation through  equity gains,  the  committee may  elect  to  not
use the comparative compensation information at all in  the course  of  making compensation decisions.

In most years, at least once each year, the Human  Resources  department,  under the  oversight of
the Compensation Committee, reviews data from  market  surveys, independent  consultants and other
sources  to assess the Company’s competitive position with respect to  base  salary, annual  incentives and
long-term incentive compensation. When reviewing compensation data  in November 2013,  the

93

Company utilized data primarily from  Radford salary  surveys,  the Mercer U.S. Compensation Planning
Survey, TowersWatson executive salary surveys and  Frost’s 2013 Oilfield Manufacturing and Services
Industry Executive Compensation Survey (‘‘OFMS Survey’’). The survey information from most of
these resources covered a broad range of  industries and companies.  However, the 2013 OFMS Survey
compiled proxy compensation data from  54  oilfield services  companies and survey results  from the
following 20 oilfield services companies:

Aker Solutions ASA
Baker Hughes, Inc.
Bristow Group, Inc.
Calfrac Well Services Ltd.
Core Laboratories NV
Ensco PLC
Enventure Global  Technologies
Exterran Holdings, Inc.
Helmerich & Payne, Inc.
Hercules  Offshore Services, Inc.

ION Geophysical  Corporation
National Oilwell Varco, Inc.
Newpark  Resources, Inc.
Oil  States  International, Inc.
Shelf Drilling Offshore  Holdings Ltd.
Superior Energy Services, Inc.
T.D. Williamson Inc.
TETRA Technologies, Inc.
Vantage  Drilling Company
Weir Specialty Products Manufacturing

Each  year, the administrators of the OFMS Survey in their discretion make adjustments to the list

of companies included in the survey. As  a result, the  above list of companies included in the 2013
OFMS Survey is slightly different from  the list  of  companies included in the OFMS Survey  for 2012
and previous years and will likely be  different from the list of companies to be included in future
OFMS Surveys.

The overall results of the compensation surveys provide the starting point for the Company’s

compensation analysis. The Company  believes  that the surveys contain  relevant compensation
information from companies that are representative of the sector  in which  it operates, have  relative size
as measured by market capitalization and  experience relative complexity in the business and the
executives’ roles and responsibilities. Beyond the  survey numbers, the  Company looks  extensively at  a
number of other factors, including its estimates  of  the compensation at the most  comparable
competitors and other companies that were closest to the Company  in size, profitability and complexity.
The Company also considers an individual’s current performance, the level of corporate  responsibility,
and the employee’s skills and experience, collectively, in making  compensation decisions.

In the case of the Chief Executive Officer and some  of  the other executive officers, the Company

also considers its performance during  the person’s tenure and the anticipated level of compensation
that would be required to replace the  person  with  someone of comparable experience and skill.

In addition to its periodic review of compensation,  the Company also regularly monitors  market
conditions and will adjust compensation levels from  time to time  as necessary to remain competitive
and retain its most valuable employees. When the Company experiences a significant  level of
competition for retaining current employees or  hiring new employees, the Company will typically
reevaluate its compensation levels within  that employee  group in order to ensure competitiveness.

Elements of Compensation

The primary components of the Company’s executive compensation program are base salary,  bonus

incentive plan, employee benefits and long-term compensation, including  stock options  and restricted
stock/units. Below is a summary of each component:

Base Salary

General. The general purpose of base salary for executive officers  is to create  a base of cash
compensation for the officer that is consistent on average with the range of base salaries for executives

94

in similar positions and with similar responsibilities  at comparable companies.  In addition to salary
norms for persons in comparable positions at  comparable companies, base salary amounts may  also
reflect the nature and scope of responsibility of the position, the expertise of the individual  employee
and the competitiveness of the market  for  the employee’s services. Base salaries of executives  other
than the Chief Executive Officer may also  reflect the Chief  Executive  Officer’s evaluation of the
individual executive officer’s job performance. As a result, the base salary level for  each individual may
be above or below the target market  value for  the position. The Compensation Committee also
recognizes that the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation should reflect the greater policy- and
decision-making authority that he holds and the higher level of responsibility he has  with respect to
strategic direction and financial and operating  results. At  December  31, 2013, the Company’s Chief
Executive Officer’s annual base salary was  37% higher  than the  annual  base salary for the next
highest-paid named executive officer  and 47% higher than the average  annual base salary  for all other
named executive officers. The committee does  not  intend for base salaries to be the vehicle  for
long-term capital and value accumulation for  executives.

2013 Actions.

In typical years, base salaries are reviewed at  least annually and may also be

adjusted from time to time to realign  salaries with market levels after taking into account individual
responsibilities and changes in responsibilities, performance  and contribution to the Company,
experience, impact on total compensation, relationship of compensation to other Company officers and
employees, and changes in external market levels. Salary increases for  executive officers do not follow a
preset schedule or formula but do take into account changes in the market and individual
circumstances.

95

All of the named executive officers received an  increase in  base  salary  in January  2014, as

described below:

Named Executive Officer

R. Brian Hanson . . . . .

Christopher T. Usher . .

Action

In recognition of Mr. Hanson’s performance during 2013, the Compensation
Committee increased Mr. Hanson’s base salary from  $490,000 to $550,000,
effective in January 2014. The 2013 OFMS Survey indicated that the
weighted average 50th percentile for CEO base salary for surveyed
companies having annual revenues of  less than $1 billion was $601,500.

In recognition  of  Mr. Usher’s performance during his first full year as the
new leader of the GeoSciences Division,  the Compensation Committee
increased Mr. Usher’s annual base salary from $350,000 to $364,000,
effective in January 2014. Compensation  surveys from Radford and the 2013
OFMS Survey indicate that the weighted average 50th percentile  for base
salary of the leader of a business unit  for surveyed companies having annual
business unit revenues of less than $500  million is $300,400.

Ken Williamson . . . . . . Compensation surveys from Radford and the  2013 OFMS Survey  indicate

that the weighted average 50th percentile for base salary  of the leader of a
business unit for surveyed companies having annual business unit revenues
of less than $500 million is $300,400.  In recognition of Mr. Williamson’s
expertise, capabilities and performance as the  leader of the GeoVentures
Division, which contributed significantly  to  the Company’s overall financial
results during 2013, the Compensation  Committee increased
Mr. Williamson’s annual  base salary from $358,000 to $372,320,  effective in
January 2014.

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . Compensation surveys from  Radford, TowersWatson and  the 2013 OFMS

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . .

Survey indicate that the weighted average  50th percentile for Chief
Financial Officer base salary for surveyed companies  having annual revenues
of less than $1 billion is $324,576. In recognition of Mr.  Heinlein’s job
performance and experience and expertise in managing the finance  and
accounting departments during 2013, the Compensation  Committee
increased Mr. Heinlein’s annual base salary from $312,000 to $330,000,
effective in January 2014.

In recognition of Mr. Hulme’s promotion in November 2013 to Senior  Vice
President, Ocean Bottom Services, and his appointment to serve as  the chief
executive officer of OceanGeo B.V., a joint venture company controlled by
the Company, the Compensation Committee increased Mr.  Hulme’s annual
base salary from $312,000 to $330,000, effective  in January 2014.
Compensation surveys from Radford and  the 2013 OFMS Survey  indicate
that the weighted average 50th percentile for base salary  of the leader of a
business unit for surveyed companies having annual business unit revenues
of less than $500 million is $300,400.

Bonus Incentive Plan

The Company’s employee annual bonus incentive plan  is intended  to  promote the achievement
each year of company performance objectives and performance  objectives of the employee’s particular
business unit, and  to recognize those  employees  who contributed  to  the company’s achievements. The
plan  provides cash compensation that  is  at-risk on an annual basis and is  contingent on achievement of

96

annual business and operating objectives and individual  performance. The  plan provides  all
participating employees the opportunity to share in  the company’s performance through the
achievement of established financial  and  individual objectives.  The financial and individual objectives
within the plan are intended to measure  an increase in  the value of the Company and,  in turn, its
stock.

In recent years, the Company has adopted a  bonus incentive plan with regard  to  each  year.
Performance under the annual bonus incentive plan is measured with respect to the designated plan
fiscal year. Payments under the plan are paid in  cash in  an amount reviewed and approved by the
Compensation Committee and are ordinarily made in  the first quarter following the completion of a
fiscal year, after the financial results for that year have been determined.

The annual bonus incentive plan is usually  consistent with  the Company’s operating plan for the
same year. In late 2012, the Company prepared a  consolidated company  operating budget for 2013  and
individual operating budgets for each  operating unit.  The  budgets  took into  consideration the
Company’s views on market opportunities, customer  and sale opportunities, technology  enhancements
for new  products, product manufacturing and delivery  schedules and other operating factors known or
foreseeable at the time. The Board of  Directors  analyzed the proposed budgets with  management
extensively and, after analysis and consideration, the Board approved the  consolidated  2013 operating
plan.  During late 2012 and early 2013, the  Chief Executive Officer worked with the Human Resources
department and members of senior management to formulate the 2013 bonus incentive  plan, consistent
with the 2013 operating plans approved  by  the Board.

At the beginning of 2013, the Compensation Committee approved the 2013 bonus  incentive plan
for executives and certain designated  non-executive employees. The  computation of awards generated
under the plan is required to be approved  by the committee. In  February 2014, the committee reviewed
the Company’s actual performance against each of the  plan  performance goals established at the
beginning of 2013 and evaluated the  individual performance during the  year of each  participating
named executive officer. The results  of  operations of the Company for 2013 and individual
performance evaluations determined  the appropriate payouts  under the annual bonus incentive plan.

The Compensation Committee has discretion in circumstances it determines  are appropriate to

authorize discretionary bonus awards that might  exceed amounts that would otherwise be payable
under the terms of the bonus incentive plan. These discretionary awards can be payable in cash, stock
options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or a combination thereof. Any stock options, restricted
stock or restricted stock units awarded  would be granted under  one of the Company’s existing
long-term equity compensation plans. The  committee also has  the discretion, in appropriate
circumstances, to grant a lesser bonus award, or no bonus award at all,  under the  bonus incentive  plan.

As described above, bonus incentive plans are designed  for payouts that generally track the
financial performance of the Company. The general intent of the plans is  to  reward key employees
when the Company and the employee perform well and not  reward them when  the Company and the
employee do  not perform well. In most years when Company financial performance is strong, cash
bonus  payments are generally higher. Likewise, when financial performance  is low as  compared to
internal targets and plans, cash bonus payments  are generally lower. There  are occasionally  exceptions
to this general trend. For example, in  2008 the Company  achieved an improved financial performance
over the previous year, but average cash bonus awards under its 2008 annual  bonus incentive plan were
relatively lower because the Company  did  not achieve its internal financial  and growth  objectives  for
2008. Likewise, in 2011 the Company grew adjusted operating income by 32% over  2010, but average
cash bonus awards under its 2011 annual  bonus  incentive  plan  were  lower than  in 2010 because the
Company did not achieve its internal financial objectives for 2011. In  2012, adjusted operating income
grew 40% over 2011 but average bonus award paid to named executive officers  remained  at
approximately the same level as 2011 because the  Company’s internal financial objectives for 2012 were
higher  than in 2011. This history demonstrates a  clear  and consistent link between executive officer
bonus  incentive compensation and the  Company’s performance.

97

Below are general descriptions of the  Company’s 2013 bonus incentive plan and Company

performance criteria applicable to the plan:

2013 Bonus Incentive Plan

The purpose of the 2013 bonus incentive plan  was  to  provide an incentive for participating
employees to achieve their highest level of individual and business unit performance and to align the
employees to accomplish and share in  the achievement of the Company’s 2013 strategic and financial
goals.

Designated employees, including named executive officers,  were eligible  to participate in the 2013
bonus  incentive plan. Under the 2013  plan, approximately 25% of the funds  allocated for distribution
were available for awards to eligible  employees  regardless of  the  Company’s 2013 financial
performance, and approximately 75%  of the funds allocated for distribution were  available  for
distribution to eligible employees only to the extent  the Company  satisfied the designated 2013
financial performance criteria. In addition,  the 2013 plan was structured so that the  total  amount  of
funds  available for distribution increased as  the Company’s financial performance increased. As  a
result, the amount of total dollars available for  distribution  under the bonus incentive  plan was largely
dependent on the Company’s achievement of financial objectives.

As reported in the chart below, the 2013 bonus incentive plan established  a 2013 target

consolidated operating income performance goal. Consolidated operating income was selected as  the
most appropriate performance goal for  the  2013 plan  because the committee believed that operating
income was the best indicator of the  Company’s overall business trends and performance at that  time
and evidenced a direct correlation with  the interests of stockholders  and Company performance. When
determining whether financial targets have been  achieved under the 2013  plan, the committee has  the
discretion to modify or revise the targets  as necessary to reflect any  significant beneficial or adverse
change that results in a substantial positive  or negative  effect on the Company’s performance as a
whole, such as sales of assets, mergers,  acquisitions,  divestitures,  spin-offs  or unanticipated matters such
as economic conditions, indicators of  growth or recession in business  segments, nature of  the
Company’s operations or changes in or effect of applicable laws, regulations or accounting practices.

Under the plan, every participating named executive  officer other than the  Chief Executive Officer
had the opportunity to earn up to 100% of his base salary depending on  performance of the  Company
against the designated performance goal and  performance  of the executive against personal criteria
determined at the beginning of 2013  by  the Chief Executive Officer. Under separate terms approved by
the Compensation Committee and contained in his employment agreement, Mr. Hanson,  who served as
the Chief Executive Officer during 2013, participated in the plan with  potential to earn a target
incentive payment of 75% of his base  salary, depending on achievement of  the Company’s target
consolidated performance goal and pre-designated personal critical success factors, and  a maximum of
150% of his base salary upon achievement of the maximum consolidated performance  goal and his
personal goals. The Chief Executive Officer typically  carries  a higher target and  maximum bonus
incentive plan percentage as compared  to  other named executive officers as a result of his  leadership
role in setting Company policy and strategic  planning.

Performance Criteria.

In 2013, the Compensation Committee  approved the following corporate
consolidated operating income performance criteria for consideration of bonus  awards to the named
executive officers and other covered employees  under the 2013 bonus incentive plan:

Threshold
Operating Income

$59.3 million

Target
Operating Income

$84.7  million

Maximum
Operating Income

$99.7  million

98

Where an employee is primarily involved in a particular  business  unit, the financial performance

criteria under the bonus incentive plan are weighted toward the operational  performance of the
employee’s business unit rather than consolidated Company  performance. The ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive
Plan  Compensation’’ column of the 2013 Summary Compensation Table  below reflects the  payments
that named executive officers earned  and  received under the Company’s 2013 bonus incentive plan, and
the ‘‘Bonus’’ column of the same table reflects any  discretionary cash bonus  payments received by
named executive officers during 2013.  During  2013, on  a consolidated basis, the Company achieved
adjusted consolidated operating income of  $69.3 million.  The Company’s 2013 adjusted operating
income exceeded the Company’s threshold consolidated financial performance criteria under the 2013
bonus  incentive plan but did not meet  the target  criteria  under  the plan.  As a result, for  2013 many of
the eligible named executive officers and  other  eligible executives and employees received  a cash  bonus
award that was lower in amount than the cash bonus they  received for  2012, when  the Company’s
financial performance exceeded the applicable target  financial performance  criteria.

In addition to overall company performance,  when considering the 2013  bonus incentive plan
awards paid to the Company’s named executive officers, the Compensation  Committee also considered
the individual performances and accomplishments of each officer. For example, when considering  the
bonus  award paid to Mr. Hanson, among  the factors the  committee took into consideration was
Mr. Hanson’s effective leadership in the Company’s achievement of several important strategic
objectives during the year, such as further  re-focusing the strategies and  organization of the Company
through the GeoVentures and GeoScience divisions, the Company’s development of its seabed strategy
and acquisition of an interest in the OceanGeo ocean-bottom joint  venture and subsequent acquisition
of a controlling interest in the joint venture. When considering  the bonus award paid  to
Mr. Williamson, among the factors the committee took into consideration were the strong 2013
financial performance of his GeoVentures  Division and his involvement and leadership in several
successful collaborative projects during 2013. When considering  the bonus award paid  to  Mr.  Usher,
among the factors the committee took  into consideration were  the positive 2013 financial  results of his
GeoScience Division and his role in reorganizing  the Division to a  more effective, efficient and
strategic structure. When considering the  bonus award paid to Mr. Heinlein,  among  the factors the
committee took into consideration were  his efforts in connection with several finance transactions
during 2013 and strengthening the Company’s financial organization and capital structure. When
considering the bonus award paid to  Mr. Hulme, among the factors  the committee  took  into
consideration were his efforts to promote and increase the  business  of OceanGeo  and his promotion to
serve as Senior Vice President, Ocean Bottom  Services, and appointment  as chief executive  officer of
OceanGeo.

In February 2014, the Compensation  Committee approved the  Company’s 2014 bonus incentive
plan.  The general structure of the 2014 bonus  incentive  plan  is similar to that  of  the 2013 plan, except
the particular performance goals designated  under the 2014 plan are based 50% on operating income
and 50% on cash generation, rather than  100% on  operating income. The committee  believed  that  it
was advisable to use both cash generation and operating  income as appropriate  measures of success
during 2014 because the Company is  emphasizing  improvements  in liquidity during  2014. The specific
performance goals in the 2014 plan reflect the  Company’s confidential strategic plans, and cannot be
disclosed at this time because it would  provide  the Company’s competitors with confidential
information regarding the Company’s market and segment outlook and strategies.  The Company is
currently unable to determine how difficult it  will  be  for  the Company to meet the designated
performance goals under the 2014 plan. Generally, the committee attempts to establish the  threshold,
target and maximum levels such that the  relative difficulty of achieving each level is approximately
consistent from year to year.

The Compensation Committee reviews the annual bonus incentive plan each year to ensure that

the key elements of the plan continue  to  meet the objectives described above.

99

Long-Term Stock-Based Incentive Compensation

The Company has structured its long-term incentive compensation  to  provide for  an appropriate

balance between rewarding performance and  encouraging  employee  retention and  stock ownership.
There is  no pre-established policy or target for the allocation between  either cash or non-cash or
short-term and long-term incentive compensation; however, at executive management levels, the
Compensation Committee strives for  compensation to increasingly focus on longer-term incentives.  In
conjunction with the Board, executive  management is responsible for  setting and achieving long-term
strategic goals. In support of this responsibility, compensation for executive management,  and most
particularly the Chief Executive Officer, tends  to  be  weighted towards  rewarding long-term value
creation for stockholders.

For 2013, there were three forms of  long-term equity incentives utilized for executive officers  and

key employees: stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock  units. For 2014, the Company  has
again recommended that stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock  units be the principal  forms
of long-term equity-based incentives to be utilized  for executive  officers and  key  employees. The
Company’s long-term incentive plans have  provided the principal  method for executive officers  to
acquire equity or equity-linked interests  in the Company.

Of the total stock option or restricted  stock employee  awards made by the Company during 2013,
71% were in the form of stock options and 29%  were in the form of restricted  stock or restricted stock
units. The 2013 Long-Term Incentive  Plan  (‘‘2013 LTIP’’) limits the number of awards the Company
can grant under the plan in the form  of full-value  awards, such as restricted  stock and restricted stock
units, to 1,300,000 shares, or less than  35% of the total shares authorized  for grant  under the plan.

Stock Options. Under the Company’s equity plans, stock options may be granted having exercise

prices equal to the closing price of the  Company’s stock on the date before the date of grant. In any
event, all awards of stock options are made  at or  above the  market  price at  the time  of  the award. The
Compensation Committee will not grant stock options having exercise prices below the  market price of
the Company’s stock on the date of grant, and will not  reduce the exercise price of stock  options
(except in connection with adjustments to reflect recapitalizations,  stock or extraordinary  dividends,
stock splits, mergers, spin-offs and similar  events, as  required by the relevant plan) without the consent
of the Company’s stockholders. Stock options generally vest  ratably over four years, based  on continued
employment, and the terms of the 2013 LTIP  require stock options granted  under that plan to follow
that vesting schedule unless the Compensation Committee approves a different  schedule when
approving the grant. Prior to the exercise  of an option,  the holder has no rights as a stockholder with
respect to the shares subject to such  option,  including voting rights and the  right to receive dividends or
dividend equivalents. New option grants normally  have a  term of ten  years.

The purpose of stock options is to provide equity  compensation  with value that has been
traditionally treated as entirely at-risk,  based on the  increase in the  Company’s stock price and the
creation of stockholder value. Stock options also allow executive officers and key employees  to  have
equity ownership and to share in the  appreciation  of  the value of the Company’s stock, thereby aligning
their compensation directly with increases in stockholder value. Stock  options only have  value to their
holder if the stock price appreciates in  value from  the date  options are granted.

Stock option award decisions are generally based on past business and  individual performance. In

determining the number of options to  be  awarded, the  Company also considers the  grant recipient’s
qualitative and quantitative performance,  the size of  stock  option and other stock  based awards in  the
past, and expectations of the grant recipient’s future performance. In 2013, a total of  150 employees
received option awards, covering 1,788,300 shares of common  stock.  In  2013, the named executive
officers received option awards for a  total  of 310,000 shares, or approximately  17% of the total  options
awarded in 2013.

100

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Company uses restricted stock and restricted stock

units to focus executives on long-term performance and to help align their compensation more  directly
with stockholder value. Vesting of restricted stock  and  restricted stock units typically occurs ratably over
three years, based solely on continued  employment of the  recipient-employee,  and the  terms of the
2013 LTIP require restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under that plan to follow that
vesting schedule unless the Compensation Committee  approves a different  schedule when approving
the grant. In 2013, 155 employees received restricted  stock or restricted stock unit awards, covering  an
aggregate of 714,950 shares of restricted  stock and shares  underlying restricted  stock units. The named
executive officers received awards totaling 130,000  shares of restricted stock in 2013, or approximately
18% of the total shares of restricted stock  awarded to employees in 2013.

Awards of restricted stock units have been made to certain of the Company’s foreign employees in

lieu of awards of restricted stock. Restricted stock units provide  certain tax benefits to foreign
employees as the result of foreign law considerations, so the Company expects to continue to award
restricted stock units to designated foreign employees for the foreseeable future.

The Compensation Committee reviews the  long-term incentive program each year to ensure that

the key elements of this program continue to meet the  objectives described above.

Approval and Granting Process. As described above, the Compensation Committee  reviews and
approves all stock option, restricted stock and restricted  stock unit awards made to executive officers,
regardless of amount. With respect to  equity compensation awarded to employees other than  executive
officers, the committee reviews and approves  all  grants of restricted  stock,  stock options  and restricted
stock units above 5,000 shares, generally  based  upon the  recommendation of the  Chief  Executive
Officer. Committee approval is required for any  grant to be made  to  an executive officer in  any
amount. The committee has granted  to  the Chief Executive  Officer the authority to approve grants to
any employee other than an executive officer of (i) up to 5,000 shares of restricted stock and (ii)  stock
options for not more than 5,000 shares.  The  Chief Executive Officer is  also required to provide a
report to the committee of all awards of  options and restricted stock made by him under this  authority.
The Company believes that this policy is beneficial because  it enables smaller grants to be made  more
efficiently. This flexibility is particularly  important with  respect to attracting and hiring new employees,
given the increasingly competitive market for talented and experienced technical and other personnel in
locales in which the Company’s employees work.

All grants of restricted stock, restricted stock  units and  stock  options to employees or directors are
granted on one of four designated quarterly  grant dates during the year: March  1, June 1, September 1
or December 1. The Compensation Committee approved these four dates because they are  not  close to
any dates on which earnings announcements or other announcements of material events would
normally be made by the Company. For an  award to a current employee, the grant  date for the award
is the first designated quarterly grant date  that occurs after approval of the award. For an  award  to  a
newly hired employee who is not yet  employed by the Company at the  time the  award  is approved,  the
grant date for the award is the first designated quarterly grant date that occurs after the new employee
commences work. The Company believes that this process of fixed quarterly grant dates is  beneficial
because it serves to remove any perception that the grant  date for an award  could  be  capable of
manipulation or change for the benefit  of  the  recipient. In  addition,  having all grants occur on a
maximum of four days during the year simplifies  certain fair value  accounting  calculations  related to
the grants, thereby minimizing the administrative burden associated with tracking and calculating  the
fair values, vesting schedules and tax-related events upon  vesting of restricted stock and also lessening
the opportunity for inadvertent calculation errors.

With the exception of significant promotions,  new  hires or unusual  circumstances, the Company

has historically made most awards of equity compensation to employees  on December 1 of each  year.
This date was originally selected because  (i) it  enables the Company to consider individual  performance

101

eleven months into the fiscal year, (ii)  it  simplifies the annual  budget process by having the expense
resulting from the equity award occur late  in the  year,  (iii) the  date is approximately three months
before the date that the Company normally pays  any annual incentive bonuses and  (iv) generally
speaking, December 1 is not close to any dates on which  an earnings announcement or other
announcement of a material event would normally be made by the Company.  Until 2014, the  Company
also made annual awards of equity compensation to its non-employee  directors on  December 1 of each
year. In 2013, the Governance Committee of the  Board decided that, commencing in 2014, the annual
grant date for non-employee directors will  be  changed to March  1 of each year in  order  to  maximize
grants under the 2004 LTIP prior to its  expiration in May 2014 and to move to a grant date closer to
the Company’s annual stockholders’ meeting, which is a practice common to many public companies.
At its regular meeting on February 10, 2014, the  Compensation Committee decided that, for 2014 only,
the annual awards of equity compensation to employees for  2014 would be made on March 1 instead of
December 1 in order to utilize all available shares remaining in  the 2004 LTIP prior to its expiration in
May 2014. In reaching its decision, the Compensation Committee  also recognized that the Company’s
announcement of its 2013 earnings is  scheduled to occur more  than  two weeks prior to the March 1,
2014 grant date. Commencing in 2015,  the  Company intends for annual awards of equity  compensation
to employees to once again be made on December 1 of each year.

Clawback Policy

The Company has a Compensation Recoupment Policy (commonly  referred to as a ‘‘clawback’’

policy), which provides that, in the event  of a  restatement of its financial results  due  to  material
noncompliance with applicable financial reporting requirements, the Board will, if  it determines
appropriate and subject to applicable  laws  and the  terms and  conditions of the  applicable stock  plans,
programs or arrangements, seek reimbursement of the incremental  portion of performance-based
compensation, including performance-based bonuses and long-term incentive awards, paid to current  or
former executive officers within three  years  of  the restatement date, in excess of the  compensation that
would have been paid had the compensation amount been  based on the restated financial results.

Personal Benefits, Perquisites and Employee Benefits

The Company’s Board of Directors and executives have  concluded that the Company will  not  offer
most perquisites traditionally offered  to  executives  of similarly-sized companies. As a  result, perquisites
and  any other similar personal benefits offered to executive officers  are substantially the same as those
offered  to the Company’s general salaried employee population.  These offered benefits  include  medical
and dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance,  a vision plan, charitable gift matching  (up to
designated limits), a 401(k) plan with  a company match of  certain  levels of  contributions, flexible
spending accounts for healthcare and dependent care  and other customary employee benefits. Business-
related relocation benefits may be reimbursed on  a case-by-case basis. The Company intends to
continue applying its general policy of not providing specific  personal benefits  and perquisites to its
executives; however, the Company may, in its discretion, revise or add to  any executive’s personal
benefits and perquisites if it deems it advisable.

Risk Management Considerations

The Compensation Committee believes that the  Company’s bonus and equity programs create
incentives for employees to create long-term stockholder  value.  The  committee has  considered the
concept of risk as it relates to the Company’s compensation programs and has concluded  that the
Company’s compensation programs do not encourage excessive or inappropriate risk-taking. Several

102

elements of the compensation programs  are designed to promote the creation  of long-term value and
thereby discourage behavior that leads to excessive  risk:

(cid:127) The compensation programs consist of both fixed and variable compensation.  The fixed (or

salary) portion is designed to provide a  steady  income regardless of the Company’s stock price
performance so that executives do not focus  exclusively on  stock price performance  to  the
detriment of other important business metrics. The  variable  (cash bonus and equity) portions of
compensation are designed to reward both short-  and  long-term corporate  performance. The
Compensation Committee believes that the  variable  elements of compensation are a sufficient
percentage of overall compensation to motivate executives to produce positive  short- and
long-term corporate results, while the fixed element  is also sufficiently  high such that the
executives are not encouraged to take  unnecessary or  excessive risks in doing so.

(cid:127) The financial metrics used to determine  the amount of an executive’s bonus are measures the

committee believes contribute to long-term  stockholder  value  and  ensure the continued viability
of the Company. Moreover, the committee attempts to set ranges for these measures that
encourage success without encouraging excessive risk taking to achieve short-term results.  In
addition, the overall maximum bonus  for  each participating named executive officer  other  than
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer is not expected to exceed 100% of the executive’s base
salary under the bonus plan, and the overall  bonus for the  Chief Executive Officer under  his
employment agreement will not exceed 150% of his base salary  under the  bonus plan,  in each
case no matter how much the Company’s financial performance exceeds the ranges established
at the beginning of the year.

(cid:127) The Company has strict internal controls over the  measurement and calculation of the financial

metrics that determine the amount of  an executive’s bonus, designed to keep it from being
susceptible to manipulation by an employee, including executives.

(cid:127) Stock options become exercisable over  a four-year period and remain  exercisable  for up to ten

years from the date of grant, encouraging executives to look to long-term appreciation in equity
values.

(cid:127) Restricted stock becomes exercisable over a  three-year period, again encouraging executives to

look to long-term appreciation in equity values.

(cid:127) Senior executives, including named executive officers, are  required to acquire over  time and hold

shares of the Company’s stock having a value of between one and four times the executive’s
annual base salary, depending on the level of the executive.  The  Compensation  Committee
believes that the stock ownership guidelines provide  a considerable incentive  for management to
consider the Company’s long-term interests, since a portion of their personal investment
portfolio consists of company stock.

(cid:127) In addition, the Company does not permit  any  executive officers or directors to enter into any
derivative or hedging transactions involving its stock, including short sales, market  options,
equity swaps and similar instruments, thereby preventing executives from insulating  themselves
from the effects of poor company stock price  performance. Please refer to ‘‘—Stock Ownership
Requirements; Hedging Policy’’ below.

(cid:127) The Company has a compensation recoupment (clawback) policy that  provides, in the event  of a

restatement of its financial results due to material noncompliance with financial reporting
requirements, for reimbursement of the  incremental portion  of performance-based
compensation, including performance-based  bonuses  and long-term incentive awards, paid to
current or former  executive officers within  three years of the restatement date,  in excess of the
compensation that would have been  paid  had  such compensation  amount  been based  on the
restated financial results. Please refer to ‘‘—Clawback Policy’’ above.

103

Indemnification of Directors and Executive  Officers

The Company’s Bylaws provide certain rights of indemnification to its directors and employees
(including executive officers) in connection with  any  legal action brought against  them by reason of the
fact that they are or were a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Company, to the full extent
permitted by law. The Bylaws also provide, however, that no such obligation to indemnify exists  as to
proceedings initiated by an employee or director against the Company  or  its  directors unless (a) it is  a
proceeding (or part thereof) initiated  to  enforce a right to indemnification or  (b) was authorized or
consented to by the Company’s Board of Directors.

As discussed below, the Company has  also  entered into employment  agreements with  certain of its

executive officers that provide for the  Company to indemnify  the executive to the fullest extent
permitted by its Certificate of Incorporation  and  Bylaws. The  agreements also  provide that the
Company will provide the executive with coverage under its directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
policies to the same extent as provided to its other executives.

Stock Ownership Requirements; Hedging Policy

The Company believes that broad-based stock ownership  by its employees  (including executive
officers) enhances its ability to deliver superior stockholder returns by increasing the alignment between
the interests of employees and stockholders. Accordingly,  the Board has adopted stock ownership
requirements applicable to each of the senior  executives,  including  the named  executive officers.  The
policy requires each executive to retain direct  ownership  of at least 50% of all shares of the Company’s
stock received upon exercise of stock  options  and  vesting of awards  of restricted stock  or restricted
stock units until the executive owns shares having an aggregate value equal  to  the following multiples
of the executive’s annual base salary:

President and Chief Executive Officer—4x

Executive Vice President—2x

Senior Vice President—1x

As of December 31, 2013, all of the Company’s senior executives were in compliance with the
stock ownership requirements. In addition, the  Company does not permit  any of  its executive officers
or directors to enter into any derivative  or hedging transactions with respect to its stock, including short
sales, market options, equity swaps and  similar instruments.

Impact of Regulatory Requirements and Accounting Principles on  Compensation

The financial reporting and income tax consequences to the  Company of individual  compensation

elements are important considerations  for the Compensation Committee when  it is analyzing the
overall level of compensation and the  mix  of  compensation  among  individual elements.  Under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue  Code  and  the related federal  treasury regulations,  the
Company may not deduct annual compensation in  excess  of  $1 million paid to certain employees—
generally the Chief Executive Officer  and  four  other most highly compensated executive officers—
unless that compensation qualifies as ‘‘performance-based’’ compensation. Overall, the committee seeks
to balance its objective of ensuring an effective  compensation package for the executive officers with
the need to maximize the immediate  deductibility  of  compensation—while ensuring an appropriate (and
transparent) impact on reported earnings and other closely  followed financial measures.

In making its compensation decisions,  the Compensation Committee has  considered the  limitations

on deductibility within the requirements of  Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and its related
Treasury regulations. As a result, the  committee  has designed  much  of  the total compensation packages
for the executive officers to qualify for  the  exemption  of ‘‘performance-based’’ compensation from the

104

deductibility limit.  However, the committee  does have  the discretion to design and use  compensation
elements that may not be deductible  within the limitations  under Section 162(m), if the committee
considers the tax consequences and determines that those  elements  are  in the  Company’s best interests.
To maintain flexibility in compensating  executive  officers in a manner designed to promote varying
corporate goals, the Company has not  adopted a policy that all compensation must be deductible.

Certain payments to named executive officers  under the  2013 annual incentive plan may not
qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) because the awards were calculated
and paid in a manner that may not meet the requirements  under  Section 162(m) and the related
Treasury regulations. Given the rapid changes in the  Company’s business and industry that have
occurred during recent years and those  that may  occur in  2014 and  subsequent years, the Company
believes that it is better served in implementing a plan that provides for adjustments and discretionary
elements for its senior executives’ incentive compensation, rather than ensuring that  it  implements all
of the requirements and limitations under  Section 162(m) into  these incentive plans.

Likewise, the impact of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code is  taken into account,  and
executive compensation plans and programs are, in general,  designed to comply with the requirements
of that section so as to avoid possible adverse  tax consequences  that may result  from non-compliance.

For accounting purposes, the Company applies the guidance in ASC Topic  718 to record

compensation expense for its equity-based compensation grants. ASC Topic 718 is used to develop the
assumptions necessary and the model appropriate to value the  awards as well  as the timing of  the
expense recognition over the requisite service period,  generally the vesting period,  of the award.

Executive officers will generally recognize ordinary taxable income  from stock option awards when

a vested option is  exercised. The Company generally  receives a  corresponding  tax deduction for
compensation expense in the year of  exercise. The amount included in the  executive  officer’s wages and
the amount the Company may deduct  is equal  to  the common stock price  when the stock  options are
exercised less the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares under the stock  options exercised.
The Company does not pay or reimburse  any executive officer for  any taxes  due  upon exercise of  a
stock option. The Company has not historically issued any  tax-qualified incentive stock options under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Executives will generally recognize taxable  ordinary  income with respect  to their shares of

restricted stock at the time the restrictions lapse (unless the  recipient elects to accelerate recognition as
of the date of grant). Restricted stock unit awards are  generally subject to ordinary income tax  at the
time of payment or issuance of unrestricted  shares of  stock.  The Company is generally entitled to a
corresponding federal income tax deduction at  the same time the executive recognizes ordinary income.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the  Compensation  Discussion and
Analysis included in this Annual Report  on Form 10-K  with management of ION. Based on such
review and discussions, the Compensation  Committee has recommended to the Board  of  Directors that
the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included  in this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K.

Franklin Myers, Chairman
David H. Barr
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
John N. Seitz

105

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table summarizes the compensation  paid  to  or  earned by the Company’s named

executive officers at December 31, 2013.

Name  and Principal Position

Year

Salary
($)

Bonus
($)

Stock
Awards
($)

Option
Awards
($)

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 490,000
2012 450,000
2011 353,000

President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director

— 214,800
235,000
260,100
— 279,900
— 766,628 1,130,500

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . . . . 2013 350,000

Executive Vice President and
COO, GeoScience Division

2012

— 71,600
21,538 125,000 311,000

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 358,000
2012 340,000
2011 300,000

Executive Vice President and
COO, GeoVentures Division

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . . . . . 2013 312,000
2012 300,000
23,077
2011

Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

— 71,600
— 93,300
— 87,150

— 53,700
— 31,100
— 166,747

141,000
173,400

141,000
173,408
192,700

94,000
86,700
662,888

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation Compensation

All Other

($)

395,000
450,000
300,000

300,000
—

215,000
300,000
300,000

160,000
150,000
—

($)

5,813
4,284
8,058

6,202
326

7,650
7,454
8,250

109,892
5,192
692

Total
($)

1,340,613
1,444,284
2,558,186

868,802
631,264

793,250
914,162
888,100

729,592
572,992
853,404

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 312,000

— 53,700

117,500

187,200

6,390

676,790

Senior Vice President, Ocean
Bottom Services

Discussion of Summary Compensation  Table

Stock Awards Column. All of the amounts in the ‘‘Stock Awards’’ column reflect the grant-date

fair value of awards of restricted stock made during the  applicable fiscal year (excluding any impact of
assumed forfeiture rates) under the Company’s 2004 LTIP. While unvested, a holder of restricted stock
is entitled to the same voting rights as all other holders of common  stock. In  each case, unless  stated
otherwise below, the awards of shares of restricted  stock vest in one-third increments each year, over a
three-year period. The values contained  in the  Summary Compensation  Table  under the Stock Awards
column are based on the grant date fair  value of  all stock  awards (excluding  any impact of assumed
forfeiture rates). In addition to the grants and awards in 2013  described in  the ‘‘2013 Grants of
Plan-Based Awards’’ table below:

(cid:127) Pursuant to his prior employment agreement  then in effect, on  March 1, 2011, Mr. Hanson

received an award of 38,561 shares of restricted stock, which is  equal to $327,000  (the amount of
cash incentive plan compensation that  Mr. Hanson  earned for fiscal  2010)  divided  by  $8.48,
which  was the average of the closing  sales price per share on the NYSE  of  the Company’s
shares of common stock for the last ten  business days  of 2010. The shares  of restricted stock will
vest on March 1, 2014.

(cid:127) At the beginning of 2011, Mr. Hanson was  serving  as Executive Vice President and  Chief

Financial Officer. In August 2011, Mr.  Hanson was promoted to President and  Chief Operating
Officer in addition to his role as Chief Financial  Officer. In November  2011, Mr. Heinlein was
hired as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  and Mr. Hanson continued as
President and Chief Operating Officer. On January 1, 2012, Mr. Hanson  was appointed  as
President and Chief Executive Officer. In connection with his  promotion to President  and Chief
Operating Officer in August 2011, on September 1, 2011,  Mr.  Hanson received an  award  of
42,000 shares of restricted stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Hanson received an award of 45,000  shares  of  restricted stock.

106

(cid:127) In connection with his hire on November 30,  2012, as Executive Vice President & Chief

Operating Officer, GeoScience Division, on  December  1, 2012, Mr.  Usher received  an award of
50,000 shares of restricted stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2011, Mr. Williamson received  an award of 15,000 shares  of  restricted stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Williamson received  an award of 15,000 shares  of  restricted stock.

(cid:127) In connection with his hire on November 28,  2011 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, on December 1, 2011, Mr. Heinlein  received  an award of 28,700  shares of restricted
stock.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Heinlein received an award of 5,000 shares  of restricted stock.

Option Awards Column. All of the amounts shown in the ‘‘Option Awards’’ column reflect stock

options granted under the 2004 LTIP.  In each  case, unless stated otherwise  below,  the options  vest  25%
each  year over a four-year period. The  values contained  in  the Summary Compensation  Table  under
the Stock Options column are based on  the grant  date fair  value of all option awards (excluding any
impact of assumed forfeiture rates). For  a discussion of the valuation assumptions for  the awards, see
Note 9, Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation—Valuation Assumptions. All of the exercise
prices for the options equal or exceed  the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock
on the date of grant. In addition to the grants and awards  in 2013 described  in the ‘‘2013 Grants of
Plan-Based Awards’’ table below:

(cid:127) In connection with his promotion to  President  and  Chief  Operating Officer in August 2011, on
September 1, 2011, Mr. Hanson received  an award of nonqualified stock options to purchase
250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for an exercise price of $7.07 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Hanson received an award of options to purchase 75,000  shares of

common stock for an exercise price of  $5.96 per share.

(cid:127) In connection with his hire on November  30,  2012, as Executive Vice President & Chief

Operating Officer, GeoScience Division, on December 1, 2012, Mr.  Usher received an award of
options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock for an exercise price of $5.96 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2011, Mr. Williamson received  an award of options to purchase 50,000  shares

of common stock for an exercise price  of  $5.81  per  share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Williamson received  an award of options to purchase 50,000  shares

of common stock for an exercise price  of  $5.96  per  share.

(cid:127) In connection with his hire on November  28,  2011 as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, on December 1, 2011, Mr. Heinlein  received an award of options to purchase 172,000
shares of common stock for an exercise price of $5.81 per share.

(cid:127) On December 1, 2012, Mr. Heinlein  received an award of options to purchase 25,000 shares of

common stock for an exercise price of  $5.96 per share.

Other Columns. Mr. Usher was hired as Executive Vice President  and Chief  Operating Officer,
GeoScience Division, on November 30,  2012. In connection with  his hire,  Mr.  Usher received a sign-on
bonus of $125,000.

All payments of non-equity incentive  plan compensation reported  for 2013 were  made in  February

2014 with regard to the 2013 fiscal year  and were earned and  paid pursuant to the Company’s 2013
incentive plan.

107

The Company does not sponsor for its employees (i) any defined benefit or  actuarial pension plans
(including supplemental plans), (ii) any  non-tax-qualified  deferred compensation plans or arrangements
or (iii) any nonqualified defined contribution plans.

The Company’s general policy is that its executive officers  do  not  receive any  executive
‘‘perquisites,’’ or any  other similar personal benefits that  are  different from  what  the Company’s
salaried  employees are entitled to receive.  The Company provides the named executive officers with
certain group life, health, medical and  other  non-cash benefits generally available to all salaried
employees, which are not included in  the ‘‘All Other Compensation’’ column in the Summary
Compensation Table pursuant to SEC  rules. With  the exception of reimbursements  of  moving expenses
received by Mr. Heinlein, the amounts  shown in  the ‘‘All Other Compensation’’ column solely consist of
employer matching contributions to the  Company’s 401(k) plan. Mr.  Heinlein was hired in November
2011 as Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial Officer  and was  reimbursed a total  of  $103,302 for
moving expenses incurred in 2013.

2013 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)(2)
Threshold Target Maximum
($)

($)

($)

Grant
Date

All Other

All Other

Grant
Date Fair
Stock Awards: Option Awards: Exercise  or Value  of
Base Price Stock  and
of Option
Awards
($/Sh)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)(4)

Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)(3)

Option
Awards
($)(5)

—
12/1/2013

12/1/2013

12/1/2013

12/1/2013

— 367,500
—
—
175,000
— 87,500
—
—
179,000
— 89,500
—
—
156,000
— 78,000
—
—
156,000
— 78,000
—
—

12/1/2013

735,000
—
350,000
—
358,000
—
312,000
—
312,000
—

—
60,000
—
20,000
—
20,000
—
15,000
—
15,000

—
100,000
—
60,000
—
60,000
—
40,000
—
50,000

—
3.86
—
3.86
—
3.86
—
3.86
—
3.86

—
466,600
—
218,200
—
218,200
—
151,900
—
175,400

Name

R. Brian Hanson . . . .

Christopher T. Usher

.

Ken Williamson . . . . .

Gregory J. Heinlein . .

Colin Hulme . . . . . . .

(1) Reflects the estimated  threshold,  target  and  maximum award  amounts for  payouts  under  the  Company’s  2013
incentive plan to its named executive  officers.  Under  the plan,  every participating  executive  other  than
Mr. Hanson, who served as President and Chief Executive  Officer during  2013, had  the opportunity  to  earn  a
maximum of 100% of his base salary  depending  on performance  of  the Company  against  the  designated
performance goal, and performance of the  executive against  personal performance criteria.  Under  separate
terms approved by the Compensation Committee  and  contained  in  his  employment  agreement, Mr. Hanson
participated in the plan with the potential to earn  a  target  incentive payment  of  75%  of his  base  salary,
depending on achievement of the Company’s  target  consolidated performance  goal  and  pre-designated
personal critical success factors, and  a maximum of  150%  of  his  base salary  upon  achievement of the
maximum consolidated performance goal  and  the  personal  critical  success  factors.  Mr. Hanson’s  employment
agreement does not specify that he will earn  a  bonus upon  achievement of a  threshold consolidated
performance goal. Because award determinations  under  the plan  were  based in  part on  outcomes of  personal
evaluations of employee performance by the  Chief Executive Officer  and  the Compensation Committee, the
computation of actual awards generated under the  plan  upon  achievement of  threshold and  target  company
performance criteria differed from the above  estimates.  See ‘‘—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—
Elements of Compensation—Bonus Incentive Plan’’ above.  For  actual  payout  amounts to  named  executive
officers under the  2013 bonus incentive  plan,  see  the ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive  Plan Compensation’’ column in the
‘‘Summary Compensation Table’’ above.

(2)

The Company does not offer or sponsor any ‘‘equity incentive  plans’’ (as  that  term  is defined in Item  402(a)
of Regulation S-K) for employees.

108

(3) All stock awards reflect the number of  shares of  restricted stock granted under the 2004  LTIP. While

unvested, a holder of restricted stock is  entitled  to  the  same  voting  rights as  all other  holders  of  common
stock. In each case, unless stated otherwise below,  the  awards of  shares of  restricted stock  vest in  one-third
increments each year, over a three-year  period.

(4) All amounts reflect awards of stock options granted  under  the 2004 LTIP. In each  case,  unless stated

otherwise below,  the options vest 25% each  year  over  a  four-year  period.  All of the  exercise  prices for  the
options reflected in  the above chart equal or exceed  the  fair  market  value  per  share  of  Company  common
stock on the date of grant (on November 29,  2013,  the last  completed  trading day prior  to  the  December  1,
2013 grant date, the  closing price  per  share  on the NYSE  was  $3.86).

(5)

The values contained in the table are based  on  the  grant date  fair  value  of the  award  computed  in  accordance
with ASC Topic 718 for financial statement  reporting purposes, but  exclude  any  impact  of  assumed forfeiture
rates. For a discussion  of valuation assumptions,  see Note  9, Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-Based
Compensation—Valuation Assumptions.

Employment Agreements

In recent years, the Company has not  entered into employment  agreements with  employees other
than its Chief Executive Officer and  Chief Financial Officer. The Company has generally entered  into
employment agreements with employees  only when the  employee  holds an executive officer position
and the Compensation Committee has determined that  an employment agreement  is desirable  for the
Company to obtain a measure of assurance as to the executive’s continued employment in light of
prevailing market competition for the particular position  held  by the executive officer, or where the
committee determines that an employment agreement  is necessary and  appropriate to attract an
executive in light of market conditions,  the prior  experience of the executive or practices  at the
Company with respect to other similarly situated employees.

The following discussion describes the material  terms of the  Company’s existing executive

employment agreements with named  executive officers:

R. Brian Hanson

In connection with his appointment as President and  Chief Executive Officer on January 1,  2012,

Mr. Hanson entered into a new employment agreement. The agreement provides for Mr. Hanson to
serve as President and Chief Executive  Officer for an initial  term of three years, with automatic
two-year renewals thereafter. Any change  of control  of  the Company  after  January 1, 2013  will  cause
the remaining term of Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement to automatically adjust to a  term  of  three
years, which will commence on the effective  date of  the change of control.

The agreement provides for Mr. Hanson to receive an initial  base  salary of $450,000  per  year  and
be eligible to receive an annual performance bonus under the  Company’s incentive compensation plan,
with a target incentive plan bonus amount  equal to 75% of his  base  salary and with a  maximum
incentive plan bonus amount equal to  150% of his  base  salary.

Under the agreement, and as approved by  the Compensation Committee, Mr. Hanson will  be
entitled to receive grants of (i) options to purchase shares of common stock and (ii) shares of restricted
stock. Mr. Hanson will also be eligible  to  participate in other equity compensation plans  that  are
established for key executives, as approved by  the Compensation Committee. In the agreement, the
Company also agreed to indemnify Mr.  Hanson to the fullest  extent permitted by its Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws, and to provide  him coverage under  directors’ and officers’ liability insurance
policies to the same extent as other Company executives.

The Company may at any time terminate its employment agreement  with Mr. Hanson for ‘‘Cause’’

if Mr. Hanson (i) willfully and continuously fails to substantially  perform his obligations, (ii) willfully
engages in conduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company’s property or business

109

(including fraud, misappropriation of funds or  other  property, other willful misconduct,  gross
negligence or conviction of a felony or  any  crime involving  moral turpitude) or (iii) commits  a material
breach of the agreement. In addition, the Company may at any time terminate the  agreement if
Mr. Hanson suffers permanent and total disability for a period  of at least 180 consecutive days,  or if
Mr. Hanson dies. Mr. Hanson may terminate  his employment agreement for ‘‘Good Reason’’ if the
Company breaches any material provision  of  the agreement, the Company  assigns to Mr. Hanson any
duties materially inconsistent with his  position, the  Company materially reduces  his duties,  functions,
responsibilities, budgetary or other authority,  or takes other action that  results  in a diminution in his
office, position, duties, functions, responsibilities or  authority, the Company  relocates  his workplace by
more than 50 miles, or the Company elects not to extend the term of his  agreement.

In his agreement, Mr. Hanson agrees not to compete against  the  Company, assist any competitor,

attempt  to solicit any of the Company’s suppliers or customers, or solicit any of the Company’s
employees, in any case during his employment and for a period of  two years after  his employment
ends. The employment agreement also  contains  provisions relating to protection of  the Company’s
confidential information and intellectual  property. The agreement does not contain any tax gross-up
benefits.

For a  discussion of the provisions of  Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement regarding compensation

to Mr. Hanson in the event of a change  of  control affecting  the Company or  his termination by the
Company without cause or by him for good reason, see ‘‘—Potential Payments Upon Termination or
Change of Control—R. Brian Hanson’’ below.

Gregory J. Heinlein

In connection with his hire as Senior Vice President and  Chief Financial Officer in November
2011, Mr. Heinlein entered into an employment  agreement  that will  remain in effect for  the duration
that Mr. Heinlein serves in such capacity. In  his agreement, Mr. Heinlein  agrees  not  to  compete against
the Company, assist any competitor, attempt to solicit  any of the Company’s suppliers or customers, or
solicit any of the Company’s employees, in any case during his employment and for a period of one
year after his employment ends. The employment agreement also contains provisions  relating to
protection of the Company’s confidential information and intellectual property. The agreement does
not contain any change-in control provisions  or  tax gross-up benefits.  For  a discussion of the  provisions
of Mr. Heinlein’s employment agreement regarding compensation to Mr. Heinlein in the event of a
change of control affecting the Company  or his termination  by the Company without cause or by him
for good reason, see ‘‘—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change  of Control—Gregory J. Heinlein’’
below.

110

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table sets forth information  concerning unexercised  stock options (including
outstanding stock appreciation rights, or SARs) and shares of restricted stock held  by  the Company’s
named executive officers at December  31, 2013:

Name

R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . .

Christopher T. Usher . . . . . . . . .

Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gregory J. Heinlein . . . . . . . . . .

Colin Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option Awards(1)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

75,000
20,000
60,000
17,500
140,000(4)
125,000
18,750
—

12,500
—

70,000
16,000
35,000
50,000
22,000
56,250
26,250
25,000
12,500
—

86,000
6,250
—

12,500
7,500
—

—
—
—
—
—
125,000
56,250
100,000

37,500
60,000

—
—
—
—
—
18,750
8,750
25,000
37,500
60,000

86,000
18,750
40,000

37,500
22,500
50,000

8.73
9.97
15.43
3.00
3.00
7.07
5.96
3.86

5.96
3.86

10.85
15.43
3.00
2.83
5.44
4.58
7.19
5.81
5.96
3.86

5.81
5.96
3.86

6.06
5.96
3.86

Option
Expiration
Date

5/22/2016
9/1/2016
12/1/2017
12/1/2018
12/1/2018
9/1/2021
12/1/2022
12/1/2023

12/1/2022
12/1/2023

12/1/2016
12/1/2017
12/1/2018
6/1/2019
12/1/2019
3/1/2020
12/1/2020
12/1/2021
12/1/2022
12/1/2023

12/1/2021
12/1/2022
12/1/2023

6/1/2022
12/1/2022
12/1/2023

Stock Awards(2)
Number  of Market  Value
Shares or
Units  of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)

of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have Not
Vested ($)(3)

142,561

470,451

53,332

175,996

35,000

115,500

27,898

92,063

34,998

115,493

(1) All stock option information in this  table  relates  to  nonqualified  stock  options granted  under the  2004  LTIP.

All of the unvested options in this  table  vest 25% each  year over  a four-year  period.

(2)

(3)

(4)

The  amounts shown represent shares  of restricted  stock  granted under the  2004  LTIP.  While  unvested,  the
holder is entitled to the same voting rights  as  all other holders of  common  stock.  Except for certain shares of
restricted stock held by Mr. Hanson,  in each case  the  grants  of  shares  of restricted  stock  vest  in  one-third
increments each year, over a three-year  period.  See ‘‘—Discussion of Summary Compensation Table—Stock
Awards Column’’ above.

Pursuant to SEC rules, the market value  of  each executive’s  shares of unvested  restricted  stock  was  calculated
by multiplying the number of shares by $3.30 (the  closing  price  per  share  of  the  Company’s  common stock on
the NYSE on December 31, 2013).

The amounts shown reflect awards  of cash-settled  SARs  granted  to  Mr.  Hanson on  December  1, 2008  under
the Company’s Stock Appreciation Rights  Plan. Mr.  Hanson’s  SARs vested in  full  on December 1,  2011.  See
‘‘—Summary Compensation Table—Discussion of Summary Compensation Table’’ above.

111

(5)

The Company does not have outstanding any  Equity  Incentive  Plan  Awards  as defined  by  the SEC  rules.  As a
result, the above  table omits the  following  columns:

(cid:127) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number  of  Securities Underlying  Unexercised  Unearned Options

(cid:127) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number  of  Unearned  Shares,  Units  or  Other  Rights  That  Have  Not  Vested

(cid:127) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or  Payout Value  of Unearned Shares,  Units  or  Other  Rights  That

Have Not Vested

2013 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK  VESTED

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to option and stock exercises  by  the

named executive officers during the year  ended December 31, 2013:

Name

Option Awards

Stock  Awards

Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)

Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)

Number of
Shares
Acquired  on
Vesting  (#)

Value
Realized  on
Vesting  ($)(1)

R. Brian Hanson(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Christopher T. Usher(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ken Williamson(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gregory J. Heinlein(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Colin Hulme(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

35,515
16,668
13,333
11,234
10,002

160,528
59,671
47,732
40,217
53,211

(1) The values realized upon vesting of stock awards contained in  the table are  based on  the market

value of the Company’s common stock on the date of vesting.

(2) The value realized by Mr. Hanson on the vesting of his restricted  stock awards  was calculated by
multiplying (a) 6,515 shares by $6.19  (the closing price per share of the  Company’s common stock
on the NYSE on June 3, 2013, the first  NYSE trading date  after his June 1, 2013 vesting date);
(b) 14,000 shares by $4.75 (the closing price per share of common stock on the NYSE  on
September 3, 2013, the first NYSE trading date after his September 1, 2013 vesting date  and
(c) 15,000 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of common stock  on the NYSE on
December 2, 2013, the first NYSE trading  date after  his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

(3) The value realized by Mr. Usher on the  vesting of his restricted stock awards was calculated by

multiplying 16,668 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of common stock on  the NYSE on
December 2, 2013, the first NYSE trading  date after  his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

(4) The value realized by Mr. Williamson  on the vesting of his restricted  stock awards  was  calculated
by multiplying 13,333 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of common stock on  the NYSE
on December 2, 2013, the first NYSE  trading date after  his December 1, 2013  vesting date).

(5) The value realized by Mr. Heinlein on the vesting of his restricted  stock awards was calculated by
multiplying 11,234 shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share of common stock on  the NYSE on
December 2, 2013, the first NYSE trading  date after  his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

(6) The value realized by Mr. Hulme on the  vesting of his restricted stock awards was calculated  by
multiplying (a) 6,668 shares by $6.19  (the closing price per share of common stock  on the NYSE
on June 3, 2013, the first NYSE trading  date after his June 1, 2013 vesting  date) and  (b) 3,334
shares by $3.58 (the closing price per share  of  common on  the NYSE on December  2, 2013, the
first NYSE trading date after his December 1, 2013 vesting  date).

112

2013 Pension Benefits And Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

None of the Company’s named executive officers participates or has  account balances in (i) any

qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans or  (ii) in any non-qualified defined contribution plans
or other deferred compensation plans maintained by  the Company.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change  of Control

Under the terms of the Company’s equity-based compensation plans and its employment
agreements, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and certain other named executive officers are
entitled to payments and benefits upon the occurrence of specified events  including termination of
employment (with and without cause)  and  upon a  change in control  of  the Company. The specific
terms of these arrangements, as well as an estimate  of the compensation that would  have been payable
had they been triggered as of December 31, 2013, are described  in detail below. In the case  of  each
employment agreement, the terms of these  arrangements were established through  the course  of
arms-length negotiations with each executive  officer, both at the time of hire and at the times of any
later amendment. As part of these negotiations, the Compensation Committee analyzed the  terms of
the same or similar arrangements for comparable executives employed  by  companies in the  Company’s
industry group. This approach was used by the committee in  setting the  amounts  payable and the
triggering events under the arrangements.  The  termination of  employment provisions of the
employment agreements were entered into in order  to  address competitive concerns  by  providing those
individuals with a fixed amount of compensation  that  would offset the  potential  risk of  leaving  their
prior employer or foregoing other opportunities in order to join the  Company. At the time of entering
into these arrangements, the committee  considered the aggregate potential obligations  of  the Company
in the context of the desirability of hiring  the individual  and  the expected compensation upon  joining
the Company. However, these contractual severance and post-termination  arrangements have not
affected the decisions the committee  has  made regarding other compensation  elements and the
rationale for compensation decisions made in connection with these  arrangements.

The following summaries set forth estimated potential payments  payable to each of the  named
executive officers upon termination of employment or a  change of control of the Company under their
current employment agreements and  the Company’s stock plans and other compensation programs as if
his employment had so terminated for these reasons, or the change of control had so occurred, on
December 31, 2013. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion,  agree to revise, amend or add
to the benefits if it deems advisable. For purposes  of the  following  summaries, dollar amounts are
estimates based on annual base salary as  of December  31,  2013, benefits paid to the named executive
officer in  fiscal 2013 and stock and option holdings of the named executive officer as of December 31,
2013. The summaries assume a price  per  share of the  Company’s common stock of $3.30 per share,
which  was the closing price per share on December 31,  2013,  as reported  on the NYSE. The actual
amounts to be paid to the named executive officers can only be determined at the time of each
executive’s separation from the Company.

The amounts of potential future payments and benefits as set forth in the  tables below,  and the

descriptions of the assumptions upon which such future  payments and benefits are based and  derived,
may constitute ‘‘forward-looking statements’’ within  the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. These statements  are estimates of payments and  benefits to certain  of  the
Company’s executives upon their termination of  employment  or a change in control, and actual
payments and benefits may vary materially from  these estimates. Actual amounts can only be
determined at the time of such executive’s  actual separation from the Company or the  time of such
change in control event. Factors that  could affect these amounts and  assumptions  include the timing
during the year of any such event, the Company’s stock price, unforeseen future changes  in the
Company’s benefits and compensation methodology and the age  of the executive.

113

R. Brian Hanson

Termination and Change of Control. Mr. Hanson is entitled to certain benefits  under his

employment agreement upon the occurrence of any of  the following events:

(cid:127) the Company terminates his employment other than for  cause,  death or disability;

(cid:127) Mr. Hanson resigns for ‘‘good reason’’; or

(cid:127) a ‘‘change in control’’ involving the  Company occurs and, within  12 months  following  the change

in control, (a) the Company or its successor  terminates Mr.  Hanson’s employment or
(b) Mr. Hanson terminates his employment  after the Company or  its  successor (i) elects  not  to
extend the term of his employment agreement, (ii)  assigns to Mr.  Hanson duties inconsistent
with his CEO position, duties, functions, responsibilities,  authority or reporting relationship to
the Board under his employment agreement, (iii) becomes  a  privately-owned company  as a
result of a transaction in which Mr. Hanson  does not participate within the acquiring group,
(iv) is rendered a subsidiary or division or  other  unit of another company;  or (v) takes any
action that would constitute ‘‘good reason’’ under  his employment agreement.

Under Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement, a ‘‘change in control’’ occurs upon any of the

following:

(1) the  acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of  40% or more  of  the

Company’s outstanding shares of common stock other than any  acquisitions directly from the
Company, acquisitions by the Company  or an employee  benefit plan maintained by the
Company, or certain permitted acquisitions  in connection  with a ‘‘Merger’’ (as defined in
sub-paragraph (3) below);

(2) changes in directors on the Company’s board of directors such that the individuals that

constitute the entire board cease to constitute  at least  a majority of directors of the  board,
other than new directors whose appointment or nomination for election  was  approved by a
vote of at least a majority of the directors  then constituting the entire board of  directors
(except in the case of election contests);

(3) consummation of a ‘‘Merger’’—that is, a reorganization, merger, consolidation  or similar

business combination involving the Company—unless (i) owners of the Company’s common
stock immediately following such business combination together own more than 50% of  the
total outstanding stock or voting power of the  entity resulting  from the business combination
in substantially the same proportion as their ownership  of the Company’s voting securities
immediately prior to such Merger and (ii)  at least  a majority of the members of  the board  of
directors of the corporation resulting  from such Merger (or its parent corporation) were
members of the Company’s board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement
providing for the Merger; or

(4) the  sale or other disposition of all or substantially all  of the Company’s assets.

Upon the occurrence of any of the above events and conditions,  Mr. Hanson  would be entitled to

receive the following (less applicable withholding taxes  and subject  to  compliance with non-compete,
non-solicit and no-hire obligations):

(cid:127) over a two-year period, a cash amount  equal to two  times his annual base salary and two times

his target bonus amount in effect for the year of termination;

(cid:127) a prorated portion of any unpaid target incentive plan bonus for  the year of termination; and

(cid:127) continuation of insurance coverage for  Mr. Hanson as of the date of his termination for a period

of two years at the same cost to him as prior  to  the termination.

114

In addition, upon the occurrence of any of the  above events  or conditions, the  vesting  period for

all of Mr. Hanson’s unvested equity awards granted on or after January 1, 2012 having a remaining
vesting period of two years or less as of the date  of  termination will immediately  accelerate to vest in
full. In such event, all restrictions on  the awards  will thereupon be immediately  lifted and  the exercise
period  of all outstanding vested stock options (including the  option awards  that  have been so
accelerated) granted on or after January 1, 2012 will continue in  effect until the earlier of (a) two years
after the date of termination or (b) the expiration of the full original  term, as specified  in each
applicable stock option agreement.

Change of Control Under Equity Compensation  Plans. Mr. Hanson and the other named executive
officers currently hold outstanding awards under one or  more of the following two equity  compensation
plans of the Company: the 2004 LTIP  and the  Stock Appreciation  Rights  Plan. Under these plans, a
‘‘change of control’’ will be deemed to have occurred upon any of the following (which is referred to in
this  section as a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’):

(1) the  acquisition by a person or group of  beneficial ownership of 40% or more  of the

outstanding shares of common stock other than acquisitions directly  from the Company,
acquisitions by the Company or an employee benefit plan  maintained by  the Company, or
certain  permitted acquisitions in connection  with a business combination described in sub-
paragraph (3) below;

(2) changes in directors such that the  individuals that  constitute  the entire board of directors
cease to constitute at least a majority of directors of the board, other than new directors
whose appointment or nomination for election  was approved by a vote of at least a majority
of the directors then constituting the entire board of directors (except in the case of election
contests);

(3) consummation of a reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or  similar business combination

involving the Company, unless (i) owners of the  Company’s common stock immediately
following such transaction together own more than 50% of  the total outstanding stock  or
voting power of the entity resulting from  the transaction and (ii) at  least a majority of  the
members of the board of directors of the  entity resulting from the transaction were members
of the Company’s board of directors at the time the agreement for the transaction  is signed;
or

(4) the sale of all or substantially all  of the Company’s assets.

Upon any such ‘‘Plan Change of Control,’’ all of Mr. Hanson’s stock options granted to him under

the 2004 LTIP will become fully exercisable, and all  restricted stock awards  granted to him  under the
2004 LTIP will automatically accelerate  and  become fully vested. In  addition, any change of control  of
the Company will  cause the remaining term  of Mr. Hanson’s employment agreement to automatically
adjust to two years, commencing on the  effective date of the change  of  control.

The Company believes the double-trigger change-of-control benefit referenced above maximizes

stockholder value because it motivates Mr.  Hanson  to  remain  in his  position for a sufficient  period of
time following a change of control to ensure a smoother integration and transition for  the new owners.
Given his experience with the Company and within the seismic industry as  the Company’s CFO and
CEO, the Company believes Mr. Hanson’s  severance structure is in its  best interest  because it ensures
that for a two-year period after leaving its employment, Mr. Hanson will  not be in a position to
compete against the Company or otherwise adversely affect its business.

Death, Disability or Retirement. Upon  his death or disability, all options and restricted stock  that

Mr. Hanson holds would automatically accelerate and become  fully vested. Upon his retirement, (a)  all
options that Mr. Hanson holds would automatically accelerate  and become  fully vested and (b) all
shares of restricted stock that Mr. Hanson was  granted prior to August 30, 2011 would  automatically

115

accelerate and become fully vested. On August 30,  2011, the Company amended the  2004 LTIP by
deleting the provision that provided for the  acceleration of vesting of restricted  stock and  restricted
stock units granted under the 2004 LTIP  after August 30, 2011 by reason  of  the retirement of a  plan
participant.

Termination by the Company for Cause or by  Mr. Hanson Other Than for  Good Reason. Upon any
termination by the Company for cause  or any resignation by  Mr. Hanson  for any reason other than  for
‘‘good reason’’ (as defined in his employment agreement),  Mr. Hanson  is not entitled to  any payment
or benefit other than the payment of unpaid salary  and possibly accrued and unused vacation pay.

Mr. Hanson’s currently-held vested stock options and SARs will remain exercisable after his
termination of employment, death, disability or retirement  for  periods of between  180 days and one
year following such event, depending on the event and the terms  of the applicable plan and  grant
agreement. If Mr. Hanson is terminated for cause, all of his vested and unvested stock options and
unvested restricted stock will be immediately forfeited. The Company has not agreed  to  provide
Mr. Hanson any additional payments  in the event any payment or benefit under  his employment
agreement is determined to be subject to the excise tax for ‘‘excess parachute payments’’ under U.S.
federal income tax rules, or any other ‘‘tax gross-ups’’ under this employment agreement.

Assuming Mr. Hanson’s employment was terminated under  each of these circumstances or a
change of control occurred on December  31, 2013, his  payments  and benefits would  have an estimated
value as follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Without Cause or For Good Reason . . . . . . . .
Termination after change in control
. . . . . . . .
Change of Control (if not terminated),  Death

or Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash
Severance
($)(1)

980,000
980,000

Bonus
($)(2)

735,000
735,000

—
—
—

—
—
—

($)(3)

29,879
29,879

—
—
—

Insurance

Tax

Continuation Gross-Ups

Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($)(4)

—
470,451

470,451
127,251
—

($)

—
—

—
—
—

(1) Payable over a two-year period. In addition to the  listed amounts, if Mr. Hanson resigns or his

employment is terminated for any reason, he may be paid for his unused vacation days.
Mr. Hanson is currently entitled to 20 vacation days per year. The above table assumes that there
is no earned but unpaid base salary as of the  time of termination.

(2) Represents two times the estimate of the target bonus payment Mr. Hanson would  be  entitled to

receive pursuant to the 2013 bonus incentive plan. The actual bonus  payment he would  be  entitled
to receive upon his termination may be different  from the estimated amount, depending on the
achievement of payment criteria under  the bonus plan.

(3) The value of insurance continuation  contained in the  above table is the  total cost of COBRA

continuation coverage for Mr. Hanson, maintaining  his same levels of medical, dental  and other
insurance as in effect on December 31, 2013, less the  amount  of premiums to be paid  by
Mr. Hanson for such coverage.

(4) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Hanson  held  (i) 38,561 unvested  shares of  restricted stock granted
prior to August 31, 2011, and 104,000 unvested shares of restricted  stock  granted after August 30,
2011 and (ii) unvested stock options to purchase 281,250 shares of common stock.  Options held by
him having an exercise price greater  than $3.30 were calculated  as having a zero value.  The  value
of the restricted stock that would accelerate  and fully vest in the  event of a Change  in Control,
death or disability was calculated by multiplying 142,561 shares by $3.30. The value  of unvested

116

restricted stock to accelerate in the event  of  retirement was  calculated by multiplying  38,561 shares
by $3.30.

Christopher T. Usher

Mr. Usher is not entitled to receive any contractual severance pay if  the Company terminates  his

employment without cause. Upon a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’ (see ‘‘—R. Brian Hanson—Change of
Control Under Equity Compensation Plans’’ above), all of his unvested stock options granted to him
under the 2004 LTIP will become fully  exercisable and all restricted stock awards granted to him under
the 2004 LTIP will automatically accelerate and become fully  vested. Upon his death  or disability,  all
options and restricted stock that Mr.  Usher holds would automatically accelerate and become fully
vested. Upon his retirement, all options  that Mr. Usher  holds would automatically accelerate  and
become  fully vested. No shares of restricted stock held by  Mr. Usher would automatically accelerate
and become fully vested upon his retirement.

The vested stock options held by Mr.  Usher will remain exercisable after his termination of
employment, death, disability or retirement for periods  of  between 180 days and one year following
such event, depending on the event and  the terms  of  the applicable stock plan and grant agreement. If
Mr. Usher is terminated for cause, all  of his vested and unvested stock options and  unvested restricted
stock will be immediately forfeited.

Assuming his employment was terminated under  each of these  circumstances  or a change of
control occurred on December 31, 2013, his payments and  benefits would have an  estimated value  as
follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance
($)(1)

Without Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination), Death  or

Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—
—
—

Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($)(2)

—

175,996
—
—

(1)

If Mr. Usher resigns or his employment  is  terminated for  any  reason,  he may be paid for
his unused vacation days. Mr. Usher  is currently entitled to  20 vacation  days per year.
The above table assumes that there is  no earned but unpaid base salary  as of the time of
termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Usher held 53,332 unvested shares of restricted stock and
unvested stock options to purchase 97,500 shares of common  stock.  Options held  by  him
having an exercise price greater than $3.30 were calculated as having a zero value.  The
value of the restricted stock that would accelerate and fully  vest in the event  of a Change
in Control, death or disability was calculated by multiplying 53,332  shares by $3.30.

Ken Williamson

Mr. Williamson is not entitled to receive  any contractual severance pay  if the  Company terminates
his employment without cause. Upon  a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’ (see ‘‘—R. Brian Hanson—Change of
Control Under Equity Compensation Plans’’ above), all of his unvested stock options granted  to  him
under the 2004 LTIP will become fully  exercisable and all restricted stock awards granted to him under
the 2004 LTIP will automatically accelerate and become fully  vested. Upon his death  or disability,  all
options and restricted stock that Mr.  Williamson holds would automatically accelerate and become  fully
vested. Upon his retirement, all options  that Mr.  Williamson holds would automatically  accelerate and
become  fully vested. No shares of restricted  stock held by Mr. Williamson  would automatically
accelerate and become fully vested upon  his retirement.

117

The vested stock options held by Mr.  Williamson will  remain  exercisable after his  termination of

employment, death, disability or retirement for periods of between 180 days and one year following
such event, depending on the event and  the  terms of the applicable stock plan and grant agreement. If
Mr. Williamson is terminated for cause, all of his vested and unvested stock options  and unvested
restricted stock will be immediately forfeited.

Assuming his employment was terminated under each of  these  circumstances  or a change of
control occurred on December 31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would have an  estimated value  as
follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance  ($)(1)

Value of Accelerated
Equity
Awards ($)(2)

Without Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination),

Death or Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—
—
—

—

115,500
—
—

(1)

If Mr. Williamson  resigns or his employment is  terminated for any reason, he may be
paid for his unused vacation days. Mr. Williamson is currently entitled to 20 vacation days
per year. The above table assumes that  there is  no earned  but unpaid base salary as of
the time of termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Williamson  held 35,000  unvested shares of restricted stock
and unvested stock options to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock. Options held by
him having an exercise price greater than $3.30 were calculated  as having a zero value.
The value of the restricted stock that  would accelerate  and fully vest  in the  event of a
Change in Control, death or disability was calculated by multiplying  35,000 shares  by
$3.30.

Gregory J. Heinlein

Termination and Change of Control. Mr. Heinlein is entitled to certain benefits under  his

employment agreement upon any of the  following  events:

(cid:127) the Company terminates his employment for  reasons other  than  for  cause, death or disability; or

(cid:127) Mr. Heinlein resigns for ‘‘good reason.’’

In the above scenarios, Mr. Heinlein would be entitled to receive the following (less  applicable

withholding taxes):

(cid:127) over a two-year period, a cash amount equal to two times his annual base salary; and

(cid:127) any unpaid incentive plan bonuses earned by him pursuant to the terms of the relevant incentive

compensation plan with respect to the  year  of  termination.

Upon a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’ (see ‘‘—R. Brian Hanson—Change of Control Under Equity

Compensation Plans’’ above), all of Mr. Heinlein’s unvested stock options granted to him under  the
2004 LTIP will become fully exercisable,  and all restricted stock granted to  him under the 2004 LTIP
will automatically accelerate and become fully vested. Mr. Heinlein’s employment agreement contains
no change-of-control severance payment  rights.

Death, Disability or Retirement. Upon his death or disability, all options and restricted  stock  that

Mr. Heinlein currently holds would automatically accelerate and become fully vested. Upon his

118

retirement, all stock options that Mr. Heinlein holds would automatically  accelerate and become  fully
vested. No shares of restricted stock  held  by  Mr. Heinlein would automatically  accelerate and  become
fully vested upon his retirement.

Termination by the Company for Cause or by  Mr. Heinlein  Other Than for Good Reason. Upon any

termination by the Company for cause  or any resignation by  Mr. Heinlein for any  reason other than
‘‘good reason’’ (as defined in his employment agreement),  Mr. Heinlein is not  entitled to any payment
or benefit other than the payment of unpaid salary  and possibly accrued and unused vacation pay.

Mr. Heinlein’s vested stock options will remain exercisable after his  termination of employment,

death, disability or retirement for periods of between 180  days and one year following such  event,
depending on the event. If Mr. Heinlein is  terminated for cause,  all of his vested and unvested  stock
options and unvested restricted stock will be immediately forfeited.

Assuming Mr. Heinlein’s employment was terminated under  each of these circumstances or a
change  of control occurred on December  31, 2013, his  payments  and benefits would  have an estimated
value as follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Without Cause or For Good Reason . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination),

Death or Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash
Severance  ($)(1)

624,000

—
—
—

Value of Accelerated
Equity
Awards ($)(2)

—

92,063
—
—

(1) Payable over a two-year period. In addition to the listed amounts, if Mr. Heinlein resigns
or his employment is terminated for any reason, he  may be  entitled  to  be paid  for his
unused vacation days. Mr. Heinlein is  currently  entitled to 20  vacation days  per  year. The
above table assumes that there is no earned  but unpaid base salary as of the time of
termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Heinlein held 27,898 unvested shares of restricted stock

and unvested stock options to purchase 144,750 shares of common stock. Options held by
him having an exercise price greater than $3.30 were calculated  as having a zero value.
The value of the restricted stock that  would accelerate  and fully vest  in the  event of a
Change in Control, death or disability was calculated by multiplying  27,898 shares  by
$3.30.

Colin Hulme

Mr. Hulme is not entitled to receive any contractual severance pay if the Company terminates his

employment without cause. Upon a ‘‘Plan Change of Control’’ (see ‘‘—R. Brian Hanson—Change of
Control Under Equity Compensation Plans’’ above), all of his unvested stock options granted to him
under the 2004 LTIP will become fully  exercisable and all restricted stock awards granted to him under
the 2004 LTIP will automatically accelerate and become fully  vested. Upon his death  or disability,  all
options and restricted stock that Mr.  Hulme holds  would automatically  accelerate  and become fully
vested. Upon his retirement, all options  that Mr. Hulme holds  would automatically accelerate and
become  fully vested. No shares of restricted stock held by  Mr. Hulme would automatically  accelerate
and become fully vested upon his retirement.

The vested stock options held by Mr.  Hulme will  remain  exercisable after  his termination of
employment, death, disability or retirement for periods  of  between 180 days and one year following

119

such event, depending on the event and  the  terms of the applicable stock plan and grant agreement. If
Mr. Hulme is terminated for cause, all of  his  vested and unvested stock options  and unvested restricted
stock will be immediately forfeited.

Assuming his employment was terminated under each of  these  circumstances  or a change of
control occurred on December 31, 2013, his payments  and benefits would have an  estimated value  as
follows (less applicable withholding taxes):

Scenario

Cash
Severance  ($)(1)

Value of Accelerated
Equity
Awards ($)(2)

Without Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change of Control (regardless of termination),

Death or Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voluntary Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—
—
—

—

115,493
—
—

(1)

If Mr. Hulme resigns or his employment is terminated  for any reason, he may be paid for
his unused vacation days. Mr. Hulme is  currently  entitled to 20  vacation days  per  year.
The above table assumes that there is  no earned but unpaid base salary  as of the time of
termination.

(2) As of December 31, 2013, Mr. Hulme held 34,998 unvested shares  of restricted stock and
unvested stock options to purchase 110,000 shares of common  stock.  Options held  by  him
having an exercise price greater than $3.30 were calculated as having a zero value.  The
value of the restricted stock that would accelerate and fully  vest in the event  of a Change
in Control, death or disability was calculated by multiplying 34,998  shares by $3.30.

Compensation Committee

General. The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Myers, Barr, Lapeyre and Seitz. The

Compensation Committee has responsibility for the compensation of the executive officers, including
the Chief Executive Officer, and the  administration of the Company’s executive compensation and
benefit plans. The Compensation Committee also has authority to retain or replace  outside counsel,
compensation and benefits consultants or  other experts to provide it with  independent advice,  including
the authority to approve the fees payable  and any  other terms of retention.  All actions regarding
executive officer compensation require  Compensation Committee approval.  The Compensation
Committee completes a comprehensive  review of all elements of compensation at least annually. If it is
determined that any changes to any executive officer’s total compensation are necessary or  appropriate,
the Compensation Committee obtains  such input from  management as it determines to be necessary or
appropriate. All compensation decisions with  respect to executives other than the Chief Executive
Officer are determined in discussion  with, and frequently  based in part upon the recommendation  of,
the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee  makes  all determinations  with respect to
the compensation of the Chief Executive  Officer, including, but not limited to, establishing performance
objectives and criteria related to the payment of his  compensation,  and  determining  the extent to which
such objectives have been established,  obtaining such input from the committee’s independent
compensation advisors as it deems necessary  or appropriate.

As part of its responsibility to administer the  Company’s executive compensation plans and
programs, the Compensation Committee, usually near the beginning of the calendar year, establishes
the parameters of the annual incentive plan awards,  including the  performance goals relative  to  the
Company’s performance that will be applicable to such awards  and  the similar awards for other senior
executives. It also reviews thE Company’s performance against the objectives established  for awards

120

payable in respect of the prior calendar year, and confirms the  extent, if  any,  to  which such  objectives
have been obtained, and the amounts  payable to each  of  the executive officers in  respect of such
achievement.

The Compensation Committee also determines the  appropriate level and  type of awards,  if any, to
be granted to each of the executive officers pursuant to the Company’s equity compensation plans, and
approves the total annual grants to other  key  employees, to be granted in accordance with  a delegation
of authority to the Company’s corporate human resources  officer.

The Compensation Committee reviews, and has  the authority to recommend to the Board  for
adoption, any new executive compensation or benefit plans  that are determined to be appropriate for
adoption by thE Company, including  those that are not otherwise subject to the approval  of  the
stockholders. It reviews any contracts  or other  transactions with  current or former elected officers of
the Company. In connection with the  review of any such  proposed plan  or contract,  the Compensation
Committee may seek from its independent  advisors such  advice, counsel  and  information as it
determines to be appropriate in the conduct of such review. The Compensation  Committee will direct
such outside advisors as to the information it  requires in connection with  any such review, including
data regarding competitive practices among  the companies with which thE Company  generally
compares itself for compensation purposes.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and  Insider Participation. The Board of Directors has

determined that each member of the Compensation Committee  satisfies the definition of
‘‘independent’’ as established under the NYSE corporate governance  listing standards. No member of
the committee is, or was during 2013, an officer  or employee  of  the Company. Mr. Lapeyre is President
and Chief Executive Officer and a significant equity owner of Laitram,  L.L.C, which has had a business
relationship with the Company since 1999. During 2013, the Company  paid  Laitram and  its affiliates a
total of approximately $4.2 million, which  consisted of approximately $3.5  million for manufacturing
services, $0.4 million for rent and other pass-through  third party facilities charges, and $0.3 million for
reimbursement of costs related to providing  administrative and other back-office support services in
connection with the Company’s Louisiana marine operations. See ‘‘—Certain Transactions and
Relationships’’ below. During 2013:

(cid:127) No executive officer of the Company  served as a member of  the compensation committee  of
another entity, one of whose executive officers  served as a  director or  on the Compensation
Committee of the Company; and

(cid:127) No executive officer of the Company  served as a director of another  entity,  one  of whose

executive officers served on the Compensation Committee of the Company.

121

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial  Owners and Management and Related  Stockholder

Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information
(as of December 31, 2013)

The following table provides certain information regarding the Company’s equity compensation

plans under which  equity securities are authorized for  issuance,  categorized by (i) the  equity
compensation plans previously approved by the Company’s stockholders and (ii) the equity
compensation plans not previously approved by the stockholders:

Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(b)

Number of Securities
Remaining Available  for
Future Issuance  Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected  in
Column  (a))
(c)

Plan Category

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by

Stockholders
Amended and Restated 1996

Non-Employee Director Stock
Option Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan . . . . . .
2003 Stock Option Plan . . . . . . . . . . .
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘‘2004

95,000
2,500
40,000

LTIP’’) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,855,625

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘‘2013

LTIP’’) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subtotal
Equity Compensation Plans Not
Approved by Stockholders
ARAM Systems Employee Inducement
Stock Option Program . . . . . . . . . . .

Concept Systems Employment

—
—

7,993,125

113,000

Inducement Stock Option Program . .

4,000

GX Technology Corporation

Employment Inducement Stock
Option Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subtotal

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

148,375

265,375

$ 7.74
$ 9.01
$13.00

$ 6.68

—
—

$14.10

$ 6.42

$ 7.09

—
—
—

1,291,453

3,730,000
1,120,442

6,141,895

—

—

—

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,258,500

6,141,895

Following are brief descriptions of the material  terms of each equity compensation plan that was

not approved by the Company’s stockholders:

ION Geophysical Corporation—ARAM Systems Employee Inducement Stock Option Program.
In
connection with the Company’s acquisition of all of the capital stock of  ARAM Systems, Ltd and its
affiliates in September 2008, the Company entered into employment  inducement stock option
agreements with 48 key employees of  ARAM as  material  inducements  to their joining the Company.
The terms of these stock options are for  10 years, and the options become  exercisable  in four equal
installments each year with respect to  25% of the shares each on the first, second, third and fourth
consecutive anniversary dates of the  date  of grant. The options may be sooner  exercised upon the

122

occurrence of a ‘‘change of control’’ of the Company. The number of shares of common stock covered
by each option is subject to adjustment  to  prevent dilution resulting  from stock dividends, stock splits,
recapitalizations or similar transactions.

In
ION Geophysical Corporation—Concept Systems Employment Inducement Stock  Option Program.
connection with the Company’s acquisition of the share capital of Concept Systems  Holding Limited in
February 2004, the Company entered  into  employment inducement stock option agreements  with
12 key employees of Concept as material  inducements to their joining the  Company. The terms  of
these stock options are for 10 years,  and the options  became exercisable  in four equal  installments  each
year with respect to 25% of the shares  on  the first,  second, third and fourth  consecutive  anniversary
dates of the date of grant. The number  of  shares of  common stock covered by each option is subject to
adjustment to prevent dilution resulting  from  stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations or similar
transactions.

ION Geophysical Corporation—GX Technology Corporation Employment Inducement Stock Option
In connection with the Company’s acquisition of all of the capital stock of GX  Technology

Program.
Corporation in June 2004, the Company entered into employment inducement  stock  option agreements
with 29  key employees of GXT as material inducements to  their  joining the Company.  The terms of
these stock options are for 10 years,  and the options became exercisable  in four equal  installments  each
year with respect to 25% of the shares  each on the first, second, third and fourth consecutive
anniversary dates of the date of grant.  The number of shares of common stock covered by each option
is subject to adjustment to prevent dilution resulting  from stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations
or similar transactions.

A description of the Company’s Stock Appreciation Rights Plan has not been provided in this

sub-section because awards of SARs  made under that plan  may be settled only in  cash.

123

OWNERSHIP OF EQUITY SECURITIES OF ION

Except as otherwise set forth below, the  following  table sets forth  information as of February 15,
2014, with respect to the number of  shares of common stock owned by  (i) each  person known by the
Company to be a beneficial owner of more  than 5%  of the Company’s common stock, (ii) each of the
Company’s directors, (iii) each of the Company’s executive officers named in the 2013  Summary
Compensation Table included in this  Annual Report  on Form  10-K and (iv) all of the  directors and
executive officers as a group. Except  where information was otherwise  known by it,  the Company has
relied solely upon filings of Schedules 13D and 13G to determine the number of shares of common
stock owned by each person known to  the Company  to  be  the beneficial owner of more than 5% of its
common stock as of such date.

Name  of Owner

Common
Stock(1)

Rights to
Acquire(2)

Percent of
Restricted Common
Stock(4)

Stock(3)

—
—
—
—
50,000
—
—
—

Invesco Ltd.(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31,667,181
— 19.4%
BGP Inc., China National Petroleum Corporation(6)
— 14.5%
. . . . . . . 23,789,536
BlackRock, Inc.(7)
7.8%
—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,698,946
St. Denis J. Villere & Company, L.L.C.(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,608,519
6.4%
—
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.(9)
6.3%
—
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,250,538
Wells Fargo & Company(10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1%
—
8,304,252
Laitram, L.L.C.(11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6%
—
7,605,345
*
—
69,000
David H. Barr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
316,250 142,561
20,622
R. Brian Hanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
—
47,600
Hao  Huimin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
—
69,000
Michael  C. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
—
97,000
Franklin Myers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
—
89,000
S. James Nelson, Jr.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
—
118,895
John N. Seitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
53,332
11,337
Christopher T. Usher
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
35,000
68,517
Ken Williamson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gregory J. Heinlein(12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
*
27,898
16,159
*
Colin T. Hulme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34,998
8,766
7.5%
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 Persons) . . 10,974,528 1,113,800 346,587

—
—
25,000
70,000
50,000
12,500
313,000
92,250
20,000

*

Less than 1%

(1) Represents shares  for which the named  person (a) has  sole voting and investment power or  (b) has
shared voting and investment power. Excluded are  shares that (i) are unvested restricted  stock
holdings or (ii) may be acquired through stock option exercises.

(2) Represents shares  of common stock that may  be  acquired upon the exercise  of stock options held
by the Company’s officers and directors that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable on or
before April 16, 2014.

(3) Represents unvested shares subject to a  vesting schedule, forfeiture risk and other restrictions.
Although these shares are subject to risk  of  forfeiture, the holder has  the right to vote the
unvested shares unless and until they  are  forfeited.

(4) Assumes shares subject to outstanding stock  options that such person has  rights to acquire  upon

exercise, presently and on or before April 16,  2014, are  outstanding.

(5) The address for Invesco Ltd. is 1555 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, Georgia, 30309.

124

(6) The address for BGP Inc., China National  Petroleum Corporation  is No.  189 Fanyang  Middle

Road, ZhuoZhou City, HeBei Province 072750  P.R.  China.

(7) The address for BlackRock, Inc. is 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10022. Blackrock, Inc.

reported that it has sole voting power with  respect to 12,240,678 shares  and  sole dispositive power
with respect to 12,698,946 shares.

(8) The address for St. Denis J. Villere & Company  L.L.C. is 601 Poydras Street,  Suite 1808, New

Orleans, Louisiana 70130. St. Denis J. Villere &  Company L.L.C. reported that it has sole voting
and dispositive power with respect to  3,988,284 shares and  shared  voting and  dispositive power
with respect to 6,620,235 shares.

(9) These shares of common stock include 1,100,580  shares that Mr. Lapeyre holds as a  custodian or
trustee for the benefit of his children, 7,605,345 shares owned by Laitram, and  10,500 shares  that
Mr. Lapeyre holds as a co-trustee with his wife for  the benefit of his  children, in  all  of  which
Mr. Lapeyre disclaims any beneficial interest. Please read note  11 below. Mr. Lapeyre has sole
voting power over only 1,534,113 of these shares  of common stock.

(10) Wells Fargo & Company filed its Schedule 13G  with the  SEC on  behalf of itself and  the following
subsidiaries: Wells Capital Management Incorporated, Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Wells Fargo
Advisors Financial Network, LLC, and Wells  Fargo  Funds Management, LLC. The address for
Wells Fargo & Company is 420 Montgomery  Street, San Francisco, California 94104.  Wells
Fargo &  Company reported that it has sole voting and dispositive  power with respect  to  2 shares,
shared voting power with respect to 8,292,010 shares, and shared dispositive power with  respect to
8,304,250 shares.

(11) The address for Laitram, L.L.C. is 220 Laitram  Lane, Harahan, Louisiana 70123. Mr. Lapeyre is
the President and Chief Executive Officer  of Laitram. Please read note 9 above. Mr. Lapeyre
disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held  by Laitram.

(12) These shares of common stock include 1,000 shares owned by Mr. Heinlein’s wife, in which

Mr. Heinlein disclaims any beneficial interest.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director  Independence

Certain Transactions and Relationships

The Board of Directors has adopted a written policy and procedures to be followed prior  to  any
transaction, arrangement or relationship,  or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships,
including any indebtedness or guarantee of  indebtedness, between  the Company and a ‘‘Related Party’’
where  the aggregate amount involved is  expected to exceed $120,000  in any calendar year. Under the
policy, ‘‘Related Party’’ includes (a) any person who is or was an executive officer, director  or nominee
for election as a director (since the beginning of the  last fiscal  year); (b) any  person or group  who is a
greater-than-5% beneficial owner of the  Company’s voting securities; or (c) any immediate  family
member of any of the foregoing, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse,  sibling,
mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law,  daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, and anyone
residing in the home of an executive officer, director or nominee for election as  a director (other than
a tenant or employee). Under the policy, the  Governance Committee of the Board is responsible for
reviewing the material facts of any Related Party transaction and  approving  or ratifying the transaction.
In making its determination to approve  or ratify, the  Governance Committee is  required to consider
such factors as (i) the extent of the Related  Party’s interest in the transaction, (ii) if applicable,  the
availability of other sources of comparable products  or services,  (iii) whether  the terms of  the Related
Party transaction are no less favorable  than terms  generally available in unaffiliated transactions under
like circumstances, (iv) the benefit to the  Company and (v) the aggregate  value of  the Related  Party
transaction.

125

Mr. Lapeyre is the President and Chief Executive  Officer and  a  significant equity owner of
Laitram, L.L.C. and has served as President of Laitram and  its  predecessors  since 1989. Laitram  is a
privately-owned, New Orleans-based manufacturer  of  food processing equipment  and modular conveyor
belts. Mr. Lapeyre and Laitram together  owned approximately  6.3% of the Company’s outstanding
common stock as of February 15, 2014.

The Company acquired DigiCourse, Inc.,  the Company’s marine positioning products business,
from Laitram in 1998. In connection  with that acquisition, the Company entered into a Continued
Services Agreement with Laitram under  which  Laitram  agreed  to  provide the Company  certain
bookkeeping, software, manufacturing, and maintenance  services. Manufacturing services consist
primarily of machining of parts for the  Company’s marine positioning systems. The term of this
agreement expired in September 2001  but  the Company continues to operate under  its terms. In
addition, from time to time, when the Company has requested, the  legal staff of Laitram has advised
the Company on certain intellectual property  matters with regard to marine positioning systems.  Under
an amended lease of commercial property dated February  1, 2006, between Lapeyre Properties, L.L.C.
(an  affiliate of Laitram) and the Company,  the Company has leased  certain office  and warehouse space
from Lapeyre Properties through January  2014, with the right to terminate  the lease sooner upon
12 months’ notice. During 2013, the Company paid  Laitram and its affiliates a total  of  approximately
$4.2 million, which consisted of approximately  $3.5 million for manufacturing services, $0.4 million for
rent and other pass-through third party facilities charges, and $0.3 million for reimbursement for costs
related to providing administrative and other back-office support services in connection  with the
Company’s Louisiana marine operations. In the  opinion  of  the Company’s management, the terms of
these services are fair and reasonable  and as  favorable  to  the Company as  those that could have  been
obtained from unrelated third parties at the time of their performance.

Mr. Hao is Chief Geophysicist of BGP. BGP has  been a customer of the  Company’s products and

services for many years. For the Company’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, BGP
accounted for approximately 1.5% and 2.6% of the Company’s consolidated net sales, respectively.
During  2013, the Company recorded revenues  from sales to  BGP of approximately $8.0 million. Trade
receivables due from BGP at December 31, 2013  were $1.5 million.

In March 2010, prior to Mr. Hao being appointed to the Board, the Company entered  into  certain
transactions with BGP that resulted in  the commercial relationships between the Company  and BGP as
described below:

(cid:127) The Company issued and sold 23,789,536  shares of its common stock to BGP for an effective
purchase price of $2.80 per share pursuant to (i) a Stock Purchase Agreement  the Company
entered into with BGP and (ii) the conversion  of the principal balance of  indebtedness
outstanding under a Convertible Promissory Note dated as  of  October 23, 2009. As of
February 15, 2014, BGP held beneficial ownership of approximately 14.5% of the  Company’s
outstanding shares of common stock. The  shares of common  stock  acquired  by  BGP  are subject
to the  terms and conditions of an Investor Rights Agreement that the Company entered into
with BGP in connection with its purchase of the shares. Under the Investor Rights Agreement,
for so long as BGP owns as least 10%  of  the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock,
BGP will have the right to nominate one director to serve on the Company’s Board. The
appointment of Mr. Hao to the Company’s Board was made pursuant to this agreement. The
Investor Rights Agreement also provides that whenever the  Company may issue shares  of  its
common stock or other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable  for its common
stock, BGP will have certain pre-emptive rights to subscribe for a number of such shares  or
other securities as may be necessary to retain its  proportionate  ownership  of  the Company’s
common stock that would exist before such issuance. These pre-emptive  rights are  subject to
usual and customary exceptions, such as issuances of  securities as equity compensation to the

126

Company’s directors, employees and consultants, under employee stock purchase  plans and
under the Company’s currently outstanding convertible and exercisable securities.

(cid:127) The Company formed the INOVA Geophysical joint venture with BGP, owned 49% by the

Company and 51% by BGP, to design, develop, manufacture and sell  land-based seismic data
acquisition equipment for the petroleum industry. Under the terms of the joint venture
transaction, INOVA Geophysical was initially  formed as  a wholly-owned direct  subsidiary of  the
Company, and BGP acquired its interest in the joint venture by paying the Company aggregate
consideration of (i) $108.5 million in cash and (ii)  49% of certain assets owned  by  BGP  relating
to the  business of the joint venture. In addition, INOVA Geophysical provided  a bank stand-by
letter of credit as credit support for the Company’s obligations under the Company’s commercial
bank revolving and term loans.

Independence of Directors

In determining independence, each year the Board determines  whether directors have any

‘‘material relationship’’ with the Company. When assessing the ‘‘materiality’’ of a director’s relationship
with the Company, the Board considers  all relevant facts and  circumstances, not merely from the
director’s standpoint, but from that of the persons  or  organizations with  which the  director has  an
affiliation, and the frequency or regularity  of the services, whether the  services  are being carried out  at
arm’s length in the ordinary course of business and whether the services are being provided
substantially on the same terms to the Company  as those  prevailing  at  the  time from  unrelated parties
for comparable transactions. Material  relationships  can include commercial, banking, industrial,
consulting, legal, accounting, charitable  and familial relationships. Factors that the  Board may consider
when determining independence for  purposes of this determination include (1) not being a current
employee of the Company or having been employed by the Company within the last three years;
(2) not having an immediate family member who is,  or who has been within  the last three years, an
executive officer of the Company; (3) not personally receiving or having  an immediate family  member
who has received, during any 12-month  period  within the  last  three years, more than $120,000 per year
in direct compensation from the Company  other  than  director and committee fees;  (4) not being
employed or having an immediate family member  employed within the last three years as  an executive
officer of another company of which  any  current executive  officer of  the  Company serves or has  served,
at the same time, on that company’s compensation committee; (5) not being  an  employee of or  a
current partner of, or having an immediate family member who is a current  partner  of,  a firm that is
the Company’s internal or external auditor; (6) not having an  immediate  family member who  is a
current employee of such an audit firm  who personally works on the Company’s audit; (7) not being or
having an immediate family member who  was  within the  last  three years a partner or  employee of such
an audit  firm and who personally worked  on the  Company’s audit within that time; (8) not being  a
current employee, or having an immediate  family member who is  a current executive  officer, of a
company that has made payments to, or received  payments from, the Company  for property  or services
in an amount that, in any of the last  three  fiscal years, exceeds the  greater  of  $1 million or 2%  of  the
other company’s consolidated gross revenues; or (9) not being an executive officer  of a charitable
organization to which, within the preceding  three years, the Company has  made charitable
contributions in any single fiscal year that  has exceeded the greater of $1  million or  2% of such
organization’s consolidated gross revenues.

The Board has affirmatively determined  that, with the exception of  R.  Brian  Hanson,  who is the

Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and an  employee  of  the Company, no director  has a
material relationship with the Company  within  the meaning  of the NYSE’s listing standards, and that
each  of the Company’s directors (other than Mr. Hanson) is  independent from  management and from
the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm,  as required by NYSE listing standard
rules regarding director independence.

127

The Company’s Chairman and Lead Independent Director, Mr. Lapeyre, is an executive officer

and  significant shareholder of Laitram, L.L.C.,  a  company with which the  Company has  ongoing
contractual relationships, and Mr. Lapeyre  and  Laitram together owned approximately 6.3% of the
Company’s outstanding common stock as of February 15, 2014. The Board  has determined that these
contractual relationships have not interfered with Mr.  Lapeyre’s demonstrated independence from the
Company’s management, and that the services performed by  Laitram for  the Company are being
provided at arm’s length in the ordinary course of business and substantially  on the  same  terms to the
Company as those prevailing at the time from unrelated  parties for comparable transactions. In
addition, the services provided by Laitram to the Company resulted  in payments  by  the Company to
Laitram in an amount less than 2% of Laitram’s 2013 consolidated gross revenues. As a result of these
factors, the Board has determined that Mr.  Lapeyre,  along  with each of the Company’s other
non-management directors, is independent  within the meaning of  the  NYSE’s director independence
standards. For an explanation of the contractual relationship between Laitram and ION, see ‘‘—Certain
Transactions and Relationships’’ above.

The Company’s director, Mr. Hao, is employed as Chief Geophysicist of BGP.  For  an explanation

of the relationships between BGP and  the Company, see ‘‘—Certain Transactions and Relationships’’
above.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PRINCIPAL AUDITOR FEES AND SERVICES

In connection with the audit of the 2013 financial statements, the Company  entered into an

engagement agreement with Ernst &  Young LLP that  sets forth the terms by which Ernst &
Young LLP would perform audit services for the  Company. The following two tables show the fees
billed to the Company or accrued by  the Company  for the audit and other services provided  by
Ernst & Young LLP for 2013 and 2012:

Audit Fees(a)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit-Related Fees(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  Fees(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Other Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,558,000
86,000
46,000
—

$1,744,000
252,000
—
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,690,000

$1,996,000

2013

2012

(a) Audit fees consist primarily of the audit and quarterly  reviews  of  the consolidated

financial statements, the audit of the effectiveness of  internal  control over financial
reporting, audits of subsidiaries, statutory audits of subsidiaries required by governmental
or regulatory bodies, attestation services required by statute or regulation, comfort  letters,
consents, assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC, work  performed by
tax professionals in connection with the  audit and quarterly  reviews, and accounting and
financial reporting consultations and research  work necessary  to  comply  with generally
accepted auditing standards.

(b) Audit-related fees relate primarily to due diligence services. Also included  are licensing

fees related to accounting research software.

(c) Tax fees consist of financial and tax due diligence  services.

The Audit Committee Charter provides that all audit services and  non-audit  services must be
approved by the committee or a member of the committee. The Audit Committee has delegated to the
Chairman of the committee the authority  to pre-approve audit,  audit-related and non-audit  services not

128

prohibited by law to be performed by  the Company’s independent auditors and associated fees, so  long
as (i) the estimate of such fees does not  exceed $50,000, (ii) the Chairman reports  any decisions  to
pre-approve those services and fees to  the  full Audit Committee  at  a  future  meeting and  (iii) the term
of any specific pre-approval given by the  Chairman  does not exceed 12  months from the date of
pre-approval.

All non-audit services were reviewed with the  Audit Committee or the Chairman,  which concluded
that the provision of such services by  Ernst & Young LLP was  compatible with  the maintenance of such
firm’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

129

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV

(a) List  of Documents Filed

(1) Financial Statements

The financial statements filed as part of this report are  listed in  the ‘‘Index to Consolidated

Financial Statements’’ on page F-1 hereof.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The following financial statement schedule is listed in the ‘‘Index to Consolidated Financial

Statements’’ on page F-1 hereof, and is included as  part  of  this Annual Report on Form  10-K:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the requested  information is

shown in the financial statements or noted therein.

(3) Exhibits

3.1 — Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated September 24, 2007 filed  on September  24,

2007 as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated
herein by reference.

3.2 — Amended and Restated Bylaws of ION Geophysical Corporation  filed on September 24,

2007 as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated
herein by reference.

3.3 — Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging ION Geophysical  Corporation  with and

into Input/Output, Inc. dated September  21, 2007, filed on September  24, 2007 as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated  herein  by
reference.

4.1 — Certificate of Rights and Designations of Series D-1 Cumulative Convertible Preferred

Stock, dated February 16, 2005 and filed on February 17, 2005 as Exhibit 3.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by  reference.

4.2 — Certificate of Elimination of Series B Preferred Stock dated September 24, 2007, filed
on September 24, 2007 as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
and incorporated herein by reference.

4.3 — Certificate of Elimination of Series C Preferred  Stock dated September 24, 2007,  filed
on September 24, 2007 as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
and incorporated herein by reference.

4.4 — Certificate of Designation of Series D-2 Cumulative  Convertible Preferred Stock dated
December 6, 2007, filed on December 6,  2007  as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by  reference.

4.5 — Certificate of Designations of Series  A Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock  of ION

Geophysical Corporation effective as of  December 31,  2008, filed  on  January 5, 2009  as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by
reference.

130

4.6 — Certificate of Elimination of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock dated

February 10, 2012, filed on February 13,  2012 as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated  herein by  reference.

4.7 — Indenture, dated May 13, 2013, among ION Geophysical  Corporation,  the subsidiary

guarantors named therein, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee,  and U.S.
Bank National Association, as collateral  agent, filed  on May 13,  2013 as Exhibit 4.1  to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated  herein by  reference.

4.8 — Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 13, 2013, among ION Geophysical

Corporation, the subsidiary guarantors named therein  and  Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as  representatives  of  the initial
purchasers named therein, filed on May 13, 2013  as Exhibit 4.2 to the  Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated  herein  by reference.

4.9 — Certificate of Elimination of Series D-1 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock dated

September 30, 2013, filed on September  30, 2013 as  Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated  herein  by reference.

4.10 — Certificate of Elimination of Series D-2 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock dated

September 30, 2013, filed on September  30, 2013 as  Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated  herein  by reference.

**10.1 — Amended and Restated 1990 Stock Option Plan, filed on  June 9, 1999 as  Exhibit  4.2 to

the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8  (Registration No.  333-80299),  and
incorporated herein by reference.

10.2 — Office and Industrial/Commercial Lease dated  June 2005 by and between  Stafford

Office Park II, LP as Landlord and Input/Output,  Inc. as Tenant, filed  on March 31,
2006 as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2005, and incorporated herein by  reference.

10.3 — Office and Industrial/Commercial Lease dated  June 2005 by and between  Stafford

Office Park District as Landlord and Input/Output, Inc. as Tenant, filed  on March 31,
2006 as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2005, and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.4 — Input/Output, Inc. Amended and Restated 1996  Non-Employee Director  Stock Option
Plan, filed on June 9, 1999 as Exhibit 4.3  to  the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-80299),  and  incorporated herein  by reference.

**10.5 — Amendment No. 1 to the Input/Output,  Inc. Amended  and Restated 1996

Non-Employee Director Stock Option  Plan  dated  September 13, 1999  filed on
November 14, 1999 as Exhibit 10.4 to the  Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 1999  and  incorporated  herein  by reference.

**10.6 — Input/Output, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, filed on March 28,  1997 as

Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration
No. 333-24125), and incorporated herein by reference.

**10.7 — Fifth Amended and Restated—2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix A to

the definitive proxy statement for the 2010  Annual Meeting of Stockholders of  ION
Geophysical Corporation, filed on April 21,  2010, and incorporated herein by reference.

131

10.8 — Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November  16, 1998, by and among the

Company and The Laitram Corporation, filed  on March  12, 2004 as Exhibit 10.7 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003,  and
incorporated herein by reference.

**10.9 — Input/Output, Inc.  1998 Restricted Stock Plan dated as of June  1, 1998, filed on June 9,

1999 as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on S-8 (Registration
No. 333-80297), and incorporated herein by reference.

**10.10 — Input/Output Inc.  Non-qualified Deferred Compensation  Plan,  filed on April 1, 2002 as

Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2001, and incorporated  herein by reference.

**10.11 — Input/Output, Inc. 2000 Restricted Stock Plan,  effective as of March  13, 2000, filed on
August 17, 2000 as Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended May 31, 2000, and incorporated  herein by reference.

**10.12 — Input/Output, Inc.  2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan,  filed on November 6,  2000  as
Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration
No. 333-49382), and incorporated by reference herein.

**10.13 — Employment Agreement dated effective  as  of  March  31,  2003, by and between the

Company and Robert P. Peebler, filed on March 31,  2003  as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.14 — First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated September 6, 2006, between Input/

Output, Inc. and Robert P. Peebler, filed on September 7, 2006, as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.15 — Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated  February 16, 2007, between

Input/Output, Inc. and Robert P. Peebler, filed on February 16, 2007 as  Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.16 — Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated  as of  August  20, 2007 between

Input/Output, Inc. and Robert P. Peebler, filed on August  21,  2007 as Exhibit  10.2 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.17 — Fourth Amendment to Employment  Agreement, dated as  of January  26, 2009,  between

ION Geophysical Corporation and Robert P. Peebler, filed  on January 29, 2009 as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated  herein  by
reference.

**10.18 — Employment Agreement dated effective  as  of  June 15, 2004, by  and between the

Company and David L. Roland, filed on  August 9, 2004 as  Exhibit 10.5 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June  30,
2004, and incorporated herein by reference.

**10.19 — GX Technology Corporation Employee Stock Option Plan, filed on August 9, 2004 as

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarterly period
ended June 30, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.20 — Concept Systems Holdings Limited Share Acquisition Agreement dated February 23,

2004, filed on March 5, 2004 as Exhibit  2.1 to the  Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference.

132

10.21 — Registration Rights Agreement by and between ION Geophysical Corporation and

1236929 Alberta Ltd. dated September 18,  2008, filed on  November 7, 2008 as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and  incorporated herein
by reference.

**10.22 — Form of Employment Inducement Stock Option Agreement for the Input/Output, Inc.—
Concept Systems Employment Inducement Stock  Option Program, filed  on July 27, 2004
as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg.
No. 333-117716), and incorporated herein by reference.

**10.23 — Form of Employee Stock Option Award Agreement for ARAM Systems Employee

Inducement Stock Option Program, filed on November 14, 2008  as Exhibit 4.4 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No.  333-155378)  and
incorporated herein by reference.

10.24 — Agreement dated as of February 15,  2005, between  Input/Output, Inc.  and Fletcher

International, Ltd., filed on February 17, 2005 as  Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

10.25 — First Amendment to Agreement, dated  as of May 6, 2005, between the  Company and

Fletcher International, Ltd., filed on May 10, 2005 as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by reference.

**10.26 — Input/Output, Inc.  2003 Stock Option  Plan, dated  March 27, 2003, filed as Appendix B
of the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed with  the SEC on April 30, 2003,  and
incorporated herein by reference.

**10.27 — Form of Employment Inducement Stock Option Agreement for the Input/Output, Inc.—

GX Technology Corporation Employment Inducement Stock Option  Program, filed  on
April 4, 2005 as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8  (Reg.
No. 333-123831), and incorporated herein by reference.

**10.28 — ION Stock Appreciation Rights Plan  dated November  17,  2008, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to

the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended December 31, 2008,
and incorporated herein by reference.

10.29 — Canadian Master Loan and Security Agreement  dated as of June 29, 2009 by and

among  ICON ION, LLC, as lender, ION Geophysical  Corporation and ARAM Rentals
Corporation, a Nova Scotia corporation, filed on August  6,  2009 as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period  ended June 30,
2009, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.30 — Master Loan and Security Agreement (U.S.)  dated as of June  29, 2009 by and among

ICON ION, LLC, as lender, ION Geophysical Corporation and ARAM Seismic
Rentals, Inc., a Texas corporation, filed on  August  6, 2009 as Exhibit 10.4 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period  ended June 30,
2009, and incorporated herein by reference.

10.31 — Registration Rights Agreement dated as of  October  23, 2009 by and between ION

Geophysical Corporation and BGP Inc., China National Petroleum Corporation filed on
March 1, 2010 as Exhibit 10.54 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference.

133

10.32 — Stock Purchase Agreement dated as  of  March 19, 2010,  by and  between  ION

Geophysical Corporation and BGP Inc., China National  Petroleum Corporation, filed  on
March 31, 2010 as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and
incorporated herein by reference.

10.33 — Investor Rights Agreement dated as of March 25, 2010, by and  between ION

Geophysical Corporation and BGP Inc., China National  Petroleum Corporation, filed  on
March 31, 2010 as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and
incorporated herein by reference.

10.34 — Share Purchase Agreement dated as  of March 24,  2010, by and among ION Geophysical

Corporation, INOVA Geophysical Equipment  Limited and  BGP Inc.,  China National
Petroleum Corporation, filed on March 31,  2010 as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated  herein  by reference.

10.35 — Joint Venture Agreement dated as of March 24,  2010, by and between ION Geophysical

Corporation and BGP Inc., China National Petroleum  Corporation,  filed on March 31,
2010 as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated
herein by reference.

10.36 — Credit Agreement dated as of March 25, 2010,  by and among ION Geophysical

Corporation, ION International S. `A R.L. and China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd., New
York Branch, as administrative agent and lender, filed on March  31, 2010 as
Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated  herein  by
reference.

**10.37 — Fifth Amendment  to Employment Agreement  dated June  1, 2010, between ION

Geophysical Corporation and Robert P. Peebler,  filed on  June 1, 2010  as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.38 — Employment Agreement dated August 2, 2011, effective as of January 1, 2012, between

ION Geophysical Corporation and R. Brian Hanson, filed  on November 3, 2011  as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the  quarterly period
ended September 30, 2011, and incorporated herein by  reference.

**10.39 — Employment Agreement dated effective  as  of  November 28, 2011, between  ION
Geophysical Corporation and Gregory J. Heinlein,  filed on December  1, 2011  as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated  herein  by
reference.

**10.40 — First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Loan Documents dated May  29, 2012, filed

on May 29, 2012 as Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and
incorporated herein by reference.

**10.41 — Consulting Services Agreement dated January 1,  2013, between ION Geophysical

Corporation and The Peebler Group LLC, filed on January 4, 2013 as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and incorporated herein by  reference.

10.42 — 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, filed  as Exhibit 1 to the definitive proxy statement for

the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of ION Geophysical Corporation, filed  on
April 16, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference.

134

10.43 — Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2013, among ION Geophysical  Corporation, the

subsidiary guarantors named therein and Citigroup  Global Markets  Inc. and  Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC, as representatives of the  initial purchasers named therein, filed on
May 13, 2013 as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and
incorporated herein by reference.

10.44 — Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement by and among China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd.,

New York Branch, as administrative  agent, first lien representative for the first lien
secured parties and collateral agent for the  first lien secured parties,  Wilmington  Trust
Company, National Association, as trustee  and  second  lien representative for  the second
lien secured parties, and U.S. Bank National  Association, as  collateral agent for  the
second lien secured parties, and acknowledged and agreed  to  by ION  Geophysical
Corporation and the other grantors named  therein, filed on  May 13,  2013 as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by
reference.

*21.1 — Subsidiaries of the Company.

*23.1 — Consent of Ernst & Young  LLP.

*24.1 — The Power of Attorney is set forth on the  signature page hereof.

*31.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

*31.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

*32.1 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350.

*32.2 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18  U.S.C. §1350.

101 — The following materials are formatted in  Extensible  Business Reporting Language

(XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets  at December 31, 2013 and 2012,
(ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations  for the years ended December 31, 2013,
2012 and 2011, (iii) Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended  December 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (v) Consolidated Statements  of  Stockholders’ Equity
for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012  and 2011, (vi) Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements and (vii) Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

*

Filed herewith.

** Management contract or compensatory plan  or arrangement.

(b) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation  S-K.

Reference is made to subparagraph (a) (3) of this Item 15,  which is incorporated herein by

reference.

(c) Not applicable.

135

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

amended, the registrant has duly caused this report  to  be  signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized in the City of  Houston, State of Texas, on February 24, 2014.

SIGNATURES

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION

By

/s/ R. BRIAN HANSON

R. Brian Hanson
President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that  each  person  whose signature appears below

constitutes and appoints R. Brian Hanson  and  David L. Roland and each of them, as his  or her true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents  with  full power of substitution and re-substitution  for him or her
and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all documents
relating to the Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  year ended December  31, 2013, including any and
all amendments and supplements thereto, and to file the same with  all exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith with the Securities and  Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents full power  and authority  to  do and  perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in  and about the premises,  as fully as to all intents  and purposes as
he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their or his substitute or  substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual
Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by  the following persons on behalf of  the Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Capacities

Date

/s/ R. BRIAN HANSON

R. Brian Hanson

President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)

February 24, 2014

/s/ GREGORY J. HEINLEIN

Gregory J. Heinlein

Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)

February  24, 2014

/s/ SCOTT SCHWAUSCH

Scott Schwausch

Vice President and Corporate
Controller (Principal Accounting
Officer)

February 24,  2014

/s/ JAMES M.  LAPEYRE, JR.

James M. Lapeyre, Jr.

Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Director

February 24, 2014

136

Name

Capacities

Date

/s/ DAVID H. BARR

David H. Barr

/s/ HAO HUIMIN

Hao Huimin

/s/ MICHAEL C. JENNINGS

Michael  C. Jennings

/s/ FRANKLIN MYERS

Franklin Myers

/s/ S. JAMES NELSON, JR.

S. James Nelson, Jr.

/s/ JOHN N. SEITZ

John N. Seitz

Director

February 24,  2014

Director

February 24,  2014

Director

February 24,  2014

Director

February 24,  2014

Director

February 24,  2014

Director

February 24,  2014

137

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

ION Geophysical Corporation and Subsidiaries:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2013 and 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive  Income (Loss)—Years ended December 31, 2013,

2012 and 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity—Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and

2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

F-2
F-3
F-4

F-5
F-6

F-7
F-8
S-1

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of  ION  Geophysical  Corporation  and Subsidiaries

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ION Geophysical  Corporation

and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the  related  consolidated statements  of
operations, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders’ equity for each of the three
years in the period ended December  31, 2013. Our  audits also  included  the financial  statement
schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based  on our audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used  and significant
estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of  ION Geophysical Corporation and subsidiaries at  December 31,
2013 and 2012, and the consolidated  results of their  operations and  their  cash flows for  each of the
three years in the period ended December  31, 2013, in  conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when  considered
in relation to the basic financial statements taken as  a whole, presents  fairly in all material respects  the
information set forth therein.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), ION Geophysical Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established  in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of  the Treadway
Commission (1992 framework) and our report  dated February 24, 2014  expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2014

F-2

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

2013

2012

(In thousands, except
share data)

Current assets:

ASSETS

Cash  and  cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts  receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 148,056
149,448
49,468
57,173
24,772

$ 60,971
127,136
89,784
70,675
25,605

Total  current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income tax asset
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property,  plant, equipment and seismic rental equipment, net
Multi-client data library, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity  method investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

428,917
14,650
46,684
238,784
53,865
55,876
11,247
14,648

374,171
28,414
33,772
230,315
73,925
55,349
14,841
9,796

Total  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 864,671

$ 820,583

Current liabilities:

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current maturities of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts  payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued multi-client data library royalties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total  current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt, net of current maturities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  liabilities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable  noncontrolling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’  equity:

Cumulative convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 200,000,000  shares; outstanding

163,737,757 and 156,356,949 shares at  December 31, 2013 and 2012,
respectively, net of treasury stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury  stock, at cost, 849,539 shares at both December 31, 2013 and 2012 . . .

Total  stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncontrolling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,906
22,654
84,358
46,460
20,682

180,060
214,246
210,602

604,908
1,878

$

3,496
28,688
124,095
26,300
26,899

209,478
101,832
8,131

319,441
2,123

—

27,000

1,637
879,969
(606,157)
(11,138)
(6,565)

257,746
139

257,885

1,564
848,669
(360,297)
(11,886)
(6,565)

498,485
534

499,019

Total  liabilities and equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 864,671

$ 820,583

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements.

F-3

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF  OPERATIONS

Service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands, except per share data)
$265,586
$354,583
$ 391,317
189,035
171,734
157,850

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

549,167

526,317

454,621

Cost of services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

277,508
112,346

219,324
91,192

177,956
103,220

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

159,313

215,801

173,445

Operating expenses:

Research, development and engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketing and sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General, administrative and other operating expenses . . . . . . . . . .

37,742
38,583
66,592

34,080
35,240
71,954

24,569
31,269
50,812

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

142,917

141,274

106,650

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) attributable to ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion payment of preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16,396
(12,344)
(42,320)
(182,530)

(220,798)
25,720

(246,518)
658

(245,860)
1,014
5,000

74,527
(5,265)
297
17,124

86,683
23,857

62,826
489

63,315
1,352
—

66,795
(5,784)
(22,862)
(3,447)

34,702
10,136

24,566
208

24,774
1,352
—

Net income (loss) applicable to common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(251,874) $ 61,963

$ 23,422

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

(1.59) $
(1.59) $

0.40
0.39

$
$

0.15
0.15

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

158,506
158,506

155,801
162,765

154,811
156,090

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements.

F-4

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF  COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss),  net of  taxes, as appropriate:

Foreign currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity interest in investee’s other comprehensive income (loss) . . . .
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale  securities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other changes in other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands)

$(246,518) $62,826

$24,566

713
(373)
277
131

748

2,756
1,003
425
123

4,307

(28)
315
(730)
(220)

(663)

Comprehensive net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . .

(245,770)
658

67,133
489

23,903
208

Comprehensive net income (loss) attributable to ION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(245,112) $67,622

$24,111

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income  (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and amortization (other than multi-client library)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of multi-client data library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in (earnings) losses of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on sale of cost method investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrual for loss contingency related to legal proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of multi-client data library projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of receivables from OceanGeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of excess and obsolete inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of marine equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unbilled receivables
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and accrued royalties
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets and liabilities

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands)

$(246,518)

$ 62,826

$ 24,566

18,158
86,716
7,476
42,320
(3,591)
183,327
5,461
9,157
21,197
—
—
4,844
(276)

(27,571)
40,211
(8,906)
8,482
(6,253)
13,353

16,202
89,080
6,598
(297)
—
10,000
—
—
1,326
5,928
556
3,686
(193)

4,006
(64,156)
(7,039)
61,873
(6,957)
(14,358)

13,917
77,317
6,344
22,862
—
—
—
—
567
—
1,312
(8,131)
(3,294)

(52,955)
44,962
(6,641)
(7,546)
15,957
747

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147,587

169,081

129,984

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in multi-client data library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase  of property, plant, equipment and seismic rental  equipment
. . . . . . . . . . .
Net advances to INOVA Geophysical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in and advances to OceanGeo B.V. (formerly named  GeoRXT B.V.)
. . . .
Proceeds from sale of a cost method investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maturity  (net purchases) of short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in convertible notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(114,582)
(16,914)
(5,000)
(24,755)
4,150
—
(2,000)
128

(145,627)
(16,650)
—
—
—
20,000
(2,000)
—

(143,782)
(11,060)
—
—
—
(20,000)
(6,500)
(280)

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(158,973)

(144,277)

(181,622)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payments under revolving line of credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Borrowings under revolving line of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payments on notes payable and long-term debt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost associated with issuance of notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of  preferred dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion payment of preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from employee stock purchases and exercise  of stock options
. . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contribution from noncontrolling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other financing activities

175,000
(97,250)
35,000
(4,361)
(6,773)
(1,014)
(5,000)
2,527
276
—
297

—
(51,000)
148,250
(101,702)
—
(1,352)
—
807
193
212
(1,862)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

98,702

(6,454)

Effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

. . . . . .

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and  cash  equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(231)

87,085
60,971

219

18,569
42,402

—
—
—
(6,145)
—
(1,352)
—
13,105
3,294
961
(59)

9,804

(183)

(42,017)
84,419

Cash and  cash  equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 148,056

$ 60,971

$ 42,402

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements.

F-6

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In  thousands, except  shares)
Balance at  January 1, 2011 .
.
.

.
.
Net  income(a) .
.
Translation  adjustment .
.
Change in fair value of effective cash
.

flow hedges (net of taxes) .

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Equity interest  in INOVA

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Geophysical’s other comprehensive
.
.
income .

.
.
Unrealized net income (loss) on
.
available-for-sale securities
.
.

.
.
Preferred  stock  dividends
Stock-based compensation  expense
Exercise  of  stock options .
.
Vesting of restricted  stock units/awards
Restricted stock  cancelled for

.
.
.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

employee minimum  income taxes .
.

Issuance of stock  for the  ESPP .
Tax benefits from stock-based
.

.
Contribution  from noncontrolling
.
.

compensation .

.

.

.

.

interests

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance at  December 31, 2011 .
.
.

.
.
Net  income(a) .
.
Translation  adjustment .
.
Change in fair value of effective cash
.

flow hedges (net of taxes) .

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Equity interest  in INOVA

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Geophysical’s other comprehensive
.
.
income .

.
.
Unrealized net income (loss) on
.
available-for-sale securities
.
.

.
.
Preferred  stock  dividends
Stock-based compensation  expense
Exercise  of  stock options .
.
Vesting of restricted  stock units/awards
Restricted stock  cancelled for

.
.
.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

employee minimum  income taxes .
.

Issuance of stock  for the  ESPP .
Tax benefits from stock-based
.

.
Contribution  from noncontrolling
.
.

compensation .

.

.

.

.

interests

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance at  December 31, 2012 .
.
.
.

.
.
Net  loss(a) .
.
.
Translation  adjustment .
Change in fair value of effective cash
.

flow hedges (net of taxes) .

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Equity interest  in INOVA

Geophysical’s other comprehensive
.
.
loss .

.
.
Unrealized gain (loss) on

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.

.
.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.

.
.

.

.

.
.
.

.

.

.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

available-for-sale securities
.

.
.
Preferred  stock  dividends
Conversion payment of  preferred stock
.
Stock-based compensation  expense
Exercise  of  stock options .
.
.
Vesting of restricted  stock units/awards
Restricted stock  cancelled for

.
.

.

.

.

.

employee minimum  income taxes .
.

Issuance of stock  for the  ESPP .
Tax benefits from stock-based
.

compensation .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance at  December 31, 2013 .

.

.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Cumulative
Convertible
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Other

Accumulated Comprehensive Treasury Noncontrolling

Deficit

Loss

Stock

Interests

Total Equity

27,000 $ 27,000 152,870,679
—
—
—
—

—
—

$1,529
—
—

$822,399
—
—

$(448,386)
24,774
—

$(15,530)
—
(28)

$(6,565)
—
—

$ —
(123)
(32)

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
2,145,792
449,231

(93,488)
107,562

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
21
5

(1)
1

—

—

—

—

—
(1,352)
6,344
13,084
(5)

(682)
623

2,860

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

(220)

315

(730)
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

27,000
—
—

27,000 155,479,776
—
—

—
—

1,555
—
—

843,271
—
—

(423,612)
63,315
—

(16,193)
—
2,756

(6,565)
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
194,410
764,704

(209,068)
127,127

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
2
8

(2)
1

—

—

—

—

—
(1,352)
6,598
805
(8)

(1,266)
758

(137)

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

123

1,003

425
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

27,000
—
—

27,000 156,356,949
—
—

—
—

1,564
—
—

848,669
—
—

(360,297)
(245,860)
—

(11,886)
—
713

(6,565)
—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—
(27,000)
—
—
—

—
—
(27,000)
—
—
—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
6,065,075
—
707,575
578,369

(115,080)
144,869

—

—

—

—
—
61
—
7
5

(1)
1

—

—

—

—
(1,014)
21,939
7,476
2,520
(5)

(482)
779

87

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

131

(373)

277
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

511

356
4
(38)

—

—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

212

534
(339)
(56)

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—

$380,447
24,651
(60)

(220)

315

(730)
(1,352)
6,344
13,105
—

(683)
624

2,860

511

425,812
63,319
2,718

123

1,003

425
(1,352)
6,598
807
—

(1,268)
759

(137)

212

499,019
(246,199)
657

131

(373)

277
(1,014)
(5,000)
7,476
2,527
—

(483)
780

87

— $

— 163,737,757

$1,637

$879,969

$(606,157)

$(11,138)

$(6,565)

$ 139

$257,885

(a)

Net income  attributable to  noncontrolling interests for  2013, 2012 and 2011 excludes $(0.3) million, $(0.5) million and $(0.1) million, respectively, related to the
redeemable noncontrolling  interests,  which  is  reported  in the  mezzanine equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements.

F-7

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

General Description and Principles of Consolidation

ION Geophysical Corporation and its subsidiaries offer a full suite  of  services and  products for

seismic data acquisition and processing.  The consolidated financial  statements include  the accounts of
ION Geophysical Corporation and its majority-owned  subsidiaries  (collectively referred to as  the
‘‘Company’’ or ‘‘ION’’). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain
reclassifications were made to previously reported  amounts in the consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto to make them consistent with the current presentation  format.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in conformity with  accounting principles generally accepted

in the United States of America requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at  the date of the financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenues and expenses during the  reporting period. Significant  estimates are made  at
discrete  points in time based on relevant  market  information. These estimates may be subjective in
nature and involve uncertainties and matters of  judgment and, therefore,  cannot be determined with
precision. Areas involving significant  estimates include, but  are  not limited to, accounts and  unbilled
receivables, inventory valuation, sales  forecasts related to multi-client data libraries,  goodwill and
intangible asset valuation and deferred  taxes. Actual results  could materially differ from those
estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments  with an original maturity of three months or

less  to be cash equivalents. At December 31,  2013 and 2012, there was $0.7 million and $1.5 million,
respectively, of short-term restricted cash  used to secure standby and  commercial letters of credit,
which  is included within Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets.

Accounts and Unbilled Receivables

Accounts and unbilled receivables are recorded at cost, less the related allowance for  doubtful

accounts. The Company considers current  information and  events regarding the customers’ ability to
repay their obligations, such as the length  of  time the  receivable balance is outstanding, the  customers’
credit worthiness and historical experience. Unbilled receivables  relate to revenues recognized  on multi-
client surveys and imaging services on a proportionate  basis and on licensing of multi-client data
libraries for which invoices have not  yet been presented to the customer.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of  cost (primarily  first-in,  first-out method)  or market. The
Company provides reserves for estimated  obsolescence  or excess  inventory equal to the  difference
between cost of inventory and its estimated  market  value based upon  assumptions about future  demand
for the Company’s products, market conditions and the  risk of  obsolescence driven by  new product
introductions.

F-8

Property, Plant, Equipment and Seismic Rental Equipment

Property, plant, equipment and seismic rental equipment are stated  at  cost. Depreciation  expense

is provided straight-line over the following estimated useful lives:

Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seismic rental equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leased equipment and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years

3 -  7
5 - 25
3  - 5
3 -  10

Expenditures for renewals and betterments  are capitalized; repairs and maintenance are charged  to
expense as incurred. The cost and accumulated  depreciation of assets sold or otherwise disposed  of are
removed from the accounts and any  gain or loss  is  reflected  in operating expenses.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived  assets, including property, plant, equipment

and seismic rental equipment, when indicators of impairment exist, relying on a number of factors
including operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows.
Impairment in the carrying value of an  asset held for  use  is recognized whenever anticipated future
cash flows (undiscounted) from an asset are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of
the impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset and  its fair value.

Multi-Client Data Library

The multi-client data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered  for  licensing to customers
on a non-exclusive basis. The capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of
data and related activities associated with  the data creation activity  and direct internal processing costs,
such as salaries, benefits, computer-related  expenses  and other costs incurred for seismic data project
design and management. For 2013, 2012  and  2011, the Company capitalized, as  part of its multi-client
data library, $2.1 million, $3.8 million  and  $2.4 million, respectively,  of direct internal processing costs.
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, multi-client  data library  costs and accumulated amortization consisted
of the following (in thousands):

Gross costs of multi-client data creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 786,061
(547,277)

$ 690,876
(460,561)

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 238,784

$ 230,315

December 31,

2013

2012

The Company’s method of amortizing the costs of an in-process multi-client data library (the
period  during which the seismic data is being acquired  and/or processed, referred to as the ‘‘new
venture’’ phase) consists of determining the percentage of actual  revenue recognized  to  the total
estimated revenues (which includes both  revenues  estimated to be realized during the new venture
phase and estimated revenues from the licensing of the  resulting ‘‘on-the-shelf’’ data  survey) and
multiplying that percentage by the total  cost of the  project (the sales  forecast method). The Company
considers a multi-client data survey to be complete when all work on the creation  of  the seismic data is
finished and that data survey is available for  licensing. Once a multi-client  data  survey is complete,  the
data survey is considered ‘‘on-the-shelf’’ and the Company’s method of amortization is then the greater
of (i) the sales forecast method or (ii) the  straight-line basis over a four-year  period. The greater
amount of amortization resulting from  the sales forecast  method or the straight-line amortization policy
is applied on a cumulative basis at the  individual survey level.  Under this policy, the Company first
records amortization using the sales  forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each

F-9

survey is  then compared with the cumulative straight-line  amortization. The four-year  period utilized in
this  cumulative comparison commences when the data  survey is determined  to  be  complete. If the
cumulative straight-line amortization is higher  for any specific survey, additional  amortization expense is
recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line  amortization
for such survey. The Company has determined  the amortization period of four years based upon  its
historical experience that indicates that the majority of its revenues from multi-client surveys are
derived during the acquisition and processing phases  and during four years subsequent to survey
completion.

The Company estimates the ultimate  revenue expected to be derived  from a particular seismic data

survey over its estimated useful economic life  to  determine  the costs to amortize, if greater than
straight-line amortization. That estimate is made  by  the Company at the project’s initiation. For a
completed multi-client survey, the Company  reviews the  estimate quarterly.  If during any such review,
the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a survey  is expected to be materially more or
less  than the original estimate of ultimate revenue  for  such survey, the  Company decreases  or increases
(as the case may be) the amortization  rate  attributable to the future revenue  from such survey.  In
addition, in connection with such reviews, the Company evaluates the recoverability  of  the multi-client
data library, and, if required under Accounting Standards Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 360-10 ‘‘Impairment
and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,’’ records an impairment charge with respect  to  such data.  There
were no significant impairment charges  associated with the Company’s multi-client data library during
2012 and 2011. In 2013, the Company wrote down the multi-client data library by $5.5 million primarily
due to cost overruns, which resulted in costs exceeding  the sales forecast, triggering the  impairment.

Cost Method Investments

Certain of the Company’s investments are accounted for under the  cost  method. The Company’s

cost method investments that have quoted prices from  active markets  are classified  as
‘‘available-for-sale’’ and revalued at each reporting date, with all unrealized  gains or losses, net of taxes,
included in accumulated other comprehensive income (outside of earnings) until realized or  until such
time that a decline in fair value below  cost is deemed  to  be  other-than-temporary. The  Company’s cost
method investments for which quoted  market  prices are  not  available  are recorded at cost  and reviewed
periodically if there are events or changes  in circumstances  that may  have a significant adverse effect
on the fair value of the investments.

Equity Method Investments

In accordance with ASC 810 ‘‘Consolidation,’’ the Company considered whether OceanGeo  B.V.

(formerly known as GeoRXT B.V.; ‘‘OceanGeo’’) and INOVA Geophysical were variable interest
entities and concluded that both entities are variable interest entities. The Company  also concluded
that it was not the primary beneficiary of either variable interest entity. As  such, the Company did not
consolidate either entity and continued  to  use  the equity method of accounting for both entities
through December 31, 2013. Under this  method, an investment is carried  at the  acquisition  cost, plus
the Company’s equity in undistributed earnings or losses since acquisition, less distributions received.
As provided by ASC 815 ‘‘Investments,’’ the Company accounts for its share of earnings in INOVA
Geophysical on a one fiscal quarter lag  basis  and accounts  for its interest in OceanGeo on  a current
basis. See further discussion regarding the  Company’s equity method investment in INOVA Geophysical
and OceanGeo at  Note 3 ‘‘Equity Method Investments.’’

Noncontrolling Interests

The Company has both redeemable and non-redeemable noncontrolling  interests.  Non-redeemable
noncontrolling interests in majority-owned affiliates are reported  as a  separate component of equity  in
‘‘Noncontrolling interests’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Redeemable  Noncontrolling Interests

F-10

include noncontrolling ownership interests which provide the holders the rights, at certain times, to
require the Company to acquire their  ownership interest in  those entities. These interests are  not
considered to be permanent equity and  are reported  in the mezzanine section of the  Consolidated
Balance Sheets at the greater of their carrying value or redemption  value  at the balance sheet date. Net
income (loss) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is attributable to both  controlling  and
noncontrolling interests.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is allocated to reporting units, which are  either the operating segment or  one  reporting

level  below the operating segment. For purposes of performing the  impairment test  for goodwill as
required by ASC 350 ‘‘Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,’’ (‘‘ASC 350’’) the Company established the
following reporting units: Solutions, Software and Marine  Systems.

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company is required to evaluate the carrying value of its

goodwill at least annually for impairment, or  more frequently  if facts and circumstances  indicate  that it
is more likely than not impairment has  occurred. The Company formally evaluates  the carrying value of
its  goodwill for impairment as of December 31 for each of its reporting  units. The Company first
performs a qualitative assessment by evaluating relevant events  or  circumstances to determine whether
it is more likely than not that the fair value  of  a reporting unit  exceeds  its carrying amount. If the
Company is unable to conclude qualitatively  that it is more likely than  not  that  a reporting unit’s fair
value exceeds its carrying value, then it  will  use a two-step quantitative assessment of the fair  value of  a
reporting unit. To determine the fair  value  of  these reporting units,  the  Company uses a discounted
future returns valuation model, which  includes a variety  of  level  3 inputs.  The key inputs for  the model
include the operational five-year forecast for the Company and the then-current market discount factor.
Additionally, the Company compares the  sum  of  the estimated fair values  of  the individual reporting
units less consolidated debt to the Company’s overall market capitalization as reflected by the
Company’s stock price. If the carrying value of a reporting  unit that includes goodwill is determined to
be more than the fair value of the reporting  unit,  there  exists the possibility of impairment of goodwill.
An impairment loss of goodwill is measured in two steps by first allocating the  fair value of the
reporting unit to net assets and liabilities  including recorded and unrecorded intangible assets  to
determine the implied carrying value  of goodwill. The next step  is to measure the difference between
the carrying value of goodwill and the implied carrying value of goodwill, and,  if the implied carrying
value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill,  an impairment loss  is recorded equal  to
the difference. See further discussion below at Note 7 ‘‘Goodwill.’’

The intangible assets, other than goodwill,  relate to customer relationships and  intellectual
property rights. The Company amortizes  it’s intellectual property rights over the estimated periods of
benefit (ranging from 4 to 5 years). The Company  amortizes its customer relationship intangible  assets
on an accelerated basis over a 10- to 15-year period,  using the  undiscounted  cash flows of the  initial
valuation models. The Company uses an  accelerated  basis as these  intangible assets  were initially
valued  using an income approach, with an attrition  rate that resulted in a pattern  of declining cash
flows over a 10- to 15-year period.

Following the guidance of ASC 360 ‘‘Property, Plant and Equipment,’’ the Company reviews the

carrying  values of  these intangible assets  for impairment  if events or changes  in the facts and
circumstances indicate that their carrying value may  not  be  recoverable. Any impairment determined is
recorded  in the current period and is  measured  by  comparing the fair value of the related asset to its
carrying  value. See further discussion below at  Note 6 ‘‘Details of Selected Balance Sheet Accounts—
Intangible Assets.’’

F-11

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and  cash equivalents, accounts and unbilled
receivables, accounts payable, accrued  multi-client data library royalties, investment in one convertible
note  from a privately owned U.S.-based technology company and long-term  debt. The  carrying amounts
of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts and  unbilled receivables, accounts
payable and accrued multi-client data  library royalties approximate fair  value due to the highly liquid
nature  of these instruments. The fair value of the long-term debt is calculated using a market approach
based upon Level  3 inputs, including an  estimated  interest rate reflecting current  market  conditions.
The Company performs a fair value analysis  with respect to its investment  in the convertible notes
using  a market approach based upon Level  3 inputs, including the terms and  likelihood of an
investment event and the time to conversion  or  repayment.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from  the sale of (i)  multi-client and  proprietary  surveys, licenses of
‘‘on-the-shelf’’ data libraries and imaging services within its Solutions segment;  (ii) acquisition systems
and  other seismic equipment within its Systems segment; and  (iii) navigation,  survey and  quality control
software systems within its Software segment.  All revenues of the  Solutions segment and the services
component of revenues for the Software segment  are  classified  as services revenues. All other  revenues
are classified as product revenues.

Multi-Client and Proprietary Surveys, Data Libraries and Imaging  Services—As multi-client surveys

are being designed, acquired and/or processed  (referred to as  the ‘‘new venture’’ phase), the Company
enters into non-exclusive licensing arrangements with  its customers. License revenues  from these new
venture survey projects are recognized  during the new venture phase as the seismic data is acquired
and/or processed on a proportionate basis as  work is  performed. Under  this method, the Company
recognizes revenues based upon quantifiable measures of progress,  such as  kilometers acquired or days
processed. Upon completion of a multi-client seismic survey, the seismic survey is considered
‘‘on-the-shelf,’’ and licenses to the survey data are granted to customers on  a  non-exclusive basis.
Revenues on licenses of completed multi-client data surveys are recognized when (a) a  signed final
master geophysical data license agreement and accompanying supplemental license agreement are
returned by the customer; (b) the purchase price for  the license is fixed or determinable; (c) delivery or
performance has occurred; (d) and no  significant uncertainty exists as  to the customer’s obligation,
willingness or ability to pay. In limited situations, the Company has provided the customer with a  right
to exchange seismic data for another specific seismic data set. In these limited situations, the Company
recognizes revenue at the earlier of the customer  exercising its exchange right or  the expiration of  the
customer’s exchange right.

The Company also performs seismic surveys under  contracts  to  specific customers, whereby the
seismic data is owned by those customers. Revenue is  recognized as the seismic data is acquired  and/or
processed on a proportionate basis as work  is  performed. The Company uses quantifiable measures of
progress consistent with its multi-client  surveys.

Revenues from all  imaging and other  services are  recognized when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, the price is fixed  or  determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues
from contract services performed on a  day-rate  basis  are recognized as  the service is performed.

Acquisition Systems and Other Seismic Equipment—For the sales of acquisition systems and other
seismic equipment, the Company follows  the requirements of  ASC 605-10 ‘‘Revenue Recognition’’ and
recognizes revenue when (a) evidence of an arrangement exists;  (b) the  price to the customer is fixed
and determinable; (c) collectibility is reasonably  assured; and (d) the  acquisition  system or other
seismic equipment is delivered to the customer and risk of  ownership has passed to the  customer, or,  in

F-12

the case in which a substantive customer-specified acceptance clause exists in the contract,  the later  of
delivery or when the customer-specified  acceptance is obtained.

Software—For the sales of navigation, survey and  quality control software systems, the  Company

follows the requirements of ASC 985-605 ‘‘Software Revenue Recognition’’ (‘‘ASC 985-605’’). The
Company recognizes revenue from sales of these  software systems  when (a)  evidence of an
arrangement exists; (b) the price to the customer  is fixed and determinable; (c) collectibility  is
reasonably assured; and (d) the software  is delivered to the customer and risk  of  ownership has passed
to the customer, or, in the limited case  in which a substantive  customer-specified acceptance clause
exists, the later of delivery or when the  customer-specified  acceptance  is obtained. These arrangements
generally include the Company providing related services, such  as training courses, engineering services
and annual software maintenance. The Company  allocates revenue to each element of the arrangement
based upon vendor-specific objective evidence (‘‘VSOE’’) of fair value of the element or, if VSOE is
not available for the delivered element,  the Company applies the residual method.

In addition to perpetual software licenses, the  Company offers time-based  software licenses. For
time-based licenses, the Company recognizes revenue ratably over the contract term, which  is generally
two to five years.

Multiple-element Arrangements—When  separate elements (such as an acquisition system, other
seismic equipment and/or imaging services) are contained in a single sales arrangement, or  in related
arrangements with the same customer, the Company follows the requirements of ASC 605-25
‘‘Accounting for Multiple-Element Revenue  Arrangement’’ (‘‘ASC 605-25’’). The Company adopted this
guidance as of January 1, 2010. Accordingly, the  Company applied this  guidance  to  transactions
initiated or materially modified on or after January  1, 2010. The guidance does not apply to software
sales accounted for under ASC 985-605. The Company also  adopted, in  the same period, guidance
within ASC 985-605 that excludes from its  scope  revenue arrangements that  include both tangible
products and software elements, such  that the  tangible products contain both  software and
non-software components that function  together to deliver  the tangible  product’s essential functionality.

This guidance requires that arrangement consideration be  allocated at the  inception of an
arrangement to all deliverables using  the relative selling price  method. The Company allocates
arrangement consideration to each deliverable  qualifying as a separate unit  of accounting in an
arrangement based on its relative selling  price. The  Company determines its selling price using  VSOE,
if it  exists, or otherwise third-party evidence (‘‘TPE’’). If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists
for a unit of accounting, the Company  uses estimated selling price (‘‘ESP’’). The Company generally
expects that it will not be able to establish TPE  due  to  the nature of the markets in which the
Company competes, and, as such, the Company  typically will determine  its  selling price  using VSOE or,
if not available, ESP. VSOE is generally limited to the price charged when the same or  similar product
is sold on a standalone basis. If a product is seldom sold on a standalone basis,  it is unlikely that the
Company can determine VSOE for the  product.

The objective of ESP is to determine  the price  at which the Company would transact if the
product  were sold by the Company on a  standalone  basis. The Company’s determination of ESP
involves a weighting of several factors  based on  the specific facts and circumstances of the  arrangement.
Specifically, the Company considers the  anticipated  margin on  the particular deliverable, the selling
price and profit margin for similar products and the Company’s ongoing pricing strategy and policies.

The Company believes this guidance principally impacts its Systems segment. A  typical
arrangement within the Systems segment  involves the  sale of various products of the Company’s
acquisition systems and other seismic  equipment. Products under these arrangements are often
delivered to the customer within the  same  period, but in certain  situations,  depending  upon product
availability and the customer’s delivery requirements, the products could be delivered to  the customer
at different times. In these situations, the Company considers  its products to be separate units of

F-13

accounting provided the delivered product has value  to  the customer on a  standalone basis. The
Company considers a deliverable to have standalone  value  if the product  is sold separately by the
Company or another vendor or could  be  resold by the customer. Further, the Company’s revenue
arrangements generally do not include  a general right of  return relative to  the delivered products.

Product Warranty—The Company generally warrants that  its  manufactured equipment will be free

from defects in workmanship, materials  and parts. Warranty periods generally range  from 30 days  to
three years from the date of original purchase,  depending on the product. The Company  provides for
estimated warranty as a charge to costs of sales at the time of sale.  However, new information may
become available, or circumstances (such as applicable  laws and regulations) may  change, thereby
resulting in an increase or decrease in the  amount  required to be accrued for  such matters (and
therefore a decrease or increase in reported net income  in the period  of such  change). In limited cases,
the Company has provided indemnification of  customers for potential intellectual property  infringement
claims relating to products sold.

Research, Development and Engineering

Research, development and engineering costs primarily relate to activities  that  are designed  to

improve the quality of the subsurface image and overall  acquisition economics of the Company’s
customers. The costs associated with  these activities are expensed as incurred. These  costs include
prototype material and field testing expenses, along with the related  salaries and stock-based
compensation, facility costs, consulting fees, tools  and equipment usage and  other miscellaneous
expenses associated with these activities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the provisions of ASC  718,

‘‘Compensation—Stock Compensation’’ (‘‘ASC 718’’). The Company estimates the value  of  stock option
awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes  option pricing model. The determination of the
fair value of stock-based payment awards on the  date of  grant using an option-pricing model is affected
by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding  a number of subjective variables. These
variables include, but are not limited to, expected stock price volatility over the  term of the awards,
actual and projected employee stock  option exercise behaviors,  risk-free  interest rate and expected
dividends. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation on the straight-line basis over the service
period  of each award (generally the award’s vesting period).

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under  the liability method. Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax  consequences attributable  to  differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of  existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases,
including operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in  which those temporary differences
are expected to be recovered or settled.  The  Company records a valuation allowance  when it is more
likely than not that all or a portion of  deferred tax assets will  not be realized (see  Note 11 ‘‘Income
Taxes’’). The effect on deferred income tax assets  and  liabilities of a change in tax  rates is recognized in
income in the period that includes the  enactment  date.

Comprehensive Net Income (Loss)

Comprehensive net income (loss) as  shown in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income (Loss) and the balance in Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income (Loss) as shown in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,  2013 and 2012, consist  of foreign currency translation

F-14

adjustments, equity interest in INOVA  Geophysical’s accumulated other comprehensive income and
unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.

Foreign Currency Gains and Losses

Assets  and liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries operating outside the United States that have a

functional currency other than the U.S.  dollar  have been translated to U.S. dollars using the  exchange
rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Results of  foreign operations  have been translated using the
average exchange rate during the periods of operation. Resulting  translation  adjustments have been
recorded  as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  (Loss). Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations  in Other
Income (Expense) as they occur. Total foreign currency transaction gains (losses) were $(1.1) million,
$(1.9) million and $(1.7) million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Concentration of Foreign Sales Risk

The majority of the Company’s foreign sales are denominated in U.S.  dollars. For 2013, 2012 and
2011, international sales comprised 73%,  69% and 66%, respectively, of total net  revenues. Since 2008,
global  economic problems and uncertainties have generally increased  in scope and nature. To  the extent
that world events or economic conditions  negatively affect the Company’s future sales to customers in
many  regions of the world, as well as the  collectability of the Company’s existing receivables, the
Company’s future results of operations, liquidity and financial  condition  would be adversely affected.

(2) Segment and Geographic Information

The Company evaluates and reviews its results  based on three segments: Solutions, Systems and

Software. The Company measures segment operating results based on income from operations. In
addition, the Company has equity ownership interests in two joint ventures: INOVA Geophysical and
OceanGeo. See Note 3 ‘‘Equity Method Investments’’ for the summarized financial information for
INOVA Geophysical and OceanGeo.

F-15

A summary of segment information is as  follows  (in  thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Net revenues:
Solutions:

New Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 154,578
111,998

Total multi-client revenues . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

266,576
120,808

$147,346
88,085

235,431
115,834

$ 98,335
76,332

174,667
88,783

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 387,384

$351,265

$263,450

Systems:

Towed Streamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ocean Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,991
7,307
48,134

$ 77,769
14,823
39,404

$111,453
960
40,591

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 122,432

$131,996

$153,004

Software:

Software Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 35,418
3,933

$ 39,738
3,318

$ 36,031
2,136

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 39,351

$ 43,056

$ 38,167

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 549,167

$526,317

$454,621

Gross profit:

Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 111,108
19,999
28,206

$132,950
50,790
32,061

$ 84,647
61,109
27,689

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 159,313

$215,801

$173,445

Gross margin:

Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29%
16%
72%

29%

38%
38%
74%

41%

32%
40%
73%

38%

Income from operations:

Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of investments .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 61,146
(9,957)
23,602
(58,395)

16,396
(12,344)
(42,320)
(182,530)

$ 88,589
10,132
28,129
(52,323)

74,527
(5,265)
297
17,124

$ 50,620
33,034
24,463
(41,322)

66,795
(5,784)
(22,862)
(3,447)

Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . .

$(220,798)

$ 86,683

$ 34,702

F-16

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Depreciation and amortization (including multi-

client data library):
Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 99,774
2,665
699
1,736

$ 98,342
4,185
776
1,979

$84,958
3,229
1,116
1,931

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$104,874

$105,282

$91,234

December 31,

2013

2012

Total assets:

Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$445,581
139,074
45,343
234,673

$438,663
156,484
45,948
179,488

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$864,671

$820,583

December 31,

2013

2012

Total assets by geographic area:

North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle East
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$609,739
76,601
128,909
33,375
16,047

$533,035
91,101
130,070
51,692
14,685

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$864,671

$820,583

Intersegment sales are insignificant for all periods  presented. Corporate assets include all assets
specifically related to corporate personnel  and  operations,  a  majority of cash and cash  equivalents, and
the investments in INOVA Geophysical  and  OceanGeo. Depreciation and amortization expense is
allocated to segments based upon use  of the underlying assets.

A summary of net revenues by geographic area  follows  (in  thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asia Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commonwealth of Independent States . . . . . . . . . .

$198,977
150,160
63,157
52,672
54,008
16,474
13,719

$200,589
164,157
37,471
55,028
46,212
18,469
4,391

$160,230
155,877
28,227
78,777
12,199
7,926
11,385

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$549,167

$526,317

$454,621

F-17

Net revenues are attributed to geographic  areas on  the basis of  the ultimate destination of the

equipment or service, if known, or the  geographic  area imaging services are provided. If  the ultimate
destination of such equipment is not  known, net revenues are  attributed to the geographic area of
initial shipment.

(3) Equity Method Investments

The following table reflects the change  in the Company’s equity method investments and note
receivable from equity method investees  during the year ended  December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

Investment at December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in and advances to OceanGeo . . . . . . .
Equity in losses of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-down of note receivable from OceanGeo . . .
Equity interest in investees’ other comprehensive

INOVA

Geophysical OceanGeo

Total

$ 73,925
—
—
(22,487)
—

$

— $ 73,925
1,500
23,255
(42,320)
(2,122)

1,500
23,255
(19,833)
(2,122)

income  (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(373)

—

(373)

Investments at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 51,065

$ 2,800

$ 53,865

OceanGeo

In February 2013, the Company purchased from Reservoir Exploration Technology ASA for
$1.5 million its 30% interest in OceanGeo. OceanGeo  is headquartered  in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,  and
specializes in seismic acquisition operations using  ocean-bottom cables deployed from  vessels leased  by
OceanGeo. The Company was originally granted an option, exercisable at any  time on or before
May 15, 2013, to increase its ownership  percentage  to  50%, which, if  exercised, would have  required
the Company to make additional capital  contributions  to  OceanGeo.  Additionally, the Company
provided OceanGeo with an $8.0 million  working capital  loan (the ‘‘Initial Working Capital Loan’’), the
repayment of which was guaranteed by  the Company’s majority joint venture partner in OceanGeo,
Georadar Levantamentos Geofisicos S/A (‘‘Georadar’’). The stated maturity date of the loan was
May 25, 2013. No repayments were made  under the  loan, and the full indebtedness under the loan
remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013.  In addition, in January 2013 the Company sold certain
seismic equipment to OceanGeo, and  Georadar guaranteed the payment of the equipment purchase
price. As of December 31, 2013, OceanGeo owed  $7.0 million to the Company for the equipment.

During  the third quarter of 2013, OceanGeo’s vessels and crew were idle because it had no
contracts for seismic acquisition operations. The Company’s share of losses in OceanGeo for the nine
months ended September 30, 2013 was $7.4  million.  The  Company’s share of losses reduced its equity
method investment in OceanGeo to zero, and the Company  continued  to record its share  of  additional
losses, reducing the carrying value of  the  Initial Working Capital Loan  to  $2.1 million at September 30,
2013. At September 30, 2013, the Company also  evaluated the realizability of its remaining receivables
and the Initial Working Capital Loan  and concluded they were fully impaired because OceanGeo had
no backlog of contracts for seismic acquisition operations at that  time. As  a result, the  Company
recorded  a charge through general, administrative and other operating  expenses of $9.2 million,
resulting in no remaining carrying value of the  receivables and  the  Initial Working  Capital Loan at
September 30, 2013.

In October 2013, the Company reached agreement with  Georadar for the Company  to  have the

option to increase its ownership percentage in  OceanGeo to 70%, subject to certain conditions. To
further assist  OceanGeo in acquiring  backlog, in October 2013 the Company  also agreed to loan

F-18

OceanGeo additional funds for working  capital, subject  to  the Company’s agreement on the necessity
and purpose for each advance and certain other conditions,  up to a maximum  of  $25.0 million. As  of
December 31, 2013, the Company had  advanced an additional $15.3 million for working  capital
purposes  (the ‘‘Additional Working Capital Loans’’).

During  the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company increased its economic interest  in OceanGeo to

70%, but did not acquire its 70% share ownership until  January 2014  and therefore did not gain
control of OceanGeo as a controlling shareholder  until January 2014. However, the Company recorded
equity losses of $12.5 million representing  70%  of  OceanGeo’s total losses for the fourth quarter,
reducing the carrying value of the Additional Working Capital  Loans  to  $2.8 million at December  31,
2013. OceanGeo’s vessels and crew remained idle until late December when it commenced seismic
acquisition operations in Trinidad related to its recently awarded  contract.

During  the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company evaluated  its agreement  to  have the option to
increase its ownership in OceanGeo from 30% to 70%  and  concluded  this  was  a reconsideration event
under U.S. GAAP. As a result, the Company determined that it had a variable  interest through  its
equity ownership in OceanGeo, but concluded it was not the  primary  beneficiary because it did  not
have the power to direct the activities that most  significantly impact the  variable interest entity’s
economic performance. As such, the Company  did not consolidate OceanGeo  as of December 31, 2013.
The Company continued to use the equity method of accounting through December  31, 2013. The
Company’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to its  investment which is represented by the financial
statement carrying amount of its Additional Working Capital Loans  of  $2.8 million as of December 31,
2013. The Company has no obligation, implicit or explicit, to fund any expenses of OceanGeo.

Subsequent Event

On January 27, 2014, the Company obtained control of OceanGeo  when it increased its  ownership

interest in OceanGeo from 30% to 70%.  In connection with the increase in ownership, the  Company
converted into additional equity interest  of  OceanGeo all amounts owed to it under the Initial Working
Capital Loan and approximately $3.0  million of the  $7.0 million owed to the Company for the purchase
of equipment by OceanGeo. OceanGeo  will  be  managed through a  Supervisory Board consisting  of
four  members appointed by the Company  and two members appointed by Georadar. The guarantees
from Georadar with regard to the loan  and the equipment purchase also  terminated.

Because the Company gained control  of OceanGeo on January 27, 2014, the  Company continued

to record its share of OceanGeo’s results using equity method accounting through  January 27, 2014,
and after that date the Company will  consolidate OceanGeo’s financial results and financial position
with the Company’s consolidated financial results and financial position.

The following table reflects summarized financial information for OceanGeo, on a 100%  basis, as

of and  for the year ended December  31, 2013 (in thousands):

Current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current liabilities(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,233
27,101
55,216
198

Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(23,080)

December 31, 2013

(1)

Includes payables to, notes from and advances from ION  and Georadar that existed  at
December 31, 2013, but were converted  to  equity  in January 2014. The payables to and
notes from ION that were converted  to  equity totaled $10.9 million. The payables to and

F-19

notes from Georadar that were converted to equity totaled $10.0 million. This  balance
also includes $15.3 million of advances made  by ION  to  OceanGeo during the fourth
quarter of 2013.

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 19,668
$(22,918)
$(40,443)
$(42,391)

Period from
March 1, to
December 31, 2013

INOVA Geophysical

The Company owns a 49% interest in a land  seismic  equipment business  with BGP.  BGP  is a

subsidiary of China National Petroleum Corporation (‘‘CNPC’’) and is a leading global geophysical
services contracting company. The joint  venture  company, organized  under the  laws  of the People’s
Republic of China, is named INOVA Geophysical Equipment Limited  (‘‘INOVA Geophysical’’). BGP
owns the remaining 51% interest in INOVA  Geophysical. INOVA  Geophysical is managed through a
Board of Directors consisting of four members appointed by BGP  and three  members appointed  by  the
Company. The Company accounts for its  share of earnings in  INOVA Geophysical on a one fiscal
quarter lag basis. Thus, the Company’s share of INOVA Geophysical’s results for the period from
October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013  (‘‘Fiscal 2013’’), is included in the Company’s financial results
for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013,  the Company’s share of INOVA Geophysical’s results for
the period from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012  (‘‘Fiscal 2012’’), is included in the Company’s
financial results for its fiscal year ended December 31,  2012, and the Company’s share of INOVA
Geophysical’s results for the period from October 1, 2010 to September 30, 2011 (‘‘Fiscal 2011’’), is
included in the Company’s financial results for its fiscal year ended December 31,  2011.

INOVA Geophysical is a variable interest entity because  the Company’s voting rights with respect
to INOVA Geophysical are not proportionate to its ownership interest  and substantially  all  of  INOVA
Geophysical’s activities are conducted on behalf of the Company and BGP,  a related  party to the
Company. The Company is not the primary  beneficiary of INOVA Geophysical because it  does not
have the power to direct the activities of INOVA  Geophysical that most significantly  impact  its
economic performance. Accordingly,  the Company does not consolidate  INOVA Geophysical, but
instead accounts for INOVA Geophysical  using the  equity method of accounting. The Company’s
maximum exposure to loss is limited to its  investment which  is represented by the financial statement
carrying  amount of its equity method  investment in  INOVA Geophysical of $51.1  million  as of
December 31, 2013. The Company has no obligation, implicit or explicit, to fund any expenses of
INOVA Geophysical.

The following table reflects summarized financial  information for INOVA  Geophysical, on  a 100%

basis, as of September 30, 2013 and 2012  and for  Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and  Fiscal 2011  (in
thousands):

Current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$147,475
71,551
110,972
2,731

$138,401
101,280
78,241
9,290

Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$105,323

$152,150

September 30,

2013

2012

F-20

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$183,619
$ (1,988)(A)
$(44,463)
$(46,149)(A)

$188,336
$ 39,320
3,241
$
2,197
$

5,765(B)

$138,735
$
$ (41,836)
$ (46,033)

Fiscal 2013

Fiscal 2012

Fiscal 2011

(A)

Includes approximately $36.5 million of restructuring and special items associated with the
impairment of intangible assets, write-down  of excess and obsolete inventory and rental
equipment, and severance-related charges. In addition to the restructuring and special
items impacting gross profit, net income (loss) was also  impacted  by $1.8  million  of other
restructuring and special items.

(B)

Includes approximately $15.7 million of excess and obsolete  inventory charges.

The difference between the amount of the Company’s share in INOVA Geophysical’s net income

(loss) for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 and  the ‘‘Equity in earnings (losses) of INOVA Geophysical’’
reflected on the Consolidated Statement  of  Operations  for  the years ended December 31,  2013 and
2012 is primarily due to transactions between  the Company’s multi-client data  library business and
INOVA Geophysical, specifically the Company’s rental of land seismic equipment from INOVA
Geophysical to acquire seismic data for  its new venture projects.

Related  Party Transactions

For information regarding transactions  between the Company and its equity method investees, see

Note 19 ‘‘Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.’’

(4) Long-term Debt and Lease Obligations

Obligations (in thousands)

December 31,

2013

2012

Senior secured second-priority notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revolving line of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facility lease obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment capital leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$175,000
35,000
1,501
8,651

$

—
97,250
2,334
5,744

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
Current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations . . . . .

220,152
(5,906)

105,328
(3,496)

Non-current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations . .

$214,246

$101,832

Senior Secured Second-Priority Notes

On May 13, 2013, the Company issued and sold $175 million aggregate principal amount of
8.125% Senior Secured Second-Priority  Notes due 2018 (‘‘Notes’’) in a private offering pursuant to an
Indenture dated as of May 13, 2013. The  Notes are  senior secured  second-priority obligations  of the
Company, are guaranteed by certain  of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries, and mature on May 15, 2018.
Interest on the Notes accrues at the  rate of 8.125% per annum and will be payable  semiannually in
arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing  on November  15, 2013.

On or after May 15, 2015, the Company may on one  or more occasions redeem all or a part of the
Notes at the redemption prices set forth below, plus accrued and  unpaid interest  and special interest, if

F-21

any, on the Notes redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning  on May 15th  of the years
indicated below:

Date

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Percentage

104.063%
102.031%
100.000%

The Notes are initially jointly and severally  guaranteed on a senior secured  basis by each of the

Company’s current material U.S. subsidiaries: GX Technology  Corporation,  ION Exploration Products
(U.S.A.), Inc. and I/O Marine Systems, Inc. (the ‘‘Notes Guarantors’’). The Notes and the guarantees
are secured, subject to certain exceptions  and permitted liens, by second-priority  liens on substantially
all of the assets that secure the indebtedness  under the Company’s senior first-priority secured credit
facility with China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd.,  New York Branch  (‘‘CMB’’) as administrative agent and
lender  under the facility (which is defined  below as the ‘‘Credit Facility’’; see ‘‘—Revolving Line of
Credit’’ below). The indebtedness under the Notes is  effectively junior to the Company’s obligations
under the senior secured credit facility  to  the extent  of the  value  of the collateral securing  the facility,
and to any other indebtedness secured  on  a first-priority  basis to the extent of the  value of  the
Company’s assets subject to those first-priority security interests.

The Company used the net proceeds  from the  offering  to  repay outstanding indebtedness under its

senior secured credit facility with CMB and for general  corporate purposes. The Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act of  1933, as amended  (the ‘‘Securities Act’’), or applicable state
securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the  United States  absent registration or an  applicable
exemption from the registration requirements  of the Securities Act  and  applicable state laws.

The Notes contain certain covenants that, among other  things,  limit the Company’s ability and the

ability of its restricted subsidiaries to:

(cid:127) Make certain investments; pay certain  dividends or  distributions on the capital stock or  other

equity interests of the Company or any restricted subsidiary;  purchase,  redeem or retire capital
stock or certain indebtedness or make other types of restricted payments,  unless

(cid:127) No default under the Indenture has occurred  or would occur as a result of such payment  or

investment,

(cid:127) The Company would, after giving pro  forma effect to such  investment or payment, have
been permitted to incur at least $1.00  of  additional indebtedness under a  Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test under the Indenture and

(cid:127) The aggregate cumulative amount of all such payments or investments would not exceed a

sum calculated by  reference to, among other items, the  Company’s consolidated net income,
proceeds from certain sales of equity or  assets, certain conversions  or  exchanges  of  debt  for
equity and certain other reductions in indebtedness;

(cid:127) Incur additional indebtedness or issue certain  preferred stock, unless  the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the four most recently completed fiscal quarters  immediately  prior to such  incurrence
or issuance would have been 2.0 to 1.0, as determined on a pro  forma basis as  if  the debt  had
been incurred or the stock issued at the  beginning  of such four-quarter period;

(cid:127) Create, incur or assume any lien, except certain permitted  liens;

(cid:127) Restrict or encumber the ability of any  restricted subsidiary to (i)  pay  dividends  on or make any

other distributions with respect to its equity interests, (ii) pay indebtedness owed to the
Company or any restricted subsidiary, (iii) make loans or  advances  to  the Company  or any  of its

F-22

restricted subsidiaries or (iv) sell, lease or  transfer properties or assets to the Company or any
restricted subsidiary;

(cid:127) Carry out certain mergers or consolidations with  another  entity,  or sell,  assign or  lease all or

substantially all of the properties or assets of the  Company and its  Restricted Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, unless

(cid:127) No default under the Indenture has occurred  or would occur as a result of such merger or

sale, and

(cid:127) The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company  or its successor for the four most

recently completed fiscal quarters immediately prior to such merger or sale would have
been 2.0 to 1.0, as determined on a pro forma  basis as if  the merger or sale and any  related
financing transactions had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period, which
would permit the Company or its successor to incur additional  indebtedness under the
Indenture;

(cid:127) Create unrestricted subsidiaries; or

(cid:127) Enter into certain transactions with affiliates of the  Company.

These and other restrictive covenants contained  in the Indenture are subject to important
exceptions and qualifications. All of the Company’s subsidiaries are currently restricted  subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in  compliance with these covenants.

In connection with the offering of the  Notes, the  Company entered into a consent agreement with

CMB as administrative agent and lender under the Company’s senior secured credit facility. See
‘‘—Revolving Line of Credit’’ below.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company and the Notes Guarantors  entered into

a second lien intercreditor agreement dated as of May 13, 2013 (the ‘‘Intercreditor Agreement’’) with,
among others, CMB, as administrative agent, first lien representative for the  first  lien secured parties
and collateral agent for the first lien  secured parties,  the trustee under the Indenture and the collateral
agent for the second lien secured parties.  The Intercreditor  Agreement provides,  among  other  things,
that the liens on the collateral securing the  Notes and related obligations will be junior and  subordinate
in all respects to the liens on the collateral  securing the  Company’s senior secured credit facility and
related obligations.

Revolving Line of Credit

On May 29, 2012, the Company amended the terms of its senior secured credit facility  (the
‘‘Credit  Facility’’) with CMB. The First Amendment to Credit  Agreement  and  Loan  Documents (the
‘‘First Amendment’’) modified certain provisions of the Company’s senior credit agreement with CMB
that it had entered into on March 25,  2010. The maturity  date  of  any outstanding debt under  the
Credit  Facility is March 24, 2015.

As amended by the First Amendment, the  Credit  Facility provides that the Company  may make
revolving credit borrowings in U.S. Dollars, Euros,  British Pounds Sterling  or Canadian Dollars up  to
an amount not to exceed the U.S. Dollar  equivalent of $175.0 million. The Company also agreed that
no additional borrowings may be made at any time at  which  the outstanding indebtedness under  the
revolving line of credit (principal, accrued  interest  and fees)  exceeds the  U.S. Dollar  equivalent of
$175.0 million. In addition, all then-outstanding term  loan  indebtedness under  the Credit Facility was
converted to revolving credit indebtedness, such  that  as of May 29, 2012,  there  was $98.3 million in
total revolving credit indebtedness outstanding under the  Credit Facility.  The  First Amendment
eliminated sub-facility limits under the Credit Facility.

F-23

The Company’s obligations under the  Credit Facility continue to be guaranteed  by certain of its
material U.S. subsidiaries that remain  as parties to the  Credit Facility. INOVA Geophysical continues
to provide a bank stand-by letter of credit  as credit support  for the Company’s obligations under the
Credit  Agreement. In addition, BGP  has  issued a  comfort letter  on behalf of  the INOVA stand-by
letter of credit.

As amended by the First Amendment, the interest rates per annum  on borrowings under the

Credit  Facility are at the Company’s option:

(cid:127) An alternate base  rate equal to the sum  of  (i) the  greatest of  (a)  the  prime rate of CMB, (b)  a
federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, or (c)  an adjusted  LIBOR-based rate  plus 1.0%  and
(ii) an applicable interest margin of 1.4% (reduced from 2.5%); or

(cid:127) For eurodollar borrowings and borrowings in Euros, Pounds  Sterling or Canadian Dollars, the

sum of (i) an adjusted LIBOR-based rate,  and (ii) an applicable interest margin of  2.4%
(reduced from 3.5%).

As of December 31, 2013, the $35.0  million in outstanding revolving loan  indebtedness under the

Credit  Facility accrued interest at a rate  of 2.57%  per  annum.

The Credit Facility requires compliance with certain  financial  covenants,  including the following:

(cid:127) Maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio,  as defined, in an amount equal to at  least

1.125 to 1;

(cid:127) Not exceed a maximum leverage ratio,  as defined, of 3.25  to  1;  and

(cid:127) Maintain a minimum tangible net worth of at least 60% of ION’s tangible net worth as of

March 31, 2010, as defined.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants  and the

Company expects to remain in compliance with  these financial covenants for at least  the next
12 months.

Facility Lease Obligation

In 2001, the Company sold certain facilities it  owned in  Stafford, Texas. Simultaneously with  the

sale, the Company entered into a non-cancelable twelve-year lease with the purchaser of the property.
Because the Company retained a continuing involvement in  the property  that precluded sale-leaseback
treatment for financial accounting purposes, the sale-leaseback  transaction was accounted for as  a
financing transaction.

In June 2005, the owner sold the facilities to two parties, which were  unrelated to each other as

well as unrelated to the seller. In conjunction with the sale of the  facilities,  the Company entered into
two separate lease arrangements for each  of the  facilities with the new owners. One  lease, which was
classified as an operating lease, has a  twelve-year lease term. The second lease  continues to be
accounted for as a financing transaction  due to the Company’s continuing involvement in the property
as a lessee under a ten-year lease term.  The Company recorded the commitment under  the second
lease as a $5.5 million lease obligation  at an implicit rate of 11.7% per annum, of which  $1.5 million
was outstanding at December 31, 2013.  Both leases  have renewal options allowing the Company  to
extend the leases for up to an additional twenty-year term, which the Company does  not  expect to
renew.

Equipment Capital Leases

The Company has entered into capital leases  that  are due in  installments  for the  purpose of
financing the purchase of computer equipment  through 2016. Interest accrues under these leases  at

F-24

rates of up to 6.0% per annum, and  the  leases are collateralized by liens on the computer equipment.
The assets are amortized over the lesser  of their related lease terms or their estimated productive  lives
and such charges are reflected within  depreciation expense.

A summary of future principal obligations under long-term debt and  equipment capital lease

obligations is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

Long-Term Capital Lease
Obligations

Debt

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

966
35,535
—
—
175,000

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$211,501

$4,940
2,923
788
—
—

$8,651

(5) Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net  income  (loss)  applicable  to

common shares by the weighted average  number of common shares outstanding during  the period.
Diluted net income (loss) per common  share is determined based on the assumption that dilutive
restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards  have vested  and outstanding  dilutive stock  options have
been exercised and the aggregate proceeds were used to reacquire common stock using the  average
price of such common stock for the period.  The  total number of  shares issuable  under anti-dilutive
options at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011  were 6,828,727, 4,864,553  and  2,974,886, respectively.

Prior to September 30, 2013, there were  27,000 shares  outstanding of the Company’s Series D
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (‘‘Series D Preferred Stock’’). On September 30, 2013, the
holder of all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock  converted  those shares into
6,065,075 shares of common stock. See further discussion of the Series  D Preferred Stock conversion
provisions at Note 8 ‘‘Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock.’’ The effects of the outstanding shares of
all Series D Preferred Stock were anti-dilutive  for  the years ended December 31, 2013  and 2012.

The following table summarizes the computation of basic  and diluted  net income (loss) per

common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Net income (loss) applicable to common  shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income impact of assumed Series D Preferred Stock conversion . . . .

$(251,874) $ 61,963
1,352

—

$ 23,422
—

Net income after assumed Series D Preferred Stock conversion . . . .

$(251,874) $ 63,315

$ 23,422

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . .
Effect of dilutive stock awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of Series D Preferred Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

158,506
—
—

155,801
899
6,065

154,811
1,279
—

Weighted average number of diluted  common shares outstanding . . .

158,506

162,765

156,090

Basic net income (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted net income (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

(1.59) $
(1.59) $

0.40
0.39

$
$

0.15
0.15

F-25

(6) Details of Selected Balance Sheet  Accounts

Accounts Receivable

A summary of accounts receivable is as follows (in thousands):

Accounts receivable, principally trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$156,670
(7,222)

$133,847
(6,711)

Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$149,448

$127,136

December 31,

2013

2012

Inventories

A summary of inventories is as follows (in  thousands):

Raw materials and purchased subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work-in-process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 54,168
2,297
33,263
(32,555)

$ 49,421
8,613
26,880
(14,239)

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 57,173

$ 70,675

December 31,

2013

2012

The Company provides for estimated  obsolescence or excess inventory in amounts equal to the
difference between the cost of inventory  and market based upon  assumptions about future  demand for
the Company’s products and market conditions. For 2013, the  Company increased  its  reserve for excess
and obsolete inventories by $18.2 million related to write-downs of inventory  resulting from the
restructuring of its Systems segment. In  addition, the Company wrote off  $1.1  million  of  inventory
through scrap expense and wrote down  $1.9 million of  inventory to a lower  of  cost or market value
basis as a result of the restructuring.  For  additional information related to the Company’s restructuring
charges, see Note 17 ‘‘Restructuring Activities.’’

For 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded inventory obsolescence and excess inventory charges of

approximately $1.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

Property, Plant, Equipment and Seismic Rental Equipment

A summary of property, plant, equipment and seismic rental equipment is as follows (in

thousands):

December 31,

2013

2012

Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seismic rental equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 23,292
97,242
8,649
4,673
3,577

$ 15,126
87,127
10,895
3,403
3,857

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

137,433
(90,749)

120,408
(86,636)

Property, plant, equipment and seismic rental equipment, net .

$ 46,684

$ 33,772

F-26

Total depreciation expense, including  amortization of assets recorded under capital leases,  for 2013,

2012 and 2011 was $14.8 million, $12.5 million and $9.4 million, respectively.  In 2012, the Company
wrote down $5.9 million of marine seismic  equipment it  had leased to a marine seismic contractor. This
write-down was reflected in general,  administrative and other  operating expenses.

Intangible Assets

A summary of intangible assets, net,  is as follows (in thousands):

Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intellectual property rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$42,593
4,300

$(31,880)
(3,766)

$10,713
534

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$46,893

$(35,646)

$11,247

December 31, 2013

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

December 31, 2012

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intellectual property rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$42,397
4,300

$(28,909)
(2,947)

$13,488
1,353

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$46,697

$(31,856)

$14,841

Total amortization expense for intangible assets for 2013,  2012 and  2011 was $3.8 million,
$3.9 million and $4.5 million, respectively.  A summary of the  estimated  amortization  expense for the
next five years is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,723
$2,411
$1,962
$1,670
$1,435

F-27

Accrued Expenses

A summary of accrued expenses is as follows (in thousands):

Accrued multi-client data library acquisition costs . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation, including compensation-related  taxes and

commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued legal contingency(A)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2013

2012

$25,140

$ 47,678

29,727
11,967
—
5,845
11,679

28,993
20,556
10,000
8,348
8,520

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$84,358

$124,095

(A) At December 31, 2012, the Company  had an  accrual for  loss  contingency  related to legal

proceedings of $10.0 million. During  2013, this amount was reclassified into  other
long-term liabilities.

Other  Long-term Liabilities

A summary of other long-term liabilities is as  follows  (in thousands):

Accrual for loss contingency related to legal  proceedings

(Note 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Facility restructuring accrual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$193,327
4,837
12,438

$ —
5,642
2,489

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$210,602

$8,131

December 31,

2013

2012

(7) Goodwill

On December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company completed the annual reviews of  the carrying value

of goodwill in its Solutions, Software  and  Marine  Systems reporting  units and noted no impairments.
The 2013 quantitative assessment indicated that the  fair values of its Solutions and Software reporting
units significantly exceeded their carrying values. However,  if the  estimates or related projections
associated with the reporting units significantly  change in the  future, the  Company may be required to
record impairment charges.

For goodwill testing purposes, the $193.3 million litigation  contingency accrual is assigned to the
Marine Systems reporting unit. Based on  the increase in  this accrual  and the recording of a valuation
allowance on substantially all of the Company’s net deferred tax assets in the third quarter of 2013, this
reporting unit’s carrying value was negative as of December 31, 2013.  Based on the Company’s
evaluation of qualitative factors relevant  to the Marine Systems reporting unit, the  second  step  of  the
impairment test was performed to measure the amount of any potential impairment by comparing the
implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The excess
of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts  assigned  to  its  assets and liabilities in a
hypothetical purchase price allocation is  the implied fair value of goodwill. The Company completed
the step two impairment test, which did not indicate an impairment of goodwill associated  with the
Marine Systems reporting unit.

F-28

The following is a summary of the changes  in the carrying  amount  of  goodwill for  the years ended

December 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase price adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact of foreign currency translation  adjustments . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact of foreign currency translation  adjustments . . . . . . . . .

Solutions

Software

$2,701
242
—

2,943
—

$24,278
—
1,144

25,422
527

Marine
Systems

$26,984
—
—

26,984
—

Total

$53,963
242
1,144

55,349
527

Balance at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,943

$25,949

$26,984

$55,876

(8) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

During  2005, the Company entered into an  Agreement with  Fletcher International, Ltd. (this

Agreement, as amended, is referred  to  as the ‘‘Fletcher Agreement’’) and issued to Fletcher 30,000
shares of Series D-1 Cumulative Convertible  Preferred  Stock (‘‘Series D-1 Preferred Stock’’) in a
privately-negotiated transaction, receiving  $29.8  million in net proceeds.  The Fletcher  Agreement also
provided to Fletcher an option to purchase up  to  an additional 40,000 shares  of additional series  of
preferred stock from time to time, with  each series having a conversion price that would be equal to
122% of an average daily volume-weighted market price of the  Company’s common stock over a
trailing  period of days at the time of  issuance of that  series. In 2007  and 2008, Fletcher  exercised this
option and purchased 5,000 shares of Series D-2 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock  (‘‘Series D-2
Preferred Stock’’) for $5.0 million (in December 2007) and the  remaining  35,000 shares of Series  D-3
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (‘‘Series D-3 Preferred Stock’’) for $35.0 million (in February
2008). The shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-2  Preferred Stock  and Series D-3 Preferred
Stock are sometimes referred to herein as the ‘‘Series D Preferred Stock.’’

Dividends on the shares of Series D  Preferred Stock were required to be paid in  cash on a

quarterly basis. Dividends were payable  at a  rate  equal to the greater of (i) 5.0% per annum  or (ii)  the
three month LIBOR rate on the last day  of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus  2.5% per
annum. Commencing in November 2008, the  conversion  price for the Series D Preferred Stock was
$4.4517 per share, and Fletcher had no right to redeem the  Series D Preferred Stock. In addition,
commencing in January 2011, under  the  Fletcher Agreement the aggregate  number of shares of
common stock issued or issuable to Fletcher upon  conversion  or redemption of, or as dividends paid
on, the Series D Preferred Stock could  not  exceed 15,724,306  shares.

On April 8, 2010, Fletcher converted  8,000 of its shares of the  outstanding Series  D-1 Preferred

Stock and all of the outstanding 35,000 shares of the Series D-3 Preferred  Stock into a total  of
9,659,231 shares of the Company’s common stock. Until June 2012, Fletcher owned  22,000 shares of
the Series D-1 Preferred Stock and 5,000  shares of the  Series D-2 Preferred  Stock, which  were
convertible into 6,065,075 shares of the Company’s common stock. In June 2012, Fletcher  filed a
voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.  Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of New  York. All of the  shares of Series D Preferred Stock, which had
been pledged by Fletcher to secure certain indebtedness, were sold by the pledgee to an affiliate of
D.E. Shaw & Co., Inc. in June 2012.

F-29

On September 30, 2013, the affiliate of  D. E. Shaw &  Co., Inc., as holder  of  all  of the shares  of

Series D Preferred Stock of the Company remaining outstanding, converted all of the shares into a
total of 6,065,075 shares of the Company’s common stock. Concurrently with the holder’s conversion of
its  shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the  Company paid the holder a cash payment of approximately
$5.0 million, representing the estimated present value  of certain  future dividends in respect of the
Series D Preferred Stock. The cash payment made in  connection  with the conversion of  preferred stock
reduced the net income (loss) applicable  to  common  shares.  As a result of the  conversion,  all
outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock were converted into  shares of  the Company’s common
stock and no shares of Series D Preferred  Stock remain outstanding.

(9) Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-based Compensation

Stock Option Plans

The Company has adopted stock option plans for eligible employees, directors and consultants,
which  provide for the granting of options to purchase shares  of common stock. As of December 31,
2013, there were 8,258,500 outstanding  options under  the Company’s stock option plans, and 5,021,453
shares available for future grant and issuance.

The options under these plans generally vest in equal  annual  installments over  a four-year  period

and have a term of ten years. These options are typically granted with an  exercise  price per share  equal
to or greater than the current market price and,  upon exercise,  are issued from the  Company’s
unissued common shares. In August 2006, the  Compensation  Committee of  the Board of Directors of
the Company approved fixed pre-established  quarterly grant dates for  all future  grants of options.

F-30

Transactions under the stock option plans  are summarized  as follows:

January 1, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase in shares authorized . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cancelled/forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock granted out of option  plans . .
Restricted stock forfeited or cancelled for
employee minimum income taxes and
returned to the plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cancelled/forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock granted out of option  plans . .
Restricted stock forfeited or cancelled for
employee minimum income taxes and
returned to the plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase in shares authorized . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan Expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cancelled/forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock granted out of option  plans . .
Restricted stock forfeited or cancelled for
employee minimum income taxes and
returned to the plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Option Price
per Share

2.49 - 16.39
—
5.81 - 10.09
—
2.49 - 11.51
3.00 - 15.43
—

—

2.49 - 16.39
5.96 - 7.16
—
2.49 - 7.76
2.49 - 15.43
—

Outstanding

Vested

Available
for  Grant

7,721,792
—
1,559,400
—
(2,145,792)
(344,100)
—

5,389,408

1,648,700
— 5,000,000
— (1,559,400)
—
—
262,513
— (651,661)

851,222
(2,145,792)
(250,300)

—

—

93,488

6,791,300
1,544,000

3,844,538

— 1,060,275
(194,410)
(119,165)

(194,410)
(212,540)
—

4,793,640
— (1,544,000)
—
—
127,125
— (667,000)

—

—

—

229,163

$2.80 - $16.39
—
—
3.86 - 6.64
—
2.80 - 5.81
3.00 - 15.43
—

4,591,238

7,928,350
—
—
1,788,300

— 1,055,412
(707,575)
(353,600)

(707,575)
(750,575)
—

2,938,928
— 3,730,000
—
(79,250)
— (1,788,300)
—
—
702,325
— (714,950)

—

—

—

232,700

December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2.83 - $16.39

8,258,500

4,585,475

5,021,453

Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013  are summarized  as follows:

Option Price per Share

$2.83 -  $4.58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$4.79 -  $7.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$7.31 -  $13.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$14.03 - $16.39 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding

2,248,475
4,191,075
993,500
825,450

Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,258,500

Weighted
Average Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options

$ 3.69
$ 6.26
$ 9.32
$15.26

$ 6.83

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract Life

8.4 years
7.6 years
2.3 years
4.1 years

Vested

681,175
2,097,850
981,000
825,450

6.8 years

4,585,475

Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Vested Options

$ 3.27
$ 6.34
$ 9.31
$15.26

$ 8.12

F-31

Additional information related to the Company’s stock options is as follows:

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (000’s)

Total outstanding at

January 1, 2013 . . . .
Options granted . . . .
Options exercised . . .
Options cancelled . . .
Options forfeited . . .

Total outstanding at

7,928,350
1,788,300
(707,575)
(422,850)
(327,725)

December 31, 2013 . .

8,258,500

$7.19
$4.22
$3.57
$5.98
$9.54

$6.83

6.9 years

$2.52

6.8 years

$171

Options exercisable and

vested at
December 31, 2013 . .

4,585,475

$8.12

5.1 years

$171

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2013,  2012 and 2011  was  $2.0 million,

$0.6 million and $13.3 million, respectively.  Cash received  from  option exercises  under all share-based
payment arrangements for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.5  million, $0.8 million and $13.1 million,
respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value for stock  option awards granted during  2013,
2012 and 2011 was $2.52, $3.54 and $4.00 per share, respectively.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit  Plans

The Company has issued restricted stock  and restricted stock units under  the Company’s 2013

Long-Term Incentive Plan and other applicable  plans.  Restricted stock units are  awards that obligate
the Company to issue a specific number of  shares of common stock in  the future if continued service
vesting requirements are met. Non-forfeitable ownership of  the common stock will vest over a period as
determined by the  Company in its sole  discretion,  generally in  equal annual  installments  over a
three-year period. Shares of restricted stock awarded may  not be sold, assigned,  transferred, pledged or
otherwise encumbered by the grantee during the vesting period.

The status of the Company’s restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards for 2013 is as follows:

Total nonvested at January 1, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
Shares/Units

1,033,447
714,950
(578,369)
(117,620)

Total nonvested at December 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,052,408

At December 31, 2013, the intrinsic value of restricted stock and  restricted stock unit awards was

approximately $3.5 million. The weighted average grant date fair value  for  restricted stock and
restricted stock unit awards granted during 2013,  2012 and  2011 was $4.08, $6.05 and $6.34 per share,
respectively. The total fair value of shares vested  during 2013, 2012  and  2011 was $2.4 million,
$4.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

F-32

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In June 2010, the Company adopted  an  Employee Stock Purchase Plan (‘‘ESPP’’) to replace the

prior ESPP, which terminated on December 31, 2008.  The ESPP allows all  eligible employees to
authorize payroll deductions at a rate of 1% to 10% of base compensation (or a fixed amount per pay
period) for the purchase of the Company’s common stock. Each participant is limited to purchase no
more than 500 shares per offering period or  1,000 shares  annually. Additionally, no participant  may
purchase shares in any calendar year that  exceeds $10,000  in fair market value  based on  the fair market
value of the stock on the offering commencement date. The  purchase  price of the common  stock  is the
lesser of 85% of the closing price on the  first day of  the applicable  offering  period (or most recently
preceding trading day) or 85% of the closing price on the last  day  of the offering period (or  most
recently preceding trading day). Each  offering period is  six months and  commences on  February 1  and
August 1 of each year. The ESPP is considered a compensatory plan under  ASC 718, and the Company
recorded  compensation expense of approximately $0.2 million and $0.3 million and  $0.3 million during
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The expense represents the  estimated  fair value  of the look-back
purchase option. The fair value was determined  using  the Black-Scholes option pricing model and  was
recognized over the purchase period. The total number of shares of common stock authorized and
available for issuance under ESPP is 1,120,452. The maximum number  of  shares of common  stock that
may be purchased for each offering period is 100,000 (200,000  annually).

Stock Appreciation Rights Plan

The Company has adopted a stock appreciation rights  plan which provides for the award of  stock

appreciation rights (‘‘SARs’’) to directors and selected key employees and consultants.  The awards
under this plan are subject to the terms and conditions set  forth in agreements between the Company
and the holders. The exercise price per SAR is not  to  be  less  than one hundred  percent of the fair
market value  of a share of common stock  on  the date  of  grant of  the  SAR.  The  term of each SAR
shall not exceed ten years from the grant date.  Upon  exercise  of  a SAR, the holder  shall  receive a cash
payment in an amount equal to the spread specified in  the SAR agreement for which  the SAR is being
exercised. In no event will any shares of common stock be issued, transferred or otherwise  distributed
under the plan.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding 140,000 SAR awards to one  individual
with an exercise price of $3.00. The Company recorded  less  than $0.1  million, less than $0.1 million
and $0.3 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense during  2013, 2012 and 2011  related
to employee stock appreciation rights.  Pursuant to ASC 718, the  stock  appreciation rights are
considered liability awards and as such,  these amounts are accrued in the  liability  section  of  the balance
sheet.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company calculated the fair value of  each stock option  on the  date of grant  using  the Black-

Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used for  each respective period:

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Risk-free interest rates . . . . . . . .
Expected lives (in years) . . . . . . .
Expected dividend yield . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . .

0.9% - 1.8%
5.5
—%

0.7% - 1.0%
5.5
—%
62.1% - 70.6% 67.8% - 72.2% 65.9% - 80.2%

1.1% - 1.9%
5.5
—%

The computation of expected volatility during 2013,  2012 and  2011 was based on  an equally

weighted combination of historical volatility and market-based  implied volatility. Historical volatility was

F-33

calculated from historical data for a period of  time approximately equal to the  expected term  of the
option award, starting from the date of grant. Market-based implied  volatility was derived from  traded
options on the Company’s common stock having a term of six  months. The Company’s computation of
expected life in 2013, 2012 and 2011  was  determined  based  on historical experience of similar  awards,
giving consideration to the contractual terms of  the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and
expectations of future employee behavior.  The risk-free interest  rate assumption is  based upon the U.S.
Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods  corresponding  with the expected life of
the option.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation  expense for the years ended

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 as  follows  (in  thousands):

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  benefit related thereto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,476
(2,469)

$ 6,598
(2,056)

$ 6,344
(1,976)

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax . . . . . . .

$ 5,007

$ 4,542

$ 4,368

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(10) Other Income (Expense)

A summary of other income (expense)  is as follows (in  thousands):

Accrual  for loss contingency related  to  legal  proceedings (Note  16) . . .
Gain on sale of a cost method investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on legal settlements (Note 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

$(183,327) $(10,000) $ —
—
—
(3,447)

—
30,895
(3,771)

3,591
—
(2,794)

Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(182,530) $ 17,124

$(3,447)

(11) Income Taxes

The sources of income (loss) before  income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(221,185) $34,633
52,050

387

$12,674
22,028

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(220,798) $86,683

$34,702

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

F-34

Components of income taxes are as follows  (in  thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Current:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State and local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,113
485
16,278

$

873
192
19,106

$ 6,594
493
11,180

Deferred:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,012
832

3,822
(136)

(4,893)
(3,238)

Total income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$25,720

$23,857

$10,136

A reconciliation of the expected income tax expense on income (loss) before income taxes  using

the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for 2013,  2012 and  2011 to income tax expense  is as
follows (in thousands):

Expected income tax expense (benefit) at 35% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign tax rate differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign tax differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State and local taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nondeductible expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance:

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

$(77,279) $30,339
(5,404)
4,897
192
47

(2,348)
16,808
485
(58)

$12,146
(7,858)
(2,511)
493
1,091

Valuation allowance on equity in losses of INOVA  Geophysical
. . . . .
Valuation allowance on operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,871
80,241

(104)
(6,110)

8,002
(1,227)

Total income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 25,720

$23,857

$10,136

F-35

The tax effects of the cumulative temporary differences  resulting in  the net deferred income tax

asset (liability) are as follows (in thousands):

December 31,

2013

2012

Current deferred:

Deferred income tax assets:

Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current deferred income tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

5,898
6,282
12,180
(10,535)

$ 11,417
5,359
16,776
(10,454)

Net current deferred income tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,645

6,322

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Unbilled receivables

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(13,516)

(26,863)

Total net current deferred income tax  liability . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (11,871) $(20,541)

Non-current deferred:

Deferred income tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital loss carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity method investment
Cost method investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basis in identified intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basis in research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contingency accrual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax credit carryforwards and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

9,043
19,657
41,176
—
9,950
3,733
67,664
8,893

$ 7,227
19,919
33,305
4,037
4,852
3,196
—
10,387

Total non-current deferred income tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

160,116
(140,500)

82,923
(52,807)

Net non-current deferred income tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19,616

30,116

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Basis in property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5,457)

(2,387)

Total net non-current deferred income  tax  asset . . . . . . . . .

$ 14,159

$ 27,729

As of December 31, 2012 the Company had recorded  a valuation allowance for  items  that  relate  to

capital losses or basis differences that would create capital losses. During 2013 the Company
established a  valuation allowance on the substantial majority of U.S. net deferred tax  assets due to the
significant charges taken during the year  and the  related inability  to  rely on projections of future
income. As of December 31, 2013, the  Company has a net  U.S.  deferred tax asset of approximately
$3.7 million. The Company has determined that this net deferred tax asset is  more likely  than not to be
realized through the expected reversal of existing  temporary  differences and the ability to offset the
related deductions against taxable income  in open  carryback years. The valuation allowance was
calculated in accordance with the provisions of  ASC 740-10, ‘‘Accounting for Income Taxes,’’ which
requires that a valuation allowance be  established or maintained when it is ‘‘more likely than not’’ that
all or a portion of deferred tax assets will  not be realized. The Company  will continue  to  record a
valuation allowance for the substantial majority of its deferred tax assets until there is sufficient
evidence to warrant reversal. In the event the Company’s expectations of future operating results
change, an additional valuation allowance  may be required to be established on the  Company’s existing
unreserved net U.S. deferred tax assets.

F-36

At December 31, 2013, the Company  had net operating  loss carry-forwards outside of the U.S. of

approximately $41.7 million, the majority of  which expires beyond 2027.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has approximately  $2.2 million of unrecognized  tax
benefits and does not expect to recognize  any  significant increases  in unrecognized tax benefits  during
the next twelve-month period. Interest  and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax  benefits are
recorded  in income tax expense. During  2013, 2012 and 2011, the aggregate changes in the Company’s
total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits are summarized as follows  (in  thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Beginning balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increases in unrecognized tax benefits—prior year positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increases in unrecognized tax benefits—current year positions . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,834
—
385

$1,375
—
459

$ 816
—
559

Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,219

$1,834

$1,375

The Company’s U.S. federal tax returns for 2007 and subsequent years remain subject to

examination by tax authorities. The Company is  no longer subject  to  IRS examination  for periods prior
to 2007, although carryforward attributes  that were generated prior to 2007 may still  be  adjusted upon
examination by the IRS if they either have been or will be used  in a future period.  In  the Company’s
foreign tax jurisdictions, tax returns for 2009  and subsequent years generally  remain  open to
examination.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company considered the  outside book-over-tax  basis difference  in

its  foreign subsidiaries to be in the amount  of  approximately  $43.1 million. United States  income  taxes
have not been provided on this difference as it  is the Company’s intention to reinvest the undistributed
earnings of its foreign subsidiaries indefinitely. The Company’s U.S. operations are expected to be fully
supported by existing cash balances and  U.S.-generated cash flows. These foreign earnings  could
become  subject to additional tax if remitted, or deemed remitted, to the United  States as a dividend;
however, it is not practicable to estimate  the additional amount of  taxes payable.

(12) Supplemental Cash Flow Information  and Non-cash Activity

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow  information is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

Cash paid during the period for:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,576
15,872

$ 4,625
18,146

$ 6,440
15,473

Non-cash items from investing and financing activities:

Purchase of computer equipment financed  through capital leases . . . . .
Leasehold improvement paid by landlord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion of the Company’s investment in a convertible note to

equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer of inventory to seismic rental equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment and seismic rental

equipment financed through accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sale of rental equipment financed with  a note  receivable . . . . . . . . . . .
Exchange of receivable related to a business acquisition . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduction in multi-client data library  related to finalization of accrued
liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,455
5,000

6,765
1,422

909
3,636
—

—

4,647
—

—
6,737

—
—
—

—

2,597
—

—
2,978

—
3,578
2,000

1,888

F-37

(13) Operating Leases

Lessee. The Company leases certain equipment, offices and warehouse space under

non-cancelable operating leases. Rental expense was $12.4  million,  $14.4 million and  $16.7 million for
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

A summary of future rental commitments  over the  next five  years  under non-cancelable operating

leases is as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,299
9,042
9,517
9,319
8,698

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$45,875

(14) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Authoritative guidance on fair value  measurements defines fair value, establishes a framework for
measuring fair value and stipulates the  related disclosure requirements.  The Company  follows  a three-
level  hierarchy, prioritizing and defining the  types of inputs used to measure fair value.

Investment in Convertible Notes.

In May 2011, the Company purchased a convertible note from  a

privately-owned U.S.-based technology company. The original principal amount of the  note was
$6.5 million, and the note accrued interest  at a  rate  of  4% per annum. On April 25, 2013, the
Company converted the principal and  accrued  interest on the indebtedness into 1,533,858 common
shares of the investee which resulted  in  a  post-conversion  equity ownership percentage  interest  in the
investee of 16.0%.  This investment is now accounted for as a cost  method investment. At April 25,
2013, prior to conversion, the note and accrued interest  had a fair value of $6.5  million compared to a
book value of $7.0 million resulting in a  realized  loss of  $(0.5) million. The Company  performed  a fair
value analysis with respect to its investment in  the convertible note and interest  using Level 3  inputs.
These inputs included (i) an income approach,  using  a discounted cash flow model, (ii)  a market
approach, using peer company multiples,  and (iii) a market approach, including  terms and likelihood of
an investment event.

In March 2012, the Company and the investee entered into an  agreement for the Company  to

make available to the investee a credit facility  in an  amount  of up to $4.0  million. The  credit facility
has since been amended, such that the current maturity date is  March 2015, the annual interest rate  is
0.25%, and the conversion provision  allows for the conversion of any  or  all  of the outstanding  balance
of the promissory note under the credit  facility into common shares of the investee. As of
December 31, 2013, the investee had drawn $4.0 million  under this credit arrangement.

The Company performed a fair value  analysis with respect  to  its investment in  the convertible note

using Level 3 inputs. These inputs included a  market  approach, including the terms  and likelihood  of
an investment event. As of December 31,  2013, the fair  value of this investment was approximately
$4.2 million, including accrued interest.

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments. Due to their highly liquid nature, the amount of the

Company’s other financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts and unbilled
receivables, notes receivable, accounts payable and accrued multi-client data library royalties, represent
their approximate fair value.

F-38

The carrying amounts of the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and

December 31, 2012 were $220.2 million  and $105.3 million, respectively,  compared to its fair  values  of
$190.4 million and $105.3 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The
fair value of the long-term debt was calculated using a  market approach based  upon Level 2 inputs,
including a price quote from a major financial institution, as  of December 31, 2013. As of
December 31, 2012, Level 3 inputs were  used,  including an  estimated  interest  rate reflecting
then-current market conditions.

The Company’s cost method investments for which  quoted market prices are  not available  are
recorded at cost and reviewed periodically if there are events or changes in  circumstances that may
have  a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the  investments.

(15) Benefit Plans

The Company has a 401(k) retirement savings plan, which covers substantially all employees.

Employees may voluntarily contribute up to 60% of their compensation, as  defined,  to  the plan.
Effective June 1, 2000, the Company adopted  a company matching  contribution to the 401(k)  plan. The
Company matched the employee contribution  at a  rate of 50% of the  first  6% of compensation
contributed to the plan. In April 2009, the  Company suspended  its  match to employee’s 401(k) plan
contributions, but reinstated its matching contributions in April 2010. Company  contributions to the
plans were $1.7 million, $1.4 million and $1.3  million,  during  2013, 2012 and 2011,  respectively.

(16) Legal Matters

WesternGeco

In June 2009, WesternGeco L.L.C. (‘‘WesternGeco’’) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the
United States District Court for the Southern  District of Texas,  Houston Division.  In  the lawsuit, styled
WesternGeco L.L.C. v. ION Geophysical  Corporation, WesternGeco alleged that the Company infringed
several method and apparatus claims  contained in four of its United  States patents regarding  marine
seismic streamer steering devices. WesternGeco sought unspecified  monetary  damages and an
injunction prohibiting the Company from  making, using, selling, offering for sale or supplying  any
infringing products in the United States.

In June 2010, WesternGeco filed a lawsuit against various  subsidiaries and  affiliates  of  Fugro N.V.
(‘‘Fugro’’), one of the Company’s seismic contractor customers, accusing Fugro of infringing the  same
United States patents regarding marine seismic streamer steering devices by planning to use certain
equipment purchased from the Company on  a survey located outside of U.S. territorial waters. The
court approved the consolidation of the  Fugro case with the Company’s case. Fugro filed a motion to
dismiss the lawsuit, and in March 2011 the presiding  judge granted  Fugro’s motion to dismiss in part,
on the basis that the alleged activities  of  Fugro would occur more  than 12 miles from the  U.S. coast
and therefore are not actionable under  U.S. patent infringement law.

In response to a Motion for Summary Judgment filed jointly by  the Company and Fugro, the

Court ruled in April 2012 that the Company did not  directly infringe WesternGeco’s method patent
claims. In a pre-trial ruling on June 29, 2012, the Court ruled  that, if a particular patent claim of
WesternGeco was held to be valid and enforceable at the upcoming trial,  the Company’s DigiFIN(cid:5)
lateral streamer control system, when combined with  the Company’s lateral controller in the United
States, would infringe one claim in one of WesternGeco’s asserted patents, U.S. Patent No. 7,293,520,
under 35 U.S.C. §271(f)(1).

Trial began on July 23, 2012. During the trial, Fugro settled all claims asserted against it  by
WesternGeco and obtained a global license  from WesternGeco. A verdict  was  returned by the jury on
August 16, 2012, finding that the Company willfully  infringed the  claims contained in the  four patents

F-39

and awarded WesternGeco the sum of $105.9  million  in damages, consisting of $12.5  million  in
reasonable royalty and $93.4 million  in  lost  profits.

In September 2012, the Company filed  motions  with the trial  court to overturn all or portions of
the verdict. In June 2013, the presiding judge entered  a Memorandum  and  Order rejecting the jury’s
finding of willfulness and denying WesternGeco’s motions for willfulness and enhanced damages,  but
also denying the Company’s post-verdict motions that challenged the jury’s infringement findings and
the damages amount. In the Memorandum and Order,  the  judge also stated that he would approve
WesternGeco’s motion for a permanent injunction and  that WesternGeco is entitled  to  be awarded
supplemental damages for the additional  DigiFIN units that were  supplied from the  United States
before and after trial that were not included in the  jury  verdict  due to the timing of the trial.  On
October 24, 2013, the judge entered another Memorandum  and  Order, ruling  on the  number of
DigiFIN units that are subject to supplemental  damages and also ruling  that  the supplemental damages
applicable to the additional units should  be calculated  by adding together the  jury’s previous reasonable
royalty and lost profits damages awards per unit, resulting in  supplemental damages of $73.1 million.
The total damages award in the case  now  consists of  the jury  award  of $105.9 million and  the
supplemental damages award of $73.1 million, plus prejudgment interest and  court costs. The October
2013 Memorandum and Order also concluded that  the Company’s infringement involving the
supplemental units was not willful and that WesternGeco was  not  entitled to receive enhanced
damages.

The next probable step in the case is  for the trial  court judge to sign and enter a  final judgment.

As of the filing date of this Annual Report  on Form  10-K,  the Court had not yet entered  a final
judgment in the case.

Upon the entering of a final trial court judgment, the Company intends to appeal the  judgment to
the United States Court of Appeals for  the Federal  Circuit. WesternGeco  would also  have the right to
elect to appeal any final judgment.

Either within its final judgment or in a separate order entered after  its final judgment,  the trial
court has ruled that it will also enter a  permanent injunction against the Company. As  of  the filing  date
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K,  the  Court had  not  issued the  final terms of the permanent
injunction. Until the permanent injunction is  entered, the final terms of  the  injunction  cannot be known
for certain, but it is likely that the permanent injunction will  prohibit the Company from supplying  it
DigiFIN units, two parts that are unique to the  DigiFIN product and related software from the United
States to its customers overseas with an intention for  the customers to combine DigiFIN  and the
software with other required components of  the patent claims.  Although no  permanent injunction has
yet been entered, the Company has conducted  its  business in compliance with the  Court’s orders in the
case, and the Company has reorganized  its operations such that  it no longer supplies  DigiFIN units, the
unique  DigiFIN parts or the related software from  the United  States.

Based on the Company’s analysis after the trial court’s Memorandum and Order in June 2013

denying its post-verdict motions that  challenged the jury’s infringement findings and the damages
amount, the Company increased its loss  contingency accrual  related  to  this case  from $10.0 million to
$120.0 million, consisting of jury verdict  damages, court costs, and  estimates  of  prejudgment interest
and supplemental damages. Based on its analysis after  the trial court’s Memorandum and Order in
October 2013 awarding supplemental  damages, the  Company further increased its loss contingency
accrual  related to this case from $120.0 million,  to  $193.3 million at December 31, 2013  consisting of
jury verdict damages, supplemental damages, court costs and estimates  of  prejudgment interest.
Additional interest will continue to accrue until this  legal matter is fully  resolved.

The Company’s assessment of its  potential loss contingency  may change in the future due to
developments at the trial court or appellate court and other events, such as changes  in applicable law,
and  such reassessment could lead to the determination that  no  loss contingency is probable  or that a

F-40

greater or lesser loss contingency is probable. Any such  reassessment could have  a material effect on
the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

As stated above, the Company intends  to  appeal the trial  court judgment to the United States

Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.  In  order to stay the judgment during the appeal,  the
Company will be required to post an  appeal bond with the trial court after the  final trial court
judgment is entered. The amount of  the appeal bond is in the  discretion of the trial court judge, but it
could be required to be up to the full amount of damages entered  in the judgment, plus  court costs
and interest. To be prepared for an adverse  judgment in  this case, the Company  has arranged with
sureties to post an appeal bond on the Company’s behalf. The sureties have indicated they will likely
require the Company to post cash collateral to secure  the appeal bond amount for as long as the bond
is outstanding. The Company currently  believes  that the  sureties will likely require cash collateral equal
to 25% of the appeal bond amount,  although  they will likely have the  contractual  right to require cash
collateral for up to the full amount of  the  bond.  Until the  final  judgment is entered and an appeal
bond is posted, the terms applicable  to the appeal  bond,  including the amount of collateral required to
secure the bond, are not final. Depending  on  the size  of  the bond and  the amount of collateral
required, in order to collateralize the  bond  the Company would intend to utilize a combination of cash
on hand  and undrawn balances available under its  revolving line of credit. If the appeal bond is
required to cover the entire judgment  amount  and  the Company is  required to collateralize the  full
amount of the bond, the Company might also incur additional debt and/or equity financing. The
collateralization of the full amount of a large  appeal bond  could have an adverse effect on  the
Company’s liquidity.

If the Company is unable to post the  appeal bond, the  Company will be unable to stay

enforcement of the trial court judgment during  the appeal of the judgment.  Until the trial court enters
the final judgment and rules on the amount of  the appeal bond, the Company is unable to determine
for certain the required amount of the bond and whether and  to  what  extent the sureties  will  require
the appeal bond to be collateralized.  Similarly, the Company  is unable to predict the timing  of  the final
judgment being entered by the trial court or the timing  of posting the  required appeal bond.

Any requirements that the Company  collateralize the  appeal bond will reduce  its  liquidity and  may

reduce the borrowings otherwise available under its  credit facility. The  current maturity date of any
outstanding debt under the Company’s Credit Facility is March 2015. No assurances can  be  made
whether the Company’s efforts to raise additional cash would be successful and, if so, on what terms
and conditions, and at what cost the Company  might be able to secure any such financing.

Fletcher

In November 2009, Fletcher International,  Ltd. (‘‘Fletcher’’), the sole holder of all of the

outstanding shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock until June 2012, filed a  lawsuit  against
the Company and certain of its directors  in the Delaware Court  of Chancery.  In  the lawsuit, styled
Fletcher International, Ltd. v. ION Geophysical  Corporation, et al, Fletcher alleged, among other things,
that the Company violated Fletcher’s consent rights contained in the Series  D Preferred  Stock
Certificates of Designation, by (a) the  execution and delivery of a convertible promissory note  to  the
Bank of China, New York Branch by  one of  the Company’s subsidiaries (incorporated in Luxembourg),
in connection with a bridge loan funded in October 2009 by Bank of  China, and (b) the Company’s
Canadian subsidiary executing and delivering  several promissory notes  in 2008  in connection  with the
Company’s acquisition of ARAM Systems Ltd.  Fletcher  also alleged  that the  Company’s directors
violated their fiduciary duties by allowing  the subsidiaries to deliver the notes  without Fletcher’s
consent. In a Memorandum Opinion issued in May 2010  in response  to  a motion for  partial summary
judgment, the judge dismissed all of  Fletcher’s claims against the named directors but also  concluded
that, because the bridge loan note executed by the  Company’s Luxembourg subsidiary in 2009 was
convertible into the Company’s common stock, Fletcher had the right to consent to the  issuance of the

F-41

note and that the Company had violated Fletcher’s consent rights by that subsidiary’s issuing the bridge
loan note without Fletcher’s consent. In March 2011, the judge dismissed certain  additional  claims
asserted by Fletcher. In May 2012, the  judge ruled that  Fletcher did not have the  right to consent with
respect to two of the promissory notes  executed  and delivered by the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in
September 2008 in connection with the Company’s purchase of ARAM Systems Ltd., but that
(i) Fletcher did have the right to consent  to  the execution and delivery in  December 2008 of a
replacement promissory note in the principal amount of $35 million, and (ii) the Company had violated
Fletcher’s consent rights by the subsidiary’s executing and delivering the replacement promissory note
without Fletcher’s consent. Fletcher elected not to pursue  damages related  to  the issuance of the
replacement $35 million promissory note.

In June 2012, Fletcher filed a voluntary petition  for relief under Chapter  11 of the  U.S.
Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy  Court for the Southern District  of New  York.  Fletcher’s
shares of Series D Preferred Stock, which  had been pledged  by Fletcher to  secure certain indebtedness,
were sold by the pledgee to an affiliate of  D.E. Shaw & Co.,  Inc. in June 2012.  On September 30, 2013,
the holder of the shares of Series D  Preferred  Stock fully converted all  of  the shares  into  shares of the
Company’s common stock. After the conversion, there were no shares of Series D  Preferred Stock
outstanding.

After a trial to determine the amount of damages that the Company would owe Fletcher as a
result of the bridge loan note being issued without  Fletcher’s consent, in December 2013 the presiding
judge  awarded Fletcher $300,000 in damages, plus  prejudgment interest. The Company agreed to pay
Fletcher the amount of $500,000 to settle the case and all rights  of  appeal. The amount of the
settlement, along with the Company’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with the case, is
covered by insurance, subject to applicable  deductibles.

Sercel

In January 2010, the jury in a patent infringement lawsuit filed by  the Company against seismic
equipment provider Sercel, Inc. in the United States  District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
returned a verdict in the Company’s favor. In the lawsuit, styled  Input/Output, Inc. et al v. Sercel, Inc.,
(5-6-cv-236), the Company alleged that Sercel’s 408, 428 and SeaRay digital seismic sensor units
infringe the Company’s United States Patent No. 5,852,242, which is incorporated in  the Company’s
VectorSeis sensor technology. The jury concluded that  Sercel infringed  the Company’s patent, and the
jury awarded the Company $25.2 million  in compensatory past  damages.

In response to post-verdict motions made by the  parties, in September  2010, the presiding judge

issued a series of rulings that (a) granted the Company’s motion for a permanent injunction to be
issued prohibiting the manufacture, use  or  sale of  the infringing Sercel products, (b)  confirmed that the
Company’s patent was valid, (c) confirmed that the  jury’s finding of infringement was supported by the
evidence and (d) disallowed $5.4 million  of  lost  profits damages. In addition, the judge concluded that
the evidence supporting the jury’s finding that the Company was entitled  to  be  awarded $9.0 million in
lost profits associated with certain infringing pre-verdict marine sales by  Sercel was  too speculative and
therefore disallowed that award of lost profits.  As a result of the judge’s ruling, the Company was
entitled to be awarded an additional  amount of damages equal to a reasonable  royalty on  the infringing
pre-verdict Sercel marine sales.

F-42

In February 2011, the Court entered a final judgment  and permanent injunction  in the case.  The

final judgment awarded the Company  $10.7 million in damages plus  interest, and the permanent
injunction prohibits Sercel and parties acting in concert with Sercel  from  making, using, offering to sell,
selling, or importing in the United States  (which includes territorial waters of the United States)
Sercel’s 408UL, 428XL and SeaRay digital sensor units,  and all  other products  that are only colorably
different from those products. Sercel  and  the Company  appealed portions of  the final judgment, and on
February 17, 2012, the appellate court  upheld  the final judgment.  In April 2012, Sercel paid the
Company $12.0 million pursuant to the  final  judgment. In its  judgment,  the Court  also ordered that the
additional damages to be paid by Sercel as a  reasonable  royalty on the infringing  pre-verdict Sercel
marine sales and the additional damages  to  be  paid by Sercel  resulting from additional infringing  sales
would be determined in a separate proceeding to be conducted in the  future. In December 2012, the
Company and Sercel settled all remaining claims in exchange for $19.0  million and an agreement  by
Sercel to pay the Company royalties on future sales. Under this agreement, the Company has no
continuing obligations.

Other

The Company has been named in various other lawsuits or threatened actions  that  are incidental

to its ordinary business. Litigation is  inherently unpredictable. Any claims against the Company,
whether meritorious or not, could be  time-consuming,  cause  the Company to incur costs and  expenses,
require significant amounts of management  time and result in the diversion of significant operational
resources. The results of these lawsuits and actions  cannot be predicted with  certainty.  Management
currently believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will  not  have a material adverse impact
on the financial condition, results of  operations  or liquidity  of the Company.

(17) Restructuring Activities

In the third quarter of 2013, the Company initiated a  restructuring of its Systems segment. This
restructuring involves the closing of certain manufacturing facilities and  reducing headcount in those
and other facilities. The Company incurred a total  of  $28.0 million of charges, including $6.7 million of
cash expenditures.

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had reduced its employee headcount in its Systems

segment by 31% of the total Systems  full-time employee headcount. As  of December 31, 2013,  the
Company had a remaining accrual of $0.3  million  related to severance costs resulting from the
reductions. Of the total amount expensed in 2013,  $3.7 million is included in cost of sales, with the
remaining $1.9 million included in operating  expenses.

During  2013, the Company recognized the  following  pre-tax  charges  related  to  its  Systems  segment

restructuring activity:

Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,729
$647
$ — $1,873

$21,351
383
$

Facility
charges

Severance
charges

Asset
write-downs
and other

Total

$25,727
$ 2,256

Consolidated total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$647

$5,602

$21,734

$27,983

F-43

(18) Selected Quarterly Information—(Unaudited)

A summary of selected quarterly information  is as  follows (in  thousands, except per share

amounts):

Year  Ended  December 31, 2013

March 31

June 30

September 30

December 31

Service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 89,949
39,788

$ 89,603
31,312

$ 44,679
35,159

$167,086
51,591

Three Months Ended

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of investments . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) applicable to common  shares . . . . .

Net income (loss) per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$
$

129,737
34,957
1,923
(1,066)
1,116
1,027
1,201

120,915
36,618
6,770
(2,756)
(6,338)
(107,118)
(38,705)

79,838
(15,104)
(56,528)
(4,281)
(5,192)
(74,301)
56,954

218,677
102,842
64,231
(4,241)
(31,906)
(2,138)
6,270

76
338

(59)
338

498
5,338

143
—

1,537

$ (71,134)

$(202,096)

$ 19,819

0.01
0.01

$
$

(0.45)
(0.45)

$
$

(1.29)
(1.29)

$
$

0.12
0.12

Three Months Ended

Year  Ended  December 31, 2012

March 31

June 30

September 30

December 31

Service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,634
45,076

$ 72,844
32,370

$ 93,023
43,300

$122,082
50,988

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of investments . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests . . . . .
Preferred stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income applicable to common shares . . . . . . . . . .

Net income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

111,710
41,156
11,643
(1,518)
2,468
(686)
3,445
113
338

105,214
45,943
12,972
(1,364)
3,777
895
4,184
281
338

136,323
55,958
25,049
(1,237)
(1,684)
(936)
6,037
42
338

173,070
72,744
24,863
(1,146)
(4,264)
17,851
10,191
53
338

$

$
$

8,237

$ 12,039

$ 14,859

$ 26,828

0.05
0.05

$
$

0.08
0.08

$
$

0.10
0.09

$
$

0.17
0.17

(19) Certain Relationships and Related  Party Transactions

For 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company  recorded revenues from  BGP of $8.0 million, $13.7  million

and $34.5 million, respectively. Receivables due  from BGP were $1.5  million  and $1.6 million  at
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. BGP  owned approximately 14.5%  of  the Company’s
outstanding common stock as of December  31, 2013. For  2013,  the  Company paid to BGP $46.2  million

F-44

for seismic acquisition services provided on one of the  Company’s new venture projects. At
December 31, 2013, the Company owed  BGP $1.5 million for unpaid services received for that project.

Mr. James M. Lapeyre, Jr. is the Chairman of the  Board on ION’s board of directors and a
significant equity owner of Laitram, L.L.C. (Laitram), and  he  has served as  president of Laitram and
its  predecessors since 1989. Laitram  is a  privately-owned, New Orleans-based  manufacturer of  food
processing equipment and modular conveyor  belts. Mr. Lapeyre  and Laitram  together  owned
approximately 6.3% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2013.

The Company acquired DigiCourse, Inc.,  the Company’s marine positioning products business,
from Laitram in 1998. In connection  with that acquisition, the Company entered into a Continued
Services Agreement with Laitram under  which  Laitram  agreed  to  provide the Company  certain
bookkeeping, software, manufacturing and maintenance  services. Manufacturing services consist
primarily of machining of parts for the  Company’s marine positioning systems. The term of this
agreement expired in September 2001  but  the Company continues to operate under  its terms. In
addition, from time to time, when the Company has requested, the  legal staff of Laitram has advised
the Company on certain intellectual property  matters with regard to the Company’s marine positioning
systems. Under an amended lease of commercial property dated February 1,  2006, between Lapeyre
Properties, L.L.C. (an affiliate of Laitram)  and ION, the  Company has leased  certain office and
warehouse space from Lapeyre Properties  through  January 2014,  with the  right to terminate the lease
sooner upon 12 months’ notice. During 2013, the Company paid  Laitram and its affiliates a total of
approximately $4.2 million, which consisted of approximately $3.5 million for  manufacturing services,
$0.4 million for rent and other pass-through third  party facilities charges, and $0.3  million  for
reimbursement for costs related to providing administrative  and other back-office support services  in
connection with the Company’s Louisiana marine operations. For the 2012  and 2011 fiscal years, the
Company paid Laitram and its affiliates  a total  of  approximately $4.1 million and $6.3 million,
respectively, for these services. In the opinion of the  Company’s management, the terms of these
services are fair and reasonable and as favorable to the Company  as those that could have  been
obtained from unrelated third parties at the time of their  performance.

In July 2013, the Company agreed to  lend  up to $10.0 million  to  INOVA Geophysical, and
received a promissory note issued by INOVA Geophysical to the order  of the Company, which was
scheduled to mature on September 30,  2013. The loan  was  made by the Company to support certain
short-term working capital needs of INOVA Geophysical. The indebtedness under the note  accrues
interest at an annual rate equal to the London Interbank Offered  Rate  plus 650 basis points.  In  July
2013, the Company advanced the full principal amount of $10.0 million to INOVA Geophysical  under
the promissory note. During the second half of 2013,  the Company received  payments totaling
$5.0 million from INOVA Geophysical  on the  loan. The maturity date  of the note  has been extended to
March 31, 2014.

(20) Condensed Consolidating Financial  Information

In May 2013, the Company sold $175 million of Senior Secured Second-Priority Notes. The notes
were issued by ION Geophysical Corporation, and are guaranteed by the Company’s current material
U.S. subsidiaries: GX Technology Corporation, ION Exploration Products (U.S.A.), Inc. and I/O
Marine Systems, Inc. (‘‘the Guarantors’’), which are 100-percent-owned subsidiaries. The  Guarantors
have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment obligations of ION Geophysical Corporation
with respect to these debt securities.  The following condensed consolidating financial information
presents the results of operations, financial position  and  cash flows for:

(cid:127) ION Geophysical Corporation and the guarantor subsidiaries (in  each case, reflecting

investments in subsidiaries utilizing the equity  method of accounting).

(cid:127) All other nonguarantor subsidiaries.

F-45

(cid:127) The consolidating adjustments necessary to present ION Geophysical  Corporation’s results on a

consolidated basis.

This condensed consolidating financial  information should be read in conjunction with the

accompanying consolidated financial  statements and notes.

Balance Sheet

Current assets:

ASSETS

December 31, 2013

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors

The

All Other
Subsidiaries

Consolidating
Adjustments

Total
Consolidated

(In thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net
Unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

$ 124,701
1,874
—
—
12,888

$

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant, equipment and seismic

rental equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-client data library, net . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity method investments . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139,463
6,513

6,440
—
51,065
699,695
—
—
8,313
14,315

—
99,547
33,490
6,595
5,030

144,662
6,960

29,845
212,572
—
248,482
26,984
8,246
13,419
56

$ 23,355
48,027
15,978
50,578
7,438

145,376
489

10,399
26,212
2,800
—
28,892
3,001
—
24,262

$

—
—
—
—
(584)

(584)
688

—
—
—
(948,177)
—
—
(21,732)
(23,985)

$ 148,056
149,448
49,468
57,173
24,772

428,917
14,650

46,684
238,784
53,865
—
55,876
11,247
—
14,648

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 925,804

$ 691,226

$241,431

$(993,790)

$ 864,671

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Current maturities of long-term debt . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued multi-client data library royalties
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt, net of current maturities . .
Intercompany payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable  noncontrolling interests . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated earnings (deficit) . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due from ION Geophysical  Corporation .
Treasury stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . .
Noncontrolling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $

3,515
16,652
—
—

20,167
210,000
426,134
11,757

668,058
—

1,637
879,969
(606,157)

(11,138)
—
(6,565)

257,746
—

257,746

4,716
11,741
54,250
45,921
16,387

133,015
3,655
—
214,211

350,881
—

290,460
180,700
232,186

6,218
(369,219)
—

340,345
—

340,345

$

1,190
7,364
13,392
539
4,295

26,780
591
21,732
8,637

57,740
1,878

19,138
235,381
(4,010)

(11,920)
(56,915)
—

181,674
139

181,813

$

—
34
64
—
—

98
—
(447,866)
(24,003)

(471,771)
—

(309,598)
(416,081)
(228,176)

5,702
426,134
—

(522,019)
—

(522,019)

$

5,906
22,654
84,358
46,460
20,682

180,060
214,246
—
210,602

604,908
1,878

1,637
879,969
(606,157)

(11,138)
—
(6,565)

257,746
139

257,885

Total liabilities and equity . . . . . . . . . .

$ 925,804

$ 691,226

$241,431

$(993,790)

$ 864,671

F-46

— $ 60,971
127,136
138
89,784
—
70,675
—
25,605
(2,455)

(2,317)
5,349

374,171
28,414

Balance Sheet

Current assets:

ASSETS

December 31, 2012

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors Subsidiaries Adjustments Consolidated

Consolidating

All Other

Total

The

(In thousands)

Cash and  cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Accounts receivable, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  expenses and  other  current  assets .

30,343 $
21,657
—
—
7,258

— $ 30,628
54,071
15,069
56,530
13,723

51,270
74,715
14,145
7,079

$

Total  current  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income  tax  asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property,  plant,  equipment and seismic

rental equipment,  net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-client  data library,  net . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity method  investments . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in  subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets,  net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

59,258
16,747

147,209
6,167

170,021
151

4,048

19,118
— 202,838
—
259,716
26,984
10,677
—
122

73,925
863,134
—
—
10,593
9,501

11
33,772
10,595
— 230,315
27,477
73,925
—
—
—
— (1,122,850)
55,349
—
14,841
—
—
(13,981)
9,796
(30,000)

28,365
4,164
3,388
30,173

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,037,206 $ 672,831

$274,334

$(1,163,788) $ 820,583

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Current maturities of  long-term  debt
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued multi-client data  library royalties .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . $

Total current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt,  net  of  current maturities . . .
Intercompany payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable noncontrolling interests . . . . . .
Stockholders’  equity:

Cumulative  convertible preferred stock . . .
Common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in  capital . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated earnings  (deficit) . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income
(loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due from ION  Geophysical  Corporation . .
Treasury stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— $

3,734
49,582
—
—

53,316
97,250
375,768
12,387

538,721
—

27,000
1,564
848,669
(360,297)

2,307
13,568
59,100
26,082
19,863

120,920
2,857
13,981
20,000

157,758
—

—
290,460
175,006
400,932

(11,886)

5,639
— (356,964)
—

(6,565)

Total stockholders’  equity . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncontrolling  interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

498,485
—

515,073
—

$

1,189
11,386
17,153
218
7,036

36,982
1,725
—
961

39,668
2,123

—
11,506
235,116
16,732

(12,541)
(18,804)
—

232,009
534

$

— $
—
(1,740)
—
—

3,496
28,688
124,095
26,300
26,899

(1,740)

209,478
— 101,832
—
8,131

(389,749)
(25,217)

(416,706)
—

319,441
2,123

—
(301,966)
(410,122)
(417,664)

6,902
375,768
—

(747,082)
—

27,000
1,564
848,669
(360,297)

(11,886)
—
(6,565)

498,485
534

Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

498,485

515,073

232,543

(747,082)

499,019

Total liabilities  and equity . . . . . . . . . . . $1,037,206 $ 672,831

$274,334

$(1,163,788) $ 820,583

F-47

Income Statement

Year Ended December 31, 2013

ION
Geophysical
Corporation

The
Guarantors

All Other
Subsidiaries

Consolidating
Adjustments

Total
Consolidated

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $ 337,570
240,704
—

(In thousands)
$213,826
151,379

$ (2,229)
(2,229)

$ 549,167
389,854

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany interest, net . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) before income taxes . .
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . .

—
35,054

(35,054)
(12,102)
411

96,866
62,028

34,838
(49)
(1,374)

(192,220)
12,166

(226,799)
19,061

(19,755)
(193,289)

(179,629)
(10,883)

62,447
45,835

16,612
(193)
963

(19,833)
(1,407)

(3,858)
17,542

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(245,860)

(168,746)

(21,400)

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling

—
—

—
—
—

189,488
—

189,488
—

189,488

159,313
142,917

16,396
(12,344)
—

(42,320)
(182,530)

(220,798)
25,720

(246,518)

interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

658

—

658

Net income (loss) attributable to

ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(245,860)

(168,746)

(20,742)

189,488

(245,860)

Payment  of preferred dividends and

conversion payment . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,014

—

—

—

6,014

Net income (loss) applicable to

common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(251,874) $(168,746)

$ (20,742)

$189,488

$(251,874)

Comprehensive net income (loss) . . . . .
Comprehensive loss attributable to

$(245,112) $(168,167)

$ (20,779)

$188,288

$(245,770)

noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . .

—

—

658

—

658

Comprehensive net income (loss)

attributable to ION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(245,112) $(168,167)

$ (20,121)

$188,288

$(245,112)

F-48

Income Statement

Year Ended December 31, 2012

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors

The

All Other
Subsidiaries

Consolidating
Adjustments

Total
Consolidated

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $311,758
192,639
—

(In thousands)
$214,939
118,257

$

(380)
(380)

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany interest, net . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) before income taxes . . .
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . .

—
35,982

(35,982)
(5,137)
232

58,162
29,447

46,722
(16,593)

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63,315

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) attributable to ION
Preferred stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) applicable to

—

63,315
1,352

119,119
61,315

57,804
198
(629)

33,958
(10,334)

80,997
21,771

59,226

—

59,226
—

96,682
43,977

52,705
(326)
397

—
(1,989)

50,787
18,679

32,108

489

32,597
—

—
—

—
—
—

(91,823)
—

(91,823)
—

(91,823)

—

(91,823)
—

$526,317
310,516

215,801
141,274

74,527
(5,265)
—

297
17,124

86,683
23,857

62,826

489

63,315
1,352

common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 61,963

$ 59,226

$ 32,597

$(91,823)

$ 61,963

Comprehensive net income (loss) . . . . .
Comprehensive loss attributable to

$ 67,622

$ 62,085

$ 34,967

$(97,541)

$ 67,133

noncontrolling interest

. . . . . . . . .

—

—

489

—

489

Comprehensive net income (loss)

attributable to ION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 67,622

$ 62,085

$ 35,456

$(97,541)

$ 67,622

F-49

Income Statement

Year Ended December 31, 2011

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors

The

All Other
Subsidiaries

Consolidating
Adjustments

Total
Consolidated

Total net revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $254,084
163,349
—

(In thousands)
$201,320
118,248

$

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany interest, net . . . . . . . . . .
Equity in earnings (losses) of

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) before income taxes . . .
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . .

—
26,504

(26,504)
(5,804)
182

44,051
(1,278)

10,647
(14,127)

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,774

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) attributable to ION
Preferred stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) applicable to

—

24,774
1,352

90,735
44,205

46,530
172
(507)

38,931
(106)

85,020
16,076

68,944

—

68,944
—

83,072
36,303

46,769
(152)
325

—
(2,063)

44,879
8,187

36,692

208

36,900
—

(783)
(421)

(362)
(362)

—
—
—

(105,844)
—

(105,844)
—

(105,844)

—

(105,844)
—

$454,621
281,176

173,445
106,650

66,795
(5,784)
—

(22,862)
(3,447)

34,702
10,136

24,566

208

24,774
1,352

common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 23,422

$ 68,944

$ 36,900

$(105,844)

$ 23,422

Comprehensive net income (loss) . . . . .
Comprehensive loss attributable to

$ 24,111

$ 68,909

$ 36,657

$(105,774)

$ 23,903

noncontrolling interest

. . . . . . . . .

—

—

208

—

208

Comprehensive net income (loss)

attributable to ION . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24,111

$ 68,909

$ 36,865

$(105,774)

$ 24,111

F-50

Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating

Year Ended December 31, 2013

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors Subsidiaries Adjustments Consolidated

All Other Consolidating

Total

The

(In thousands)

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (50,731) $ 166,838 $ 31,480

$

— $ 147,587

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in multi-client data library . . . . .
Purchase of property, plant, equipment  and
seismic rental equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .

Net advances to INOVA Geophysical
Investment in and advances to

OceanGeo B.V.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Proceeds from sale of a cost method

investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in convertible notes . . . . . . . . . .
Capital contribution to affiliate . . . . . . . . . .
Other investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by (used in) investing

— (111,689)

(2,893)

— (114,582)

(2,075)
(5,000)

(10,171)
—

(4,668)
—

—

— (24,755)

—
—

—

4,150
(2,000)
(5,695)
—

—
—
(7,897)
128

—
—
—
—

—
—
13,592
—

(16,914)
(5,000)

(24,755)

4,150
(2,000)
—
128

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(10,620)

(129,629)

(32,316)

13,592

(158,973)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes . . . . . . . . .
Payments under revolving line of credit . . . .
Borrowings under revolving line of credit
. .
Payments on notes payable and long-term

debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost associated with issuance of notes . . . . .
Capital contribution from affiliate . . . . . . . .
Intercompany lending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment  of preferred dividends and

175,000
(97,250)
35,000

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

175,000
(97,250)
35,000

—
(6,773)
—
52,646

(3,249)
—
5,695
(39,655)

(1,112)
—
7,897
(12,991)

—
—
(13,592)
—

conversion payment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(6,014)

Proceeds from employee stock purchases

and exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . .

2,527

Excess tax benefit from stock-based

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contribution from noncontrolling interests .
Other financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by (used in) financing

276
—
297

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

155,709

(37,209)

(6,206)

(13,592)

98,702

Effect of change in foreign currency
exchange rates on cash and cash
equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash

—

—

(231)

equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

94,358

— (7,273)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of

period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30,343

— 30,628

—

—

—

(231)

87,085

60,971

Cash and cash equivalents at end of  period . $124,701 $

— $ 23,355

$

— $ 148,056

F-51

(4,361)
(6,773)
—
—

(6,014)

2,527

276
—
297

Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating

Year Ended December 31, 2012

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors Subsidiaries Adjustments Consolidated

All Other Consolidating

Total

The

(In thousands)

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 19,362 $ 105,768 $ 43,951

$—

$ 169,081

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in multi-client data library . . . . .
Purchase of property, plant, equipment  and
seismic rental equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maturity (net purchases) of short-term

— (121,424)

(24,203)

(2,485)

(9,947)

(4,218)

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in convertible notes . . . . . . . . . .

20,000
(2,000)

—
—

—
—

Net cash provided by (used in) investing

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15,515

(131,371)

(28,421)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Payments under revolving line of credit . . . .
Borrowings under revolving line of credit
. .
Payments on notes payable and long-term

debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercompany lending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment  of preferred dividends . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from employee stock purchases

(51,000)
148,250

(99,270)
(21,699)
(1,352)

and exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . .

807

Excess tax benefit from stock-based

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contribution from noncontrolling interests .
Other financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

193
—
(1,862)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing

—
—

—
—

(1,626)
27,229
—

(806)
(5,530)
—

—

—
—
—

—

—
212
—

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(25,933)

25,603

(6,124)

Effect of change in foreign currency
exchange rates on cash and cash
equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash

equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,946

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of

—

—

217

9,623

period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21,397

— 21,005

—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

(145,627)

(16,650)

20,000
(2,000)

(144,277)

(51,000)
148,250

(101,702)
—
(1,352)

807

193
212
(1,862)

(6,454)

219

18,569

42,402

Cash and cash equivalents at end of  period . $ 30,343 $

— $ 30,628

$—

$ 60,971

F-52

Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net cash provided by (used in) operating

Year Ended December 31, 2011

ION
Geophysical
Corporation Guarantors Subsidiaries Adjustments Consolidated

All Other Consolidating

Total

The

(In thousands)

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(19,240) $ 110,802 $ 38,422

$ —

$ 129,984

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in multi-client data library . . . . .
Purchase of property, plant, equipment  and
seismic rental equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maturity (net purchases) of short-term

— (133,207)

(10,575)

(1,564)

(4,663)

(4,833)

investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in convertible notes . . . . . . . . . .
Capital contribution to affiliate . . . . . . . . . .
Other investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(20,000)
(6,500)
—
(137)

—
—
(750)
—

—
—
—
(143)

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . .

(28,201)

(138,620)

(15,551)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Payments on notes payable and long-term

debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital contribution from affiliate . . . . . . . .
Intercompany lending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment  of preferred dividends . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from employee stock purchases

(4,000)
—
(7,387)
(1,352)

(1,535)
—
29,353
—

(610)
750
(21,966)
—

and exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . .

13,105

Excess tax benefit from stock-based

compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contribution from noncontrolling interests .
Other financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,294
—
(59)

—

—
—
—

—

—
961
—

—

—

—
—
750
—

750

—
(750)

—

—

—
—
—

(143,782)

(11,060)

(20,000)
(6,500)
—
(280)

(181,622)

(6,145)
—
—
(1,352)

13,105

3,294
961
(59)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing

activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,601

27,818

(20,865)

(750)

9,804

Effect of change in foreign currency
exchange rates on cash and cash
equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(15)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash

equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(43,855)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of

—

—

(168)

(183)

1,838

—

(42,017)

period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65,252

— 19,167

84,419

Cash and cash equivalents at end of  period . $ 21,397 $

— $ 21,005

$ —

$ 42,402

F-53

SCHEDULE II

ION GEOPHYSICAL CORPORATION  AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Year  Ended  December 31, 2011

Balance at
Beginning of Year

Charged
(Credited) to
Costs and
Expenses

Deductions

Balance  at
End of Year

Allowances for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets . . . . .
Excess and obsolete inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

845
784
62,700
12,876

(In thousands)
$ 597
1,165
6,775
567

$ (244)
(1,234)
—
(406)

$ 1,198
715
69,475
13,037

Year  Ended  December 31, 2012

Balance at
Beginning of Year

Charged
(Credited) to
Costs and
Expenses

Deductions

Balance  at
End of Year

Allowances for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets . . . . .
Excess and obsolete inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,198
715
69,475
13,037

(In thousands)
$ 5,811
1,258
(6,214)
1,326

$(298)
(932)
—
(124)

$ 6,711
1,041
63,261
14,239

Year  Ended  December 31, 2013

Balance at
Beginning of Year

Charged
(Credited) to
Costs and
Expenses

Deductions

Balance  at
End of Year

Allowances for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets . . . . .
Excess and obsolete inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 6,711
1,041
63,261
14,239

(In thousands)

$12,040
538
88,112
18,644

$(11,529)
(936)
(338)
(328)

$

7,222
643
151,035
32,555

S-1

2013

HIGHLIGHTS

Entered ocean bottom seismic 
market through OceanGeo joint 
venture with Georadar, putting ION’s 
Calypso™ technology to work in a 
service model.  OceanGeo was awarded 
a 510 square km ocean bottom 3D 
seismic survey offshore Trinidad for 
Petroleum Company of Trinidad and 
Tobago Limited (Petrotrin).

Expanded our data processing 
global footprint with new 
centers in Perth, Australia, and 
Oklahoma City and signifi cantly 
upgraded our Houston high 
performance computing hub, 
increasing throughput capacity 
by 50%.

Assisted the Tanzania Petroleum 
Development Corporation in 
launching the 4th Tanzania 
Offshore Licensing Round, fully 
leveraging our 20,000+ km of relevant 
BasinSPAN™ data.

Introduced Narwhal™ for Ice 
Management, the fi rst fully 
integrated system designed to 
reduce risk and improve effi ciency 
in seismic data acquisition and 
drilling operations in or near 
ice, such as in the Arctic, and 
announced our fi rst two Narwhal 
commercial projects.  

Formed strategic alliance with 
Polarcus for 3D multi-client 
seismic that will leverage the 
complementary strengths of the two 
companies to deliver a differentiated 
3D multi-client offering to meet oil 
companies’ growing demand for 
higher quality 3D seismic data. 

Expanded our global 
2D BasinSPAN multi-
client data library 
with acquisition of 
new programs offshore 
Australia’s North West 
Shelf, Uruguay and off 
the Canadian coast of 
Labrador.

Opened new 
120,000 square-
foot state-of-the 
art facility in 
Harahan, Louisiana, 
consolidating our 
U.S. Marine Systems 
personnel under one 
roof.

Initiated our 50th 
WiBand™ broadband 
processing project.

Closed $175 million Senior Secured 
Second Lien Notes due 2018 and paid 
off borrowings under revolver.

Finished the year with a record 
quarter for revenues, operating 
income and data library sales.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

R. Brian Hanson
President, Chief Executive Offi  cer
and Director

Steve Bate
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Offi  cer, Systems Division

Christopher T. Usher
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Operating Offi  cer, GeoScience Division

Ken Williamson
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Operating Offi  cer, GeoVentures Division

Lawrence Burke
Senior Vice President, 
Global Human Resources

Gregory J. Heinlein
Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Offi  cer

Colin Hulme
Senior Vice President, 
Ocean Bottom Services

Jacques Leveille
Senior Vice President, 
Technology & Communications

David L. Roland
Senior Vice President, General Counsel 
and Corporate Secretary

Scott Schwausch 
Vice President and Corporate Controller

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

James M. (Jay) Lapeyre, Jr. 
Chairman of the Board
President, The Laitram Corporation

David H. Barr 
Former President and Chief Executive Offi  cer, 
Logan International Inc.

R. Brian Hanson 
President and Chief Executive Offi  cer,
ION Geophysical Corporation

Hao Huimin 
Chief Geophysicist, BGP Inc., 
China National Petroleum Corporation

Michael C. Jennings 
President, Chief Executive Offi  cer, 
and Chairman of the Board
HollyFrontier Corporation

Franklin Myers 
Senior Advisor, Quantum Energy Partners 

S. James  Nelson, Jr.
Former Vice Chairman,
Cal Dive International, Inc. 
(now Helix Energy Solutions Group, Inc.)

John N. Seitz 
Chairman and Chief Executive Offi  cer, 
GulfSlope Energy, Inc.

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Stockholders, securities analysts, portfolio 
managers, or brokers seeking information 
about the Company are welcome to call Investor 
Relations at +1.281.933.3339. If you prefer, you 
may send your requests to the Investor Relations 
e-mail address: ir@iongeo.com.  Recent news 
releases, fi nancial information, and SEC fi lings can 
be downloaded from the Company’s website at 
iongeo.com. 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
ION Geophysical Corporation’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fi scal year ended December 
31, 2013, which is furnished as part of this Annual 
Report to Shareholders, is also available upon 
request without charge from: ION Geophysical 
Corporation, Attn: Investor Relations, 2105 CityWest 
Blvd., Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042-2839.

ANNUAL MEETING 
The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of ION 
Geophysical Corporation will be held at the offi  ces 
of the Company located at 2105 CityWest Blvd., 
Suite 400, Houston, Texas, on May 21, 2014, at 
10:30 AM CST. 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT 
Computershare Investor Service 
2 North LaSalle St. 
Chicago, Illinois 60602 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 
Grant Thornton LLP
175 W. Jackson Blvd., 20th Floor
Chicago, Illinois  60604-2687
312.856.0200 

CEO AND CFO CERTIFICATES 
The Company has included as Exhibit 31 to its 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fi scal year 
ended December 31, 2013, fi led with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, certifi cates of the 
Chief Executive Offi  cer and Chief Financial Offi  cer 
of the Company certifying the quality of the 
Company’s public disclosure and the Company 
has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange 
a certifi cate of the Chief Executive Offi  cer of the 
Company certifying that he is not aware of any 
violation by the Company of the New York Stock 
Exchange corporate governance listing standards.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
The information included herein contains certain 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of 
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These 
forward-looking statements include statements 
concerning expected future fi nancial positions, 
sales, results of operations, cash fl ows, funds from 
operations, fi nancing plans, gross margins, business 
strategy, budgets, projected costs and expenses, 
capital expenditures, competitive position, product 
off erings, technology developments, access to 
capital and growth opportunities, results of litigation, 
cash needs and sources of cash, including availability 
under the Company’s revolving line of credit facility, 
compliance with debt fi nancial covenants, sales 
and market growth, benefi ts to be obtained by the 
Company from the INOVA and OceanGeo joint 
ventures, and other statements that are not of 
historical fact. Actual results may vary materially 
from those described in these forward-looking 
statements. All forward-looking statements refl ect 
numerous assumptions and involve a number of 
risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties 
include risks related to pending and future litigation, 
including the risk that an unfavorable judgment in 
the lawsuit brought by WesternGeco could have a 
materially adverse eff ect on the Company’s fi nancial 
results and liquidity; risks of audit adjustments 
and other modifi cations to the Company’s fi nancial 
statements not currently foreseen; risks of 
unanticipated delays in the timing and development 
of the Company’s products and services and market 
acceptance of the Company’s new and revised 
product off erings; risks associated with economic 
downturns and volatile credit environments; risks 
associated with the performance of INOVA and 
OceanGeo; risks associated with the Company’s 
level of indebtedness, including compliance with 
debt covenants; risks associated with competitors’ 
product off erings and pricing pressures resulting 
therefrom; risks associated with the fact that a 
signifi cant portion of the Company’s revenues 
is derived from foreign sales; risks regarding 
international, political, and economic events and 
turmoil; risks that sources of capital may not prove 
adequate; risks regarding the Company’s inability to 
produce products to preserve and increase market 
share; risks related to collection of receivables; 
and risks related to technological and marketplace 
changes aff ecting the Company’s product line. 
Additional risk factors, which could aff ect actual 
results, are disclosed by the Company from time to 
time in its fi lings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.